2025 Kona (Sx2) Om

2025 OWNER’S MANUAL
KONA
KONA
USA Edition
For clean future, Hyundai Motor Company

uses environmentally friendly paper to
produce owner's manual.
WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE
Please consult your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet for your vehicle's specific warranty coverage.
This Owner’s Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it
when it is sold for the use of the next owner.
RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE
The maintenance requirements for your new HYUNDAI are
found in Section 9. As the owner, it is your responsibility to see OWNER’S INFORMATION
that all maintenance operations specified by the manufacturer
are carried out at the appropriate intervals. When the vehicle is ORIGINAL OWNER
used in severe driving conditions, more frequent maintenance
is required for some operations. Maintenance requirements for ADDRESS
severe operating conditions are also included in Section 9. CITY STATE ZIP CODE
DELIVERY DATE
WARNING – California Proposition 65 (Date Sold to Original Retail Purchaser)
“Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger DEALER NAME DEALER NO.

vehicle or off- road vehicle can expose you to chemicals ADDRESS
including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates,
and lead, which are known to the State of California to CITY STATE ZIP CODE
cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive

harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust,
do not idle the engine except as necessary, service
your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves
or wash your hands frequently when servicing your
vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.
ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.”
OWNER’S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
All information in this Owner’s Manual is current at the time of

publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make
changes at any time so that our policy of continual product
improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes
descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard
equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply
to your specific vehicle.
Introduction
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR

HYUNDAI
Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely
affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI and may, in addition,
violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications
may also be in violation of regulations established by the Department of Transportation
and other government agencies in your country.
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System, Passenger Occupant
Classification System and other CAN bus systems. It is possible for an improperly
installed/adjusted high powered two-way radio to adversely affect electronic systems.
For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer’s
instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
Introduction
F2
01
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
F3
Introduction
HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY

Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use
information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai has created
a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these technologies and services collect
use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website at:
https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx
If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please
contact the Hyundai Customer Care Center at:
Hyundai Customer Care

P.O. Box 20850
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
800-633-5151
[email protected]
Hyundai’s Customer Care representatives are available Monday through Friday, between
the hours of 6:00 AM and 5:00 PM PST and Saturday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST
(English).
For Customer Care assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available
Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
F4
Table of contents
Introduction 1
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information
and Reporting Safety Defects
2
Seats & Safety System 3
Instrument Cluster 4
Convenience Features 5
Driving Your Vehicle 6
Driver Assistance System 7
Emergency Situations 8
Maintenance 9
Index I
1. Introduction
Introduction ......................................................................................................................1-2
1
HYUNDAI Motor America.................................................................................................1-3
Guide To HYUNDAI Genuine Parts ..................................................................................1-4
How To Use This Manual..................................................................................................1-6
Safety Messages ............................................................................................................... 1-7
Fuel Requirements .......................................................................................................... 1-8
Vehicle Modifications..................................................................................................... 1-10
Vehicle Handling Instructions........................................................................................ 1-10
Vehicle Break-in Process ................................................................................................ 1-11
Vehicle Data Collection And Event Data Recorders .................................................... 1-12
Introduction
Introduction
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you
to the growing number of discerning people who drive HYUNDAI. We are very proud of
the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build.
Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new
HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it,
read this Owner’s Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle.
This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to
familiarize you with your vehicle’s controls and safety features so you can safely operate
your vehicle.
This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe
operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your car
be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealers are prepared to
provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be
required.
This Owner’s Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should
be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the
vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and
maintenance information.
1-2
1
HYUNDAI Motor America
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and
lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality
fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed in the "Recommended Lubricants
And Capacities" section of the Owner’s Manual.
Copyright 2024 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication
may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any
means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor America.
1-3
Introduction
Guide To HYUNDAI Genuine Parts

1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the same parts used by HYUNDAI Motor Company to
manufacture vehicles. They are designed and tested for the optimum safety,
performance, and reliability for our customers.
A100A01L
A100A02L
2. Why HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing
requirements. Damage caused by using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage parts is
not covered under the HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other HYUNDAI
warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts caused by the
installation or failure of an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by
any HYUNDAI Warranty.
1-4
1
A100A04L
3. How can you tell if you are purchasing HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine Parts Logo on the package (see below).
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts exported to the U.S. are packaged with labels written only in
English.
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized HYUNDAI Dealerships.
A100A03L
1-5
Introduction
How To Use This Manual

We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your
Owner’s Manual can assist you in many ways. We strongly recommend that you read the
entire manual. In order to minimize the chance of death or injury, you must read the
WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your
vehicle. By reading your manual, you will learn about features, important safety
information, and driving tips under various road conditions.
The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents. Use the index when
looking for a specific area or subject; it has an alphabetical listing of all information in
your manual.
Sections: This manual has nine chapters plus an index. Each chapter begins with a brief
list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want.
1-6
1
Safety Messages
Your safety, and the safety of others are very important. This Owner’s Manual provides
you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you
to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, and may damage your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards and
what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow
safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY ALERT
SYMBOL will be used.
WL_WarningStandard
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury hazards.
Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The
safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION.
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
1-7
Introduction
Fuel Requirements
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as
well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
Your new vehicle is designed to perform optimally using unleaded fuel having an octane
number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not use methanol
blended fuels)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add any fuel system
cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified.
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for additional information.
WARNING
• Do not “top off” after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
Gasoline containing alcohol or methanol

Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are being
marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, “E15” is a
gasohol comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol
containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and
damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur.
“E85” fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline,
and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compatible
with your vehicle. Use of “E85” may result in poor engine performance and damage to
your vehicle’s engine and fuel system. Do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding
15 percent.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle’s engine and fuel system:
• Never use gasohol which contains methanol.
• Never use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.
• Never use leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
• Never use “E85” fuel.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any
performance problems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.
1-8
1
Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives)
Using fuel additives such as:
• Silicone fuel additive
• Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
• Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the catalyst,
or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a reduction in
the overall life of the powertrain.
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels or
fuel additives may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT

Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT
(Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Do not use gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission control
system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.
Detergent Fuel Additives

Use good quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help
the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System. For
more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website
(www.toptiergas.com).
For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have problems
starting or the engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based fuel additives that you can
purchase separately may be added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank according to the maintenance
schedule is recommended (refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in chapter 9).
Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on
how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries

If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
1-9
Introduction
Vehicle Modifications
• This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its
performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and
emissions regulations.
• In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not
be covered under warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate
abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use
unauthorized electronic devices.
NOTICE
Some vehicle interior sounds (including welcome sound, navigation alerts, or warning
sounds) may be generated from the interior speakers and amplifier. Do not replace these
components with anything other than the original HYUNDAI factory parts. Any
unauthorized product may cause a malfunction of the vehicle interior sounds that may
affect the intended operation of the vehicle.
Vehicle Handling Instructions

As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in
loss of control, an accident or vehicle rollover.
Specific design characteristics (higher ground clearance, track, etc.) give this vehicle a
higher center of gravity than other types of vehicles. In other words they are not designed
for cornering at the same speeds as conventional 2-wheel drive vehicles. Avoid sharp
turns or abrupt maneuvers. Again, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in
loss of control, an accident or vehicle rollover. Be sure to read the “Reducing the risk of
rollover” driving guidelines, in chapter 6 of this manual.
1-10
1
Vehicle Break-in Process
By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000 km), you may add to
the performance, economy, and life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine speed (RPM, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000
RPM and 4,000 RPM.
• Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying
engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
• Fuel economy and engine performance may vary depending on vehicle break-in
process and be stabilized after 4,000 miles (6,000 km). New engines may consume
more oil during the vehicle break-in period.
• Do not tow a trailer during the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation.
NOTICE
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproductive harm. These include:
• Gasoline and its vapors
• Engine exhaust
• Used engine oil
• Interior passenger compartment components and materials
• Component parts which are subject to heat and wear
In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead, lead
compounds and other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm.
1-11
Introduction
Vehicle Data Collection And Event Data Recorders

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR
is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment
or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems
performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (for example, name, gender, age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data
with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the
vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties that
have the special equipment, such as law enforcement, can read the information if they
have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
1-12
2. Vehicle Information,
Consumer Information and
Reporting Safety Defects
Exterior Overview (Front View)....................................................................................... 2-2

Exterior Overview (Rear View)........................................................................................ 2-3
Interior Overview ............................................................................................................. 2-4
Center Console Overview ............................................................................................... 2-6
2
Steering Wheel Control Overview ..................................................................................2-8
Engine Compartment Overview.....................................................................................2-9
Dimensions ..................................................................................................................... 2-11
Engine..............................................................................................................................2-12
Bulb Wattage ..................................................................................................................2-12
Tires And Wheels ............................................................................................................2-14
Air Conditioning System ................................................................................................2-15
Vehicle Weight And Luggage Volume ..........................................................................2-15
Recommended Lubricants And Capacities ..................................................................2-16
Recommended SAE viscosity number ...................................................................... 2-17
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .............................................................................2-19
Vehicle Certification Label.............................................................................................2-19
Tire Specification And Pressure Label...........................................................................2-19
Engine Number..............................................................................................................2-20
Air Conditioner Compressor Label ...............................................................................2-20
Open Source Software Notice ......................................................................................2-20
Consumer Information...................................................................................................2-21
Reporting Safety Defects.............................................................................................. 2-22
Vehicle Information, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Exterior Overview (Front View)
1C_OutsideVehicleFrontOverview
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
(1) Hood .........................................................................................................................5-51

(2) Front light ......................................................................................................5-65, 9-59
(3) Tires and wheels .....................................................................................................9-34
(4) Side view mirror .......................................................................................................5-41
(5) Sunroof ....................................................................................................................5-48
(6) Front windshield wiper blades ..................................................................... 5-75, 9-28
(7) Windows ..................................................................................................................5-44
(8) Front radar ................................................................................................................ 7-17
2-2
2
Exterior Overview (Rear View)
1C_OutsideVehicleRearOverview
(1) Door ......................................................................................................................... 5-22

(2) Fuel filler door ......................................................................................................... 5-61
(3) Rear combination light .................................................................................5-65, 9-60
(4) Liftgate .................................................................................................................... 5-54
(5) High mounted stop light ........................................................................................ 9-61
(6) Rear window wiper blades ........................................................................... 5-77, 9-30
(7) Wide-rear view camera .........................................................................................7-107
(8) Antenna .................................................................................................................. 5-113
2-3
Interior Overview
1C_SideInsideVehicleOverview
(1) Inside door handle .................................................................................................. 5-23

(2) Side view mirror control switch ..............................................................................5-41
(3) Central door lock switch ........................................................................................ 5-24
(4) Power window switches .........................................................................................5-45
(5) Power window lock button ....................................................................................5-46
(6) Hood release lever ...................................................................................................5-51
(7) Instrument panel illumination control switch ........................................................4-4
(8) ESC (Electronic Stability Control) OFF button ......................................................6-38
(9) ISG (Idle Stop and Go) OFF button ........................................................................ 6-51
(10)DBC (Downhill Brake Control) button ................................................................... 6-41
(11) Power liftgate button .............................................................................................5-56
(12)EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) switch .................................................................. 6-31
(13)Steering wheel tilt/telescopic switch ....................................................................5-28
(14)Steering wheel ........................................................................................................ 5-28
2-4
2
(15)Seat ............................................................................................................................3-4
(16)Fuse box ..................................................................................................................9-47
(17) Fuel filler door open lever ...................................................................................... 5-61
2-5
Center Console Overview
1C_CenterInsideVehicleOverview
(1) Instrument cluster ....................................................................................................4-2

(2) Horn .........................................................................................................................5-30
(3) Driver’s front airbag.................................................................................................3-40
(4) Engine Start/Stop Button .........................................................................................6-5
(5) Shift-by-Wire (SBW) gear selector/Gear Shift Knob...........................6-10, 6-21, 6-19
(6) Infotainment system ............................................................................................. 5-114
(7) Hazard warning flasher switch ................................................................................8-2
(8) Manual climate control system/Automatic climate control system ......... 5-78, 5-85
(9) USB Port, USB Charger................................................................................ 5-112, 5-104
(10)USB Charger/USB Port convert button ............................................................... 5-104
(11) USB Charger/Wireless charging system indicator ............................................. 5-105
(12)Power outlet .......................................................................................................... 5-103
(13)Wireless smartphone charging system ............................................................... 5-105
(14)Seat warmer ............................................................................................................ 3-16
2-6
2
(15)Air ventilation seat ...................................................................................................3-17
(16)Heated steering wheel ...........................................................................................5-29
(17) Auto Hold button ....................................................................................................6-33
(18)Drive mode button .......................................................................................6-54, 6-56
(19)Parking/View button .............................................................................................7-105
(20)Parking Safety button ...........................................................................................7-134
(21)AWD lock .................................................................................................................6-44
(22)Cup holder ............................................................................................................ 5-102
(23)Center console (Removable tray)/Removable partition .................................... 5-101
(24)Glove box ............................................................................................................... 5-101
(25)Passenger’s front airbag ........................................................................................3-40
2-7
Steering Wheel Control Overview
1C_SideInsideVehicleOverview_2
(1) Lighting control lever .............................................................................................5-65

(2) Wiper and washer control lever ............................................................................. 5-75
(3) Paddle shifter ...........................................................................................................6-17
(4) Driving Assist button .............................................................................................. 7-75
(5) Cluster display controls ..........................................................................................4-30
(6) Vehicle Distance button ......................................................................................... 7-75
(7) Lane Driving Assist button ..................................................................................... 7-34
(8) Voice recognition button ...................................................................................... 5-114
(9) Audio remote control buttons .............................................................................. 5-113
(10)Bluetooth® hands-free phone button .................................................................. 5-115
2-8
2
Engine Compartment Overview
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi
1C_EngineRoom
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
(1) Engine coolant reservoir ........................................................................................ 9-22

(2) Battery .....................................................................................................................9-32
(3) Brake fluid reservoir ...............................................................................................9-24
(4) Air cleaner ...............................................................................................................9-26
(5) Engine oil filler cap ................................................................................................. 9-19
(6) Engine oil dipstick ...................................................................................................9-20
(7) Windshield washer fluid reservoir .........................................................................9-25
(8) Fuse box ................................................................................................................. 9-48
2-9
Smartstream G2.0 ATKINSON
1C_EngineRoom_2
(1) Engine coolant reservoir ........................................................................................ 9-22

(2) Battery ..................................................................................................................... 9-32
(3) Brake fluid reservoir ...............................................................................................9-24
(4) Air cleaner ...............................................................................................................9-26
(5) Engine oil filler cap ................................................................................................. 9-19
(6) Engine oil dipstick ...................................................................................................9-20
(7) Windshield washer fluid reservoir ......................................................................... 9-25
(8) Fuse box ................................................................................................................. 9-48
2-10
2
Dimensions
Items inch (mm)
171.3 (4,350)
Overall length
N Line: 172.6 (4,385)
Overall width 71.9 (1,825)
62.2 (1,580) /
2WD
62.4 (1,585)*1
215/60 R17
63.2 (1,605) /
AWD
63.4 (1,610)*1
62.2 (1,580) /
2WD
62.4 (1,585)*1
215/55 R18
63.2 (1,605) /
AWD
Overall height 63.4 (1,610)*1
62.4 (1,585) /
2WD
62.6 (1,590)*1
AWD 63.4 (1,610) / 63.6 (1,615)*1

235/45 R19 2WD: 62.4 (1,585) /
62.6 (1,590)*1
N Line
4WD: 63.4 (1,610) /
63.6 (1,615)*1
215/60 R17 62.6 (1,590)
215/55 R18 62.6 (1,590)

Front tread
2WD 62.3 (1,582)
235/45 R19
AWD 62.6 (1,590)
215/60 R17 63.0 (1,600)
Rear tread 215/55 R18 63.0 (1,600)
235/45 R19 62.9 (1,598)
Wheelbase 104.7 (2,660)

*1 with roof side rails
2-11
Engine
Displacement Bore x Stroke
Engine Firing order No. of cylinders
cu. inch (cc) inch (mm)
Smartstream 2.97 x 3.50

97.51 (1,598) 1-3-4-2 4
G1.6 T-GDi (75.6 x 89)
Smartstream 3.18 x 3.81

121.98 (1,999) 1-3-4-2 4
G2.0 ATKINSON (81 x 97)
Bulb Wattage
Light bulb Bulb type Wattage
Low LED LED

Headlight
High LED LED
Daytime running light/Position

LED LED
light
Front
Type A PY21W 21W
Turn signal light
Type B LED LED
Side repeater light LED LED
Side marker light LED LED
Tail/Stop light LED LED
Type A PY21W 21W

Turn signal light
Type B LED LED
Side marker light LED LED

Rear
Reverse light W16W 16W
High mounted stop light LED LED
Fog light P21W 21W
License plate light W5W 5W
2-12
2
Light bulb Bulb type Wattage
Type A LED LED

Map lamp
Type B W10W 10W
Type A FESTOON 8W
Room lamp
Type B LED LED
Type A FESTOON 10W

Cargo area lamp
Interior Type B LED LED
Vanity mirror Type A FESTOON 5W

lamp Type B LED LED
Mood lamp
(Front seat door lamp, Passenger LED LED
seat open tray lamp)
Glove box lamp LED LED
2-13
Tires And Wheels

Inflation pressure psi (kPa)
Wheel nut
Items Tire size Wheel size Normal load Maximum load torque lbf·ft
(kgf·m, N ·m)
Front Rear Front Rear
215/60R17 7.0J X 17 36 (250)
Full size tire 215/55R18 7.0J X 18 33 (230)
235/45R19 7.5J X 19 33 (230) 79-94 (11-13,

107-127)
Compact
spare tire (if T145/90D16 4.0T X 16 60 (420)
equipped)
NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 3 psi (20 kPa) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder
temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically lose 1 psi (7 kPa) for every 12 °F (7 °C) temperature drop. If extreme
temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep
them properly inflated.
• Tire inflation pressures may differ depending on changes in elevation (about 2.4 psi (10
kPa) for every mile (or kilometer) elevation change). If driving in areas of higher or
lower elevation, be sure to check and adjust for proper tire inflation.
• Do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure, as found on the sidewall of the tire(s).
CAUTION
When replacing tires, ALWAYS use the same size, type, brand, construction, and tread
pattern supplied with the vehicle. If not, it can damage the related parts or make it work
irregularly.
2-14
2
Air Conditioning System
Item Weight of volume Classification
Refrigerant 15.2±0.84 oz. (450±25 g) R-1234yf
Compressor lubricant 4.07±0.33 oz. (120±10 g) PAG
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.
Vehicle Weight And Luggage Volume

Smartstream G 2.0
Smartstream G 1.6 T-GDi
Atkinson
Items
2WD AWD 2WD AWD
AT*1 IVT*2
SE - - 3,005 (1,363) 3,203 (1,453)
Curb weight SEL - - 3,153 (1,430) 3,340 (1,515)

lbs. (kg) N line 3,245 (1,472) 3,461 (1,570) - -
Limited 3,318 (1,505) 3,505 (1,590) - -
4,453 4,090
Gross vehicle weight lbs. (kg) 4,277 (1,940) 4,277 (1,940)
(2,020) (1,855)
Behind 1st row: 25.53 (723)

Luggage volume (SAE) cu ft. (ℓ)
Behind 2nd row: 63.67 (1803)
*1 AT: Automatic Transmission
*2 IVT: Intelligent Variable Transmission
2-15
Recommended Lubricants And Capacities

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only
lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine
efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil*1 *2 (drain and Smartstream 5.1 US qt. SAE 0W-20, API SN PLUS/
refill) G1.6 T-GDi (4.8 ℓ) SP or ILSAC GF-6*5
Recommends
Smartstream
4.5 US qt. 0W-20, API SN PLUS/
G2.0
(4.3 ℓ) SP or ILSAC GF-6
ATKINSON
TM_QuakerState
MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF

SP-IV NOCA ATF SP-IV or
Automatic Transmission Smartstream 6.8 US qt. HYUNDAI Genuine ATF SP-IV or
fluid G1.6 T-GDi (6.5 ℓ) other brands meeting the above
specification approved by
HYUNDAI Motor Co.
6.9 US qt.
Smartstream
Intelligent Variable (6.7 ℓ) (2WD) MICHANG SP-CVT1 or HYUNDAI
G2.0
Transmission fluid 7.1 US qt. Genuine SP-CVT1*3
ATKINSON
(6.9 ℓ) (AWD)
Smartstream 9.0 US qt.

G1.6 T-GDi (8.5 ℓ) Mixture of antifreeze and distilled
Coolant Smartstream water (Ethylene glycol base
7.3 US qt. coolant for aluminum radiator)
G2.0
(6.9 ℓ)
ATKINSON
0.6-0.7 US
Rear differential oil (AWD)*3 HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE
qt. (0.4-0.5 ℓ)
75W/85 (Recommended SK
0.8-0.9 US HCT-5 GEAR OIL 75W85 or
Transfer case oil (AWD)*3 qt. equivalent)
(0.62-0.68 ℓ)
Brake fluid*4 As needed DOT-4
Smartstream 13.2 US gal.

G1.6 T-GDi (50 ℓ)
Refer to the "Fuel Requirements"
Fuel Smartstream
12.4 US gal. section in chapter 1.
G2.0
(47 ℓ)
ATKINSON
2-16
2
*1 Refer to the “Recommended SAE viscosity number” section.
*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they
contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these
improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost
and energy savings.
*3 If the transfer case/rear differential is submerged, visit an authorized HYUNDAI genuine products to replace the
differential oil.
*4 To maintain the best braking performance and ABS/ESC performance, use genuine brake fluid that conform to
specifications.
*5 Requires <API SN PLUS (or above) Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil
including semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe
maintenance condition.
Recommended SAE viscosity number

NOTICE
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before
checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas
and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will
prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating
(engine start and engine oil flow ability). Typically, lower viscosity engine oils can provide
better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine
oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any viscosity
other than those recommended could result in engine damage. For these engines, only
use 0W-20 weight engine oil.
Never add any additives to the engine oil. Engine oil additives can change the properties
of engine oil and may cause serious engine failure.
2-17
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50

Temperature
°F -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Smartstream G1.6
T-GDi
Smartstream G2.0
ATKINSON
WL_OilAPIMark
An engine oil displaying this American Petroleum Institute (API) Certification Mark
conforms to the International Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is
recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.
2-18
2
Vehicle Identification Vehicle Certification
Number (VIN) Label
Frame number
2C_CertificationLabelPosition
2C_VINPosition The vehicle certification label attached on
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the driver’s (or front passenger’s) side
the number used in registering your center pillar gives the Vehicle
vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining Identification Number (VIN).
to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor under
the right front seat. To check the number, Tire Specification And
open the cover.
VIN label Pressure Label
2C_TireLabel
2C_VINPosition_2
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the The tires supplied on your new vehicle are
top of the left side dashboard. The chosen to provide the best performance
number on the plate can easily be seen for normal driving.
through the windshield from outside. The tire label located on the driver’s side
center pillar gives the tire pressures
recommended for your vehicle.
2-19
Engine Number Air Conditioner

Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi Compressor Label
2C_EngineNumberPosition 2C_AirconCompLabel
Smartstream G2.0 ATKINSON A compressor label informs you the type
of compressor your vehicle is equipped
with such as model, supplier part number,
production number, refrigerant (1) and
refrigerant oil (2).
Open Source Software

Notice
This vehicle contains software with open
2C_EngineNumberPosition_2 source licenses. Open source software
The engine number is stamped on the information including the source code,
engine block as shown in the drawing. copyright notices and referred license
terms may be obtained on the website
https://www.hyundai.com/worldwide/o
pensource
HYUNDAI Motor America will provide the
open source code to you in storage
medium such as CD-ROM for minimum
charge covering the cost of performing
source distribution upon email request to
[email protected] within a
period of 3 years from the date of product
purchase.
2-20
2
Consumer Information
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by
the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of
Transportation. Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you may have as
you read this information.
HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all
applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this
Owner’s Manual, particularly the information under the headings “NOTICE”, “CAUTION”
and “WARNING”.
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your
vehicle, please contact the Hyundai Customer Care Center.
Hyundai Customer Care
P.O. Box 20850
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
800-633-5151
[email protected]
Hyundai’s Customer Care Center representatives are available Monday through Friday,
between the hours of 6:00 AM and 5:00 PM PST
and Saturday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English).
For Customer Care assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available
Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
2-21
Reporting Safety Defects

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could
cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR
AMERICA.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free
at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov;
download the SaferCar mobile application;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE,
West Building Washington, D.C. 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds
that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems
between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
2-22
3. Seats & Safety System
Important Safety Precautions......................................................................................... 3-2

Always wear your seat belt.......................................................................................... 3-2
Restrain all children ..................................................................................................... 3-2
Airbag hazards.............................................................................................................. 3-2
Driver distraction ......................................................................................................... 3-2
Never drink or take drugs and drive ........................................................................... 3-3
Control your speed ...................................................................................................... 3-3
Keep your vehicle in safe condition............................................................................ 3-3
3
Seats .................................................................................................................................3-4
Safety precautions .......................................................................................................3-6
Front seats .................................................................................................................... 3-7
Rear seats ................................................................................................................... 3-10
Head restraint..............................................................................................................3-12
Seats Warmers ............................................................................................................... 3-16
Air Ventilation Seats .......................................................................................................3-17
Seat Belts ....................................................................................................................... 3-18
Seat belt safety precautions ..................................................................................... 3-18
Seat belt warning light............................................................................................... 3-19
Seat belt restraint system..........................................................................................3-20
Additional seat belt safety precautions.................................................................... 3-25
Care of seat belts ....................................................................................................... 3-27
Child Restraint System (CRS) .......................................................................................3-28
Children always in the rear........................................................................................3-28
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................................................................3-29
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................................................................3-30
Airbag - Supplemental Restraint System..................................................................... 3-37
SRS components........................................................................................................3-39
Where are the airbags?..............................................................................................3-40
How does the airbags system operate? ...................................................................3-43
What to expect after an airbag inflates ....................................................................3-45
SRS warning light.......................................................................................................3-46
Occupant Classification System (OCS) ....................................................................3-46
Why didn’t my airbag go off in a collision? .............................................................. 3-52
SRS care......................................................................................................................3-56
Additional safety precautions ................................................................................... 3-57
Airbag warning labels ................................................................................................ 3-57
Seats & Safety System
Important Safety Driver distraction

Driver distraction presents a serious and
Precautions potentially deadly danger, especially for
You will find many safety precautions and inexperienced drivers. Safety should be
recommendations throughout this the primary concern when behind the
section, and throughout this manual. The wheel and drivers need to be aware of the
safety precautions in this section are wide array of potential distractions, such
among the most important. as drowsiness, reaching for objects,
eating, personal grooming, other
passengers, and using mobile phones.
Always wear your seat belt Drivers can become distracted when they
A seat belt is your best protection in all take their eyes and attention off the road
types of accidents. Airbags are designed or their hands off the wheel to focus on
to supplement seat belts, not to replace activities other than driving. To reduce
them. So even though your vehicle is your risk of distraction and an accident:
equipped with airbags, always make sure • Set up your mobile devices (for
you and your passengers wear your seat example, MP3 players, phones,
belts, and wear them properly. navigation units, etc.) ONLY when your
vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
Restrain all children • ONLY use your mobile device when
allowed by laws and conditions permit
All children under age 13 should ride in
safe use. NEVER text or email while
your vehicle properly restrained in a rear
driving. Most countries have laws
seat, not the front seat. Infants and small
prohibiting drivers from texting. Some
children should be restrained in an
countries and cities also prohibit
appropriate Child Restraint System.
drivers from using handheld phones.
Larger children should use a booster seat
with the lap/shoulder belt until they can • NEVER let the use of a mobile device
use the seat belt properly without a distract you from driving. You have a
booster seat. responsibility to your passengers and
others on the road to always drive
safely, with your hands on the wheel as
Airbag hazards well as your eyes and attention on the
While airbags can save lives, they can also road.
cause serious or fatal injuries to
occupants who sit too close to them, or
who are not properly restrained. Infants,
young children, and short adults are at the
greatest risk of being injured by an
inflating airbag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual.
3-2
3
Never drink or take drugs and
drive
Drinking alcohol or taking drugs can
reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions and emergencies.
Do not drink or take drugs and drive, and
do not let your friends drink or take drugs
and drive.
Control your speed

Excessive speed is a major factor in crash
injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious
injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current
conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
Keep your vehicle in safe

condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical
failure can be extremely hazardous. To
reduce the possibility of such problems,
check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly
scheduled maintenance.
3-3
Seats
1C_FrontSeatOverview
Driver's seat [A]

(1) Forward or rearward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat height/Seat cushion angle
(4) Lumbar support
(5) Head restraint
Front passenger's seat [B]

(1) Forward or rearward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat height
(4) Head restraint
Rear seat [C]

(1) Seatback folding lever
(2) Head restraint
3-4
3
Infotainment system
2C_AdjustSeatAVN
Select Setup > Vehicle > Seat from the Setup menu in the infotainment system, you may
use various convenience functions.
• Seat position change alert: When the seat position changes, details of the change are
shown with a seat image.
Information
The infotainment system may change after software updates. For more information,
refer to the manual provided in the infotainment system and the quick reference guide.
Information
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to
your vehicle.
3-5
Safety precautions Seat belts

Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting Always fasten your seat belt before
in a safe and comfortable position plays starting any trip. At all times, passengers
an important role for the safety of the should sit upright and be properly
driver and passengers, as much as seat restrained with a seat belt. Infants and
belts and airbags when in an accident. small children must be restrained in
appropriate Child Restraint Systems.
WARNING Children who have outgrown a booster
seat and adults must be restrained using
Do not use a cushion that reduces friction the seat belts.
between the seat and the passenger. The
passenger’s hips may slide under the lap WARNING
portion of the seat belt during an accident
or a sudden stop. To prevent serious injury or death:
Serious or fatal internal injuries could • Never use one seat belt for more than
result because the seat belt cannot one occupant.
operate properly. • Always position the seatback upright
with the lap portion of the seat belt
snug and low across the hips.
Airbags • Never allow children or small infants to
You can take steps to reduce the risk of ride on a passenger’s lap.
being injured by an inflating airbag. • Do not route the seat belt across your
Sitting too close to an airbag greatly neck, across sharp edges, or reroute
increases the risk of injury in the event the the shoulder strap away from your
airbag inflates. The National Highway body.
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)
recommends that drivers allow at least 10 • Do not allow the seat belt to become
inches (25 cm) between the center of the caught or jammed.
steering wheel and their chest.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating airbag:
• Adjust the driver’s seat as far to the rear
as possible while maintaining your
ability to control the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger seat as far to
the rear as possible.
• Hold the steering wheel by the rim with
your hands at the 9 o’clock and 3
o’clock positions to minimize the risk of
injuries to your hands and arms.
• Never place anything or anyone
between you and the airbag.
• Do not allow the front passenger to
place feet or legs on the dashboard to
minimize the risk of leg injuries.
3-6
3
Front seats Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the
WARNING vehicle is moving can be dangerous. Even
To prevent serious injury or death: when you are buckled up, the protections
of your restraint system (seat belts and/or
• Never attempt to adjust the seat while airbags) is greatly reduced by reclining
the vehicle is moving. The seat could your seatback.
respond with unexpected movement
and may cause loss of vehicle control Seat belts must be snug against your hips
resulting in a collision. and chest to work properly.
• Do not place anything under the front The more the seatback is reclined, the
seats. Loose including unsecured floor greater the chance for the passenger’s
mats, in the driver’s foot area could hips to slide under the lap belt or the
interfere with the operation of the foot passenger’s neck to strike the shoulder
pedals. belt.
• Do not allow anything to interfere with WARNING
the normal position and proper locking
of the seatback. Never ride with a reclined seatback when
the vehicle is moving.
• Do not place a cigarette lighter on the
floor or seat. Riding with a reclined seatback increases
your chance of serious or fatal injuries in
• Use extreme caution when picking up
the event of a collision or sudden stop.
small objects trapped under the seats
or between the seat and the center Driver and passengers should always sit
console. Your hands might be cut or well back in their seats, properly belted,
injured by the sharp edges of the seat and with the seatbacks upright.
mechanism. Seat belts must be snug against your hips
• If there are occupants in the rear seats, and chest to work properly. When the
be careful while adjusting the front seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt
seat. cannot do its job because it will not be
snug against your chest. Instead, it will be
• Make sure that the seat is locked in
in front of you. During a collision, you
place after the adjustment. If not, the
could be thrown into the seat belt,
seat might move unexpectedly.
causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined, the
greater chance the passenger’s hips will
slide under the lap belt or the passenger’s
neck will strike the shoulder belt.
3-7
Manual seat controls Seatback angle

The front seat can be adjusted by using
the levers located underneath the front
part of the seat or on the outer side of the
seat.
Forward and rearward adjustment
2C_AdjustSeatBackmanual
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and
adjust the seatback to the desired
2C_AdjustSeatForwardBackwardmanual
position.
To move the seat forward or rearward:
3. Release the lever and make sure the
1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever seatback is locked in place.
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position desired Seat height
position.
seat is locked in place. Move forward
and rearward without using the lever. If
the seat moves, it is not locked
properly.
2C_AdjustSeatHeightmanual
To change the height of the seat cushion:
• Push down on the lever several times,
to lower the seat cushion.
• Pull up on the lever several times, to
raise the seat cushion.
3-8
3
Power seat controls Seatback angle adjustment
if equipped
The driver's seat can be adjusted by using
the control switches located on the
outside of the seat cushion.
WARNING
NEVER allow children to remain in the
vehicle unattended. The power seats are
operable when the vehicle is turned off.
2C_AdjustSeatBackAuto
NOTICE
1. Push the control switch forward or
To prevent damage to the seats: rearward.
• Always stop adjusting the seats when 2. Release the switch once the seatback
the seat has been adjusted as far reaches the desired position.
forward or rearward as possible.
• Do not adjust the seats longer than Seat cushion tilt/Seat height adjustment
necessary when the vehicle is turned
off. This may result in unnecessary
battery drain.
Forward and rearward adjustment
2C_AdjustSeatHeightAuto
• Seat cushion tilt (1)
To change the angle of the front part of
the seat cushion:
1. Push the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower the
2C_AdjustSeatForwardBackwardAuto front part of the seat cushion.
To move the seat forward or rearward:
2. Release the switch once the seat
1. Push the control switch forward or reaches the desired position.
rearward.
reaches the desired position.
3-9
• Seat height (2) Seatback pocket

To change the height of the seat: if equipped
1. Push the rear portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower the
height of the seat.
reaches the desired position.
Lumbar support
2C_SeatBackPocket
The seatback pocket is provided on the
back of the front passenger seatback.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the
seatback pocket. In a collision, they can
2C_AdjustSeatBackCushionAuto come loose from the pocket and injure
To adjust the lumbar support: occupants.
1. Press the front portion of the switch (1)
to increase support or the rear portion
of the switch (2) to decrease support. Rear seats
2. Release the switch once the lumbar
support reaches the desired position. Reclining the rear seats
NOTICE
Do not continue to operate the lumbar
support when the lumbar support
provides its
maximum support. Damage to the
lumbar support motor could occur.
2C_RearSeatRecline
1. Pull up the seatback folding lever.
2. Hold the lever and adjust the seatback
of the seat to the desired position.
seatback is locked in place.
3-10
3
Folding the rear seats 3. Route the seat belt webbing to the
The rear seatbacks can be folded to outward of the rear seat to prevent the
facilitate carrying long items or to belts from being damaged.
increase the rear cargo volume in the
vehicle.
Before folding the rear seats, lower the
head restraint to the lowest position and
store the seat belt to both sides of the
seats.
WARNING
• Never allow passengers to sit on top of
the folded down seatback while the
2C_RearSeatFoldingStep
vehicle is moving. This is not a proper
seating position and no seat belts are 4. Pull up the seatback folding lever, then
available for use. This could result in fold the seat toward the front of the
serious injury or death in a collision or vehicle.
sudden stop.
• Objects carried on the folded down
seatback should not extend higher than
the top of the front seatbacks. This can
allow cargo to slide forward and cause
property damage or serious injury or
even death during a collision or sudden
stop.
To fold down the rear seatback: 2C_RearSeatFoldingStep2nd
1. Adjust the front seatback to the upright

position and if necessary, slide the front
seat forward.
2. Lower the rear head restraints to the
lowest position by pushing and holding
the release button (1) and pushing
down on the head restraint (2).
2C_RearSeatFoldingStep3rd
2C_AdjustRearHeadrestDown
3-11
To unfold the rear seatback: Armrest

1. Lift and push the seatback rearward
while lifting up the front portion of the
folding lever.
2C_RearArmrestFilp
The armrest is located in the center of the
rear seat. Pull the armrest down from the
2C_RearSeatFoldingStep4th seatback to use it.
2. Push the seatback firmly until it clicks
into place. Make sure the seatback is
locked in place. Head restraint
The vehicle’s front and rear seats have
WARNING adjustable head restraints. The head
restraints provide comfort for
Lock the seatback properly. In a collision
passengers, but more importantly they
or sudden stop, an unlocked seatback
are designed to help protect passengers
may allow cargo to move forward with
from whiplash and other neck and spinal
great force and may result in serious
injuries during an accident, especially in a
injury or death.
rear impact collision. When there are no
occupants in the rear seats, adjust the
rear head restraints to the lowest height
WARNING to improve the driver's visibility.
Cargo should always be secured to WARNING
prevent it from moving in a collision and
causing serious injury or death to the To reduce the risk of serious injury or
vehicle occupants. Do not place objects death in an accident, take the following
in the rear seats, because they cannot be precautions when adjusting your head
properly secured and may hit the front restraints:
seat occupants in a collision. • Always adjust the head restraints
properly for all passengers BEFORE
starting the vehicle.
• Never let anyone ride in a seat with the
head restraint removed or reversed.
3-12
3
• Adjust the head restraints so that the Front seat head restraints
middle of the head restraint is at the
same height as the top of the eyes.
2C_FrontHeadrestOverview
The driver’s and front passenger’s seats
2C_HeadrestRightPosition are equipped with adjustable head
• Never adjust the head restraint position restraints for the passengers safety and
of the driver’s seat when the vehicle is comfort.
moving.
• Adjust the head restraint as close to the Adjusting the height up and down
passenger’s head as possible. Do not
use a seat cushion that holds the body
away from the seatback.
• Make sure the head restraint locks into
position after adjusting it.
WARNING
When passengers are sitting on the rear
seats, always raise the head restraints 2C_AdjustFrontHeadrestUpDown
above the lowest stored position. To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Press and hold the release button (2) on
the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the desired
position (3).
2C_RearHeadrestCaution
3-13
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the

NOTICE seatback angle lever or switch (1).
2. Pull up the head restraint to the upmost
position and press the release button
(3) to remove the head restraint (4).
WARNING
Never allow anyone to travel in a seat with
the head restraint removed.
To reinstall the head restraint:

2C_AdjustHeadrestCaution
Manual adjustment seat
If you recline the seatback towards the
front with the head restraint and seat
cushion raised, the head restraint may
come in contact with the sunvisor or
other parts of the vehicle.
Removal/Reinstall
To remove the head restraint:
Manual adjustment seat
2C_InstallHeadrestManual
Power adjustment seat
2C_RemoveHeadrestManual
Power adjustment seat 2C_InstallHeadrestAuto
1. Recline the seat back by pressing
seatback angle lever or switch (3).
2. Put the head restraint poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release button
(1).
3. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height.
4. Adjust the seatback angle (4) with the
seatback angle lever or switch (3).
2C_RemoveHeadrestAuto
3-14
3
Removal/Reinstallation
WARNING
To remove the head restraint:
Always make sure the head restraint locks
into position after reinstalling and
adjusting it properly.
Rear seat head restraints
2C_AdjustRearHeadrestUp
1. Raise the head restraint as far as it can
go.
2. Press the head restraint release button
(1) while pulling up the head restraint
(2).
2C_RearHeadrestOverview
The rear seats are equipped with head To reinstall the head restraint:
restraints in all the seating positions for
the passenger’s safety and comfort.
Adjusting the height up and down
2C_AdjustRearHeadrestDown
1. Put the head restraint poles into the
holes (2) while pressing the release
button (1).
2C_AdjustRearHeadrestUpDown 2. Adjust the head restraint to the
To raise the head restraint: appropriate height.
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Press and hold the release button (2) on
the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the desired
position (3).
3-15
Seats Warmers • Do not place heavy or sharp objects on

seats equipped with seat warmers.
if equipped
• Do not change the seat cover. It may
Seat warmers are provided to warm the damage the seat warmer.
seats during cold weather.
During mild weather or under conditions
where the operation of the seat warmer is Front seat warmers
not needed, keep the seat warmers off. Type A
WARNING
The seat warmers can cause serious
burns, even at low temperatures and
especially if used for long periods of time.
Passengers must be able to feel if the seat
is becoming too warm so they can turn it
off, if needed.
Seat warmers consume large amounts of
electricity. Please avoid using seat 2C_FrontSeatWarmerSwitch
warmers while the vehicle is off in order Type B
to prevent battery discharge.
People who cannot detect temperature
change or pain to the skin should use
extreme caution, especially the following
types of passengers:
• Infants, children, elderly or disabled
persons, or hospital outpatients.
• People with sensitive skin or who burn
easily.
• Fatigued individuals.
• Intoxicated individuals. 2C_FrontSeatWarmerSwitch_2
While the engine is running, press the
• People taking medication that may
switch to warm the driver's seat or front
cause drowsiness or sleepiness.
passenger's seat.
• Pressing the switch each time changes
Never place anything on the seat that the temperature in turn from high, to
insulates against heat when the seat medium, low, and off.
warmer is operating, such as a blanket or • The seat warmer temperature is
seat cushion. lowered automatically and then goes
off after a certain time to prevent low
NOTICE temperature burns. If high temperature
To prevent damage to the seat warmers is selected again after the seat warmer
and seats: turns off, the temperature is controlled
automatically again.
• Never use a solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to • The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
clean the seats. position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
3-16
3
Air Ventilation Seats Front air ventilation seats
Type A
if equipped
The air ventilation seats cool the front

seats by blowing air through small vent
holes on the surface of the seat cushions
and seatbacks.
When the air ventilation seat is not
desired, keep the air ventilation seats off.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the air ventilation 2C_FrontSeatVentilationSwitch
seats: Type B
• Never use a solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol, or gasoline
to clean the seats.
• Avoid spilling liquids on the surface of
the front seats and seatbacks. This may
cause the air vent holes to become
blocked and not to work properly.
• Do not place materials such as plastic
bags or newspapers under the seats.
They may block the air intake causing
the air vents not to work properly.
2C_FrontSeatVentilationSwitch_2
• Do not change the seat covers. While the engine running, press the
• If the air vents do not operate, restart switches to cool the driver's seat or front
the vehicle. If there is no change, have passenger's seat.
your vehicle inspected by an authorized • Press the button repeatedly to cycle
HYUNDAI dealer. through the airflow speeds from high,
medium, low, and off.
• The air ventilation seat defaults to the
OFF position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the ON
position.
3-17
Seat Belts • Do not use the seat belt if it is twisted. A

twisted seat belt will not protect you
This section describes how to use the seat properly in a collision.
belts properly. It also describes some of • Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or
the things not to do when using seat belts. hardware is damaged.
• Do not latch the seat belt into the
Seat belt safety precautions buckles intended for other seating
positions.
Always fasten your seat belt and make
sure all passengers have fastened their • Never unfasten the seat belt while
seat belts before starting any trip. Airbags driving. This may cause loss of vehicle
are designed to supplement the seat belt control resulting in a collision.
as an additional safety device, not a • Make sure there is nothing in the buckle
replacement. Most states require all that could interfere with the seat belt
vehicle occupants to wear seat belts. latch mechanism from fastening
securely.
WARNING • Never modify seatbelt or install devices
Seat belts must be used by ALL that may prevent seatbelt assembly
passengers whenever the vehicle is from removing slack.
moving. To prevent serious injury or • Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or
death: hardware is damaged. Have the seat
• Children under the age of 13 should be belt replaced by an authorized
properly restrained in the rear seats. HYUNDAI dealer.
• Never allow children to ride in the front
passenger seat, unless the airbag is
deactivated. If a child is seated in the WARNING
front passenger seat, move the seat as
far back as possible. And the child must Damaged seat belts and seat belt
always be restrained in the seat assemblies do not operate properly.
properly. Always replace:
• NEVER allow an infant or child to be • Frayed, contaminated, or damaged
carried on an occupant’s lap. webbing.
• NEVER ride with the seatback reclined • Damaged hardware.
when the vehicle is moving. • The entire seat belt assembly after it
• Do not allow children to share a seat or has been worn in an accident, even if
seat belt. damage to webbing or assembly is not
apparent.
• Do not wear the shoulder belt under
your arm or behind your back.
• NEVER wear a seat belt over fragile
objects. If there is a sudden stop or
impact, the seat belt can damage it.
3-18
3
Seat belt warning light WARNING
Riding in an improper position may
Driver’s seat belt warning adversely affect the front passenger's
Instrument cluster seat belt warning system. Instruct the
passenger to properly be seated when the
vehicle is moving.
Information
• If the front passenger seat is not
occupied, the seat belt warning light
blinks or illuminate for 6 seconds.
• The front passenger’s seat belt warning
2C_SeatBeltWarningLampOverview
may operate when luggage or
As a reminder to the driver, the driver’s electronic devices are placed on the
seat belt warning lights illuminates for front passenger seat.
about 6 seconds each time the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
regardless of seatbelt fastening.
Rear passenger’s seat belt warning
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
or unfasten the seat belt while driving
under 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt
warning light illuminates.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
or unfasten the seat belt while driving 12
mph (20 km/h) or faster, the seat belt
warning chime sounds for certain period
of time and the warning light blinks.
Front passenger’s seat belt warning

2C_RearSeatBeltWarningLamp
As a reminder to the front passenger, the
front passenger’s seat belt warning lights For rear left and right side seat
illuminates for about 6 seconds each time
the engine is turned on regardless of seat • As a reminder to the rear passenger, the
belt fastening. rear passenger’s seat belt warning
lights illuminate for about 6 seconds
If the passenger continues not to fasten each time the Engine Start/Stop button
their seat belt or unfasten their seat belt is in the ON position regardless of
and you drive under 12 mph (20 km/h), the seatbelt fastening.
seat belt warning light illuminates.
• If the passenger continues not to fasten
If the passenger continues not to fasten their seat belt or unfasten their seat belt
their seat belt or unfasten their seat belt and you drive under 12 mph (20 km/h),
and you drive 12 mph (20 km/h) or faster, the corresponding warning light
the seat belt warning chime sounds for continues to illuminate until the seat
certain period of time and the belt is fastened.
corresponding warning light blinks.
3-19
• If the passenger continues not to fasten Seat belt restraint system

their seat belt or unfasten their seat belt
and you drive 12 mph (20 km/h) or WARNING
faster, the seat belt warning chime
sounds for about 35 seconds and the
corresponding warning light blinks.
For rear center seat

• As a reminder to the rear passenger, the
rear passenger’s seat belt warning
lights illuminate for about 6 seconds
each time the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position regardless of seat
belt fastening.
2C_SeatBeltWearStep_2
• If the seat belt is not fastened when the
Improperly positioned seat belts may
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
increase the risk of serious injury in an
position, the seat belt warning light will
accident. Take the following precautions
illuminate for about 70 seconds.
when adjusting the seat belt:
• Position the lap portion of the seat belt
as low as possible across your hips, not
and you drive under 12 mph (20 km/h),
on your waist, so that it fits snugly. This
the corresponding warning light
allows your strong pelvic bones to
continues to illuminate for about 70
absorb the force of the crash, reducing
seconds.
the chance of internal injuries.
• Position one arm under the shoulder
belt and the other over the belt, as
and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h),
shown in the illustration.
the seat belt warning chime sounds for
about 35 seconds and the • Always position the shoulder belt
corresponding warning light blinks. anchor into the locked position at the
appropriate height.
• If the rear door is opened or closed
under 6 mph (10 km/h), the seat belt • Never position the shoulder belt across
warning chime and corresponding your neck or face.
warning light does not work even if you
drive over 12 mph (20 km/h).
3-20
3
Driver's seat belt – 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor Information
If you cannot smoothly pull the seat belt
To fasten your seat belt: out from the retractor, firmly pull the seat
belt out and release it. After release, the
belt may be pulled out smoothly.
Height adjustment
Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so
that it lies across your chest and midway
over your shoulder nearest the door, not
over your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
2C_SeatBeltWearStep anchor:
Pull it out of the retractor and insert the • Pull the height adjuster up (1) to raise
metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). An the height. To lower it, push it down (3)
audible “click” sounds when the tab locks while pressing the height adjuster
into the buckle. Make sure the seat belt is button (2). Release the button to lock
not twisted. the anchor in place. Try pushing the
height adjuster down to make sure that
it is locked in place.
Front seat
2C_SeatBeltCorrectWear
Place the lap belt (1) portion across your
hips and the shoulder belt (2) portion
across your chest.
2C_AdjustSeatBeltHeight
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length after the lap belt portion is
adjusted manually so that it fits snugly
around your hips.
If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion,
the belt extends and moves with you. If
there is a sudden stop or collision, the belt
is locked in place. It also locks if you try to
lean forward too quickly.
3-21
To release your seat belt: To fasten your seat belt:

Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and
insert the metal tab into the buckle. An
audible “click” sounds when the tab locks
into the buckle. Pull the shoulder portion
of the belt to snug the belt across your
hips and remove slack. Make sure the seat
belt is not twisted.
When not securing a child restraint, the
seat belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length only after the lap belt
2C_SeatBeltRelease portion of the seat belt is adjusted
Press the release button (1) in the locking manually so that it fits snugly across your
buckle. hips.
The belt should automatically draw back When the seat belt has been fully
into the retractor. If this does not happen, extended from the retractor to allow for
check the belt is not twisted, then try the installation of a child restraint system,
again. the seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type). For
Passenger and rear seat belts – more information, refer to the "Child
3-point system with convertible Restraint System (CRS)" section in this
locking retractor chapter.
This type of seat belt combines both an
emergency locking retractor and an To release your seat belt:
automatic locking retractor. Convertible
retractor type seat belts are installed in
the rear seat positions to help
accommodate the installation of child
restraint systems.
A convertible retractor is also installed in
the front passenger seat position,
children should always be seated in the
rear and never place any infant/child
restraint system in the front seat.
2C_SeatBeltRelease
Press the release button (1) in the locking
buckle.
The belt should automatically draw back
into the retractor. If this does not happen,
check the belt is not twisted, then try
again.
3-22
3
Pretensioner seat belt
Information
• The emergency locking mode allows
seated passengers to move freely in
their seats while keeping some tension
on the belt. During a collision or sudden
stop, the retractor automatically locks
the belt to help restrain the passengers.
• To deactivate the automatic locking
mode, unbuckle the seat belt and allow
the belt to fully retract.
2C_RetractPretensioner
Rear center seat belt (3-point rear (1) Retractor pretensioner seat belt
center seat belt) (Front seat and rear outboard seat)
(2) Emergency Fastening Device (EFD)
Your vehicle is equipped with driver’s and
front passenger’s pretensioner seat belts
(retractor pretensioner and Emergency
Fastening Device) and rear passengers
pretensioner seat belts (retractor
pretensioner). The pretensioner makes
sure the seat belts fit tightly against your
body in certain frontal or side collision(s).
The pretensioner seat belts may be
activated in some crashes where the
2C_RearCenterSeatBeltWearStep frontal or side collision(s) is severe
Insert the tongue plate (1) into the buckle enough, together with the airbags.
(2) until an audible “click" is heard, When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if you
indicating the latch is locked. Pull the try to lean forward too quickly, the seat
shoulder portion of the belt to snug the belt retractor locks in place.
belt across your hips and remove slack.
In some frontal collisions, the
Make sure the seat belt is not twisted.
pretensioner activates and pulls the seat
When using the rear center seat belt, use belt against your body.
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark.
Information
If you cannot pull out the safety belt from
the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and
release it. After release, pull out the belt
smoothly.
3-23
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death:
• Always wear your seat belt and sit
properly in your seat.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or
twisted.
• Do not place anything near the buckle.
• Always replace your pretensioners after
activation or an accident. 2C_PretensionerComponent
• NEVER inspect, service, repair or
replace the pretensioners by yourself.
Have the pretensioners inspected,
serviced, repaired, or replaced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
WARNING
Do not touch the pretensioner seat belt 2C_RearRetractorPretensionerOverview
assemblies for several minutes after they The pretensioner seat belt system
have been activated. When the consists mainly of the following
pretensioner seat belt mechanism components. Their locations are shown in
deploys during a collision, the the illustration above:
pretensioner can become hot and can (1) SRS airbag warning light
burn you. (2) Retractor pretensioner (front)
(3) SRS control module
(4) Emergency Fastening Device (EFD)
CAUTION (5) Retractor pretensioner (rear)
Body work on the front area of the vehicle
may damage the pretensioner seat belt
system. Have the system serviced by an
3-24
3
NOTICE Additional seat belt safety
precautions
The sensor that activates the SRS control
module is connected with the
pretensioner seat belt. The SRS airbag Seat belt use during pregnancy
warning light on the instrument cluster The seat belt should always be used
illuminates for about 3-6 seconds after during pregnancy. The best way to
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON protect your unborn child is to protect
position, and then turns off. yourself by always wearing the seat belt.
If the pretensioner is not working Pregnant women should always wear a
properly, the warning light illuminates lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoulder
even if the SRS airbag is not belt across your chest, routed between
malfunctioning. If the warning light does your breasts and away from your neck.
not illuminate when starting the engine or Place the lap belt below your belly and
stays illuminated or illuminates while pull the shoulder portion so that it fits
driving, have the pretensioner seat belts SNUGLY across your hips and pelvic
and/or SRS control module inspected by bone, under the rounded part of your
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as belly.
possible.
WARNING
• Pregnant women and patients are more
Information vulnerable to any impacts on the
abdomen during an abrupt stop or
• Pretensioner seat belts may be collision. If you are in an accident while
activated in certain frontal or side pregnant, consult your doctor.
collisions or rollover situations.
• To reduce the risk of serious injury or
• When the pretensioner seat belts are death to an unborn child during an
activated, a loud noise may be heard accident, pregnant women should
and fine dust, which may appear to be NEVER place the lap portion of the seat
smoke, may be visible in the passenger belt above or over the area of the
compartment. These are normal abdomen where the unborn child is
operating conditions and are not located.
hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust
may cause skin irritation and should not
be inhaled for prolonged periods. Wash
all exposed skin areas thoroughly after
an accident in which the pretensioner
seat belts were activated.
3-25
Seat belt use and children Larger children

Children under age 13 and who are too
Infant and small children large for a booster seat should always
All 50 states have Child Restraint System occupy the rear seat and use the available
laws that require children to travel in lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt should be
approved Child Restraint System devices, snug against the hips and be snug across
including booster seats. The age at which the shoulder and chest to restrain the
seat belts can be used instead of Child child safely. A child’s squirming could
Restraint System may be different among move the belt out of position. Adults
states, so you should be aware of the should frequently check belt fit. In a
specific requirements in your state, and collision, the safest place for children is in
where you are travelling. Infant and Child the rear seats, using a Child Restraint
Restraint System must be properly placed System appropriate for the child.
and installed in a rear seat. If a larger child over age 13 must be seated
For more information refer to the “Seat in the front seat, the child must be
belt safety precautions” section in this securely restrained by the available seat
chapter. belt and the seat should be placed in the
rearmost position.
WARNING If the shoulder belt portion slightly
Always properly restrain infants and small touches the child’s neck or face, try
children in a Child Restraint System placing the child closer to the center of
appropriate for the child’s height and the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
weight. touches their face or neck, the child
needs to return to an appropriate booster
seat in the rear seat.
death to a child and other passengers,
never hold a child in your lap or arms
when the vehicle is moving. Violent forces
WARNING
during a collision will tear the child from • Always make sure larger children’s seat
your arms and throw the child against the belts are buckled and properly
interior or to be ejected from the vehicle. adjusted.
• Never allow the shoulder belt to
contact the child’s neck or face.
Small children are best protected from
injury in an accident when properly • Do not allow more than one child to use
restrained in the rear seat by a Child a single seat belt.
Restraint System that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buying Seat belt use and injured people
any Child Restraint System, make sure A seat belt should still be used when an
that it has a label certifying that it meets injured person is being transported.
the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Consult a physician for specific
Standards FMVSS 213. recommendations.
The Child Restraint System must be
appropriate for your child’s height and
weight. Check the label on the Child
Restraint System for this information.
Refer to the “Child Restraint System
(CRS)” section in this chapter.
3-26
3
One person per belt Care of seat belts
When two people (children or adults) are Seat belt systems should never be
sitting together, never attempt to use a disassembled or modified.
single seat belt. This could increase the
severity of injuries in a collision.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
Do not lie down periodically for wear or damage of any
Sitting in a reclined position when the kind. Any damaged parts should be
vehicle is moving can be dangerous. Even replaced as soon as possible.
when buckled up, the protections of your
restraint system (seat belts and/or
airbags) is greatly reduced by reclining Keep belts clean and dry
your seatback. Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If
Seat belts must be snug against your hips belts become dirty, they can be cleaned
and chest to work properly. by using a mild soap solution and warm
water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents, or
During a collision, you could be thrown abrasives should not be used because
into the seat belt, causing neck or other they may damage and weaken the fabric.
injuries.
The more the seat back is reclined, the
greater the chance for the passenger’s When to replace seat belts
hips to slide under the lap belt or the The entire seat belt assembly or
passenger’s neck to strike the shoulder assemblies should be replaced if the
belt. vehicle has been involved in an accident.
This should be done even if no damage is
WARNING visible. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for assistance.
• Never ride with a reclined seatback
when the vehicle is moving.
• Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious or
fatal injuries in the event of a collision or
sudden stop.
• Driver and passengers should always sit
well back in their seats with the
seatbacks upright and should be belted
properly.
3-27
Child Restraint System Child Restraint Systems are generally

designed to be secured in a vehicle seat
(CRS) by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt,
or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of
the vehicle.
Children always in the rear
Child Restraint System (CRS)
WARNING
Infants and younger children must be
Always properly restrain children in the restrained in an appropriate
rear seats of the vehicle. Children of all rearward-facing or forward-facing CRS
ages are safer when restrained in the rear that has first been properly secured to the
seat. A child riding in the front passenger seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with
seat can be forcefully struck by an the instructions for installation and use
inflating airbag resulting in SERIOUS provided by the manufacturer of the Child
INJURY or DEATH. Restraint System.
WARNING
Children under age 13 should always ride
in the rear seats and must always be An improperly secured child restraint can
properly restrained to minimize the risk of increase the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
injury in an accident, sudden stop, or DEATH in an accident. Always take the
sudden maneuver. following precautions when using a Child
Restraint System:
According to accident statistics, children
are safer when properly restrained in the • NEVER install a child or infant restraint
rear seats than in the front seat. Even with in the front passenger's seat.
airbags, children can be seriously injured • Always properly secure the child
or killed. Children too large for a Child restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.
Restraint System must use the seat belts • Always follow the child restraint system
provided. manufacturer's instructions for
All 50 states have child restraint laws installation and use.
which require children to travel in • Always properly restrain your child in
approved Child Restraint Systems. the child restraint.
The laws governing the age or • If the vehicle head restraint prevents
height/weight restrictions at which seat proper installation of a child seat (as
belts can be used instead of Child described in the child restraint system
Restraint System differs among states, so manual), the head restraint of the
you should be aware of the specific respective seating position shall be
requirements in your state, and where readjusted or entirely removed.
you are travelling.
• Do not use an infant carrier or a child
Child Restraint Systems must be properly safety seat that "hooks" over a
placed and installed in the rear seat. You seatback, it may not provide adequate
must use a commercially available Child protection in an accident.
Restraint System that meets the
• After an accident, have an authorized
requirements of the Federal Motor
HYUNDAI dealer check the child
Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
restraint system, seat belts, tether
anchors and lower anchors.
3-28
3
Selecting a Child Restraint Rearward-facing Child Restraint System
System (CRS)
When selecting a Child Restraint System
for your child, always:
• Make sure the Child Restraint System
has a label certifying that it meets
applicable Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards (FMVSS 213).
• Select a Child Restraint System based
on your child’s height and weight. The
required label or the instructions for use
typically provide this information. 2C_ALRSeatBelt
• Select a Child Restraint System that fits A rearward-facing Child Restraint System
the vehicle seating position where it will provides restraint with the seating
be used. surface against the back of the child. The
• Read and comply with the warnings harness system holds the child in place,
and instructions for installation and use and in an accident, acts to keep the child
provided with the Child Restraint positioned in the Child Restraint Systems
System. and reduce the stress to the fragile neck
and spinal cord.
All children under the age of one year
Child Restraint System types must always ride in a rearward-facing
There are three main types of Child Child Restraint System. Convertible and
Restraint Systems: rearward-facing, 3-in-1 Child Restraint Systems typically
forward-facing and booster Child have higher height and weight limits for
Restraint Systems. the rearward-facing position, allowing
They are classified according to the you to keep your child rearward-facing
child’s age, height and weight. for a longer period of time.
Keep using Child Restraint Systems in the
rearward-facing position as long as
children fit within the height and weight
limits allowed by the Child Restraint
System’s manufacturer. It’s the best way
to keep them safe.
Once your child has outgrown the
rearward-facing Child Restraint System,
your child is ready for a forward-facing
Child Restraint System with a harness.
WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant restraint in
the front passenger's seat.
Placing a rearward-facing child restraint
in the front seat can result in SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH if the child restraint is
struck by an inflating airbag.
3-29
Forward-facing Child Restraint System Installing a Child Restraint

System (CRS)
WARNING
Before installing your Child Restraint
System always:
Read and follow the instructions provided
by the manufacturer of the Child
Restraint System.
Failure to follow all warnings and
2C_ALRSeatBelt_2 instructions could increase the risk of the
A forward-facing Child Restraint System SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an accident
provides restraint for the child’s body occurs.
with a harness. Keep children in a
forward-facing Child Restraint System
with a harness until they reach the top
height or weight limit allowed by your
WARNING
Child Restraint System’s manufacturer. If the vehicle head restraint prevents
Once your child outgrows the proper installation of a Child Restraint
forward-facing Child Restraint System, System, the head restraint of the
your child is ready for a booster seat. respective seating position shall be
readjusted or entirely removed.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a Child Restraint System After selecting a proper Child Restraint
designed to improve the fit of the System for your child and checking that
vehicle’s seat belt system. A booster seat the Child Restraint System fits properly
positions the seat belt so that it fits on the seating position, there are three
properly over the stronger parts of your general steps for a proper installation:
child’s body. Keep your children in
booster seats until they are big enough to • Properly secure the Child Restraint
fit in a seat belt properly. System to the vehicle. All Child
Restraint Systems must be secured to
For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt the vehicle with the lap belt or lap part
must lie comfortable across the upper of a lap/shoulder belt or with the lower
thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder anchor and/or tether anchor and/or
belt should lie comfortable across the with the support leg.
shoulder and chest and not across the
neck or face. Children under age 13 must
always be properly restrained to minimize
the risk of injury in an accident, sudden
stop or sudden maneuver.
3-30
3
• Make sure the Child Restraint System Lower Anchors and Tether for
is firmly secured. After installing a Children (LATCH System)
Child Restraint System to the vehicle, The LATCH system holds a Child Restraint
push and pull the seat forward and from System during driving and in an accident.
side-to-side to verify that it is securely This system is designed to make
attached to the seat. A Child Restraint installation of the Child Restraint System
System secured with a seat belt should easier and reduce the possibility of
be installed as firmly as possible. improperly installing your Child Restraint
However, some side-to-side System. The LATCH system uses anchors
movement can be expected. When in the vehicle and attachments on the
installing a Child Restraint System, Child Restraint System. The LATCH
adjust the vehicle seat and seatback system eliminates the need to use seat
(up and down, forward and rearward) belts to secure the Child Restraint System
so that your child fits in the Child to the rear seats.
Restraint System in a comfortable
manner. Lower anchors are metal bars built into
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors
• Secure the child in the Child Restraint for each LATCH seating position that will
System. Make sure the child is properly accommodate a Child Restraint System
strapped in the Child Restraint System with lower attachments.
according to the Child Restraint System
manufacturer’s instructions. To use the LATCH system in your vehicle,
you must have a Child Restraint System
CAUTION with LATCH attachments.
The Child Restraint System manufacturer
A Child Restraint System in a closed will provide you with instructions on how
vehicle can become very hot. To prevent to use the Child Restraint System with its
burns, check the seating surface and attachments for the LATCH anchorages.
buckles before placing your child in the
Child Restraint System.
2C_ALRSeatBeltLowerAnchorOverview
LATCH anchors have been provided in the
left and right outboard rear seating
positions. Their locations are shown in the
illustration. There are no LATCH anchors
provided for the center rear seating
position.
3-31
Securing a Child Restraint System

WARNING with the “LATCH Anchors System”
Do not attempt to install a Child Restraint To install a LATCH-compatible Child
System using LATCH anchors in the rear Restraint System in either of the rear
center seating position. There are no outboard seating positions:
LATCH anchors provided for this seat. 1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
Using the outboard seat anchors can the lower anchors.
damage the anchors which may break or
fail in a collision resulting in serious injury 2. Move any other objects away from the
or death. anchorages that could prevent a secure
connection between the Child Restraint
System and the lower anchors.
3. Place the Child Restraint System on the
vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the
lower anchors according to the
instructions provided by the Child
Restraint System manufacturer.
4. Follow the instructions of the Child
Restraint System’s manufacturer for
proper installation and connection of
the lower attachments on the Child
Restraint System to the lower anchors.
2C_ALRSeatBeltLowerAnchor
[A] Lower Anchor Position Indicator WARNING
[B] Lower Anchor
The lower anchor position indicator Take the following precautions when
symbols are located on the left and right using the LATCH system:
rear seat backs to identify the position of • Read and follow all installation
the lower anchors in your vehicle (see instructions provided with your Child
arrows in illustration). Restraint System.
The LATCH anchors are located between • To prevent the child from reaching and
the seatback and the seat cushion of the taking hold of unretracted seat belts,
rear seat left and right outboard seating buckle all unused rear seat belts and
positions. retract the seat belt webbing behind
the child. Children can be strangled if a
WARNING shoulder belt becomes wrapped
around their neck and the seat belt
Before installing the Child Restraint tightens.
System, make sure that there are no
objects (for example, toy, pen, wire) • NEVER attach more than one Child
around the lower anchor area. Those Restraint System to a single anchorage.
objects may damage either the seat belt This could cause the anchor or
system or the Child Restraint System attachment to come loose or break.
during the installment procedure. If • Always have the LATCH system
necessary, have the vehicle inspected by inspected by your dealer after an
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. accident. An accident can damage the
LATCH system and may not properly
secure the Child Restraint System.
3-32
3
1. Route the Child Restraint System
NOTICE top-tether strap over the seatback.
Make sure that the combined weight of Route the tether strap under the head
the child and the child restraint system is restraint and between the head
less than 65 lbs. (30 kg) for each LATCH restraint posts, or route the tether strap
system. over the top of the vehicle seatback.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the
Securing a Child Restraint System tether anchor, then tighten the
seat with “Top-tether Anchorage” top-tether strap according to the
system instructions of your Child Restraint
System’s manufacturer to firmly attach
the Child Restraint System to the seat.
3. Check that the Child Restraint System
is securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat
forward-and-back and side-to-side.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
installing the top-tether:
2C_ALRSeatBeltTetherAnchor
• Read and follow all installation
First secure the child restraint with the instructions provided with your Child
LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If Restraint System.
the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether strap be • NEVER attach more than one Child
attached, attach and tighten the top Restraint System to a single tether
tether strap to the top tether strap anchor. This could cause the anchorage
anchor. or attachment to come loose or break.
Top tether anchorages are located on the • Do not attach the tether strap to
rear of the seatbacks. anything other than the correct
top-tether anchor. It may not work
properly if attached to something else.
• Child Restraint System anchors are
designed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly fitted Child
Restraint System.
Under no circumstances are the
anchors to be used for adult seat belts
or harnesses or for attaching other
items or equipment to the vehicle.
2C_ALRSeatBeltInstall
To install the tether anchor:
3-33
Securing a Child Restraint System 1. Place the Child Restraint System on a

with a lap/shoulder belt rear seat and route the lap/shoulder
When not using the LATCH system, all belt around or through the Child
Child Restraint Systems must be secured Restraint System, following the Child
to a rear seat with the lap part of a Restraint System manufacturer’s
lap/shoulder belt. instructions. Make sure the seat belt
webbing is not twisted.
WARNING
Information
ALWAYS place a rearward-facing Child
Restraint System in the rear seat of the When using the rear center seat belt,
vehicle. you should also refer to the “Rear
center seat belt (3-point rear center
Placing a rearward-facing child restraint seat belt)” section in this chapter.
in the front seat can result in serious injury
or death if the Child Restraint System is
struck by an inflating airbag. 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into
the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”
sound.
Automatic locking mode
2C_ALRSeatBeltInstall_2
2C_ALRSeatBeltInstall Information
Since all passenger seat belts move freely
Position the release button so that it is
under normal conditions and only lock
easy to access in case of an emergency.
under extreme or emergency conditions
(emergency locking mode), you must
manually pull the seat belt all the way out
to shift the retractor to the "Automatic
Locking" mode to secure a Child Restraint
System.
The "Automatic Locking" mode will help
prevent the normal movement of the
child in the vehicle from causing the seat
belt to loosen and compromise the Child
Restraint System. To secure a Child
Restraint System, use the following
procedure.
To install a Child Restraint System on the
rear seats, do the following:
3-34
3
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt 5. Remove as much slack from the belt as
all the way out. When the shoulder possible by pushing down on the Child
portion of the seat belt is fully Restraint System while feeding the
extended, it will shift the retractor to shoulder belt back into the retractor.
the "Automatic Locking" (child
restraint) mode.
2C_ALRSeatBeltInstall_5
2C_ALRSeatBeltInstall_3 6. Push and pull on the Child Restraint
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the System to confirm that the seat belt is
seat belt to retract and listen for an holding it firmly in place. If it is not,
audible "clicking" or "ratcheting" release the seat belt and repeat steps 2
sound. This indicates that the retractor through 6.
is in the "Automatic Locking" mode. If 7. Double check that the retractor is in the
no distinct sound is heard, repeat steps "Automatic Locking" mode by
3 and 4. attempting to pull more of the seat belt
out of the retractor. If you cannot, the
retractor is in the "Automatic Locking"
mode.
If your Child Restraint System
manufacturer instructs or recommends
you to use a tether anchor with the
lap/shoulder belt, refer to the “Installing a
Child Restraint System (CRS)” section in
this chapter.
2C_ALRSeatBeltInstall_4 Information
When the seat belt is allowed to retract to
its fully stowed position, the retractor will
automatically switch from the “Automatic
Locking” mode to the emergency lock
mode for normal adult usage.
3-35
WARNING
If the retractor is not in the “Automatic
Locking” mode, the child restraint can
move when your vehicle turns or stops
suddenly. A child can be seriously injured
or killed if the child restraint is not
properly anchored in the car, including
manually pulling the seat belt all the way
out to shift the retractor to the
“Automatic Locking” mode.
To remove the Child Restraint System,

press the release button on the buckle
and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the Child Restraint System and allow the
seat belt to retract fully.
3-36
3
Airbag - Supplemental Restraint System
1C_AirbagOverview
The actual airbags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
(1) Driver’s front airbag

(2) Passenger’s front airbag
(3) Side airbag
(4) Curtain airbag
3-37
Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Airbag System for the driver’s and front
passenger’s seats.
The front airbags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these
airbags to provide protection, seat belts must be properly worn at all times when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt.
Airbags are built into the vehicle as a supplementary system. They are not intended as a
replacement for wearing 3-point seat belts. Also, airbags are not designed to deploy in
every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you.
WARNING
AIRBAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• Always use seat belts and Child Restraint Systems - every trip, every time, everyone!
Even with airbags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if you are
improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the airbag inflates.
• Never place a child in any Child Restraint System or booster seat in the front passenger
seat, unless the airbag is deactivated. An inflating airbag could forcefully strike the
infant or child causing serious or fatal injuries.
• ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place for
children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, he
or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
• Make sure that all occupants sit upright with the seatback in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended, and
their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the vehicle is turned off. If an
occupant is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying airbag may
forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.
• Never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the airbags or lean against the door or center
console.
• Move your seat as far back as possible from front airbags, while still maintaining
control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center
of the steering wheel and the chest.
3-38
3
SRS components
1C_AirbagPartsOverview
The SRS consists of the following components:
(1) Driver’s front airbag module
(2) Passenger’s front airbag module
(3) Side airbag modules
(4) Curtain airbag modules
(5) Retractor pretensioner
(6) Airbag warning light
(7) SRS control module (SRSCM)/Rollover sensor
(8) Front impact sensors
(9) Side impact sensors (acceleration)
(10)Side impact sensors (pressure)
(11) Occupant Classification System (OCS)
(12)Seat belt buckle sensor
(13)Emergency Fastening Device (EFD) system
Information
Front Passenger's airbag OFF indicator is located on the overhead console.
3-39
Where are the airbags? ability to control the SRS deployment

based on whether or not the seat belts are
fastened, and how severe the impact is.
Driver’s and passenger’s front
The SRS offers the ability to control the
airbags
airbag inflation within two levels. A first
Driver’s front airbag
stage level is provided for moderate
severity impacts. A second stage level is
provided for more severe impacts.
According to the impact severity and seat
belt usage, the SRS Control Module
(SRSCM) controls the airbag inflation.
Failure to properly wear seat belts may
increase the risk or severity of injury in a
collision.
2C_DriverAirbag WARNING
Passenger’s front airbag To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from inflating front airbags:
• Seat belts must be worn at all times to
help keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Move your seat as far back as possible
from front airbags, while still
maintaining control of the vehicle.
• Never lean against the door or center
console.
• Hold the steering wheel at the 9 o’clock
2C_PassengerAirbag
and 3 o’clock positions, to minimize the
The SRS consists of advanced airbags risk of injuries to your hands and arms.
located in the center of the steering
wheel and the passenger’s side front • Do not allow the front passenger to
panel pad above the glove box. place their feet or legs on the
dashboard.
The airbag locations are embossed with
the letters, “AIRBAG”. • Never place any objects (such as
dashboard cover, mobile phone holder,
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the cup holder, perfume or stickers) over or
vehicle's driver and front passenger with near the airbag modules on the steering
additional supplemental protection that wheel, instrument panel, windshield
the seat belt system does not provide in glass, and the front passenger’s panel
case of a frontal impact of sufficient above the glove box. Such objects may
severity. cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash
The SRS uses sensors to gather severe enough to cause the airbags to
information about the driver’s and front deploy.
passenger's seat belt usage and impact • Do not attach any objects on the front
severity. windshield and inside mirror.
The seat belt buckle sensors determine if
the driver and front passenger's seat belts
are fastened. These sensors provide the
3-40
3
Side airbags
Front seat
WARNING
death from an inflating side airbag:
properly.
• Do not allow passengers to lean their
heads or bodies onto doors, put their
arms on the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
2C_SideAirbagLabelDRV • Do not use any accessory seat covers. It
may reduce or prevent the
effectiveness of the system.
• Do not hang other objects except
clothes. In an accident it may cause
vehicle damage or personal injury
especially when airbag is inflated.
• Do not place any objects over the
airbag location or between the airbag
and yourself. Also, do not attach any
objects around the area the airbag
inflates such as door, side door glass,
2C_SideAirbagDeployment and front and rear pillar.
Side airbags are located in each front • Do not place any objects between the
seat. door and the seat. They may become
The side airbags are designed to deploy dangerous projectiles if the side airbag
during certain side impact collisions, inflates.
depending on the crash severity, angle, • Do not install any accessories on the
speed and point of impact. side or near the side airbags.
For the vehicle equipped with a rollover • Do not cause an impact to the doors
sensor, the side and/or curtain airbags when the Engine Start/Stop button is in
and pretensioners on both sides of the the ON or START position because the
vehicle may deploy if a rollover or side airbags can inflate.
possible rollover is detected.
• If the seat or seat cover is damaged,
The side airbags are not designed to have the vehicle serviced by an
deploy in all side impact or rollover authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
situations.
3-41
Curtain airbags
WARNING
death from an inflating curtain airbag:
properly.
• Properly secure a Child Restraint
System as far away from the door as
possible.
• Do not place any objects over the
airbag. Also, do not attach any objects
2C_CurtainAirbagLabel
around the area the airbag inflates such
as door, side door glass, front and rear
pillar, and roof side rail.
• Do not hang other objects except
clothes, especially hard or breakable
objects near airbag locations. In an
accident, it may cause vehicle damage
or personal injury.
• Do not allow passengers to lean their
heads or bodies onto doors, put their
arms on the doors, stretch their arms
2C_CurtainAirbagDeployment out of the window, or place objects
Curtain airbags are located along both between the doors and seats.
sides of the roof rails above the front and • Do not open or repair the side curtain
rear doors. airbags yourself. If necessary, have the
They are designed to help protect the airbag inspected by an authorized
heads of the front seat occupants and the HYUNDAI dealer.
rear outboard seat occupants in certain
side impact collisions.
The curtain airbags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity.
For the vehicle equipped with a rollover
sensor, the side and/or curtain airbags
and pretensioners on both sides of the
vehicle may deploy if a rollover or
possible rollover is detected.
The curtain airbags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
3-42
3
How does the airbags system • The front airbags completely inflate
operate? and deflate in an instant. It is virtually
impossible for you to see the airbags
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint inflate during an accident. It is much
System Control Module) continually more likely that you simply see the
monitors all SRS components while the deflated airbags hanging out of their
Engine Start/Stop button is ON to storage compartments after the
determine if a crash impact is severe collision.
enough to require airbag deployment or
pretensioner seat belt deployment. • In addition to inflating in serious side
collisions, vehicles equipped with a
During a moderate to severe frontal rollover sensor, side and/or curtain
collision, sensors detect the vehicle’s airbags inflate if the sensing system
rapid deceleration. If the rate of detects a rollover.
deceleration is high enough, the SRSCM
inflates the front airbags with the force When a rollover is detected, curtain
needed. airbags remain inflated longer to help
provide protection from ejection,
The front airbags help protect the driver especially when used in conjunction
and front passenger by responding to with the seat belts.
frontal impacts in which seat belts alone
cannot provide adequate restraint. When • To help provide protection, the airbags
needed, the side airbags help provide must inflate rapidly. The speed of
protection in the event of a side impact or airbag inflation is a consequence of
rollover by supporting the side upper extremely short time in which the
body area. airbag inflates between the occupant
and the vehicle structures before the
• Airbags are activated (able to inflate if occupant impacts those structures.
necessary) only when the Engine This speed of inflation reduces the risk
Start/Stop button is in the ON or START of serious or life-threatening injuries
position, and it may be activated within and is thus a necessary part of airbag
3 minutes after the engine is turned off. design.
• Airbags inflate in the event of certain However, the rapid airbag inflation may
frontal or side collisions to help protect also cause injuries that include facial
the occupants from serious physical abrasions, bruises, and broken bones
injury. because the inflation speed also causes
• There is no single speed at which the the airbags to expand with great force.
airbags will inflate. Generally, airbags • There are even circumstances under
are designed to inflate based upon the which contact with the airbag may
severity of a collision and its direction. cause fatal injuries, especially when the
Airbag deployment also depends on a occupant is positioned excessively
number of other factors including close to the airbag.
vehicle speed, angles of impact and the
density and stiffness of the vehicles or You can take steps to reduce the risk of
objects which your vehicle impacts being injured by an inflating airbag. The
during a collision. The determining greatest risk is sitting too close to the
factors are not limited to those airbag. An airbag needs about 10 inches
mentioned above. (25 cm) of space to inflate. NHTSA
recommends that drivers allow at least 10
inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
3-43
Driver’s front airbag (2)

WARNING
death from an inflating airbag:
• Never place a child restraint in the front
passenger seat. Always properly
restrain children under age 13 in the
rear seats of the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger’s and
driver's seats as far to the rear as
possible while allowing you to maintain
full control of the vehicle. 2C_DriverAirbagProcedure_2
• Hold the steering wheel with hands at Upon deployment, tear seam in the pad
the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions. cover separates from the expansion of
• Never place anything or anyone the airbags.
between the airbag and the seat A fully inflated airbag, in combination
occupant. with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
• Do not allow the front passenger to driver’s or the front passenger’s forward
place their feet or legs on the motion, reducing the risk of head and
dashboard. chest injury.
2C_DriverAirbagDeployment
Passenger’s front airbag
2C_DriverAirbagProcedure
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently
severe impact to the front of the vehicle,
it automatically deploys the front airbags.
2C_PassengerAirbagDeployment
3-44
3
After complete inflation, the airbag • Always wash exposed skin areas
immediately starts deflating, enabling the thoroughly with cold water and mild
driver to maintain forward visibility and soap.
steer or operate other controls. • Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
inspect your vehicle and replace
WARNING components as required before
To prevent objects from becoming operating your vehicle again. Airbags
dangerous projectiles when the are designed to be used only.
passenger’s airbag inflates:
• Do not install or place any objects (drink
holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the Noise and smoke from inflating
front passenger’s panel above the airbag
glove box where the passenger’s airbag When the airbags inflate, they make a
is located. loud noise and may release powder inside
the vehicle. After the airbag inflates, you
• Do not install a container of liquid air
may feel discomfort while breathing. This
freshener near the instrument cluster or
may be due to the impact of the airbag or
on the instrument panel surface.
the seat belt with your chest and it may
also be due to breathing residual powder
in the air and around your vehicle. The
What to expect after an airbag powder may aggravate asthma for some
inflates people. If you experience breathing
After a frontal or side airbag inflates, it problems after an airbag deployment,
deflates very quickly. Airbag inflation seek medical attention immediately.
does not prevent the driver from seeing Though the powder is nontoxic, it may
out of the windshield or being able to cause irritation to the skin, eyes, nose,
steer. Curtain airbags may remain throat, etc. If this is the case, wash and
partially inflated for some time after they rinse with cold water immediately and
deploy. seek medical attention if the symptoms
persist.
WARNING
After an airbag inflates, take the following
precautions:
• Open your windows and doors as soon
as possible after impact to reduce
prolonged exposure to the powder
released by the inflating airbag.
• Do not touch the airbag storage area’s
internal components immediately after
an airbag has inflated. The parts that
come into contact with an inflating
airbag may be very hot.
3-45
SRS warning light Occupant Classification

System (OCS)
WL_AirbagWarningLamp
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
airbag warning light on the instrument
panel displays the airbag symbol in the
illustration. The light indicates if there is a
potential problem with your airbag 2C_OCSIndicator
system, which could include your side
Your vehicle is equipped with an
and/or curtain airbags used for rollover
Occupant Classification System (OCS) in
protection.
the front passenger’s seat.
WARNING
If your SRS malfunctions, the airbags may Main components of the Occupant
not inflate properly during a collision Classification System
increasing the risk of serious injury or • A detection device located within the
death. front passenger seat cushion.
Your SRS malfunctions in the following • Electronic system to help determine
conditions: whether the passenger airbag systems
should be activated or deactivated.
• The light does not turn on for about
three to six seconds when the Engine • An indicator light located on the
Start/Stop button is in the ON position. overhead console which illuminates the
words “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF”
• The light stays on after illuminating for
indicating the front passenger airbag
about three to six seconds.
system is deactivated.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is
• The instrument cluster airbag indicator
moving.
light is interconnected with the OCS.
• The light blinks when the engine is
The OCS is designed to help detect the
running.
presence of a properly-seated front
Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer passenger and determine if the
inspect the SRS as soon as possible. passenger’s front airbag should be
enabled (may inflate) or not.
The purpose is to help reduce the risk of
injury or death from an inflating airbag to
certain front passenger seat occupants,
such as children, by requiring the airbag
to be automatically turned off.
For example, if a child restraint of the type
specified in the regulations is on the seat,
the occupant classification sensor can
detect it and cause the airbag to turn off.
3-46
3
Front passenger seat adult occupants
who are properly seated and wearing the
seat belt properly, should not cause the
passenger airbag to be automatically
turned off. For smaller adults it may turn
off, however, if the occupant does not sit
in the seat properly (for example, by not
sitting upright, by sitting on the edge of
the seat, or by otherwise being out of
position), this could cause the sensor to
turn the airbag off.
You will find the “PASSENGER AIRBAG
OFF” indicator on the overhead console
panel. This system detects the conditions
1-4 in the following table and activates or
deactivates the front passenger airbag
based on these conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle
occupants are seated properly and
wearing the seat belt properly for the
most effective protection by the airbag
and the seat belt.
The OCS may not function properly if the
passenger takes actions which can affect
the classification system. These include:
• Failing to sit in an upright position.
• Leaning against the door or center
console.
• Sitting towards the sides of the front of
the seat.
• Putting their legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations which
reduce the passenger weight on the
front seat.
• Wearing the seat belt improperly.
• Reclining the seatback.
• Wearing thick clothing like ski wear or
hip protection wear.
• Putting an additional thick cushion on
the seat.
• Putting electrical devices (for example,
notebook, satellite radio) on the seat
with inverter charging.
3-47
Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
Indicator/Warning Light Devices

Condition Detected by the “PASSENGER
Occupant Classification System SRS Warning Front Passenger
AIRBAG OFF”
Light Airbag
Indicator Light
Adult *1 Off Off Activated
Infant or child under 12 months

On Off Deactivated
old*4 with a child restraint system*2*3
Unoccupied On Off Deactivated
Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the
system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a Child Restraint
System sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her
physique or sitting position.
*3 Never install a Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat.
*4 The PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with
or without Child Restraint System) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.
3-48
3
• NEVER place your feet or legs on the
WARNING dashboard.
Riding in an improper position or placing
weight on the front passenger’s seat
when it is unoccupied by a passenger
adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the
risk of serious injury or death:
• NEVER put a heavy load in the front
seat or seatback pocket, or hang any
items on the front passenger seat.
2C_OCSWarning_3
• NEVER place your feet on the front
passenger seatback.
2C_OCSWarning
• NEVER sit with your hips shifted
towards the front of the seat.
2C_OCSWarning_4
• NEVER ride with the seatback reclined
when the vehicle is moving.
2C_OCSWarning_2
2C_OCSWarning_5
3-49
• NEVER lean on the door or center • Do not use car seat accessories such as
console or sit on one side of the front thick blankets and cushions which
passenger seat. cover up the car seat surface.
2C_OCSWarning_6 2C_OCSWarning_9
• Do not sit on the passenger seat • If large quantity of liquid has been
wearing heavily padded clothes such as spilled on the passenger seat, the
ski wear or hip protector. airbag warning light may illuminate or
malfunction. Therefore, make sure the
seat has been completely dried before
driving the vehicle.
2C_OCSWarning_7
• Do not place electronic devices such as
laptops, DVD player, or conductive
materials such as water bottles on the 2C_OCSWarning_10
passenger seat. Do not use electronic • Do not place sharp objects on the front
devices such as laptops and satellite passenger seat. These may damage the
radios which use inverter chargers. occupant detection system, if they
puncture the seat cushion.
• Do not place any items under the front
passenger seat.
2C_OCSWarning_8
3-50
3
• When changing or replacing the seat
only use Genuine Hyundai Parts. The WARNING
OCS has been developed based on NEVER allow an adult passenger to ride in
using original HYUNDAI car seats only. the front passenger seat when the
Altering or changing the authentic parts “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF” indicator is
may result in system malfunction and illuminated. During a collision, the airbag
increase risk of injury when in collision. will not inflate if the indicator is
Any of the above could interfere with illuminated. Have your passenger
the proper operation of the OCS sensor reposition themselves in the seat. If the
thereby increasing the risk of an injury “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF” indicator
in an accident. remains illuminated after the passenger
repositions themselves properly and the
vehicle is restarted, have the passenger
Proper seated position for OCS move to the rear seat because the airbag
will not inflate.
NOTICE
The “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF” indicator
generally illuminates for about 4 seconds
after the Start/Stop button is in the ON or
START position. But, if the Start/Stop
button is pressed to the ON or START
position within 3 minutes after the vehicle
2C_HowToUseOCS is turned OFF, the indicator does not
If the “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF” illuminate. If the front passenger seat is
indicator is on when an adult is seated in occupied, the OCS will then classify the
the front passenger seat, place the front passenger after several more
Start/Stop button in the OFF position and seconds.
ask the passenger to sit properly (sitting
upright with the seat back in an upright
position, centered on the seat cushion
with their seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the floor).
Restart the vehicle and have the person
remain in that position. This will allow the
system to detect the person and to enable
the passenger airbag. If the “PASSENGER
AIRBAG OFF” indicator is still on, ask the
passenger to move to the rear seat.
3-51
Do not install a Child Restraint Why didn’t my airbag go off in

System on the Front Passenger’s a collision?
Seat
There are certain types of accidents in
which the airbag would not deploy
including rear impacts and second or
third collisions in multiple impact
accidents, as well as low speed impacts.
Damage to the vehicle indicates a
collision energy absorption, and is not an
indicator of whether or not an airbag
should have inflated.
2C_AirbagPartsWarning
Airbag collision sensors
Even though your vehicle is equipped WARNING
with the OCS, never install a child
restraint in the front passenger’s seat. An To reduce the risk of an airbag deploying
inflating airbag can forcefully strike a unexpectedly and causing serious injury
child or child restraint resulting in serious or death:
or fatal injury. • Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where airbags or
WARNING sensors are installed.
NEVER use a rearward facing Child • Do not perform maintenance on or
Restraint on a seat protected by an around the airbag sensors. If the
ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or location or angle of the sensors is
SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur. changed, the airbags may deploy when
Children should always ride in the rear they should not or may not deploy.
seats. • Do not install bumper guards with non
genuine Hyundai or non-equivalent
parts. It may adversely affect the
collision and airbag deployment
performance.
• Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF or ACC position and wait for 3
minutes before the vehicle is towed to
prevent unintended airbag
deployment.
• Have all airbag repairs conducted by an
3-52
3
1C_AirbagSensorOverview
(1) SRS control module/Rollover sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
(3) Side impact sensor (Pressure)
(4) Side impact sensor (Acceleration)
3-53
Airbag inflation conditions Although the driver’s and front

passenger’s airbags are designed to
Front airbags inflate in frontal collisions and side and
curtain airbags are designed to inflate in
side impact collisions, airbags may inflate
in other types of collisions if the sensors
detect a sufficient impact.
Also, the side and curtain airbags inflate
when a rollover is detected by a rollover
sensor.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads,
the airbags may deploy. Drive carefully on
unimproved roads or on surfaces not
2C_AirbagOperatingConditionFrontAirbag designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
Front airbags are designed to inflate in a unintended airbag deployment.
frontal collision depending on the
severity of impact.
Airbag non-inflation conditions
Side and curtain airbags
2C_AirbagNonOperatingConditionMinorCrash
2C_AirbagOperatingConditionSideAirbag In certain low-speed collisions, the

airbags may not deploy. The airbags are
designed not to deploy in such cases
because they may not provide benefits
beyond the protection of the seat belts.
2C_SideCurtainAirbagDeployment
Side and curtain airbags are designed to
inflate when an impact is detected by side
collision sensors depending on the
severity of impact resulting from a side 2C_AirbagNonOperatingConditionRearCrash
impact collision.
3-54
3
Front airbags are not designed to inflate
in rear collisions, because occupants are
moved backward by the force of the
impact.
2C_AirbagNonOperatingConditionTruckCrash
Just before impact, drivers often brake
heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the
front portion of the vehicle causing it to
2C_AirbagNonOperatingConditionSideCrash "nosedive". This is particularly important
Front airbags may not inflate in side when the vehicle in front has a higher
impact collisions, because occupants ground clearance. Airbags may not inflate
move in the direction of the collision. if your vehicle is in a "nosedive" condition
Side and curtain airbags may inflate because the collision forces detected by
depending on the severity of impact. the sensors may have been significantly
reduced.
2C_AirbagNonOperatingConditionSidlingCrash
2C_AirbagNonOperatingConditionTurnoverCrash
In an angled collision, the force of impact
may direct the occupants in a direction Front airbags may not inflate in rollover
where the airbags would not be able to accidents because front airbag
provide any additional benefit, and thus deployment would not provide additional
the sensors may not deploy any airbags. occupant protection.
Information
The side and curtain airbags may inflate in
a rollover situation, when detected by the
rollover sensor.
3-55
WARNING
death:
• Do not attempt to modify or disconnect
the SRS components or wiring,
including the addition of any kind of
badges to the pad covers or
modifications to the body structure.
• Do not place objects over or near the
airbag modules on the steering wheel,
2C_AirbagNonOperatingConditionPollCrash
instrument panel, and the front
Airbags may not inflate if the vehicle passenger’s panel above the glove box.
collides with objects such as utility poles
• Clean the airbag pad covers with a soft
or trees, where the point of impact is
cloth moistened with water. Solvents or
concentrated and the collision energy is
cleaners may adversely affect the
absorbed by the vehicle structure.
airbag covers and proper deployment
of the system.
SRS care • Have inflated airbags replaced by an
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free and authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
there are no parts you can safely service • If components of the airbag system
by yourself. If the SRS airbag warning must be discarded, or if the vehicle
light does not illuminate when the Engine must be scrapped, observe safety
Start/Stop button is in the ON position or precautions. Consult an authorized
continuously remains on, have the HYUNDAI dealer for the necessary
system immediately inspected by an information.
Have any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or any
work on the steering wheel, the front
passenger’s panel, front seats, and roof
rails performed by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of
the SRS system may result in serious
personal injury or death.
3-56
3
Additional safety precautions Airbag warning labels
Passengers should not move out of or
change seats while the vehicle is
moving. A passenger who is not wearing
a seat belt during a collision or
emergency stop can be thrown against
the inside of the vehicle, against other
occupants, or be ejected from the
vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat belts.
Devices claiming to improve occupant
comfort or reposition the seat belt can
reduce the protection provided by the 2C_AirbagWarningLabelPosition
seat belt and increase the chance of Airbag warning labels, required by the
serious injury in a collision. U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety
Do not modify the front seats. Administration (NHTSA), are attached to
Modification of the front seats may alert the driver and passengers of
interfere with the operation of the potential risks of the airbag system. Be
Supplemental Restraint System sensing sure to read all of the information about
components or side airbags. the airbags that are installed on your
vehicle in this Owner's Manual.
Do not place items under the front seats.
Placing items under the front seats may
interfere with the operation of the
Supplemental Restraint System sensing
components and wiring harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors.
Impact to the doors when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON or START
position may cause the airbags to inflate.
Modifications to accommodate
disabilities. If you require modification to
your vehicle to accommodate a disability,
contact the HYUNDAI Customer Connect
Center at 800-633-5151.
Adding equipment to or modifying

your airbag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle’s frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal, or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle’s Supplemental Restraint
System.
3-57
4. Instrument Cluster
Instrument Cluster...........................................................................................................4-2
Instrument cluster control...........................................................................................4-4
Gauges and meters......................................................................................................4-5
Transmission shift indicator ...................................................................................... 4-10
Warning and indicator lights..................................................................................... 4-10
Cluster display messages..........................................................................................4-26
Cluster Display ...............................................................................................................4-30
Cluster display control...............................................................................................4-30
View modes................................................................................................................4-30
Vehicle Settings (infotainment System) ......................................................................4-33
Setting your vehicle ...................................................................................................4-34
4
Instrument Cluster
Instrument Cluster
Type A
1C_ClusterOverview
Type B
1C_ClusterOverview_2
4-2
4
Type C
Type D
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more information, refer to the “Gauges and meters” section in this chapter.
(1) Tachometer
(2) Speedometer
(3) Engine coolant temperature gauge
(4) Fuel gauge
(5) Warning and indicator lights
(6) Cluster display
4-3
Instrument Cluster
Instrument cluster control Infotainment system

You can adjust the brightness of the
instrument panel illumination from the
Instrument panel illumination
Settings menu in the infotainment
Control switch system. Select:
• Setup > Cluster > Illumination
Information
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the manual provided
in the infotainment system and the quick
reference guide.
2C_IlluminationControlSwitch
WARNING
When the vehicle’s parking lights or Never adjust the instrument cluster while
headlights are on, press the illumination driving. This could result in loss of control
control switch to adjust the brightness of and lead to an accident that may cause
the instrument panel illumination. death, serious injury, or vehicle damage.
When pressing the illumination control
switch, the interior switch illumination
intensity is also adjusted.
WARNING
Never adjust the instrument panel
illumination while driving to prevent
death, serious injury, or vehicle damage.
• The brightness of the instrument panel

illumination is displayed.
• When the brightness setting reaches
either the minimum or maximum level,
a chime sounds.
4-4
4
Gauges and meters Type C
Speedometer
Type A
2C_Speedmeter_3
Type D
2C_Speedmeter
Type B
2C_Speedmeter_4
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle and is calibrated in kilometers
per hour (km/h) and/or miles per hour
(MPH).
2C_Speedmeter_2
4-5
Instrument Cluster
Tachometer Type C
Type A
2C_Tachometer_3
Type D
2C_Tachometer
Type B
2C_Tachometer_4
The tachometer indicates the
2C_Tachometer_2 approximate number of engine
revolutions per minute (RPM).
Use the tachometer to monitor the engine
RPM.
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within the
tachometer's RED ZONE to prevent
severe engine damage. The IVT and
Automatic Transmissions are
programmed to help prevent
over-revving the engine, but it is up to the
driver to keep the RPMs out of the RED
ZONE.
4-6
4
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Type A
WARNING
Never remove the engine coolant
reservoir cap when the engine is hot. The
engine coolant is under pressure and may
cause burn or injury. Always use a rag.
Fuel gauge
Type A
2C_EngineCoolantTempGauge
Type B
2C_FuelGauge
Type B
2C_EngineCoolantTempGauge_2
The engine coolant temperature gauge
indicates the temperature of the engine
coolant when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
NOTICE
If the gauge pointer moves beyond the
2C_FuelGauge_2
normal range area toward the H (Hot)
position, it indicates the engine coolant is The fuel gauge indicates the approximate
overheating. amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
Do not continue driving with an Information
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to the “If The Engine • The fuel tank capacity is given in
Overheats” section in chapter 8. chapter 2.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by a
low fuel warning light, that illuminates
when the fuel tank is nearly empty.
4-7
Instrument Cluster
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge Outside temperature gauge

may fluctuate or the low fuel warning Type A
light may come on earlier than usual
due to the movement of fuel in the tank.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
may fluctuate or the low fuel warning
light may come on earlier than usual
due to the movement of fuel in the tank.
WARNING
Always refuel the vehicle as soon as
possible after the warning light comes on 2C_OutsideTemp
or when the gauge indicator comes close Type B
to the E (Empty) level.
NOTICE
• Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel may
cause the engine to misfire and cause
damage to the catalytic converter (if
equipped).
• If the gearshift is not in P (Park) or N 2C_OutsideTemp_2
(Neutral) when refueling, fueling may
The outside ambient temperature
not be recognized, and the fuel amount
appears in the lower portion of the cluster
and the distance to empty may appear
display. The temperature reads in
abnormally.
Fahrenheit or Celsius depending on the
• The amount of fuel remaining may be units selected from the Settings menu in
recognized abnormally if fueled with the instrument cluster or infotainment
the vehicle tilted or the battery cable system.
disconnected.
The temperature indicated on the
instrument cluster may not change as
quickly as the outside temperature.
Select:
4-8
4
• Setup > General > Units > Distance to empty
Temperature Unit > °F/°C Type A
Both the temperature unit on the cluster
display and climate control information
screen is changed.
Information
reference guide.
2C_DistanceToEmpty
Type B
Odometer
Type A
2C_DistanceToEmpty_2
The distance to empty is the estimated
2C_Odometer
distance the vehicle can be driven with
Type B
the remaining fuel.
If the estimated distance is below 1 mile (1
km), the trip computer displays '---' as the
distance to empty. If this occurs, refuel
the vehicle immediately.
• The distance to empty may differ from
the actual driving distance because it is
only an estimate of the available driving
distance.
• The distance to empty may differ
significantly based on driving
2C_Odometer_2 conditions, driving habits, and
The odometer indicates the total distance condition of the vehicle.
that the vehicle has been driven and is
used to determine when periodic
maintenance is required.
4-9
Instrument Cluster
• If the vehicle is not on level ground or Type B

the battery power has been
interrupted, the distance to empty
function may not operate correctly until
the vehicle has been driven enough for
the system to recalculate.
• The distance to empty indicator may
not change accurately if less than 1.5 US
gal. (6 liters) of fuel are added to the
vehicle.
CAUTION
2C_ATPosition_2
If the gearshift is not in P (Park) or N This indicator informs the current gear
(Neutral) when refueling, fueling may not engaged.
be recognized, and the fuel amount and
the distance to empty may appear
abnormally. Warning and indicator lights
Information
Transmission shift indicator Make sure that all warning lights are OFF
after starting the engine. If any light is still
Automatic transmission shift ON, this indicates a situation that needs
indicator/Intelligent variable attention.
transmission shift indicator
Type A
Seat belt warning light
WL_SeatBeltWarningLamp
This warning light informs the driver that
the seat belt is not fastened.
2C_ATPosition
For more information, refer to the “Seat
Belts” section in chapter 3.
4-10
4
Airbag warning light If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is
low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (For more information,
refer to the “Brake Fluid” section in
WL_AirbagWarningLamp chapter 9). After adding brake fluid,
check all brake components for fluid
This warning light illuminates:
leaks. If a brake fluid leak is found, or if
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the warning light remains on, or if the
the ON position. It illuminates for 3-6 brakes do not operate properly, do not
seconds and then goes off. drive the vehicle. Have your vehicle
• When there is a malfunction with the inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
Safety Restraint System (SRS). dealer.
If the Airbag warning light remains
illuminated while driving, have your Dual-diagonal braking system
vehicle inspected by an authorized Your vehicle is equipped with the
HYUNDAI dealer. dual-diagonal braking system. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual systems
Parking brake warning light should fails.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal travel
and greater pedal force are required to
stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle does not stop in a short
distance if only a portion of the braking
WL_BreakWarningLamp
system is working.
If you experience a malfunction with the
This warning light illuminates: braking system while driving, attempt to
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in slow your vehicle by coasting or by using
the ON position. It illuminates for about engine braking.
3 seconds and then goes off once the
parking brake is released. WARNING
• Whenever the parking brake is applied. If the parking brake warning light
• Whenever the brake fluid level in the illuminates with the parking brake
reservoir is low. released, it indicates that the brake fluid
level is low. Have your vehicle inspected
- If the warning light illuminates with by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
4-11
Instrument Cluster
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Electronic Brake Force Distribution

warning light (EBD) System warning light
WL_ABSWarningLamp WL_EBDWarningLamp
This warning light illuminates: These two warning lights illuminate at the
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in same time while driving:
the ON position. It illuminates for about When the ABS and brake system does not
3 seconds and then goes off. work normally.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with If both the ABS warning light and the
the ABS. Parking Brake warning light remain
The hydraulic braking system still illuminated while driving, have the
operates even if there is a malfunction vehicle inspected by an authorized
with the ABS. If the ABS warning light HYUNDAI dealer.
remains illuminated while driving, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized WARNING
HYUNDAI dealer. When both ABS and Parking Brake
warning lights are on, the braking system
does not work normally and you may
experience an unexpected and
dangerous situation during sudden
braking.
Avoid high speed driving and abrupt
braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
Information
When the ABS warning light is on or both
ABS and Parking Brake warning lights are
on, the speedometer, odometer, or
tripmeter may not work. Also, the MDPS
warning light may illuminate and the
steering effort may increase or decrease.
4-12
4
Motor Driven Power Steering Charging system warning light
(MDPS) warning light
WL_ChargingSystemWarningLamp
WL_PowerStreeringWarningLamp
This warning light illuminates: When there is a malfunction with either
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the alternator or electrical charging
the ON position. It illuminates for about system.
3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with If there is a malfunction with either the
the Motor Driven Power Steering. alternator or electrical charging system:
If the MDPS warning light remains 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
illuminated while driving, have your location and stop your vehicle.
vehicle inspected by an authorized 2. Turn the engine off and check the
HYUNDAI dealer. alternator drive belt for looseness or
breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly, there
may be a problem in the electrical
charging system.
If the Charging system warning light
remains illuminated while driving, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
4-13
Instrument Cluster
Engine oil pressure warning light (Except Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi) When
the engine oil pressure is restored, the
warning light and the enhanced engine
protection system turn off.
(For Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi) When the
engine oil pressure is restored, the
protection system turn off after engine is
WL_EngineOilPressureWarningLamp restarted.

When the engine oil pressure is low. Low fuel level warning light
If the engine oil pressure is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more information,
refer to the “Engine Oil” in chapter 9). If
WL_LowFuelLevelWarningLamp
the level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on after This warning light illuminates:
adding oil or if oil is not available, have When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. Refuel the vehicle as soon as possible.
NOTICE NOTICE
• Continued driving with the warning Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning
light on may cause engine failure. light on or with the fuel level below E
(Empty) may cause the engine to misfire
• If the engine is not stopped and damage the catalytic converter (if
immediately after the Engine Oil equipped).
Pressure warning light is illuminated,
severe damage could result.
Information
When engine oil pressure decreases due
to insufficient engine oil, etc., the Engine
Oil Pressure warning light illuminates. In
addition, the enhanced engine protection
system that limits engine power is
activated.
4-14
4
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Master warning light
WL_EngineWarningLamp WL_MasterWarningLamp
This indicator light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:

• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in When there is a malfunction in operation
the ON position. It illuminates for about in any of the following systems:
3 seconds and then goes off. • Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
• Whenever there is a malfunction with malfunction (if equipped)
either the emission control system or • Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
the engine or the vehicle powertrain. radar blocked (if equipped)
If the MIL warning light remains • Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
illuminated while driving, have your malfunction
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. • Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
radar blocked
• If the enhanced engine protection
system activates due to the lack of • Exterior light malfunction
engine oil, the engine power is limited. • Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
NOTICE • Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
• Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Assist radar blocked
Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to • LED headlight malfunction
the emission control system that may • High Beam Assist malfunction
affect drivability and/or fuel economy.
• Smart Cruise Control malfunction (if
• If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) equipped)
illuminates, catalytic converter (if
equipped) damage is possible that may • Smart Cruise Control radar blocked (if
result in loss of engine power. equipped)
• Lane Following Assist malfunction
• Door/Liftgate malfunction
NOTICE • Low washer fluid (if equipped)
• If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) • All Wheel Drive (AWD) malfunction
illuminates, potential catalytic • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
converter damage is possible which (TPMS) malfunction
could result in loss of engine power. If the issue is resolved, the Master
If this occurs, have your vehicle Warning Light turns off.
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
4-15
Instrument Cluster
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Low tire pressure warning light

warning light
WL_TPMSWarningLamp
WL_EPBWarningLamp
This warning light illuminates: • When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position. It illuminates for about
the ON position. It illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.
3 seconds and then goes off. • When one or more tires are significantly
• Whenever there is a malfunction with under-inflated. (The location of the
EPB. under-inflated tire appears on the
If the EPB warning light remains cluster display.)
illuminated while driving, have your For more information, refer to the “Tire
vehicle inspected by an authorized Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”
HYUNDAI dealer. section in chapter 8.
Information This warning light remains ON after

blinking for about 60 seconds, or
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
repeatedly blinks ON and OFF at 3 second
warning light may illuminate when the
intervals:
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
indicator light comes on to indicate that When there is a malfunction with the
ESC is not working properly. This does not TPMS.
indicate malfunction of EPB. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
For more information, refer to the “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”
section in chapter 8.
WARNING
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
4-16
4
Inattentive Driving Warning light Lane Following Assist indicator light
if equipped if equipped
WL_ConsiderTakingABreak WL_LFA
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:

• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in • When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about the ON position. It illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off. 3 seconds and then goes off.
• Yellow: When Driver Attention Warning • Green: When Lane Following Assist is
is disabled or a malfunction is detected. operating.
If the yellow indicator light remains on • grey: When Lane Following Assist
after the front view camera has been operating conditions are not satisfied.
uncovered or unblocked, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized This indicator light blinks:
HYUNDAI dealer. • White: When the steering wheel assist
is cancelled.
This indicator light blinks:
For more information, refer to the “Lane
• Yellow: Driver Attention Warning Following Assist (LFA)” section in chapter
recommends to take a break. 7.
For more information, refer to the “Driver
Attention Warning (DAW)” section in
chapter 7.
4-17
Instrument Cluster
Lane Safety indicator light Forward Safety warning light

if equipped
WL_FrontSafetyWarningLamp
WL_LaneSafetyWarningLamp
This indicator light illuminates: • When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position. It illuminates for about
the ON position. It illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.
3 seconds and then goes off. • Yellow: When Forward Safety of
• Grey: When Lane Keeping Assist Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
operating conditions are not satisfied. deselected, disabled, or a malfunction
is detected.
• Green: When Lane Keeping Assist
operating conditions are satisfied. If the yellow warning light remains on
after the sensor has been uncovered or
• Yellow: When Lane Safety is
unblocked when the Forward Safety is
deselected, disabled, or a malfunction
set, have your vehicle inspected by an
is detected.
If the yellow warning light remains on
after the sensor has been uncovered or This warning light blinks:
unblocked when Lane Safety is set,
• Red: When Forward Safety function is
have your vehicle inspected by an
operating.
For more information, refer to the
This indicator light blinks: “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Front View Camera Only)” section
• Green: When Lane Keeping Assist is
in chapter 7.
operating.
For more information, refer to the “Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA)” section in chapter
7.
4-18
4
LED headlight warning light AWD warning light
WL_LEDHeadlampWarningLamp WL_4WDWarningLamp
This warning light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:

• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in Whenever there is a malfunction with the
the ON position. It illuminates for about AWD system.
3 seconds and then goes off. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected
• Whenever there is a malfunction with a by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
LED headlight. as possible.
If the LED Headlight warning light For more information, refer to the “All
remains illuminated while driving, have Wheel Drive (AWD)” section in chapter 6.
HYUNDAI dealer.
This warning light blinks:

Whenever there is a malfunction with a
LED headlight related part.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
NOTICE
Driving with the LED Headlight warning
light on or blinking may reduce LED
headlight life.
4-19
Instrument Cluster
AWD LOCK Indicator Light Icy road warning light

WL_IcyLoadWarningLamp
TL_AWDLockilluminated
This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates: To warn the driver the road may be icy.
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in When the outside temperature on the
the ON position. It illuminates for about temperature gauge is below 40 °F (4 °C),
3 seconds and then goes off. a single chime sounds, both the outside
• When 4WD Lock mode is selected by temperature gauge and Icy Road Warning
pressing the 4WD LOCK button. indicator blink several times, and then
- The AWD LOCK mode increases the they remain illuminated.
drive power on a wet pavement, You can activate or deactivate the Icy
snow covered roads, or off-road. Road Warning function from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system. Select:
NOTICE
• Setup > Cluster > Content Selection >
Do not use AWD LOCK mode on dry Icy Road Warning
paved roads to prevent noise, vibration,
or damage of AWD related parts. Information
• If the Icy Road warning light appears
while driving, avoid speeding, rapid
acceleration, sudden braking, or sharp
turning.
• The infotainment system may change
information, refer to the manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
4-20
4
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
indicator light OFF indicator light
WL_ESCOperatingLamp WL_ESCWarningLamp

• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in • When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about the ON position. It illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off. 3 seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction with • When you deactivate ESC system by
ESC system. pressing the ESC OFF button.
If this occurs, have your vehicle For more information, refer to the
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”
dealer as soon as possible. section in chapter 6.

While ESC is operating.
“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”
4-21
Instrument Cluster
Immobilizer indicator light AUTO STOP indicator light
WL_ISGLamp

WL_ImmobilizerLamp
When the engine enters the Idle Stop
mode of ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system.
This indicator light illuminates for up to 30
When the engine automatically starts, the
seconds:
AUTO STOP indicator on the cluster
When the vehicle detects the smart key in Illuminates to white.
the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop
For more information, refer to the “Idle
button in the ACC or ON position.
Stop And Go (ISG)” section in chapter 6.
• At this time, you can start the engine.
• The indicator light goes off after Information
starting the engine. When the ISG system automatically starts
the engine, some warning lights (ABS,
This indicator light blinks for a few ESC, ESC OFF, MDPS or Parking brake
seconds: warning light) may turn on for a few
When the smart key is not in the vehicle, seconds because of a low battery voltage
you cannot start the engine. but not a system malfunction.
This indicator light illuminates for a few

seconds and goes off:
If the smart key is in the vehicle and the
Engine Start/Stop button is ON, but the
vehicle cannot detect the smart key.
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Whenever there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system.
4-22
4
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) Turn signal indicator light
indicator light
WL_TurnSignalLamp
WL_DBCLamp
This indicator light illuminates: When you operate the turn signal lever.
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in If any of the following occur, there may be
the ON position. It illuminates for about a malfunction with the turn signal system.
• The turn signal indicator light
• Green: When you activate the system illuminates but does not blink.
by pressing the DBC button.
• The turn signal indicator light blinks
• Yellow: Whenever a malfunction with rapidly.
the Downhill Brake Control system is
detected. • The turn signal indicator light does not
illuminate at all.
If the yellow indicator light remains on,
have your vehicle inspected by an If any of these occur, have your vehicle
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Green: When Downhill Brake Control High beam indicator light
system is operating.
“Downhill Brake Control (DBC)” section in
chapter 6.
WL_HighBeamLamp

• When the headlights are on and the
turn signal lever is moved to the high
beam position.
• When the turn signal lever is pulled into
the Flash-to-Pass position.
4-23
Instrument Cluster
Low beam indicator light High Beam Assist indicator light
WL_LowBeamLamp WL_HBALamp

When the headlights are on. When the high beam is on with the light
switch in the AUTO position.
Light ON indicator light • White: When High Beam Assist is ready
to operate.
• Green: When High Beam Assist is
operating.
If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, High Beam Assist
switches the high beam to low beam
automatically.
WL_LightOnLamp
For more information, refer to the “High
This indicator light illuminates: Beam Assist (HBA)” section in chapter 5.
When the parking lights or headlights are
on.
4-24
4
AUTO HOLD indicator light Speed Limiter indicator light
if equipped
WL_AutoHoldWarningLamp
WL_SpeedLimiterIndicatorLight
• White: When you activate Auto Hold by This indicator light illuminates:
pressing the AUTO HOLD switch. When the speed limiter is enabled.
• Green: When you stop the vehicle For more information, refer to the
completely by depressing the brake “Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)” in
pedal with Auto Hold activated. chapter 7.
• Yellow: Whenever a malfunction with
the Auto Hold is detected.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
If the AUTO HOLD indicator light indicator light
remains yellow while driving, have your if equipped
HYUNDAI dealer.
“Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)” section
in chapter 6.
Cruise and Smart Cruise indicator

light WL_ISLA
if equipped
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. It illuminates for about
• Yellow: When Intelligent Speed Limit
Assist is disabled, the front view camera
is blocked, or a malfunction is detected.
WL_CruiseIndicatorLight If the yellow indicator light remains on
after the front view camera has been
This indicator light illuminates: uncovered or unblocked, have your
When the cruise control system is vehicle inspected by an authorized
enabled. HYUNDAI dealer.
For more information, refer to the “Cruise For more information, refer to the
Control (CC)” in chapter 7. “Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)”
4-25
Instrument Cluster
Cluster display messages Press brake pedal to start engine

This message appears if the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed repeatedly
Vehicle is On
without depressing the brake pedal.
This message appears if you open the
driver’s door when the gear is in P (Park) Start the vehicle by depressing the brake
and the Engine Start/Stop button in the pedal and then pressing the Engine
ON or START position. Start/Stop button.
Turn the engine off before leaving the
vehicle. Key not in vehicle
This message appears if the smart key is
not in the vehicle when you have left the
Shift to P
vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop button
This message appears if the Engine in the ON or Start position.
Start/Stop button is pressed to the OFF
position without the gear in the P (Park) Always turn off the engine before leaving
position. your vehicle.
If this occurs, the Engine Start/Stop
button goes to the ACC position. Press START button again
If you cannot start the vehicle after the
Engine Start/Stop button is pressed,
Vehicle is in N. Press START button
attempt to start the engine by pressing
and shift to P
the Engine Start/Stop button again.
This message appears if you try to turn off
the vehicle with the gear in N (Neutral). If the warning message appears each
time you press the Engine Start/Stop
To turn off the vehicle: button, have your vehicle inspected by an
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button. The authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Engine Start/Stop button goes to the
ON position.
Press START button with key
2. Shift the gear to P (Park).
This message appears if the smart key is
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button not detected when you press the Engine
again, then the vehicle turns off. Start/Stop button after accessing with
the smart key. Pressing the Engine
Low key battery Start/Stop button with the Smart key uses
a different antenna
When the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the OFF position, a message
may appear, indicating the internal
battery of the smart key is low. Replace
the smart key battery.
4-26
4
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse Door, Hood, Liftgate open indicator
This message appears if the brake switch
fuse is disconnected. Replace the fuse
before starting the engine.
If that is not possible, start the engine by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop button for
10 seconds in the ACC position.
Shift to P or N to start engine

This message appears if you try to start
the engine in any other position except P 2C_DoorOpenWarning
(Park) or N (Neutral).
This warning appears if any door or hood
or liftgate is left open. The warning
Information indicates which door is open on the
You can start the engine with the gear in cluster display.
N (Neutral). But, for your safety, always
start the engine with the vehicle in P CAUTION
(Park) with your foot depressing the brake
Before driving the vehicle, confirm the
pedal.
door, hood, and liftgate are fully closed.
Battery discharging due to external Sunroof open indicator

electrical devices
if equipped
if equipped
This message appears if the vehicle
battery voltage is low or if a current draw
is detected that could drain the vehicle
battery.
Do not connect any external electronic
devices to the battery system or battery
discharge may occur.
If this message appears on the cluster and
there are no other external electronic
devices connected to the vehicle, have 2C_SunroofOpenWarning
your vehicle inspected by an authorized This warning appears if you turn off the
HYUNDAI dealer. engine when the sunroof is open.
It is recommended that you close the
sunroof securely before leaving your
vehicle. The sunroof may be left open or
tilted, but the vehicle will be more secure
when it is closed.
4-27
Instrument Cluster
Low tire pressure Wiper

Front
2C_TireLowPressureWarning
2C_FrontWiperMode
This warning message appears if the tire
Rear
pressure is low. The corresponding tire on
the vehicle is illuminated.
Lights
2C_RearWiperMode
This indicator displays which wiper speed
is selected using the wiper control.
You can activate or deactivate
Wiper/Lights display function from the
system. Select:
2C_LightMode • Setup > Cluster > Wiper/Lights display
This indicator displays which exterior light
is selected using the lighting control. Information
You can activate or deactivate The infotainment system may change
Wiper/Lights display function from the after software updates. For more
Settings menu in the infotainment information, refer to the manual provided
system. Select: in the infotainment system and the quick
• Setup > Cluster> Wiper/Lights display reference guide.
4-28
4
Low washer fluid
if equipped
Information
This message appears if the washer fluid After adding engine oil, if you travel about
level in the reservoir is nearly empty. 30-60 miles (50-100 km) after the engine
warms up, the warning message should
Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled. disappear.
If the warning message remains on, have
Low fuel your vehicle inspected by an authorized
This message appears if the fuel tank is HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
almost out of fuel.
When this message appears, the low fuel
level warning light on the cluster comes Engine overheated
on. This message appears when the engine
Refuel as soon as possible. coolant temperature is above about 248
°F (120 °C). The engine is overheated and
may be damaged.
Low engine oil If your vehicle is overheated, refer to the
if equipped “If The Engine Overheats” section in
This warning message appears when the chapter 8.
engine oil level should be checked.
Slowly pour the recommended oil into the Check turn signal
engine with a funnel. This message appears if the turn signal
Refer to the “Recommended Lubricants lights are not operating properly.
And Capacities” section in chapter 2. Replace the burned out bulb with a new
Do not overfill the engine oil. Make sure one with the same wattage rating.
the oil level is not above F (Full) mark on
the dipstick.
Check headlight LED
WARNING This message appears if there is a
problem with the LED headlight. Have
When the engine oil level warning your vehicle inspected by an authorized
message appears, it is necessary to check HYUNDAI dealer.
if you have replaced the Engine oil
according to the maintenance schedule
in chapter 9. If it has not been checked Check Active Air Flap system
and followed, the engine oil must be This warning message appears in the
replaced first. following situations:
• There is a malfunction with the actuator
flap.
• There is a malfunction with the actuator
air flap controller.
• The air flap does not open.
When all of the above conditions are
fixed, the warning disappears.
4-29
Instrument Cluster
Cluster Display
Cluster display control
2C_ClusterMenuSwitch
Switch Function
MODE button for changing modes
, MOVE switch for changing items
OK SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item
Information
If equipped with an infotainment system, only the Settings menu in the infotainment
system is supported and not the instrument cluster.
View modes
View modes Explanation
This mode displays Driver Assistance system such as Lane Keeping

Driving Assist
Assist, Smart Cruise Control, and Lane Following Assist etc.
Turn by Turn This mode displays the navigation guidance.
This mode displays driving information such as the trip distance,

Utility
fuel economy and etc.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to
your vehicle.
4-30
4
Driving Assist mode Utility view
Current Trip
2C_DrivingAssistMode
2C_DrivingInfo
LKA/SCC/LFA/HDA The trip computer mode displays
Displays the state of Lane Keeping Assist, information related to vehicle driving
Smart Cruise Control, Lane Following parameters including fuel economy,
Assist and Highway Driving Assist. For tripmeter information, and vehicle speed.
more information, refer to each system
information in Chapter 7. Since Refueling
Turn by Turn (TBT) mode
2C_InfoAfterRefuel
After the vehicle has been refueled, the
trip distance, total driving time and
2C_TurnByTurnMode
average fuel economy appear.
Turn-by-turn navigation and distance/
time to destination appear when Turn by To reset manually, press the OK button on
Turn mode is selected. the steering wheel for more than 1 second
when "Since Refueling" appears.
4-31
Instrument Cluster
Since Reset Driving force distribution (AWD)

if equipped
2C_AccumulatedInfo
Accumulated trip distance, total driving 2C_4WDInfo
time, and average fuel economy appear. Information related to AWD driving force
The information is accumulated starting appears.
from the last reset. If the vehicle is in AWD lock state, this
To reset manually, press the OK button on mode is not displayed.
the steering wheel for more than 1 second For more information, refer to the “All
when "Since Reset" appears. Wheel Drive (AWD)” section in the
chapter 6.
Tire pressure
Additional information display

Driver Assistance
2C_TireLowPressureWarning
The tire pressure of each tire appears.
2C_ADASInfo
The current operation condition of
Manual Speed Limit Assist, Smart Cruise
Control, Lane Following Assist, etc.
appears.
4-32
4
Master warning mode Vehicle Settings
Master warning light illuminates if one or
more of the following occurs: (infotainment System)
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Vehicle Settings in the infotainment
malfunction (if equipped) system provides user options for the
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist settings including door lock/unlock
radar blocked (if equipped) features, convenience features, driver
assistance settings, etc.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction Vehicle Settings menu
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist • Driver Assistance
radar blocked • Drive Mode
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance • Cluster
Assist malfunction • Climate
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance • Seat
Assist radar blocked
• Lights
• Exterior light malfunction
• Door
• LED headlight malfunction
• Convenience
• High Beam Assist malfunction
The information provided may differ
• Smart Cruise Control malfunction (if depending on which functions are
equipped) available to your vehicle.
• Smart Cruise Control radar blocked (if
equipped) WARNING
• Lane Following Assist malfunction Do not adjust the Vehicle Settings while
• Door/Liftgate malfunction driving. You may be distracted from the
• Low washer fluid (if equipped) driving task and could collide.
• Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
4-33
Instrument Cluster
Setting your vehicle
2C_AVNOverview
1. Press the SETUP button on the main
keyboard.
2. Select Vehicle to change the settings
for features.
Information
reference guide or the Multimedia
Manual supplied with the vehicle.
4-34
5. Convenience Features
Accessing Your Vehicle ................................................................................................... 5-5

Smart key...................................................................................................................... 5-5
Immobilizer system.....................................................................................................5-12
Hyundai Digital Key 2 Touch..........................................................................................5-13
Digital key (smartphone) ............................................................................................5-13
Digital key (Card key)................................................................................................. 5-18
Used vehicle/Digital key maintenance......................................................................5-21
Limitations of the system ...........................................................................................5-21
Door Locks ..................................................................................................................... 5-22
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ....................................................... 5-22
Operating door unlocks from inside the vehicle ..................................................... 5-23
Auto Door Lock/Unlock features .............................................................................. 5-25
Child-protector rear door locks ................................................................................ 5-25
Theft-alarm System....................................................................................................... 5-26 5
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) ........................................................................................... 5-27
Steering Wheel .............................................................................................................. 5-28
Motor Driven Power Steering (MDPS)...................................................................... 5-28
Tilt/Telescopic steering ............................................................................................. 5-28
Steering wheel heater................................................................................................5-29
Horn ............................................................................................................................5-30
Haptic warning/Steering wheel vibration warning .................................................5-30
Mirrors .............................................................................................................................5-31
Inside rearview mirror.................................................................................................5-31
Side view mirrors ........................................................................................................5-41
Reverse parking aid ................................................................................................... 5-42
Windows.........................................................................................................................5-44
Power windows.......................................................................................................... 5-45
Wide Sunroof .................................................................................................................5-48
Power sunshade.........................................................................................................5-48
Tilt open/close............................................................................................................5-49
Slide open/close ........................................................................................................5-49
Automatic reversal.....................................................................................................5-49
Resetting the sunroof ................................................................................................5-50
Sunroof open warning ................................................................................................5-51
Hood ................................................................................................................................5-51
Opening the hood....................................................................................................... 5-51
Closing the hood ........................................................................................................5-52
Liftgate............................................................................................................................5-52
Opening the liftgate ...................................................................................................5-52
Closing the liftgate .....................................................................................................5-52
Emergency liftgate safety release.............................................................................5-53
Power Liftgate ............................................................................................................... 5-54
Power liftgate operating conditions ........................................................................ 5-54
Operating the power liftgate .....................................................................................5-55
Setting the power liftgate .......................................................................................... 5-57
Resetting the power liftgate..................................................................................... 5-58
Emergency liftgate safety release............................................................................ 5-58
5 Smart Liftgate................................................................................................................ 5-59

Using smart liftgate ................................................................................................... 5-59
Deactivating smart liftgate ....................................................................................... 5-60
Detecting area ........................................................................................................... 5-60
Fuel Filler Door ............................................................................................................... 5-61
Opening the fuel filler door........................................................................................ 5-61
Closing the fuel filler door ......................................................................................... 5-61
Vehicle System OTA Update ........................................................................................ 5-63
Downloading software.............................................................................................. 5-63
Approving software update ...................................................................................... 5-63
Preparing software update ....................................................................................... 5-63
Updating software..................................................................................................... 5-64
Exterior Lights ............................................................................................................... 5-65
Lighting control ......................................................................................................... 5-65
High Beam Operation ............................................................................................... 5-66
Turn signals and lane change signals ...................................................................... 5-66
Battery saver function................................................................................................5-67
Headlight delay function ...........................................................................................5-67
Interior button lights ..................................................................................................5-67
Daytime Running Light (DRL)................................................................................... 5-68
Welcome system ....................................................................................................... 5-68
High Beam Assist (HBA) ............................................................................................... 5-69
High Beam Assist settings .........................................................................................5-70
High Beam Assist operation ......................................................................................5-70
5. Convenience Features
High Beam Assist malfunction and limitations.........................................................5-71

Interior Lights................................................................................................................. 5-72
Interior lamp Auto off ................................................................................................ 5-72
Front lamps................................................................................................................. 5-72
Rear lamps.................................................................................................................. 5-73
Vanity mirror lamp ..................................................................................................... 5-73
Glove box lamp .......................................................................................................... 5-73
Ambient light.............................................................................................................. 5-74
Cargo area lamp......................................................................................................... 5-74
Wipers And Washers ..................................................................................................... 5-75
Front windshield wipers ............................................................................................ 5-75
Front windshield washers ......................................................................................... 5-76
Rear windshield wipers and washers ....................................................................... 5-77
Manual Climate Control System................................................................................... 5-78 5
Heating and air conditioning..................................................................................... 5-78
System operation.......................................................................................................5-82
System maintenance .................................................................................................5-83
Automatic Climate Control System..............................................................................5-85
Automatic heating and air conditioning...................................................................5-86
Manual heating and air conditioning........................................................................ 5-87
System maintenance ................................................................................................. 5-92
Windshield Defrosting And Defogging ........................................................................5-94
Manual climate control system.................................................................................5-94
Automatic climate control system............................................................................5-95
Defogging logic..........................................................................................................5-96
Rear window defroster ..............................................................................................5-96
Climate Control Additional Features............................................................................ 5-97
Air conditioning auto-drying..................................................................................... 5-97
Auto defogging system ............................................................................................. 5-97
Auto dehumidify ........................................................................................................5-98
Sunroof inside air recirculation.................................................................................5-99
Recirculating air when washer fluid is used.............................................................5-99
Recirculating air when entering a tunnel .................................................................5-99
Scheduled ventilation control................................................................................. 5-100
Storage Compartment ................................................................................................ 5-100
Center console storage ............................................................................................ 5-101
Removable partition..................................................................................................5-101
Glove box ...................................................................................................................5-101
Passenger seat open tray..........................................................................................5-101
Interior Features........................................................................................................... 5-102
Cup holder ................................................................................................................ 5-102
Sunvisor..................................................................................................................... 5-103
Power outlet .............................................................................................................5-103
USB charger ..............................................................................................................5-104
Wireless smartphone charging system .................................................................. 5-105
Clock.......................................................................................................................... 5-107
Coat hook.................................................................................................................. 5-107
Floor mat anchor(s) ..................................................................................................5-108
Cargo net holder.......................................................................................................5-108
5 Cargo area cover ......................................................................................................5-109
Cargo tray ..................................................................................................................5-110
Exterior Features............................................................................................................5-111
Roof side rails .............................................................................................................5-111
Hitch mounted accessories ...................................................................................... 5-112
Infotainment System .................................................................................................... 5-112
USB Port ..................................................................................................................... 5-112
Antenna ......................................................................................................................5-113
Steering wheel remote controls...............................................................................5-113
Infotainment system .................................................................................................5-114
Voice recognition ......................................................................................................5-114
Bluetooth® wireless technology...............................................................................5-115
5
Accessing Your Vehicle (3) Liftgate open/close
(4) Panic
(5) Remote start
Smart key (6) Remote Smart parking Assist
Type A (Forward/Backward)
Locking your vehicle (1)

Button type
2C_SmartKeyOverview_3
Type B
2C_OutsideDoorHandleTouch
1. Close all doors, hood, and liftgate.
2. Have the smart key with you.
3. Press the door handle button or press
the Door Lock button (1) on the smart
key. The hazard warning lights blink.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
2C_SmartKeyOverview
pulling the outside door handle.
Type D
2C_SmartKeyOverview_2
Your HYUNDAI uses a smart key that is
used to lock or unlock the driver's and
passenger's doors and the rear liftgate,
and start the engine.
(1) Door lock
(2) Door unlock
5-5
Convenience Features
Touch sensor type

if equipped
Information
Before you leave your vehicle with the
smart key, verify that your vehicle is
locked. When using the touch sensor on
the front door handle, listen to hear that
the lock has actuated, and then pull the
handle within 3 seconds to confirm the
doors are locked.
(If it has been longer than 3 seconds,
verify the doors are locked by pressing
the lock button on the smart key. You can
hear a single beep.)
2C_OutsideDoorHandleTouch_3
1. Close all doors, hood, and liftgate.
2. Have the smart key with you. WARNING
3. Touch the door handle touch sensor to Do not leave the smart key in your vehicle
activate the door lock or press the Door with children that are unattended or
Lock button (1) on the smart key. The unsupervised.
hazard warning lights blink.
Children could unintentionally press the
4. Make sure the doors are locked by Engine Start/Stop button or could
pulling the outside door handle. operate the power windows or other
vehicle controls or even cause the vehicle
Information to move. This may result in serious injury
• The door handle button or touch sensor or death.
only operates when the smart key is
within 40 inches (1 m) from the outside
door handle.
• If you lock the doors using the door
handle button or touch sensor, the
doors will not lock under the following
circumstances:
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
- The Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ACC or ON position.
- Any door is open (except for the
liftgate).
If this occurs, a chime sounds for about
3 seconds. Check the vehicle before
attempting to lock the vehicle again.
5-6
5
Unlocking your vehicle (2) Touch sensor type
if equipped
Button type
2C_OutsideDoorHandleTouch_2
2C_OutsideDoorHandleTouch
1. Have the smart key with you. 2. Grab the door handle to activate the
door unlock touch sensor. The hazard
2. Press the door handle button or press warning lights blink two times.
the Door Unlock button (2) on the smart
key. The hazard warning lights blink. • If you unlock the doors using the
passenger side door handle, all the
• If you unlock the doors using the doors are unlocked. If you unlock the
passenger side door handle, all the doors using the driver side door
doors are unlocked. If you unlock the handle, either the driver’s side door is
doors using the driver side door unlocked or all the doors are
handle, either the driver’s side door is unlocked depending on the setting
unlocked or all the doors are for the Two Press Unlock feature.
unlocked depending on the setting Change the Driver Door unlock mode
for the Two Press Unlock feature. by referring to “Setting the Two Press
Change the Driver Door unlock mode Unlock feature”. If you dip your hand
by referring to “Setting the Two Press twice inside the door handle, all
Unlock feature”. doors will unlock.
5-7
Setting the door lock/unlock prevention

Information feature
The door handle button or touch sensor The doors may lock or unlock if the touch
only operates when the smart key is sensor of the outside door handle is
within 40 inches (1 m) from the outside recognized while washing your vehicle or
door handle. due to heavy rain.
• After unlocking the doors, the doors are To prevent unintentional door lock or
locked automatically after 30 seconds unlock:
unless a door is opened.
Press the lock button on the smart key
• The infotainment system may change and immediately press the unlock button
after software updates. For more along with the lock button for more than
information, refer to the manual 4 seconds. The hazard warning lights
provided in the infotainment system blink four times. At this time, the doors do
and the quick reference guide. not lock or unlock even though the touch
• If the handle inner sensor is covered sensor is touched on the outside door
and the outside handle is pressed at the handle. To deactivate the function, press
same time, the door may not lock or the door lock or unlock button on the
unlock for about 2 seconds. Be sure to smart key.
only touch the inner sensor to unlock or
the outer sensor to lock, not both at Information
once unless intentionally setting the
• During a car wash or rain, in order to
lock/unlock prevention feature.
minimize unintentional operation of the
touch sensor, the touch sensor may
become insensitive. This is not a
Setting the Two Press Unlock feature
malfunction.
You can activate or deactivate the Two
• The doors may not lock or unlock in the
Press Unlock feature from the Settings
following situations.
menu in the infotainment system.
SelectSetup > Vehicle > Door > 2 Press - If the touch sensor is touched with
Unlock. gloves on.
- If the door is suddenly approached.
Information
after software updates. For more Smart key reminder
information, refer to the user’s manual If the doors are locked with the central
provided in the infotainment system and door lock/unlock button with the smart
the quick reference guide. key in the vehicle and a door open, the
doors do not lock.
5-8
5
Opening the liftgate (3)
if equipped
Information
To open the liftgate: • The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the
remote start function to start.
• The vehicle displays “Smart key must
2. Press the liftgate open button on the be present to keep the vehicle
vehicle or press and hold the Liftgate running“ if you get on the vehicle
open/close button (3) on the smart key without a registered smart key.
for more than 1 second. The hazard
warning lights blinks two times and the • The vehicle turns off if you do not get in
liftgate open. the vehicle within 10 minutes after
remotely starting the vehicle.
To close the liftgate:
• The Remote Start button (4) may not
Press and hold the Liftgate open/close operate if the smart key is not within 32
button (3) on the smart key to close the ft. (10 m) from the vehicle.
opened liftgate. If you release the button
while the liftgate is being closed, it stops • The vehicle does not remotely start if
working and the chime sounds for about 5 the hood or liftgate is open.
seconds. • Do not idle the engine for a long time.
• The vehicle can also be remotely
Information started through the Bluelink
The Liftgate open/close button only subscription. For more information,
operates when the smart key is within 40 refer to the Bluelink manual.
inches (1 m) from the liftgate.
Remotely moving vehicle forward or

Using panic alarm (4) backward (6)
The horn sounds and the hazard warning if equipped
lights blink for about 30 seconds if this Some models are equipped with the
button (4) is pressed for more than 1 Remote Smart Parking Assist feature.
second. To stop the horn and lights, press With the smart key, the vehicle can be
any button on the smart key. moved forward or backward remotely to
enter or exit a tight parking space.
Remotely starting vehicle (5) For more information, refer to the
To start the vehicle remotely: “Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)”
1. Press the door lock button on the smart
key within about 32 ft. (10 m) from the
vehicle. Starting the vehicle
2. Press the Remote Start button (4) on Your vehicle is equipped with Engine
the smart key within 2 seconds from Start/Stop button instead of a key
when you have pressed the door lock cylinder. You can leave your smart key in
button. The engine starts. your pocket or purse when you start your
3. To turn off the engine, press the vehicle. For more information, refer to the
Remote Start button (4) once. “Engine Start/Stop Button" section in
chapter 6.
5-9
Smart key precautions

Information The smart key may not work if any of the
If the smart key is not moved for some following occur:
time, the detection function for smart key • The smart key is close to a radio
operation will pause. Lift the smart key to transmitter such as radio station or
activate the detection again. airport that may interfere with normal
operation of the transmitter.
• The smart key is near a mobile two way
NOTICE radio system or a mobile phone.
To prevent damaging the smart key: • Another vehicle’s smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
• Keep the smart key in a cool, dry place
to avoid damage or malfunction. • The smart key is near any normal
Exposure to moisture or high electronic devices or credit cards.
temperature may cause the internal • The vehicle battery is discharged.
circuit of the smart key to malfunction. • Connecting an external device to the
This may not be covered under power outlet and placing the smart key
warranty. near the external device.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the smart • If your windows are tinted, especially
key. with metallic window tint, it may cause
• Protect the smart key from extreme frequency interference, reducing the
temperatures. smart key operating range.
If the smart key does not work correctly,
open and close the door with the
Key cylinder (Driver door) mechanical key.
A key cylinder is located on the driver side
door handle hidden behind a plastic
cover.
For more information, refer to the "Using
the mechanical key" section in this
chapter on opening the door with the
mechanical key.
Loss of a smart key

A maximum of two smart keys can be
registered to a single vehicle. If you 2C_StartVehicleWithPushingSmartKey
happen to lose your smart key, you should
immediately take the vehicle and To start the engine, press the Engine
remaining key to your authorized Start/Stop button directly with the smart
HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle, if key. If you have a problem with the smart
necessary. key, contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
5-10
5
If the smart key is in close proximity to Replacing the battery
your mobile phone, the signal could be Battery type: CR2450
blocked by your mobile phone’s normal
operational signals. This is specifically To replace the battery:
relevant when the phone is active such as 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot (1) and
making and receiving calls, text gently open the rear cover.
messaging, and/or sending/receiving
emails. When possible, avoid keeping the
smart key and your mobile phone in the
same location such as a pants or jacket
pocket to avoid interference between the
two devices.
NOTICE
• Keep the smart key away from
electromagnetic materials that blocks
electromagnetic waves to the key
surface. 2C_RemoveSmartKeyCover
• Always have the smart key with you 2. Remove the old battery and insert a
when leaving the vehicle. If the smart new battery. Make sure the battery
key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle position is correct. An improperly
battery may be discharged. positioned battery may discharge the
battery, causing smart key failure.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including 2C_ReplaceSmartKeyBattery
interference that may cause undesired 3. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart
operation. key.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly If you suspect your smart key might have
approved by the party responsible for sustained some damage or you feel your
compliance could void the user’s smart key is not working correctly,
authority to operate the device. contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-11
The system may not recognize your key’s

WARNING coding if another immobilizer key or other
This product contains a button battery. metal object (e.g. key chain) is near the
key. The engine may not start because the
If swallowed, a lithium button battery can
metal may interrupt the transponder
cause severe or fatal injuries within 2
signal from transmitting normally.
hours. Keep batteries out of reach of
children. If the system repeatedly does not
recognize the coding of the key, contact
If you think batteries may have been
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
swallowed or placed inside any part of the
body, seek immediate medical attention. Do not attempt to modify this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical
problems may occur making your vehicle
inoperable.
Information
WARNING
To prevent theft of your vehicle, do not
leave spare keys anywhere in your
vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a
customer unique password and should be
kept confidential.
WL_TakingCareOfBatteryWarning_7
An inappropriately disposed battery may
be harmful to the environment and NOTICE
human health. Always dispose of a used Avoid exposing the key to moisture, static
battery according to your local law(s) and electricity, and rough handling. The
regulations. Immobilizer system may malfunction.
Immobilizer system
The immobilizer system helps protect Information
your vehicle from theft. If an improperly This device complies with Part 15 of the
coded key (or other device) is used, the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
engine’s fuel system is disabled. following three conditions:
When the Engine Start/Stop button is in 1. This device may not cause harmful
the ON position, the immobilizer system interference, and
indicator should come on briefly, then go 2. This device must accept any
off. If the indicator starts to blink, the interference received, including
system does not recognize the coding of interference that may cause undesired
the key. operation.
Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the 3. Changes or modifications not expressly
OFF position, then to the ON position approved by the party responsible for
again. compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the device.
5-12
5
Hyundai Digital Key 2 Registering your digital key
(smartphone)
Touch 1. Turn on the vehicle with a smart key
if equipped and have your smart key with you in the
vehicle.
Hyundai digital key provides convenience
to the driver, which the driver can use to 2. After selecting Digital Key > Set Up
lock or unlock the driver and passenger Digital Key from the My Hyundai App in
doors, and turn on the vehicle. the smartphone, register the digital key
according to the guidance in the
smartphone screen.
Digital key (smartphone) • Place your smartphone on the vehicle
authentication pad (wireless
Information charging pad) with the screen facing
• Hyundai Digital Key 2 Touch is only up.
available on smartphone that support
digital key functions, and digital key
functions of smartphones are provide
by smartphone manufacturers.
• Available smartphone brands and
models can be found on smartphone
manufactures’ website or HYUNDAI
website.
• Depending on the availability of service
on the vehicle, some functions may not
operate.
2C_WirelessChargingPad
[A] Vehicle authentication pad (Wireless charging
pad)
Setting your smartphone • When the digital key (smartphone) is
To use the digital key (smartphone), saved, a message appears on the
download the Bluelink App and sign up infotainment system screen.
Hyundai account and service.
For more information about Bluelink, Information
refer to the infotainment system guide. • The NFC Antenna position on
Samsung device can be found in the
following path: Settings >
Connections > NFC and contactless
payments.
• The NFC Antenna position on Google
Pixel phone can be found in the
following path: Settings >
Connected devices > Connection
preference > NFC.
5-13
• The NFC Antenna position on Apple To register the digital key (smartphone)
iPhone is located at the top of the from the infotainment system
rear [A] and Apple WATCH is located
at the center of the screen [B].
2C_AVNRegisterSmartPhone
If you cannot register the digital key

2C_SmartPhoneSample
(smartphone) with the My Hyundai app,
• Ensure that the NFC Antenna position try registering from the infotainment
on the smartphone is in contact with system.
the vehicle authentication pad
1. Turn off the vehicle, and then turn on
(wireless charging pad).
the vehicle with a smart key and have
• The location of the NFC Antenna on your smart key with you in the vehicle.
the smartphone may vary by phone
2. Put the gear in P (Park), from the
model, so please contact the
infotainment system Settings menu,
smartphone manufacturer for
select Setup > Vehicle > Digital key >
details.
Smartphone key and press the Save
• NFC communication may not work button.
for some smartphones depending on
3. Place your smartphone on the vehicle
the internal structure of the
authentication pad (wireless charging
smartphone. Move the smartphone
pad) with the screen facing up.
to the left or right of the indoor
authentication pad (wireless • When the digital key (smartphone) is
charging pad) to operate. saved, a message appears on the
infotainment system screen.
Information
• If you want to register a different digital
key (smartphone), refer to "Deleting
your digital key (smartphone)" and
delete the digital key (smartphone)
before re-registering. An active Digital
Key can be shared through the My
Hyundai app with a different
smartphone.
5-14
5
• During the digital key saving process, Apple iPhone
the process may cancel when:
- The smartphone is removed from the
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad)
- The infotainment system screen is
changed
- The engine is turned off
- The gear is shifted
• The registering process does not start if
a smart key is not in the vehicle. 2C_OutsideDoorHandleTouchBySmartPhone_2
• Some smartphones may not start the [A] Door handle authentication pad
registering process depending on the [B] NFC Antenna
internal structure. Move the
smartphone to the left or right on the Information
vehicle authentication pad (wireless • The location of the NFC Antenna on the
charger pad) and try registering the smartphone may vary by phone model,
smartphone. so please contact the smartphone
manufacturer for details.
Using the digital key (smartphone) • The NFC Antenna position on Samsung
device can be found in the following
The driver can lock or unlock the door by path: Setup > Connections > NFC and
placing the smartphone on the outside contactless payments.
door handle, and the vehicle can be
started by placing the smartphone on the • The NFC Antenna position on Google
vehicle authentication pad (wireless Pixel phone can be found in the
charging pad). following path: Settings > Connected
devices > Connection preference >
Samsung smartphone
NFC.
• The NFC Antenna position on Apple
iPhone is located at the top of the rear
[A] and Apple WATCH is located at the
center of the screen [B].
2C_OutsideDoorHandleTouchBySmartPhone
[A] Door handle authentication pad

[B] NFC Antenna
2C_SmartPhoneSample
• Touch the Door handle NFC Antenna

position with the back of your
smartphone.
5-15
Locking/Unlocking the doors

• If the driver places the digital key
Information
(smartphone) NFC antenna to the If a shared digital key (smartphone) is
driver’s or passenger’s door handle used for the first time, the activating time
authentication pad for more than 2 may take longer.
seconds, the door locks or unlocks. • Place the shared digital key
• After unlocking the doors, the doors are (smartphone) on the door handle
automatically re-lock after 30 seconds authentication pad until the vehicle
unless a door is opened. door lock/unlock activates.
• If the smartphone digital key does not • If a shared digital key (smartphone) is
operate, try again after moving the first used on the vehicle authentication
smartphone away from the door handle pad (wireless charger pad), the initial
authentication pad (more than 4 in. (0.1 start of the vehicle may fail.
m)). • If the door lock/unlock is activated
once with the shared digital key
Information (smartphone) or the vehicle is started
You cannot lock your vehicle using the with the digital key (smartphone) on the
digital key (smartphone) if any of the vehicle authentication pad, the digital
following occurs: key (smartphone) is registered in the
vehicle.
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ACC or ON position.
• Any of the doors, hood, or liftgate are
WARNING
open. The vehicle can be started when the
registered smartphone is placed on the
Starting the vehicle charging pad). Therefore, do not leave
After placing your registered digital key unsupervised children or people who are
(smartphone) on the vehicle not aware of the system since it can result
authentication pad (wireless charging in serious injury or death. In addition,
pad), depress the brake pedal and press always have the registered smartphone
the Engine Start/Stop button. with you to prevent vehicle theft when
leaving the vehicle.
After starting the vehicle, the digital key
(smartphone) may be removed from the
charging pad).
For more details on the basic way to start
the vehicle, refer to the “Engine
Start/Stop Button” section in chapter 6.
5-16
5
Deleting your digital key • If a shared digital key (smartphone) is
(smartphone) registered, it cannot be deleted.
Turn on the vehicle with a smart key. Have • A new smartphone can be registered
your smart key with you in the vehicle. after deleting the existing digital key
(smartphone) from "My Smartphone
Deleting all registered digital key Key" menu.
(smartphone)
Information
• If the registered digital key
(smartphone) is deleted, the digital key
saved in the smartphone is also
deleted.
• If the digital key is deleted from the
smartphone, the digital key
(smartphone) registered in the vehicle
is also deleted.
• The shared digital key registered in the
2C_AVNDeleteDegitalKey
vehicle cannot be deleted individually.
To delete all the registered digital key
(smartphone), from the Settings menu • Even though the Blue Link® App is
select Setup > Vehicle > Digital Keys > deleted from the smartphone, the
Smartphone key > Delete all in the digital key saved in the smartphone is
infotainment system. not deleted.
• The "Delete all" button is disabled if • Management of the digital key saved in
there is no registered digital key the smartphone is available from the
(smartphone). Digital Key App provided by the
smartphone manufacturer.
Deleting my registered digital key
(smartphone)
2C_AVNDeleteMySmartPhone
To delete only my registered digital key
(smartphone), from the Settings menu
select Setup > Vehicle > Digital Keys >
Smartphone key > My Smartphone Key >
Delete in the infotainment system.
5-17
Digital key (Card key) Information

• Only one digital key (card key) can be
How to register Digital key (Card registered to the vehicle. If it must be
Key) replaced, delete the existing card key
To use the card key as a digital key, follow before registering the new card key.
the following procedure.
• To register a digital key (card key), both
of your smart keys must be in the
vehicle.
• Once a digital key (card key) is
registered, it cannot be registered in
another vehicle. It is possible to
re-register it to the original vehicle.
Using the digital key (card key)

The driver can lock or unlock the door by
2C_AVNRegisterCardKey
placing the card key on the outside door
handle, and the vehicle can be started by
placing the card key on the vehicle
pad).
2C_WirelessChargingPad
[A] Vehicle authentication pad (Wireless charging
pad)
1. Have both of your smart keys with you
in the vehicle.
2C_CardKey
2. Select Setup > Vehicle > Digital Keys >
NFC Card Key from the Settings menu, [A] Door handle authentication pad
[B] Card key NFC Antenna
and check whether "Use" is selected in
the infotainment system.
3. Place your card key on the vehicle
pad) while the engine is on.
4. Register your card key by selecting
Setup > Vehicle > Digital Keys > NFC
Card Key > Save from the Settings
menu in the infotainment system.
5-18
5
Locking/Unlocking the doors
NOTICE
If the driver places the digital key (card
key) to the driver’s or passenger’s door • The digital key (card key) may not work
handle authentication pad for more than under the following conditions:
2 seconds, the door locks or unlocks. - The digital key (card key) is not
After unlocking the doors, the doors are placed on the door handle
automatically re-locked after 30 seconds authentication pad or vehicle
unless a door is opened. authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) correctly.
Information - The digital key (card key) is near
You cannot lock your vehicle using the NFC-enabled cards such as credit
digital key (card key) if any of the cards or smartphones.
following occurs: If the digital key (card key) does not
• The smart key is in the vehicle. work, try again after moving the
digital key (card key) away from the
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in the door handle authentication pad
ACC or ON position. (more than (4 in. (0.1 m)).
• Any of the doors, hood, or liftgate are • The digital key (card key) can be
open. damaged by impacts. If the digital key
(card key) is damaged, replace the
digital key (card key) with a new one
Starting the vehicle and register it again.
After placing your registered digital key • Long-time exposure to high
(card key) on the vehicle authentication temperature may cause the digital key
pad (wireless charging pad), depress the (card key) to malfunction. Be careful
brake pedal and press the Engine not to expose the digital key (card key)
Start/Stop button. to direct sunlight or high temperature.
For more information on the basic way to • Leaving the digital key (card key) on the
start the vehicle, refer to the “Engine in-vehicle authentication pad (wireless
Start/Stop Button” section in chapter 6. charging pad) while driving may cause
the digital key (card key) to
WARNING malfunction. Remove the digital key
The vehicle can be started when the (card key) from the in-vehicle
registered card key is placed on the authentication pad (wireless charging
vehicle authentication pad (wireless pad) after starting the vehicle.
charging pad). Therefore, do not leave • Keep the digital key (card key) away
unsupervised children or people who are from the smartphone when charging
not aware of the system since it can result the smartphone. If the digital key (card
in serious injury or death. In addition, key) is placed between the smartphone
always have the registered card key with and the in-vehicle authentication pad
you to prevent vehicle theft when leaving (wireless charging pad) while the
the vehicle. smartphone is being charged, the
digital key (card key) may malfunction.
For example, when charging
smartphone while the digital key (card
key) is attached to the back of the
smartphone case.
5-19
Deleting your digital key (card key) Linking/Unlinking profile

How to link user profile
1. Select Setup > User Profile > Profile
Settings > Link Digital Key
(Smartphone) from the Settings menu
in the infotainment system.
2. Select "Link" to connect the registered
smartphone’s digital key and the user’s
profile.
3. Follow the instructions according to the
2C_AVNDeleteCardKey message on the infotainment system
1. Turn on the engine with a smart key. screen.
Have your smart key with you in the
vehicle. How to unlink user profile
2. From the infotainment system settings Select Setup > User Profile > Profile
menu, select Setup > Vehicle > Digital Settings, and then deselect "Link Digital
Keys > NFC Card Key > Delete. Key (Smartphone)" from Settings menu
in the infotainment system.
• The "Delete" button is disabled if
there is no digital key (card key) • Unlinking is possible only when user
registered. profile is linked.
Information
Personalized profile and vehicle
settings • User profile cannot be linked to both
Driver 1 and Driver 2 that are connected
You can set the registered digital key
to single smartphone. Personalization
(smartphone) profiles for Driver 1 and
operates with the recently linked user
Driver 2. When you use the digital key
profile, and the previously linked user
(smartphone), the vehicle can be set to
profile will be automatically canceled.
the user-defined personalized profile
(includes items such as vehicle settings • User profile link works only when the
and audio preferences). digital key is registered to the vehicle.
• Digital key (card key) cannot be linked
with a user profile.
• If the user profile linked digital key in
the smartphone is deleted, the digital
key should be re-registered and
personalized by linking the user profile
again.
5-20
5
Vehicle personalization operation Used vehicle/Digital key
• The personalization function linked maintenance
with digital key works when the profile
linked smartphone is placed on the
outside door handle authentication pad Purchasing used vehicle
to lock or unlock the doors. When purchasing a used vehicle, make
• The profile set by the digital key can be sure to delete the smartphone key and
changed manually from the card key registered by the previous user
infotainment system. and inform the purchase of a used vehicle
through Hyundai Customer Care Center.
• The personalization function using the
digital key can be operated after linking If the card key comes with the vehicle,
the digital key in the infotainment check whether it operates properly.
system profile menu.
• The personalization function works only Digital Key maintenance
when the vehicle is OFF or when the If you need to repaired or replaced your
vehicle is started remotely. If the Digital Key system, make sure your
vehicle is not started remotely, the smartphone key is still active. You may
personalization function does not work have to pair your phone again using the
with the digital key. HYUNDAI Digital Key app.
Information
User profile operation according to door
Limitations of the system
lock/unlock system is as follows: • HYUNDAI Digital Key app on the
smartphone and card key may not work
Personalization if:
Item
Operation - Smartphone battery or the vehicle
battery is discharged.
Initial value Guest
- NFC or Bluetooth is turned off on the
Profile linked smartphone settings.
smartphone Linked profile - The card key is in a wallet or card
key holder, or overlapped with other
cards.
Profile
unlinked - If you use a smartphone cover that
smartphone uses wireless communication or is
key Recently activated made of metal, remove the
profile smartphone cover.
NFC card key
• The vehicle may not be controlled by
Smart key the smartphone if any of the following
occurs:
- Other smartphone functions
(calls,urgent call, audio or NFC
payment), apps, or wireless
earphones are operating.
- The digital key app function such as
basic setting or app launching is
limited by the prior policy according
to the manufacturer.
5-21
Door Locks 4. Insert the mechanical key into the key

cylinder and rotate (4) clockwise to
unlock the vehicle and
counterclockwise to lock the vehicle.
Operating door locks from
outside the vehicle Once the doors are unlocked, they can
be opened by pulling the door handle.
Using the mechanical key Information

Only the driver’s door can be
locked/unlocked using the mechanical
key.
NOTICE
• When removing the key cylinder cover,
avoid scratching or breaking the plastic
material.
• If the key cylinder cover freezes and
2C_UsingEmerengcyKey
cannot be removed easily, lightly tap on
the cover or try to warm the cover by
placing your hands around it and
blowing warm air on it.
• Do not apply excessive force to the
door and door handle.
Using the smart key

For more information, refer to the "Smart
key" section in this chapter.
2C_UsingEmerengcyKey_2
[A] Lock Information
[B] Unlock
To unlock: • In cold and wet climates, door lock and
door mechanisms may not work
1. Pull the door handle (1). properly due to freezing conditions.
2. Press the release button (2) located • If the door is locked/unlocked multiple
inside the cover with a mechanical key. times in rapid succession with either
3. Carefully pull out the cover (3) while the vehicle key or door lock switch, the
continuing to press the release button system may stop operating temporarily
to remove the cover and expose the key in order to protect the circuit and
cylinder. prevent damage to system
components.
5-22
5
In case of an emergency Operating door unlocks from
inside the vehicle
With the door inside handle
2C_HowToLockDoorInEmergency
In case of emergency such as when the
battery is discharged, the only way to lock
the door(s) is with the mechanical key
from the outside key hole. 2C_InsideDoorHandleOverview
Doors without an outside key hole can be Front door

locked as follows:
If the inner door handle is pulled when the
1. Open the door. door is locked, the door is unlocked and
2. Insert a small blade tool (e.g. opened.
screwdriver or similar) into the
emergency door lock hole and turn it Rear door
clockwise for left side door, or turn it If the inner door handle is pulled once
counterclockwise for right side door. when the door is locked, the door is
3. Close the door securely. unlocked. If the inner door handle is
pulled once more, the door is opened.
Information
If the electrical power door lock switch
does not operate (e.g. discharged vehicle
battery) and the liftgate is closed, you
cannot open the liftgate until power is
restored.
5-23
With the central door lock/unlock

switch WARNING
Driver’s door Do not leave the elderly, children, or
animals unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become extremely
hot and the elderly, unattended children
or animals who cannot escape the vehicle
may be seriously injured or killed.
WARNING
Always park your vehicle properly.
Depress the brake pedal, change the gear
2C_CentralDoorLockButton to P (Park), apply the parking brake, press
Front passenger’s door the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF
position, close all windows, lock all doors,
and always take the keys with you.
WARNING
Be careful when opening doors and
watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles,
or pedestrians approaching the vehicle to
prevent serious injury or death.
2C_CentralDoorLockButton_2
When pressing the portion (1) on the

switch, all vehicle doors are locked. Information
• If any door is opened, the doors are not To exit the vehicle if the power door lock
locked even though the lock switch (1) does not function:
of the door is pressed. • Operate the door unlock feature
When pressing the portion (2) on the repeatedly (both electronic and
switch, all vehicle doors are unlocked. manual) while simultaneously pulling
on the door handle.
WARNING • Operate the other door locks and
handles.
• Always close and lock the doors while
the vehicle is moving. If the doors are • Lower the driver’s front window and
unlocked, the risk of being thrown from use the mechanical key to unlock the
the vehicle in a collision increases. door from outside.
• Do not pull the inner door handle of the
driver’s or passenger’s door while the
vehicle is moving.
5-24
5
Auto Door Lock/Unlock To lock the child safety lock, insert a small
features flat blade tool (e.g. screwdriver or similar)
into the slot and turn it to the lock position
as shown.
Impact sensing door unlock system To allow a rear door to be opened from
All doors are automatically unlocked inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety
when an impact causes the airbags to lock.
deploy.
WARNING
Auto Lock Enable on speed Never allow children to open the rear
When this feature is set in the doors while the vehicle is moving. They
infotainment system, all the doors will be may fall out of the vehicle. Make sure to
locked automatically when the vehicle use the rear door safety locks whenever
exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h). children are in the vehicle.
Child-protector rear door

locks
2C_ChildProtectRearDoorLockManual
The child safety lock is provided to help
prevent children seated in the rear from
accidentally opening the rear doors.
The rear door safety locks must be used
whenever children are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on the
edge of each rear door. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position, the rear
door does not open if the inner door
handle is pulled.
5-25
Theft-alarm System Do not attempt to modify this system or

add other devices to it.
This system helps to protect your vehicle
and valuables. The horn sounds and the Information
hazard warning lights blinks continuously
• Do not lock the doors until all
if any of the following occur:
passengers have left the vehicle. If a
• A door is opened without using the door is opened after the system is
smart key. armed, the alarm is activated.
• The liftgate is opened without using the • If the vehicle is not disarmed with the
smart key. smart key, open the doors using the
• The hood is opened. mechanical key and start the engine by
The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then pressing the Engine Start/Stop button
the system resets. To turn off the alarm, with the smart key.
unlock the doors with the smart key. • If the system is disarmed by unlocking
The Theft Alarm System automatically the vehicle, and a door or the liftgate is
sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors not opened within 30 seconds, the
and the liftgate. For the system to doors are relocked and the system is
activate, you must lock the doors and the rearmed automatically.
liftgate from outside the vehicle by doing
one of the following:
• Using the smart key. Information
• Pressing the button on the outside door
handle with the smart key in your
possession. (available with button type)
• Touching the touch sensor on the
outside door handle with the smart key
in your possession. (available with
touch sensor type)
The hazard warning lights blink and the
chime sounds once to indicate the system
is armed.
2C_TheftAlarmLabel
Once the security system is set, opening
any door, liftgate, or hood without using Vehicles equipped with a theft alarm
the smart key causes the alarm to system will have a label attached to the
activate. vehicle with the following words:
(1) WARNING
The Theft Alarm System is not set if the
(2) SECURITY SYSTEM
hood, liftgate, or door is not fully closed. If
the system is not set, check the hood,
liftgate, or doors are fully closed.
5-26
5
Rear Occupant Alert
(ROA)
Rear Occupant Alert is provided to help
prevent the driver from leaving with any
rear passenger left in the vehicle.
System setting
To use Rear Occupant Alert, it can be
enabled from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system. Select: 2C_SteeringWheelOkButton
Setup > Vehicle > Convenience > Rear

Occupant Alert
WARNING
Always check the rear seats before you
Information leave the vehicle.
The infotainment system may change The Rear Occupant Alert system does not
after software updates. For more actually detect the presence of objects or
information, refer to the manual provided occupants in the rear seat but just informs
in the infotainment system and the quick you to check the rear seat by using the
reference guide. record of the rear door opening and
closing.
System operation
When you turn off the engine and open Information
the driver’s door after opening and
closing the rear door, the 'Check rear The record of the rear door opening and
seats' warning message appears on the closing resets only when the driver turns
instrument cluster. the vehicle off and locks the vehicle door.
Even if the rear door has not been
Information reopened, an alert may occur if the door
record is not reset. For example, if the
To turn the warning message off, press driver opens the door and exits the
the OK button. vehicle again without locking the door
after the Rear Occupant Alert operates,
the alert may occur again.
5-27
Steering Wheel • A click noise may be heard from the

MDPS relay after the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON or OFF position.
Motor Driven Power Steering • Motor noise may be heard when the
(MDPS) vehicle is at a stop or driving at low
speeds.
The system assists you with steering the
vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or if the • When you operate the steering wheel in
power steering system becomes low temperatures, abnormal noise may
inoperative, you can still steer the vehicle, occur. When the temperature rises, the
but it requires increased steering effort. noise disappears.
If you notice any change in the effort • When an error is detected from MDPS,
required to steer during normal vehicle the steering effort assist function is not
operation, contact an authorized activated. Instrument cluster warning
HYUNDAI dealer. lights may illuminate or the steering
effort may be high. If these symptoms
NOTICE occur, drive the vehicle to a safe
location as soon as possible. Have your
If the Motor Driven Power Steering vehicle be inspected by an authorized
warning light and the message "Check HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
motor driven power steering"
illuminates on the instrument, you can
continue to steer the vehicle, but it Tilt/Telescopic steering
requires increased steering effort.
Adjust the steering wheel toward your
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
chest, not toward your face. Make sure
and have the system inspected as soon as
you can see the instrument cluster
possible.
warning lights and gauges. After
adjusting, push the steering wheel up and
down to be in the locked position.
Information
WARNING
During normal vehicle operation:
Never adjust the steering wheel while
• The steering effort may be high
driving. This may cause loss of vehicle
immediately after pressing the Engine
control resulting in a collision.
Start/Stop button the ON position.
This happens as the system performs
the MDPS system diagnostics. When
the diagnostics are completed, the NOTICE
steering wheel effort returns to its While adjusting the steering wheel
normal condition. height, please do not push or pull it hard
• When the battery voltage is low, you since the fixture can be damaged.
may have to use more effort to steer.
This is a temporary condition and
returns to normal condition after
charging the battery.
5-28
5
Manual adjustment Steering wheel heater
if equipped
2C_AdjustSteeringWheelManual
To adjust: 2C_SteeringWheelWarmerButton
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1). When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired the ON position or when the engine is
angle (2) and distance forward/back running, press the steering wheel heater
(3). button to warm the steering wheel.
3. Pull up the lock-release lever up to lock Press the button repeatedly to cycle
the steering wheel in place. through the temperature levels from
high, low, and off.
Information After a certain time in high setting, it will
automatically reduce to Low.
Sometimes the lock release lever may not
engage completely. Pull down on the NOTICE
lock-release lever, readjust the steering
wheel again, and then pull back up on the • Do not install any cover or accessories
lock-release lever to lock the steering on the steering wheel to prevent
wheel in place. damage to the heated steering wheel
system.
• Do not strike the steering wheel surface
with a sharp-pointed object. This may
damage the heating element in the
steering wheel.
5-29
Horn Haptic warning/Steering

wheel vibration warning
If haptic steering wheel is available, the
Driver Assistance system vibrates the
steering wheel to warn the driver when
the system indicates hazardous
situations.
Setting haptic warning

While the engine is on, select:
Setup > Vehicle > Driver Assistance >
2C_Horn Warning Methods > Haptic Warningin
To sound the horn, press the area the infotainment system.
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The horn
operates only when this area is pressed.
NOTICE
Do not strike the horn severely to or hit it
with your fist. Do not press on the horn
with a sharp-pointed object.
NOTICE
Do not clean the steering wheel surface
with the following products:
• Organic solvents such as thinner,
alcohol and gasoline
• Chemical products such as leather
cleaner, coating agent, and wax
5-30
5
Mirrors Day/night rearview mirror
if equipped
Inside rearview mirror

Before driving your vehicle, check to see
that your inside rearview mirror is
properly positioned. Adjust the rearview
mirror so that the view through the rear
window is properly centered.
WARNING
Make sure your line of sight is not
obstructed. Do not place objects in the
2C_InsideRearViewMirrorDayNight
rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear [A] Day
head restraints that may interfere with [B] Night
your vision through the rear window. Before driving at night, pull the day/night
lever toward you to reduce glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind you.
WARNING Remember that you lose some rearview
clarity in the night position.
To prevent serious injury during a collision
or deployment of the airbag, do not Information
modify the rearview mirror and do not
install a wide mirror. The control is partially hidden behind the
mirror.
WARNING
Never adjust the mirror while driving. This
may cause loss of vehicle control and
result in a collision.
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper
towel or similar material dampened with
glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror as this may cause
the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror
housing.
5-31
Electrochromic mirror
if equipped
2C_ECMHomelink
(1) HomeLink Channel 1
2C_InsideRearViewMirrorECM
(2) HomeLink Channel 2
[A] Sensor (3) HomeLink Channel 3
When the engine is running, the glare (4) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
from vehicle headlights behind you is Closing or Closed
automatically controlled by the sensor (5) HomeLink Operation Indicator
mounted in the rearview mirror. (6) Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
When the gear is shifted to R (Reverse), Opening or Opened
the mirror automatically goes to the (7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator
brightest setting in order to improve the
driver’s view behind the vehicle. Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Safety™
(NVS®) Mirror
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with if equipped
HomeLink® system The NVS® Mirror automatically reduces
if equipped glare by monitoring light levels in the
Your vehicle may be equipped with a front and the rear of the vehicle. Any
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with object that obstructs either light sensor
an Integrated HomeLink® Wireless will degrade the automatic dimming
Control System. control feature.
During nighttime driving, this feature will For more information regarding NVS®
automatically detect and reduce rearview mirrors and other applications, please
mirror glare. The HomeLink® Universal refer to the Gentex website:
Transceiver allows you to activate your www.gentex.com
garage door(s), electric gate, home Your mirror will automatically dim upon
lighting, etc. detecting glare from the vehicles
traveling behind you.
The mirror defaults to the ON position
each time the vehicle is started.
5-32
5
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control 1. Programming HomeLink®
System The following steps show how to program
The HomeLink® Wireless Control System HomeLink. If you have any questions or
provides a convenient way to replace up are having difficulty programming your
to three handheld radio-frequency HomeLink buttons, refer to the HomeLink
transmitters used to activate compatible website or call the HomeLink customer
devices such as gate operators, garage support toll-free number. Do this, before
door openers, entry door locks, security going back to the dealer who sold you the
systems, and home lighting. vehicle.
• Visit the HomeLink website at:
NOTICE www.homelink.com. Then at the top of
HomeLink® operates while the Start/Stop the page, choose your vehicle make.
button is in the ACC or ON position for Then watch the You Tube video, and/or
safety reasons. It is to prevent access additional website information.
unintentional security problems from • If you choose to access the website via
happening when the vehicle is parked your cell phone, scan the QR code.
outside the garage.
WARNING
2C_ECMHomelinkQR
Before programming HomeLink® to a • Or, call HomeLink customer support at
garage door opener or gate operator, 1-800-355-3515 (Please have the
make sure people and objects are out of vehicle make/model AND the opener
the way of the device to prevent potential device make/model readily available.)
harm or damage. Do not use the
HomeLink® with any garage door opener 1) Programming Preparation
that lacks the safety stop and reverse
features required by U.S. federal safety
standards (this includes any garage door
opener model manufactured before April
1, 1982). A garage door that cannot detect
an object-signaling the door to stop and
reverse-does not meet current U.S.
federal safety standards. Using a garage
door opener without these features
increases the risk of serious injury or
death.
For more information, contact 2C_ECMHomelink_2
HomeLink® at www.homelink.com, or call 1. When programming a garage door
Home-Link customer support at opener, it is advised to park the vehicle
1-800-355-3515. outside of the garage.
It is also recommended that a new battery 2. It is recommended that a new battery
be replaced in the handheld transmitter be placed in the handheld transmitter
of the device being trained to HomeLink® of the device being programmed to
for quicker training and accurate HomeLink for quicker training and
transmission of the radio frequency. accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.
5-33
3. Press the Start/Stop button to the ACC 4. Wait until your garage door comes to a
(Accessory) position for programming complete stop, regardless of position,
of HomeLink. before proceeding to the next steps.
2) Programming a New HomeLink® 5. Press and release the HomeLink button
you are programming and observe the
indicator light.
• If the indicator light remains solid
green, your device should operate
when the HomeLink button is
pressed. At this point, if your device
operates, programming is complete.
• If the indicator light rapidly flashes
green, firmly press, hold for two
seconds and release the HomeLink
button up to three times in a row
2C_ECMHomelink_3 slowly to complete the programming
1. Press and release the HomeLink button process. Do not press the HomeLink
(1), (2) or (3), you would like to program. button rapidly. At this point if your
The HomeLink indicator light (7) will device operates, programming is
flash orange slowly (if not, perform the complete. If the device does not
steps of “Erasing HomeLink Buttons” operate, continue with step 6.
section, and start over). 6. At the garage door opener motor,
(security gate motor, etc.) locate the
'Learn', 'Smart', 'Set' or 'Program'
button. This can usually be found where
the hanging antenna wire is attached to
the motor-head unit (see the device’s
manual to identify this button). The
name and color of the button may vary
by manufacturer.
2C_ECMHomelink_4
2. Position the garage door opener
remote 1-3 inches (2-8 cm) away from
the HomeLink buttons.
3. While the HomeLink indicator light (7) is
flashing orange, press and hold the
handheld remote button. Continue
pressing the handheld remote button
until the HomeLink indicator light (7)
light changes from orange to green. 2C_ECMHomelink_5
You may now release the handheld [A] Learn button
remote button. • A ladder and/or second person may
simplify the following steps.
5-34
5
7. Firmly press and release the 'Learn', To check if your garage door opener is
'Smart', 'Set' or 'Program' button. You compatible with this feature, refer to
now have up to 30 seconds in which to www.homelink.com/compatible/Two-w
complete the next step. ay-Communication. If your garage door
8.Return to the vehicle and firmly press, opener has this functionality, AND the
hold for two seconds and release, the Two-Way Communication indicators (4),
HomeLink button up to three times in a (6) in the mirror appear while the garage
row slowly. Do not press the HomeLink door is opening/closing, then no further
button rapidly. As soon as you see the steps are needed. Two-Way
garage door start to move, stop Communication Programming is already
pressing any buttons until a few complete. However, if your garage door
seconds after the garage door has opener has this functionality, AND the
come to a complete stop, regardless of Two-Way Communication indicators (4),
position. At this point, programming is (6) in the mirror DO NOT appear while the
complete and your device should garage door is opening/closing, use the
operate when the HomeLink button is following instructions to enable this
pressed and released. functionality.
1. In your vehicle, press and hold the
3) Two-Way Communication
programmed HomeLink button for 2
Programming (For select garage door
seconds, then release. Confirm that the
openers)
garage door is moving. AFTER it stops,
If your garage door opener has the ‘myQ’ you will have one minute to complete
logo on its side, your opener likely has the following steps:
Two-Way Communication capability.
• A ladder and/or second person may
HomeLink has the capability to establish
simplify the following steps.
Two-Way Communication with your
garage door opener. HomeLink can 2. On your garage door opener in your
receive and display “closing” or garage, locate the 'Learn' button
“opening” status messages from (usually near where the hanging
compatible garage door openers. At any antenna wire is attached to the garage
time, Home-Link can also recall and door opener). If there is difficulty
display the last recorded status locating this button, reference the
communicated by the garage door device’s owner’s manual.
opener to indicate your garage door 3. Press and release the 'Learn' button.
being “closed” or “opened”.
5-35
4. A light on your garage door opener may While the HomeLink indicator light (7) is
flash, and your Two-Way flashing orange, press and release
Communication indicators (4), (6) in (“cycle”) your device’s handheld remote
your vehicle may flash, confirming every two seconds until the HomeLink
completion of the process. indicator light (7) changes from orange to
5. Return to the vehicle and firmly press green. You may now release the handheld
and release the programmed remote button. Then proceed with
HomeLink button to activate your “Programming a New HomeLink Button”
garage door. The Two-Way step 4.
Communication indicators (4), (6) flash
in orange when the door is moving. Do 2. Operating HomeLink®
not make any additional button presses 1) Operating HomeLink®
until AFTER the garage door has come
to a complete stop.
6.Your Two-Way Communication
programming is now complete.
Information
If your garage door opener has Two-Way
Communication functionality, it is
possible for HomeLink to stop functioning
the garage door shortly after initial
programming, IF the Two-Way
Communication Programming wasn’t 2C_ECMHomelink_3
properly completed. This usually happens 1. Press and release the desired
after the first 10 times a programmed programmed HomeLink button (1, 2 or
HomeLink button is pressed. If you 3).
experience this, completing the
“Programming a New HomeLink Button” Information
and “Two-Way Communication
The HomeLink indicator (7) should light
Programming” will restore door
green, solid or flashing, and your
operation.
programmed device should operate.
If your device does not operate, the
4) Canadian Programming HomeLink programming was not
successful, and you’ll need to reprogram
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
the button.
transmitter remote signals to “time-out”
(or quit) after a couple seconds of
transmission, which may not be long
enough for HomeLink to pick up the
signal during programming.
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator
or garage door opener by using the
programming procedures, replace
“Programming a New HomeLink Button”
step 3 with the following:
5-36
5
2) Two-Way Communication Display • If the indicator (4) or (6) does not turn
Behavior to green, it indicates that the last
status of garage door was not
received properly. The HomeLink
mirror tries to receive the last known
status of the garage door for a few
seconds.
3) Recalling Garage Door Status
HomeLink mirror with Two-Way
Communication provides a way to view
the last stored message from the garage
door opener. In order to recall the last
known status of the last activated device,
2C_ECMHomelink_6
press the buttons “1 and 2” or “2 and 3”
1. Press and release one of the simultaneously.
programmed HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or
• If the indicator (4) appears solid Green,
3).
it indicates that the last activated
device was “closed” properly.
• If the indicator (6) appears solid Green,
it indicates that the last activated
device was “open” properly.
3. Erasing HomeLink® Buttons

1) Erasing and Reprogramming a Single
HomeLink® Button:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button you want to re-program. DO
2C_ECMHomelink_7 NOT release the button.
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates as 2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
below, if your garage door opener has illuminate solid green. Release the
Two-Way Communication button as soon as the HomeLink
functionality. indicator light (7) begins to flash
• If the indicator (4) flashes in Orange, orange, usually about 20 seconds.
it indicates that the garage door is 3. Proceed with the steps in the
“Closing”. “Programming a New HomeLink
• The indicator (4) turns solid green Button” section.
once the garage door has closed.
• If the indicator (6) flashes in Orange, Information
it indicates that the garage door is If you do not complete the
“Opening”. re-programming of a new device to the
• The indicator (6) turns solid green button, it will revert to the previously
once the garage door has fully stored programming.
opened.
5-37
2) The following instructions will erase FCC (USA) and ISED (Canada)
ALL HomeLink® programming from ALL This device complies with FCC rules part
buttons: 15 and Innovation, Science, and
Economic Development Canada RSS-210.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference that may be
received including interference that may
cause undesired operation. WARNING:
The transmitter has been tested and
complies with FCC and ISED rules.
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
2C_ECMHomelinkDelete compliance could void the user’s
1. Press and hold the buttons (1) and (3) authority to operate the device.
simultaneously This equipment complies with FCC and
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will ISED radiation exposure limits set forth
illuminate solid Orange for about 10 for an uncontrolled environment. End
seconds Users must follow the specific operating
instructions for satisfying RF exposure
3. Release the buttons once the compliance. This transmitter must be at
HomeLink indicator light (7) changes to least 20cm from the user and must not be
Green and flashes rapidly co-located or operating in conjunction
4. Now all three HomeLink buttons (1), (2) with any other antenna or transmitter.
and (3) are cleared of any programming
FCC (Htats-Unis) et ISED (Canada)
Information Cet appareil est conforme aux reglements
HomeLink® and the HomeLink® House de la FCC, section 15, et au CNR-210
logo are registered trademarks of Gentex d’Innovation, Sciences et
Corporation. Dhveloppement economique Canada. Le
The myQ logo is a registered trademark of fonctionnement est assujetti aux deux
The Chamberlain Group, Inc. conditions suivantes: (1) cet appareil ne
doit pas causer d’interferences nuisibles
et (2) cet appareil doit accepter toute
interference recue, y compris celle qui
pourrait entrainer un dysfonctionnement.
MISE EN GARDE: L’emetteur a subi des
tests et est conforme aux reglements de
la FCC et d’ISDE. Les changements ou
modifications non approuves
explicitement par la partie responsable de
la conformite pourraient rendre caduque
l’autorisation de l’utilisateur de se servir
du dispositif.
5-38
5
Cet appareil est conforme aux limites
d’exposition aux radiations de la FCC et
d’ISDE etablies pour un environnement
non controle. Les utilisateurs finaux
doivent respecter les instructions
d’utilisation specifiques pour satisfaire
aux exigences de conformite aux
expositions de RF. L’emetteur doit se
trouver a 20 cm au minimum de
l’utilisateur et ne doit pas etre situe au
meme endroit que tout autre emetteur ou
antenne ni fonctionner avec un autre
emetteur ou antenne.
Mejico
La operacion de este equipo esta sujeta a
las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es
posible que este equipo o dispositivo
pueda no causar interferencia danina, y
(2) este dispositivo o dispositivos deben
aceptar cualquier interferencia, que
incluye la interferencia que puede causar
su operacion no deseada.
5-39
HomeLink 5 Programing Flow Chart
1C_ECMHomelinkFlowChart
5-40
5
Side view mirrors NOTICE
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror face.
This may damage the surface of the
glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not
adjust the mirror by force. Use an
approved de-icer (not radiator
antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft
cloth with very warm water, or move
the vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
2C_SideViewMirror • Do not clean the mirror with harsh
Your vehicle is equipped with both abrasives, fuel, or other petroleum
left-hand and right-hand side view based cleaning products.
mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted with
the mirror adjustment control switch.
Adjust the side view mirrors to your Adjusting the side view mirrors
desired position before driving. The side
view mirrors can be folded to help
prevent damage when going through an
automatic car wash or when passing
through a narrow street.
WARNING
The right side view mirror is convex.
Objects seen in the mirror are closer than
they appear.
Use the inside rearview mirror or turn your
head and look to determine the actual 2C_AdjustSideViewMirror
distance of other vehicles prior to Adjusting the side view mirrors
changing lanes. 1. Press the switch (1) to the L (left side) or
R (right side) to select the side view
mirror you want to adjust.
WARNING 2. Use the mirror adjustment control
switch (2) to position the selected
Do not adjust or fold the side view mirrors mirror up, down, left, or right.
while driving. This may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in a collision. 3. After adjustment, press the switch (1) to
the middle to prevent unintended
adjustment.
5-41
NOTICE Reverse parking aid

if equipped
• The mirrors stop moving when they
reach the maximum adjusting angles,
but the motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed. Do not
press the switch longer than necessary,
because this can damage the motor.
• Do not adjust the side view mirrors by
force to prevent damage to the motor.
Folding the side view mirrors

2C_AutoAdjustSideViewMirrorWhenParking
When the gear is shifted to the R
(Reverse) position, the side view mirrors
rotate downwards to aid with driving in
reverse.
The state of the side view mirror switch (1)
determines whether or not the mirrors
move.
How it works
2C_SideViewMirrorFolding • Left/Right: When the switch is pressed
To fold the side view mirror, grasp the to L or R, both side view mirrors move.
housing of the mirror and then fold it • Neutral: When both L or R is not
toward the rear of the vehicle. pressed, the side view mirrors does not
move.
The side view mirrors automatically revert
to their original positions if any of the
following occur:
• The Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
to either the OFF position or the ACC
position.
• The gear is shifted to any position
except R (Reverse).
• The side view mirror adjustment button
is not selected.
5-42
5
Reverse parking aid user settings
mode
You may change the angle of the side
view mirror if it is difficult to see the rear
view with the basic downward mirror
angle provided when reversing.
When the vehicle is first delivered, the set
downward angle of the left and right side
view mirror are different to ensure driver
visibility.
1. Make sure the vehicle is stopped.
2. Depress the brake pedal and shift the
gear to R (Reverse). When L or R switch
is pressed, both side view mirrors move
downward to the basic set position.
3. Press the L or R switch to select the side
view mirror you want to adjust. Then
press “ , , , ” switch to adjust the
side view mirror to the desired angle.
4. After adjusting the angle to save the
adjusted side view mirror angle, shift
the gear to another position other than
R (Reverse), or change the L and R
switch to the neutral position (L and R
switch is not pressed).
5. Set the other side view mirror following
the above procedure 1 to 4.
Resetting reverse parking aid user settings

mode
To change the side view mirror angle back
to the basic angle, shift the gear to R
(Reverse), and adjust the mirror angle
higher than when the gear is in P (Park), N
(Neutral) and D (Drive).
NOTICE
When changing the angle of both side
view mirrors, it is recommended to
change the angle one side at a time
following the procedure 1 to 4.
5-43
Windows
Front / Rear
1C_WindowOpenClose
(1) Driver’s door power window switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
(7) Power window lock switch / Electronic child safety lock
5-44
5
Power windows Auto up/down window
The Engine Start/Stop button must be in if equipped
the ON position to be able to raise or Pressing the power window switch
lower the windows. Each door has a momentarily to the second detent
power window switch to control the position (6) completely lowers or lifts the
door’s window. The driver has a Power window even when the switch is released.
Window Lock button that can block the To stop the window at the desired
operation of rear passenger windows. The position while the window is operating,
power windows operate for about 3 pull up or press down and release the
minutes after the Engine Start/Stop switch.
button is in the ACC or OFF position. If the
front doors are opened, the battery power WARNING
is turned OFF and the Power Windows do
• Do not leave the vehicle running and
not operate.
the key in your vehicle with
unsupervised children. Unattended
Window opening and closing children could operate the window,
which could result in serious injury.
• Do not extend your head, arms or any
other body parts or objects outside the
window while driving to avoid serious
injury.
Resetting the power windows

If the power windows do not operate
normally, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:
2C_WindowAutoReverse 1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
To open: the ON position.
Press the window switch down to the first 2. Close the window and continue pulling
detent position (5). Release the switch up on the power window switch for at
when you want the window to stop. least one second.
To close: If the power windows do not operate
Pull the window switch up to the first properly after resetting, contact an
detent position (5). Release the window authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
switch when you want the window to
stop. WARNING
Make sure body parts or other objects are
out of the way before closing the
windows. The automatic reverse feature
does not operate while resetting the
power window system.
5-45
Automatic reversal
WARNING
if equipped
Make sure body parts or other objects are
safely out of the way before closing the
windows to avoid injuries or vehicle
damage.
Objects less than 0.16 inches (4 mm) in
diameter caught between the window
glass and the upper window channel may
not be detected by the automatic reverse
window and the window does not stop
and reverse direction.
2C_WindowEmergencyStop
If a window senses any obstacle while it is Power window lock button
closing automatically, it stops and lowers
about 12 inches (30 cm) to allow the
object to be cleared.
If the window detects any resistance
while the power window switch is pulled
up continuously, the window stops
upward movement and then lowers about
1 inch (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled up
continuously again within 5 seconds after
the window is lowered by the automatic
2C_WindowLockButton
window reverse feature, the automatic
window reverse does not operate. The driver can disable the power window
switches on the rear passenger doors by
Information pressing the power window lock button.
When the power window lock button is
The automatic reverse feature is active
pressed:
only when the “Auto Up” feature is used
by fully pulling up the switch to the • The driver’s master control can operate
second detent. all the power windows.
• The front passenger’s control can
operate the front passenger’s power
NOTICE window.
• The rear passenger’s control cannot
Do not install any accessories on the operate the rear passengers’ power
windows. The automatic reverse feature window.
may not operate.
5-46
5
Remote window opening feature
WARNING
if equipped
Do not allow children to play with the
power windows. Keep the driver’s door
power window lock button in the LOCK
position. Serious injury or death may
result from unintentional window
operation by a child.
NOTICE
• To prevent possible damage to the
power window system, do not open or 2C_RemoteWindowOpenButton
close two windows or more at the same
Press and hold the Door Unlock (1) button
time. This also ensures the longevity of
on the smart key for more than 3 seconds
the fuse.
and the windows move down after the
• Never try to operate the main switch on doors are unlocked. Window movement
the driver’s door and the individual stops when you release the door unlock
door window switch in opposite button.
directions at the same time. If this is
done, the window stops and cannot be Information
opened or closed.
• The remote window opening feature
operates only with the Safety Power
Windows equipped.
• The remote window opening feature
may abruptly stop when you move
away from your vehicle during
operation. Stay in close proximity from
your vehicle, while monitoring the
window movement.
• The doors unlock when the windows
are opened using the remote window
open feature.
NOTICE
Do not leave the windows down when
leaving the vehicle to prevent theft or
damage from water entering the vehicle.
5-47
Wide Sunroof Power sunshade

if equipped
If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,

you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the
sunroof switch located on the overhead
console.
2C_WideSunroofSunblindOpen
Use the power sunshade to block direct
sunlight coming through the sunroof
glass.
• Push the sunroof switch rearward to the
first detent position, the power
2C_WideSunroofuttonOverview
sunshade automatically slides open.
The sunroof can only be operated when • Push the sunroof switch forward to the
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON first detent position, the power
or START position. sunshade automatically closes. If the
sunroof glass is open, the glass closes
The sunroof can be operated for about 3
and then the sunshade closes.
minutes after the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ACC or OFF position. If the To stop the power sunshade at any point,
front door is open, the sunroof cannot be push the sunroof switch in any direction.
operated even within the 3 minute period.
NOTICE
WARNING Do not pull or push the power sunshade
To prevent serious injury or death: by hand to prevent damage.
• Adjust the sunroof or sunshade when
your vehicle is stopped.
• Do not leave the engine running and Information
the key in your vehicle with Wrinkles formed on the power sunshade
unsupervised children. Unattended are normal due to material characteristic.
children could operate the sunroof.
• Do not sit on the top of the vehicle.
NOTICE
Do not operate the sunroof if it contacts
any roof rack or cargo.
5-48
5
Tilt open/close • Push the sunroof switch forward or
rearward to the second detent position.
The power sunshade and sunroof glass
operate automatically (auto slide
feature). To stop the sunroof
movement at any point, push the
sunroof switch in any direction.
Automatic reversal
2C_WideSunroofTiltOpen
• Push the sunroof switch up and sunroof
glass tilts open. If the power sunshade
is closed, the sunshade opens first and
then the sunroof tilts.
• Push the sunroof switch up or forward
when the sunroof glass is tilt opened.
The sunroof glass automatically closes.
To stop the sunroof movement at any 2C_WideSunroofAutoReverse
point, push the sunroof switch in any If the power sunshade or sunroof glass
direction. senses any obstruction while closing, it
reverses direction then stops.
The automatic reverse function may not
Slide open/close work if a thin or soft object is caught
between the power sunshade or sliding
sunroof glass and sunroof sash.
WARNING
• Make sure that heads, hands, arms or
any other body parts or objects are out
of the way before operating the
sunroof. Body parts or objects may get
caught causing injuries or vehicle
damage.
2C_WideSunroofSlideOpen
• Push the sunroof switch rearward to the • Never deliberately use your body parts
first detent position. The sunroof glass to test the automatic reverse feature.
opens. If the power sunshade is closed,
the power sunshade opens first and
then the sunroof glass opens.
Push the sunroof switch forward to the
first detent position. The sunroof glass
closes. If the sunroof glass is closed, the
power sunshade closes.
5-49
NOTICE Resetting the sunroof

• Do not continue to push the sunroof
switch after the sunroof is fully opened,
closed, or tilted. Damage to the sunroof
motor may occur or may cause the
sunroof system to malfunction.
• Using the sunroof for a long time may
make noise caused by dust
accumulated between the sunroof and
vehicle body. Open the sunroof and
remove dust regularly using a clean
cloth. 2C_WideSunroofInitialize
• Do not try to open the sunroof when the In some circumstances resetting the
temperature is below freezing or when sunroof operation may need to be
the sunroof is covered with snow or ice. performed. Some instances where
Otherwise, the motor may be damaged. resetting the sunroof may be required
In a cold and wet weather, the sunroof include:
may not work properly. • When the 12 V battery is either
• Do not open or drive with the sunroof disconnected or discharged
glass open immediately after rain or • When the sunroof fuse is replaced
washing the vehicle. Water may wet the
interior of the vehicle. • If the sunroof one-touch AUTO
OPEN/CLOSE operation is not
• Do not extend any cargo outside the functioning properly
sunroof while driving.
To reset the sunroof:
1. Start the vehicle in P (Park).
2. Make sure the power sunshade and
WARNING sunroof glass are in the fully closed
Do not extend your head, arms, body position.
parts, or objects outside the sunroof while 3. Release the switch when the power
driving. Injuries may occur if the vehicle sunshade and sunroof glass is fully
suddenly stops. closed.
4. Push the switch forward until the power
sunshade and sunroof glass moves
slightly. Then release the switch.
5. Push and hold the sunroof switch
forward again until the power sunshade
and sunroof glass slide open and close.
Do not release the switch until the
operation is completed. If you release
the switch, start again from step 2.
5-50
5
Information Hood
If the sunroof is not reset after the vehicle
battery is disconnected or discharged, or Opening the hood
the sunroof fuse is blown, the sunroof
may not operate normally.
Sunroof open warning
2C_HoodOpenKnob
1. Park the vehicle and apply the parking
brake.
2. Pull the hood release lever to unlatch
2C_SunroofOpenWarning
the hood. The hood pops open slightly.
If the driver turns off the engine when the
sunroof is not fully closed, the warning
chime sounds for several seconds and the
sunroof open warning appears on the
cluster display.
Close the sunroof securely when leaving
your vehicle.
NOTICE
Do not leave sunroof open when leaving
the vehicle to prevent theft or damage
from water entering the vehicle. 2C_HoodOpen
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the
hood slightly, push to the left the
secondary hood release lever (1) inside
of the hood center and lift the hood (2).
After the hood has been lifted halfway,
it will raise completely by itself.
5-51
Closing the hood Liftgate

1. Before closing the hood, check in and
around the engine compartment to
ensure the following: Opening the liftgate
• Any tools or other loose objects have
been removed. Opening from outside
• All gloves, rags, or other combustible
material have been removed.
• All filler caps are tightly and correctly
installed.
2. Lower the hood until it is about 12
inches (30 cm) above the closed
position and then let it drop.
3. Check the hood has locked properly. If
the hood is raised slightly, open it again
and drop it from a little higher. Check
again.
2C_OutsidePowerTailgateOpenButton
WARNING Make sure the vehicle is in P (Park) and

apply the parking brake.
• Before closing the hood, ensure all
To open do one of the following:
obstructions are removed from around
the hood opening. • Unlock all doors with the Door Unlock
button on your smart key. Press the
• Always double check to make sure that
liftgate open button and open the
the hood is firmly latched before driving
liftgate.
away. Check there is no hood open
warning light or message displayed on • With the smart key in your possession,
the instrument cluster. Driving with the press the liftgate open button and open
hood open may cause a total loss of the liftgate.
visibility, resulting in a collision.
• Do not move the vehicle with the hood Closing the liftgate
raised. It may block your vision and may
result in a collision. Lower the liftgate lid and press down until
it locks. Always check it is secure by
pulling on the handle.
WARNING
Always keep the liftgate completely
closed while the vehicle is moving. If it is
left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases
containing carbon monoxide (CO) may
enter the vehicle and serious injury or
death may result.
5-52
5
WARNING Emergency liftgate safety
release
2C_GasLift
2C_EmergencyPowerTailgateOpen
Always close the liftgate before driving.
To unlock and open the liftgate manually
Do not grab or hold on to the liftgate
from inside the cargo area, perform the
support struts or they may be damaged.
following:
Deformation of the liftgate support struts
may result in vehicle damage and 1. Insert a long, flat object, such as a key
personal injury. into the opening at the bottom of the
liftgate.
2. Slide the latch in the direction of the
arrow to unlock the liftgate.
WARNING
3. Push the liftgate open.
Never allow anyone to occupy the cargo
area of the vehicle at any time. If the WARNING
liftgate is partially or totally latched and
the person cannot get out, serious injury • Never allow anyone to occupy the
or death may occur due to lack of cargo area of the vehicle at any time.
ventilation, exhaust fumes, and rapid heat The cargo area is a very dangerous
build-up, or due to exposure to cold location in the event of a collision
weather conditions. The cargo area is also because it is part of the vehicle’s crush
a very dangerous location in the event of zone.
a collision because it is part of the • Use the release lever for emergencies
vehicle’s crush zone. only.
5-53
Power Liftgate NOTICE

if equipped
• Do not close or open the power liftgate
manually. This may cause damage to
the power liftgate. If it is necessary to
Power liftgate operating close or open the power liftgate
conditions manually when the battery is
The power liftgate operates when the discharged or disconnected, do not
gear is in P (Park) with the Engine apply excessive force.
Start/Stop button is in the ON position. • Do not operate the power liftgate more
The liftgate operates regardless of the than 10 times continuously when the
gear position when the engine is off. engine is not running. Use the power
liftgate with the engine running when
WARNING the power liftgate is used repeatedly to
• Never leave children or animals prevent battery discharge.
unattended in your vehicle. Children • Do not leave the liftgate open for a long
may operate the power liftgate that period of time. This may drain the
could result in serious injury or property battery.
damage. • The power liftgate may not operate if
• Make sure that there are no people or the liftgate is left open for a long time. If
objects in the path of the power liftgate it does not work, close it manually to
or smart liftgate before use. Serious the end at a slow pace.
injury, damage to the vehicle or • Do not apply excessive force when the
damage to surrounding objects (for power liftgate is operating. Doing so
example, walls, ceilings, vehicles, etc.) could result in vehicle damage.
may result if contact with the liftgate
occurs. • Always close the liftgate before driving.
Do not grab or hold on to the liftgate
support struts or they may be
damaged. Deformation of the liftgate
support struts may result in vehicle
damage and personal injury.
2C_TailgateSpace
2C_GasLift
• Do not modify or repair any part of the
power liftgate by yourself. Contact an
5-54
5
• Do not operate the power liftgate under Operating the power liftgate
the following conditions. The power
liftgate may not operate properly.
Power liftgate open/close button
- One side of the vehicle is lifted to
(Smart key)
inspect the vehicle or change a tire.
- Parking on an uneven road such as a
slope, etc.
• Close the liftgate completely and lock
all doors and liftgate using the central
door lock button before using an
automatic car wash.
• Do not spray high pressure water
directly on the power liftgate outside
open/close button. The liftgate may
open unintentionally.
2C_SmartKeytailgateOpenButton
When the liftgate is closed, press the
power liftgate open/close button for 1
Information second. The liftgate opens with a warning
• In cold and wet climates, the outside sound.
power liftgate open button may not While the liftgate is opening, press the
work properly due to freezing button to stop power liftgate operation.
conditions. If this occurs, remove the
ice before using the outside power When the liftgate is opened, press and
liftgate open/close button or use the hold the power liftgate open/close button
power liftgate open/close button on to close the liftgate. If you release the
the Smart key or the instrument panel. button while the liftgate is closing, power
liftgate operation stops with a warning
• If you leave the smart key in the liftgate sound for 5 seconds.
and close the liftgate, a warning sounds
for a few seconds. If this occurs, open Also, if the Smart key is not within
the liftgate by pressing the power operation range from the vehicle, liftgate
liftgate open button on the outside of operation stops with a warning sound for
the liftgate. 5 seconds.
• If there are obstacles such as snow on
the liftgate, the liftgate may not open
automatically. After removing the
obstacle, try to open it again.
• Be careful where there is an incline, as
the liftgate lid may drop slightly when it
is stopped before it fully opens.
5-55
Power liftgate open/close button Power liftgate open/close button

(Instrument panel) (Outside the power liftgate)
2C_CrashPadTrunkOpenButton 2C_OutsidePowerTailgateOpenButton
When the liftgate is closed, press the When the liftgate is closed, press the
power liftgate open/close button. The power liftgate open/close button to open
power liftgate opens with a warning the liftgate.
sound. If the vehicle is locked, press the power
While the liftgate is opening, press the liftgate open/close button with the Smart
button to stop power liftgate operation. key in your possession.
When the liftgate is opened, press and If the liftgate is unlocked, the liftgate
hold the liftgate open/close button to opens or closes with a warning sound
close the power liftgate. If you release the when the power liftgate open/close
button while the liftgate is closing, power button is pressed without carrying the
liftgate operation stops with a warning Smart key.
sound for 5 seconds.
Power liftgate open/close button
(Inside the power liftgate)
2C_PowerTailgateTrimTailgateOpenButton
Press the power liftgate open/close
button. The liftgate opens or closes
automatically.
5-56
5
Automatic reversal Setting the power liftgate
During power liftgate operation if the To use each feature, you may select the
power liftgate senses any obstacle, the opening speed or opening height from
liftgate stops or fully opens. The the Settings menu. Deselect the settings
automatic reverse feature may not when you do not want to use the feature.
operate properly, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following
circumstances: Power liftgate opening speed
• The automatic reverse feature may not To adjust the power liftgate opening
detect the resistance if the detected speed, select Setup > Vehicle > Door >
resistance is below a certain level, or if Power Liftgate Opening Speed in the
the liftgate is almost fully closed near infotainment system.
the latched position.
• The automatic reverse feature may Power liftgate opening height
operate if a strong impact is applied To adjust the power liftgate opening
with no obstructions placed. height, select Setup > Vehicle > Door >
Power Liftgate Opening Height in the
WARNING infotainment system.
Never deliberately place any object or use
your body part to test the automatic Information
reverse feature. The infotainment system may change
Information reference guide.
The power liftgate may stop operating if
the automatic reverse feature operates
more than two times while attempting to User height setting
open or close the liftgate. If this occurs, 1. Position the liftgate manually to the
carefully open or close the liftgate height you prefer.
manually, and then after 30 seconds try to
operate the power liftgate automatically 2. Press the power liftgate open/close
again. button located inside the liftgate for
more than 3 seconds.
If User height setting is selected for the
power liftgate opening height, the power
liftgate will automatically open to the
height manually set by you.
5-57
Information Information
• If the power liftgate opening height has • If the power liftgate is not reset after
not been manually set, the power the vehicle battery is disconnected or
liftgate will fully open when User height discharged, or the power liftgate fuse is
setting from the infotainment system is blown, the power liftgate may not
selected. operate normally.
• If one of the height setting (Full • If the power liftgate does not operate
open/Level 3/Level 2/Level 1) is properly after the above procedure,
selected from the Settings menu in the have your vehicle inspected by an
infotainment system, and then User authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
height setting is selected, the liftgate
opens to the height manually set by
you. Emergency liftgate safety
• The power liftgate opening speed and release
opening height settings change
according to the linked User Profile. If
the User Profile is changed, power
liftgate opening speed and opening
height settings change accordingly.
Resetting the power liftgate

To reset the power liftgate:
1. With the vehicle turned off or on, put
the gear in P (Park).
2C_EmergencyPowerTailgateOpen
2. Press the power liftgate open/close
inner button and outer button To unlock and open the liftgate manually
simultaneously until a chime sounds. from inside the cargo area, perform the
following:
3. Slowly close the liftgate manually.
1. Insert a long, flat object, such as a key
4. Press the power liftgate open/close into the opening at the bottom of the
outer button. The liftgate opens with a liftgate.
chime sound.
2. Slide the latch in the direction of the
Wait until the liftgate fully opens to arrow to unlock the liftgate.
complete resetting. If the liftgate stops
before it is fully open, resetting cannot 3. Push the liftgate open.
be completed.
WARNING
• Never allow anyone to occupy the
liftgate of the vehicle at any time. The
cargo area is a very dangerous location
in the event of a collision because it is
part of the vehicle’s crush zone.
• Use the release lever for emergencies
only.
5-58
5
Smart Liftgate 1. Settings
To use smart liftgate, it must be
enabled from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system. Select:
• Setup > Vehicle > Door > Smart
Liftgate
Information
2C_SmartTailGate and the quick reference guide.
On a vehicle equipped with a smart key,
the liftgate can be opened with
hands-free activation using the smart 2. Detect and Alert
liftgate system. The smart liftgate detecting area
extends about 20-40 inches (50-100
cm) behind the vehicle. If you are
Using smart liftgate positioned in the detecting area and are
The hands-free smart liftgate system can carrying the Smart key, the hazard
be used when: warning lights blink and the chime
• The smart liftgate option is enabled in sounds before opening.
the Settings menu in the infotainment
system. Information
• The smart liftgate is activated 15 If you unintentionally enter the
seconds after all the doors are closed detecting area and the hazard warning
and locked. lights and chime starts, move away
from the vehicle with the Smart key.
• The smart liftgate opens when the The liftgate remains closed.
smart key is detected in the area behind
the vehicle for 3 seconds.
3. Automatic opening
Information
After the hazard warning lights blink
The smart liftgate does not operate when: and the chime sounds 6 times, the
• A door is not locked or closed. smart liftgate opens.
• The Smart key is detected within 15
seconds from when the doors were
closed and locked.
• The Smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed and
locked, and within 60 inches (1.5 m)
from the front door handles. (for
vehicles equipped with Welcome
Mirror).
• The Smart key is in the vehicle.
5-59
Deactivating smart liftgate Information

If you press any button on the Smart key
during the Detect and Alert stage, the • Smart liftgate may not operate properly
smart liftgate is deactivated. if any of the following occur:
Using the Smart key: - The Smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
• If you press the door unlock button, the an airport which can interfere with
smart liftgate is deactivated normal operation of the transmitter.
temporarily. If you do not open any
door for 30 seconds, the smart liftgate - The Smart key is near a mobile two
is activated again. way radio system or a mobile phone.
• If you press the liftgate open button for - Another vehicle’s Smart key is being
more than 1 second, the liftgate opens. operated close to your vehicle.
• The smart liftgate is still activated if you - The temperature drops below zero
press the door lock button or liftgate degree.
open/close button as long as the smart • Smart liftgate detecting area may
liftgate is not in the Detect and Alert change when:
stage. - The vehicle is parked on an incline or
slope.
Detecting area - One side of the vehicle is raised or
lowered relative to the opposite side.
2C_SmartTrunkSensingRange
• The smart liftgate detecting area
extends about 20-40 inches (50-100
cm) behind the vehicle. If you are
positioned in the detecting area and are
carrying the Smart key, the hazard
warning lights blinks and the chime
sounds for about 3 seconds to alert you
that the liftgate opens.
• The alert stops once the Smart key is
moved outside of the detecting area
within the 3 second period.
5-60
5
Fuel Filler Door Information
If the fuel filler door does not open
Opening the fuel filler door because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break the ice
1. Turn the engine off. and release the door. Do not open the
2. Pull up the fuel filler door opener. door. If necessary, spray around the door
with an approved deicer fluid (do not use
radiator antifreeze) or move the vehicle to
a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
Closing the fuel filler door

1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it
clockwise until it “clicks” one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is
latched securely.
2C_FuelInletDoor
WARNING
3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward to
access the fuel tank cap. Automotive fuel is highly flammable and
explosive. Failure to follow these
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it
guidelines may result in SERIOUS INJURY
counterclockwise. You may hear a
or DEATH:
hissing noise as the pressure inside the
tank equalizes. • Read and follow all warnings posted at
the gas station.
• Before refueling, note the location of
the Emergency Fuel Shut-Off, if
available, at the gas station.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you
should eliminate the potential build-up
of static electricity by touching a metal
part of the vehicle, a safe distance away
from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other
gas source, with your bare hand.
• Do not use mobile phones while
2C_FuelInletDoorOpen refueling. Electric current and/or
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door. electronic interference from cellular
phones can potentially ignite fuel
vapors and cause a fire.
5-61
• Do not get back into a vehicle once you • Do not use matches or a lighter and do
have begun refueling. You can generate not smoke or leave a lit cigarette in your
a buildup of static electricity by vehicle while at a gas station, especially
touching, rubbing or sliding against any during refueling.
item or fabric capable of producing • Do not over-fill or top-off your vehicle
static electricity. Static electricity tank, which can cause fuel spillage.
discharge can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. If you must re-enter the • If a fire breaks out during refueling,
vehicle, you should once again leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and
eliminate potentially dangerous static immediately contact the manager of
electricity discharge by touching a the gas station and then contact the
metal part of the vehicle, away from the local fire department. Follow any safety
fuel filler neck, nozzle or other fuel instructions they provide.
source, with your bare hand. • If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can
• When using an approved portable fuel cover your clothes or skin and thus
container, be sure to place the subject you to the risk of fire and burns.
container on the ground prior to Always remove the fuel cap carefully
refueling. Static electricity discharge and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if
from the container can ignite fuel you hear a hissing sound, wait until the
vapors causing a fire. condition stops before completely
removing the cap.
Once refueling has begun, contact
between your bare hand and the • Always check that the fuel cap is
vehicle should be maintained until the installed securely to prevent fuel
filling is complete. spillage in the event of an accident.
• Use only approved portable plastic fuel
containers designed to carry and store
fuel. NOTICE
• When refueling, always shift the gear to • Do not spill fuel on the exterior
the P (Park) position, apply the parking surfaces. It may damage the paint.
brake, and set the Engine Start/Stop
• If the fuel filler cap needs to be
button to the OFF position. Sparks
replaced, use only a genuine HYUNDAI
produced by electrical components
cap or the equivalent or the fuel system
related to the engine can ignite fuel
or emission control system may
vapors causing a fire.
malfunction.
5-62
5
Vehicle System OTA Preparing software update
If you press the Update Now button on
Update the screen, the vehicle begins installing
The OTA (Over-the-Air) software update the update automatically. The following
feature allows you to wirelessly update conditions must be satisfied:
software to the latest version. Using this • The vehicle must be off.
feature, you can keep your vehicle system • The gear must be in P (Park).
up to date with the latest software.
• The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
must be applied.
Downloading software • The exterior lights must be turned off.
The latest software can be downloaded • The hood must be closed.
automatically while driving. After the
• The battery must be sufficient.
latest software has been successfully
downloaded, you receives a notification • The systems to be updated must not be
on your phone or the vehicle screen that running.
the software update is available.
Information
The battery and system status are
Approving software update automatically checked by the vehicle.
2C_OTAUpdateApprove
After the vehicle is turned off, the vehicle
system allows you to start the update. 2C_OTAUpdatePreparing
• To start the update, press Update Now • To update immediately, press Update
(1). Now.
• To postpone the update, press Later • To cancel the update, press Cancel
(2). Update.
5-63
Updating software • After the update is complete, it may

provide new functions or
improvements. For more information,
see the “OTA Software Update” page
on the HYUNDAI brand web or scan the
QR code on the screen.
NOTICE
• Observe the following restrictions
during the update.
2C_OTAUpdate - You cannot use the vehicle during the
You can see the progress of the update on update. Be sure to have enough time
the screen. for the update, and safely park the
vehicle before starting the update
After the update is complete, you process.
receives a notification on your phone or
the vehicle screen that the software - You cannot use remote features,
update is complete. including remote start.
- The Rear Occupant Alert feature may
Information not work. Check if there are any
occupant in the rear seat.
The screen turns off automatically after 3
minutes to save the battery. If the screen • The update is automatically canceled if
turns off automatically, you can check the any vehicle conditions required for the
update progress by pressing the Engine update are changed before starting the
Start/Stop button. update.
• Once the update has started, you
cannot cancel the update.
Information • You cannot use the OTA software
update feature if you modify or replace
• After the update starts, you can exit the any vehicle software.
vehicle.
• Do not open the hood or replace the
• The OTA software update feature is battery in the vehicle during the
only available for HYUNDAI Connected update. The update may fail.
Services users.
• If a diagnostic tool of any kind is
• The update details may vary depending connected to the vehicle OBD
on the installed software version. (On-board Diagnostic) terminal, the
• Check the notice for the OTA software vehicle cannot be updated. The vehicle
update on the HYUNDAI brand web. can be updated by removing the
• If the update fails, the update recovery diagnostic tool connected to the OBD
will automatically proceed. If you want terminal and then restarting the
to retry the software update, even after vehicle.
a successful recovery, contact the • If the update is not complete
HYUNDAI Call Center. successfully, contact the HYUNDAI Call
• If the update or recovery fails, contact Center.
the HYUNDAI Call Center.
5-64
5
Exterior Lights Even with the AUTO headlight feature in
operation, it is recommended to manually
turn ON the headlights when driving at
night or in a fog, driving in the rain, or
Lighting control when you enter dark areas, such as
To operate the lights, turn the knob at the tunnels and parking facilities.
end of the control lever to one of the
following positions: NOTICE
• Do not cover or spill anything on the
sensor (1) located in front of the
instrument panel.
• Do not clean the sensor using a window
cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light
film which could interfere with sensor
operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint or other
types of metallic coating on the front
windshield, the AUTO headlight system
2C_LightSwitchOverview may not work properly.
(1) OFF
(2) AUTO light
(3) Parking light Parking light ( )
(4) Headlight
AUTO headlight
2C_TailLampOn
The parking light, license plate light, and
instrument panel lamp are turned ON.
2C_LightSwitchAutoPosition
The parking light and headlight are turned
ON or OFF automatically depending on
the amount of daylight as measured by
the ambient light sensor (1) in front of the
instrument panel.
5-65
Headlight ( )
WARNING
Do not use high beam when there are
other vehicles approaching you. Using
high beam could obstruct the other
driver’s vision.
2C_headlightOn
The headlight, parking light, license plate
light and instrument panel lamp are
turned ON.
Information
The Engine Start/Stop button must be in 2C_HighBeamFlash
the ON position to turn on the headlight.
To flash the high beam headlight, pull the
lever towards you, then release the lever.
The high beams remain ON as long as you
High Beam Operation hold the lever.
Turn signals and lane change

signals
2C_HighBeamOn
To turn on the high beam headlight, push
the lever away from you. The lever returns
to its original position.
The high beam indicator illuminates when 2C_TurnSignalSwitch
the headlight high beams are switched To signal a turn, push down on the lever
on. for a left turn or up for a right turn in
To turn off the high beam headlight, pull position (A).
the lever towards you. The low beams If an indicator stays on and does not flash
turn on. or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn
signal bulbs may be burned out and may
require replacement. Contact an
5-66
5
One touch turn signal You can enable the headlight delay
To use One Touch Turn Signal, push the function by selecting Setup > Vehicle >
turn signal lever up or down to position Lights > Headlight Delay in the
(B) and then release it. infotainment system.
The lane change signals blink 3, 5, or 7
times.
Information
You can enable the One Touch Turn If the driver exits the vehicle through
Signal function or choose the number of another door besides the driver's door,
blinking by selecting Setup > Vehicle > the battery saver function does not
Lights > One Touch Turn Signal > 7 operate and the headlight delay function
flashes/5 flashes/3 flashes/Off in the does not turn OFF automatically.
infotainment system. To avoid battery discharge, turn OFF the
headlights manually from the headlight
switch before exiting the vehicle.
Battery saver function
To prevent the battery from being
discharging, the system automatically
turns off the parking light when the driver
Information
turns the vehicle off and opens the The infotainment system may change
driver's door. after software updates. For more
With this feature, the parking lights turn information, refer to the manual provided
off automatically if the driver parks on the in the infotainment system and the quick
side of road at night. reference guide.
To keep the lights on when the vehicle is
turned off:
Interior button lights
• Turn the parking lights OFF and ON
The interior button lights turns on or off in
again using the headlight switch.
the following conditions:
• The interior button lights turn on for a
Headlight delay function while when the door is unlocked and
If the Engine Start/Stop button is in the opened after all doors were closed and
ACC or OFF position with the headlights locked.
ON, the headlights (and/or parking lights) • The interior button lights always turns
remain on for about 5 minutes. on when the vehicle is turned on.
If the driver’s door is opened and closed, • The interior button lights turn on for a
the headlights are turned off after 15 while when the vehicle is turned off. If
seconds. Also, with the vehicle off if the the door is opened and closed or
driver’s door is opened and closed, the locked, the interior button lights turn
headlights (and/or parking lights) are off immediately.
turned off after 15 seconds. You can enable the interior button lights
The headlights (and/or parking lights) can by selecting Setup > Vehicle > Lights >
be turned off by pressing the lock button Interior Lights Always On in the
on the smart key twice or turning the infotainment system.
headlight switch to the OFF or AUTO
position.
5-67
Door handle light

Information When all the doors (and liftgate) are
The infotainment system may change closed and locked, the door handle light
after software updates. For more will turn on for about 15 seconds if:
information, refer to the manual provided • Setup > Vehicle > Lights > Welcome
in the infotainment system and the quick Mirror/Light > On door unlock is
reference guide. selected in the infotainment system,
- The door lock button is pressed on
the smart key.
Daytime Running Light (DRL)
- The button of the outside door
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
handle is pressed while carrying the
make it easier for others to see the front
smart key.
of your vehicle during the day, especially
after dawn and before sunset. - You put your hand in the outside door
handle while carrying the smart key.
The DRL system is ON when the headlight
switch is in the OFF or the AUTO headlight • The smart key is detected, and both
position and the Electronic Parking Brake Lights > Welcome Mirror/Light > On
is released. door unlock and Light > Welcome
Mirror/Light > On driver approach are
The DRL system turns OFF when:
selected.
• The headlights are on.
You can activate or deactivate the
• The parking brake is applied. Welcome Light function from the Settings
• The engine is off. in the infotainment system.
Information
Welcome system
if equipped
reference guide.
2C_WelcomeSystem
Welcome system helps keep the driver
visible by turning on vehicle lights when
the driver approaches the vehicle.
5-68
5
Headlight and parking light High Beam Assist (HBA)
When the headlight switch is in the
headlight, parking light or AUTO position
and all the doors (and liftgate) are closed
and locked, the parking lights and
headlights come on for about 15 seconds
when the door unlock button is pressed
on the smart key.
If you press the door lock or unlock
button, the parking lights and headlights
turn off immediately.
Select Setup > Vehicle > Lights >
Headlight Delay from the infotainment 2C_HBASwitch
system to turn on this function. Hight Beam Assist automatically switches
between high beam and low beam
Interior light depending on the detected brightness
from the lights of oncoming vehicles or
When the interior light switch is in the vehicles in front.
position and all doors (and liftgate) are
closed and locked, the room lamps come
on for 30 seconds when: Detecting sensor
• The door unlock button is pressed on
the smart key.
• The button of the outside door handle is
pressed while carrying the smart key.
• You put your hand in the outside door
handle while carrying the smart key.
If you press the door lock or unlock
button on the smart key, the lights turn
off immediately.
2C_FrontViewCamera
[A] Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect ambient light
and brightness while driving.
Refer to the picture above for the detailed
location of the detecting sensor.
5-69
NOTICE High Beam Assist operation

• After selecting High Beam Assist from
• Always keep the front view camera in the Settings menu to operate High
good condition to maintain optimal Beam Assist:
performance of High Beam Assist.
- Place the headlight switch in the
• For more information on the limitations AUTO position and push the
of the front view camera, refer to the headlight lever towards the
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist instrument cluster. The High Beam
(FCA) (Front View Camera Only)” or Assist ( ) indicator light illuminates.
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor Fusion)" section in - When High Beam Assist is enabled,
chapter 7. high beams turn on when the vehicle
speed is above 18 mph (30 km/h) and
the High Beam ( ) indicator
High Beam Assist settings illuminates. When the vehicle speed
is below 12 mph (20 km), high beams
turn off and the indicator light
illuminates in white.
• When High Beam Assist is operating:
- If the turn signal lever is pulled
toward you when the high beams are
off, the high beams turn on. When
you let go of the turn signal lever,
High Beam Assist operates again.
- If the turn signal lever is pulled
2C_HBASetInfo toward you when the high beams are
With the Engine Start/Stop button in the on by High Beam Assist, the low
ON position, select Setup > Vehicle > beams turn on and High Beam Assist
Lights > High Beam Assist from the turns off.
Settings menu to turn on High Beam - If the turn signal lever is pushed away
Assist and deselect to turn off the from you, the high beams turn on and
function. High Beam Assist turns off.
- If the headlight switch is moved from
WARNING AUTO to another position
Only change the settings after parking (headlight/position/off(O)), the
your vehicle at a safe location. corresponding light turns on and
High Beam Assist turns off.
5-70
5
• When High Beam Assist is operating, Limitations of High Beam Assist
high beam switches to low beam if: High Beam Assist may not work properly
- The headlights of an oncoming in the following situations if:
vehicle are detected. • The headlights from an oncoming or
- The tail lights of a front vehicle are front vehicle is damaged or out of the
detected. detection range.
- The headlight or tail light of a • The headlights from an oncoming or
motorcycle or a bicycle is detected. front vehicle are covered with dust,
- The surrounding ambient light is snow, or water.
bright enough so high beams are not • An oncoming or front vehicle’s
required. headlights are off but the fog lights are
- Streetlights or other lights are on.
detected. • There are lights that have a similar
- The vehicle speed drops below the shape as a vehicle’s light ahead.
threshold. • The headlights are not repaired or
replaced properly.
Information • The headlights are not aimed properly.
The images and colors in the cluster may • You are driving on a narrow curved
differ depending on the cluster type or road, rough road, uphill, or downhill.
theme selected from the cluster. • A front vehicle is partially visible at a
crossroad or on a curved road.
• There is a temporary reflector or flash
High Beam Assist malfunction ahead (construction area).
and limitations
• There is a traffic light, reflecting sign,
LED sign, or reflectors ahead.
High Beam Assist malfunction • The road is wet or covered with snow or
ice.
• A vehicle suddenly appears from a
curve.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a flat tire or
being towed.
• The headlights from an oncoming or
front vehicle is not detected because of
exhaust fumes, smoke, fog, snow,
blizzard, water spray on the road, or
2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
windshield condensation, etc.
When High Beam Assist is not working
properly, the "Check Driver Assistance
system" warning message may appear,
and the warning light may illuminate on
the instrument cluster. Have the system
dealer.
5-71
Information Interior Lights

For more information on the limitations of
the front view camera, refer to the
WARNING
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Do not use the interior lights when driving
(FCA) (Front View Camera Only)” or in the dark. The interior lights may
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist obscure your view and result in a collision.
(FCA) (Sensor Fusion)" section in chapter
7.
Do not use the interior lights for extended
periods when the vehicle is turned off.
Otherwise, the battery discharges.
WARNING
• Always check road conditions, and if
necessary, take appropriate actions to Interior lamp Auto off
drive safely. It is your responsibility to The interior lights automatically go off
operate your vehicle in a safe manner. about 20 minutes after the vehicle is
• If High Beam Assist does not operate turned off and the doors are closed. If a
properly, use the turn signal lever to door is opened, the light go off 25 minutes
switch between high beam and low after the vehicle is turned off. If the doors
beam. are locked by the smart key and the
vehicle enters the armed stage of the
• High Beam Assist may not operate for theft alarm system, the lights go off 5
15 seconds right after your vehicle is seconds later.
started or when the front view camera
is initialized.
Front lamps
2C_MapLampButton
• Press the lens to turn on or off the map
lamp. This light produces a spot beam
for convenient use as a map lamp at
night or as a personal lamp for the
driver and the front passenger.
• :Press the button to turn on the room
lamp for the front and rear seats.
• :Press the button to turn off the room
lamp for the front and rear seats.
5-72
5
• :The front or rear room lamps come Vanity mirror lamp
on when the front or rear doors are
opened. When doors are unlocked by
the smart key, the front and rear lamps
come on for about 30 seconds as long
as any door is not opened. The front and
rear room lamps go out gradually after
about 30 seconds when the door is
closed. However, if the Engine
or all doors are locked, the front and
rear lamps turn off. If a door is opened
with the Engine Start/Stop button in the
2C_SunvisorLamp
ACC or OFF position, the front and rear
lamps stay on for about 5 minutes. Push the switch to turn the lamp on or off.
• : The lamp turns on if this button is
pressed.
Rear lamps
Room lamp
• : The lamp turns off if this button is
pressed.
Glove box lamp
2C_RoomLamp
:Press the button to turn on and off the

rear room lamp.
2C_GlobeBoxLamp
The glove box lamp turns on when the
glove box is opened.
If the glove box is not closed, the lamp
turns off after 20 minutes.
NOTICE
Close the glove box after use to prevent
unnecessary battery discharge.
5-73
Ambient light Cargo area lamp

if equipped
2C_LuggageRoomLamp
2C_MoodLamp The cargo area lamp turns on when the

[A] Driver seat door, passenger seat door liftgate is opened and off when the
[B] Passenger seat open tray
liftgate is closed.
To set the brightness and color of the
ambient light, select Setup > Vehicle > NOTICE
Lights > Ambient Lighting in the
infotainment system. Close the liftgate after use to prevent
unnecessary battery discharge.
• If the Link to Drive Mode is selected,
the ambient light color changes
according to the selected drive mode.
• If you do not want to use ambient
lighting, set Brightness to 0 in the
infotainment system.
Information
• The color of the mood lamp may seem
different under some conditions
depending on the color of the interior
and the set mood color.
5-74
5
Wipers And Washers Front windshield wipers
Front windshield wiper/washer
Operates as follows when the engine is
turned on.
• HI: The wiper runs at a higher speed.
• LO: The wiper runs at a lower speed.
• INT: Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. To vary the
speed setting, turn the speed control
knob.
• OFF: Wipers are not in operation.
• MIST: For a single wiping cycle, push
the lever downward and release. The
2C_WiperSwitchOverview wipers operate continuously if the lever
Rear windshield wiper/washer is held in this position.
Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow or
ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or until
the snow and/or ice is removed to
prevent damage to the wiper and washer
system.
2C_WasherRearSwitchOverview
A. Wiper speed control
• HI: High wiper speed.
• LO: Low wiper speed.
• INT: Intermittent wipe.
• AUTO(if equipped): Auto control wipe.
• OFF: Off
• MIST: Single wipe
B. Intermittent or Auto control wipe time
adjustment
C. Wash with brief wipes (front)
D. Rear wiper control
• HI: High wiper speed.
• LO: Low wiper speed.
• OFF: Off
E. Wash with brief wipes (rear)
5-75
AUTO (Automatic) control Front windshield washers

if equipped
2C_WasherSwitch
2C_RainSensor In the OFF position, pull the lever gently
The rain sensor located on the upper end toward you to spray washer fluid on the
of the windshield glass senses the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3
amount of rainfall and controls the cycles. The spray and wiper operation
interval of the wiping cycle. continues until you release the lever. If
To change the sensitivity setting, turn the the washer does not work, you may need
sensitivity control knob. to add washer fluid to the washer fluid
reservoir.
If the wiper switch is set in the AUTO
mode when the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, the wiper operates Recirculating air when washer fluid
once to perform a self-check of the is used
system. Set the wiper to the OFF position When washer fluid is used, in order to
when the wiper is not used. reduce any objectionable scent of the
washer fluid from entering the cabin,
WARNING recirculation mode and air conditioning
To prevent personal injury: are automatically activated depending on
the outside temperature. If you select
• Do not touch the upper end of the fresh mode while the function is
windshield glass facing the rain sensor. operating, the function resumes after a
• Do not wipe the upper end of the certain amount of time. It may not work in
windshield glass with a damp or wet some conditions such as cold weather or
cloth. vehicle OFF.
• Do not put pressure on the windshield For more information, refer to the
glass. “Climate Control Additional Features”
section in this chapter.
NOTICE
• When washing the vehicle, set the
wiper switch in the OFF position to stop
the auto wiper operation.
• Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield glass.
5-76
5
• HI: High wiper speed
WARNING
• LO: Low wiper speed
When the outside temperature is below • OFF: Off
freezing, always warm the windshield
using the defroster to help prevent the
washer fluid from freezing on the Auto rear wiper
windshield and obscuring your vision that
could lead to a collision resulting in
serious injury or death.
Always use appropriate washer fluids in
the winter season or cold weather.
NOTICE
To prevent damage:
• Do not operate the washer when the
fluid reservoir is empty or when the 2C_WasherRearSwitch
windshield is dry. Push the lever away from you to spray

rear washer fluid and to run the rear
• Do not operate the wipers when the
wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and wiper
windshield is dry.
operation continues until you release the
• Do not attempt to move the wipers lever.
manually.
• The rear wiper operates while the
• Use anti-freezing washer fluids in the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper
winter season or cold weather. on. You can select the function from the
system. Select:
Rear windshield wipers and • Setup > Vehicle > Convenience > Auto
washers Rear Wiper (in R)
“Recirculating air when washer fluid is
used” section in chapter 5.
2C_WiperRearOperation
The rear window wiper and washer switch
is located at the end of the wiper and
washer switch lever. Turn the switch to
the desired position to operate the rear
wiper and washer.
5-77
Manual Climate Control System

if equipped
1C_Aircon_2
(1) Fan speed control
(2) Temperature control
(3) Mode selection
(4) Front windshield defroster
(5) A/C (air conditioning)
(6) Air intake control
(7) Rear window defroster
Heating and air conditioning

1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select:
• Heating:
• Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
If air conditioning is desired, turn on the air conditioning system.
Mode selection
The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation
system.
5-78
5
Air flow direction
1C_ManualAirconModeSelectionOverview
Symbol Operation Direction
Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face.

Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air B, D, F
discharged from the outlet.
Air flow is directed toward the face and the floor. B, C, D, E, F
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small

amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side A, C, D, E, F
window defrosters.
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the

windshield with a small amount directed to the side window A, C, D, E, F
defrosters.
Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small

A, D
amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.
5-79
MAX A/C The instrument panel vent air flow can be

directed up/down or left/right using the
vent adjustment lever.
Move the lever all the way to the
direction to close, and to the direction
to open the air vents.
Temperature control
2C_MaxAircon
The MAX A/C mode is used to cool the
inside of the vehicle faster. Air flow is
directed toward the upper body and face.
The air conditioning and recirculated air
are both selected. Turn the fan speed
mode to adjust.
Instrument panel vents 2C_TempCont
Front The temperature increases by turning the

knob to the right. The temperature
decreases by turning the knob to the left.
Air intake control

Recirculation mode
WL_RecirculationModeLamp
2C_FrontVent
Rear
With the recirculated air selected, air
from the passenger compartment is
drawn through the climate control
system.
2C_RearVent
5-80
5
Outside (fresh) mode Fan speed control
WL_RecirculationModeLamp_2
With the outside (fresh) air selected, air
enters the vehicle from outside and is
system.
Information
2C_FanSpeedCont
Using the system in the fresh air position
is recommended. Turn the knob to the right to increase the
fan speed and airflow. Turn the knob to
Prolonged operation of the heater in the the left to decrease fan speed and airflow.
recirculated air position (without air
conditioning selected) can cause fogging Setting the fan speed control knob to the
of the windshield and side windows and “0” position turns off the fan.
the air within the passenger
compartment will become stale. Information
In addition, prolonged use of the air Operating the fan speed when the Engine
conditioning with the recirculated air Start/Stop button is in the ON position
position selected will result in excessively may cause the battery to discharge.
dry air in the passenger compartment.
Air conditioning (A/C)

WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death:
• Continued climate control system
operation in the recirculated air
position may allow humidity to increase
inside the vehicle that could fog the
windshield and the side windows and
obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
conditioning or heating system on.
2C_ACOn
• Continued climate use of recirculated
Press the A/C button to turn on the air
air may cause drowsiness or sleepiness,
conditioning system (indicator light ON).
and loss of vehicle control. Set the air
Press the button again to turn off the air
intake control to the outside (fresh) air
conditioning system.
position while driving.
5-81
System operation Air conditioning

1. Start the engine. Press the air
conditioning button.
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the outside 3. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) mode. air or recirculated air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the 4. Adjust the fan speed control and
desired position. temperature control as desired.
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired NOTICE
speed.
• When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the temperature
Heating gauge closely while driving up hills or in
1. Set the mode to the position. heavy traffic when outside
2. Set the air intake control to the outside temperatures are high. Continue to use
(fresh) mode. the fan but turn off the air conditioning
system if the temperature gauge
3. Set the temperature control to the indicates the engine is overheating.
desired position.
• Always use the air conditioning with the
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired windows closed. In humid weather, if
speed. the windows are open and the air
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON conditioning is running, water droplets
with the temperature control knob set may form inside the vehicle and
to heat in order to dehumidify the air potentially damage electrical
before it enters into the cabin. equipment.
If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to
the or position.
Air conditioning system operation tips
Operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct
• To help keep dust or unpleasant fumes sunlight during hot weather, open the
from entering the vehicle through the windows for a short time to let the hot
ventilation system, temporarily set the air inside the vehicle escape.
air intake control to the recirculation • After sufficient cooling has been
mode. Be sure to return the control to achieved, switch back from the
the fresh air mode when the irritation recirculated air position to the outside
has passed to keep fresh air in the fresh air position.
vehicle. This can help keep the driver • To help reduce moisture inside of the
alert and comfortable. windows on rainy or humid days,
• To prevent interior fog on the decrease the humidity inside the
windshield, set the air intake control to vehicle by operating the air
the fresh air position and the fan speed conditioning system with the windows
to the desired position, turn on the air and sunroof closed. Control the
conditioning system, and adjust the temperature with the temperature
temperature control to the desired control knob.
temperature.
5-82
5
• Use the air conditioning system every Checking the amount of air
month for a few minutes to ensure conditioner refrigerant
maximum system performance. If the amount of refrigerant is too low or
• If you operate the air conditioner too high, the performance of the air
excessively, the difference between the conditioning is reduced. Have your
temperature of the outside air and that vehicle inspected by an authorized
of the windshield may cause the outer HYUNDAI dealer.
surface of the windshield to fog up,
causing loss of visibility. In this case, set NOTICE
the mode selection switch to the • The refrigerant system should only be
position and set the fan speed control serviced by trained and certified
switch to the lowest speed setting. technicians in a well-ventilated area to
ensure proper and safe operation.
System maintenance • Never repair the air conditioning
evaporator (cooling coil) or replace
with the one removed from a used or
Cabin air filter salvaged vehicle. A new replacement
The cabin air filter is installed behind the evaporator must be certified (and
glove box. It filters the dust or other labeled) as meeting SAE Standard
pollutants that enter the vehicle through J2842.
the heating and air conditioning system.
Have the cabin air filter replaced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to
the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle
WARNING
is being driven in severe conditions such Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
as dusty or rough roads and/or if
transporting pets or occupants smoke
inside the vehicle, then more frequent
cabin air filter inspections and changes
are required.
Information
WL_RefrigerantWarning
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is To prevent serious injury, have the air
being driven in severe conditions such as conditioning system be serviced by only
dusty, rough roads, more frequent trained and certified technicians.
climate control air filter inspections and R-1234yf is flammable and operated at
replacement are required. high pressure.
Reclaim all refrigerants with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants directly
to the atmosphere is harmful to
individuals and environment.
5-83
Air conditioning refrigerant label
2C_RefrigerantTypeLabel
You can find out which air conditioning
refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on
the label located inside of the hood.
2C_RefrigerantLabel
Each symbol and specification on the air
conditioning refrigerant label is
represented as the following:
(1) Classification of refrigerant
(2) Amount of refrigerant
(3) Classification of compressor lubricant
(4) Caution
(5) Flammable refrigerant
(6) To require registered technician to
service air conditioning system
5-84
5
Automatic Climate Control System
if equipped
1C_DATCAircon
The climate control system buttons may differ depending on vehicle specification.
(1) Driver’s temperature control
(2) Passenger’s temperature control
(3) AUTO (automatic control)
(4) SYNC
(5) Front windshield defroster
(6) A/C (air conditioning)
(7) OFF
(8) Fan speed control
(9) Mode selection
(10)Air intake control
(11) Rear window defroster
5-85
Automatic heating and air

conditioning
The Automatic Climate Control System is
controlled by setting the desired
temperature.
1. Press the AUTO button. The modes, fan
speeds, air intake, and air conditioning
are controlled automatically by the
temperature setting.
You can control the fan speed in three
stages by pressing the AUTO button 2C_AirconTempButton
during automatic operation. To turn off the automatic operation,
• HIGH: Provides rapid air conditioning select any switch of the following:
and heating with the maximum fan • Mode selection switch
speed setting.
• Front windshield defroster button
• MEDIUM: Provides air conditioning (Press the button one more time to
and heating with the mid-level fan deselect the front windshield
speed setting. defroster function. The ‘AUTO’ sign
• LOW: Fan speed is set to the lowest illuminates on the information
setting range. display once again.)
• Fan speed control switch
• A/C button
The selected function is controlled
manually while other functions operate
automatically.
For your convenience and to improve
the effectiveness of the climate control,
use the AUTO button and set the
temperature to 72 °F (22 °C).
2C_AirconAutoButton
2. Push up or down the temperature
control switch to set the desired
temperature. If the temperature is set
to the lowest setting, the air
conditioning system operates
continuously. After the interior has
cooled sufficiently, adjust the switch to
a higher temperature set point
whenever possible.
5-86
5
NOTICE Mode selection
2C_AirconModeSelection
2C_SolarRadiationSensor
The mode selection switch controls the
Never place anything near the sensor to direction of the air flow through the
ensure better control of the heating and ventilation system.
cooling system.
Manual heating and air

conditioning
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling, select:
• Heating:
• Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired
speed.
6.If air conditioning is desired, turn on the
air conditioning system.
7. Press the AUTO button to convert to full
automatic control of the system.
5-87
Air flow direction
1C_AutoAirconModeSelectionOverview
Symbol Operation Direction
Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face.

Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air B, D, F
discharged from the outlet.
Air flow is directed toward the face and the floor. B, C, D, E, F
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small

amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side A, C, D, E, F
window defrosters.
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the

windshield with a small amount directed to the side window A, C, D, E, F
defrosters.
5-88
5
Front windshield defroster [A], [D] Instrument panel vents
Front
2C_AirconFrontDefrostButton
2C_FrontVent
Press the A/C button to manually turn on
the system on (indicator light ON) and off. Rear
Press the front windshield defroster

button (indicator light ON) to turn on the
front windshield defroster. If the
windshield defogging is set, outside
(fresh) mode is automatically selected
and the air conditioning turns on
according to the detected ambient
temperature
button once more (indicator light OFF) to
turn the function off. Each climate control 2C_RearVent
setting reverts to the setting prior to The instrument panel vent air flow can be
selecting the front windshield defrost. directed up/down or left/right using the
vent adjustment lever.
Move the lever all the way to the
direction to close, and to the direction
to open the air vents.
5-89
Temperature control SYNC (Adjusting the driver and

passenger side temperature equally)
2C_AirconTempButton
Push up the switch to increase the 2C_AirconSYNCButton
temperature. Push down to decrease the
temperature. Adjusting the temperature and air flow
direction equally
Temperature conversion (°C ↔ °F) Press the SYNC button (indicator light
To change the temperature unit from °C ON) to adjust the driver and passenger
to °F or °F to °C: side temperature and air flow direction
equally.
• Press the OFF button while pressing
theAUTO button for more than 3 Adjusting the temperature individually
seconds.
Press SYNC button (indicator light OFF)
• Select Setup > General > Units > again to adjust the driver and passenger
Temperature Unit > °C/°F in the side temperature individually.
5-90
5
Air intake control
WARNING
Recirculation mode To prevent serious injury or death:
• Continued climate control system
operation in the recirculated air
position may allow humidity to increase
inside the vehicle that could fog the
WL_RecirculationModeLamp windshield and the side windows and
With the recirculated air selected, air obscure visibility.
from the passenger compartment is • Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
drawn through the climate control conditioning or heating system on.
system.
• Continued climate use of recirculated
Outside (fresh) mode air may cause drowsiness or sleepiness,
and loss of vehicle control. Set the air
intake control to the outside (fresh) air
position while driving.
WL_AirconAirIntakeButton Fan speed control

With the outside (fresh) air selected, air
enters the vehicle from outside and is
system.
Information
Using the system in the fresh air position
is recommended.
Prolonged operation of the heater in the
recirculated air position (without air
conditioning selected) can cause fogging
of the windshield and side windows and 2C_Airconwind
the air within the passenger Push up the switch to increase fan speed
compartment will become stale. and airflow. Push down the switch to
In addition, prolonged use of the air decrease fan speed and airflow.
conditioning with the recirculated air Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.
position selected will result in excessively
dry air in the passenger compartment. Information
Operating the fan speed when the Engine
may cause the battery to discharge.
5-91
Air conditioning System maintenance
Cabin air filter

The cabin air filter is installed behind the
glove box. It filters the dust or other
pollutants that enter the vehicle through
the heating and air conditioning system.
Have the cabin air filter replaced by an
the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle
is being driven in severe conditions such
2C_AirconAirconButton
as dusty or rough roads and/or if
Press the A/C button to manually turn on transporting pets or occupants smoke
the system on (indicator light ON) and off. inside the vehicle, then more frequent
cabin air filter inspections and changes
are required.
OFF mode
Information
• Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is
being driven in severe conditions such
as dusty, rough roads, more frequent
climate control air filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, have your vehicle inspected
2C_AirconAutoOffButton
Press the OFF button to turn the climate
control system off. You can still operate
the mode and air intake buttons as long as
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
5-92
5
Checking the amount of air Air conditioning refrigerant label
conditioner refrigerant
If the amount of refrigerant is too low or
too high, the performance of the air
conditioning is reduced. Have your
HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
• The refrigerant system should only be
serviced by trained and certified
technicians in a well-ventilated area to
2C_RefrigerantTypeLabel
ensure proper and safe operation.
You can find out which air conditioning
• Never repair the air conditioning
refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on
evaporator (cooling coil) or replace
the label located inside of the hood.
with the one removed from a used or
salvaged vehicle. A new replacement
evaporator must be certified (and
labeled) as meeting SAE Standard
J2842.
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
2C_RefrigerantLabel
Each symbol and specification on the air
conditioning refrigerant label is
represented as the following:
(1) Classification of refrigerant
WL_RefrigerantWarning (2) Amount of refrigerant
To prevent serious injury, have the air (3) Classification of compressor lubricant
conditioning system be serviced by only (4) Caution
trained and certified technicians. (5) Flammable refrigerant
R-1234yf is flammable and operated at (6) To require registered technician to
high pressure. service air conditioning system
Reclaim all refrigerants with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants directly
to the atmosphere is harmful to
individuals and environment.
5-93
Windshield Defrosting Manual climate control

system
And Defogging
WARNING To defog inside windshield
Do not use the defrost level position

during cooling operation in extremely
humid weather. The outer surface of the
windshield may fog and reduce visibility,
causing a collision that results in serious
injury or death.
Set the mode selection button to the face
level position and lower the fan speed.
• For maximum defrost performance, set 2C_InsideDefrostProcedure_3

the temperature control switch to the (1) Select any fan speed.
highest temperature setting and the fan
(2) Select the desired temperature.
speed control to the highest setting.
(3) Select the front windshield defroster.
• If warm air to the floor is desired while
defrosting or defogging, select the floor (4) The outside (fresh) air is selected
defrost position. automatically. The air conditioning
automatically operates if the mode is
• Before driving, clear all snow and ice
selected to the defrost level position.
from the windshield, rear window, side
view mirrors, and all side windows. If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)
air position are not selected
• Clear all snow and ice from the hood
automatically, press the corresponding
and air inlet to improve heater and
switch.
defroster efficiency and to reduce the
probability of fogging up the inside of
the windshield.
5-94
5
To defrost outside windshield (4) The air conditioning turns on
temperature, the outside (fresh) air
mode and higher fan speed are
selected automatically.
If the air conditioning, outside (fresh) air
mode and higher fan speed are not
selected automatically, adjust the
corresponding switch.
If the defrost switch is selected, the fan
speed increases.
2C_InsideDefrostProcedure_4
To defrost outside windshield
(1) Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
(2) Set the temperature to the hottest
(extreme right) position.
(3) Select the front windshield defroster.
(4) The outside (fresh) air and air
conditioning is selected
automatically.
Automatic climate control

system 2C_InsideDefrostProcedure_2
(1) Set the fan speed to the highest
To defog inside windshield position.
(2) Set the temperature to the hottest (HI)
position.
(3) Press the defroster button ( )
(4) The air conditioning turns on
temperature and the outside (fresh)
air mode is selected automatically.
If the defrost switch is selected, lower fan
speed is adjusted to higher fan speed.
2C_InsideDefrostProcedure
(1) Select the desired fan speed.
(2) Select the desired temperature.
(3) Press the defroster button ( )
5-95
Defogging logic Type A
To reduce the probability of fogging up

the inside of the windshield, the air intake
or air conditioning are controlled
automatically according to certain
conditions. To cancel or reset the
defogging logic, do the following.
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ) or ( ).
3. While pressing the air conditioning 2C_RearWindowDefrost
button, press the air intake control Type B
button at least 5 times within 3 seconds
The air intake control button indicator
blinks 3 times to indicate that the
defogging logic has been disabled.
Repeat the steps again to re-enable the
defogging logic.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog logic
status
Rear window defroster 2C_RearWindowDefrost_2

• To turn off, press the rear window
NOTICE defroster button again.
Never use sharp instruments or window
cleaners containing abrasives to clean the Information
window to prevent damage to the rear • If there is heavy accumulation of snow
window defroster. on the rear window, brush it off before
operating the rear defroster.
• The rear window defroster
The defroster heats the window to
automatically turns off after about 20
remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
minutes or when the Engine Start/Stop
interior and exterior of the rear window,
button is in the OFF position.
while the engine is running.
• To activate it, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center Side view mirror defroster
control panel. The indicator on the rear
if equipped
window defroster button illuminates
when the defroster is ON. The side view mirror defrosters operate
when you turn on the rear window
defroster.
5-96
5
Climate Control Non-operating conditions
The Air conditioning auto-drying feature
Additional Features stops operating under the following
conditions:
Information • The A/C Automatic Drying feature has
The infotainment system may change operated for 10 minutes.
after software updates. For more • The Engine Start/Stop button is
information, refer to the manual provided pressed, or the engine is on.
in the infotainment system and the quick • The climate control system is operated
reference guide. remotely.
Information
Air conditioning auto-drying
The Air conditioning auto-drying feature reduces air conditioner odors but may not
dries the moisture in the air conditioner remove all odors.
and reduces air conditioner odor. The
blower motor automatically operates 30
minutes after the engine is turned off.
Auto defogging system
if equipped
Turning Air conditioning auto-drying
on or off
can be turned on and off by selecting
Setup>Vehicle>Climate>A/C Automatic
Drying.
If the operating condition is satisfied after
setting the feature, the operating
condition appears on the infotainment
system and the blower motor
automatically operates.
When the Air conditioning auto-drying 2C_RainSensor
feature is activated, the air conditioner The Auto defogging reduces the
sets the fan speed to the third level, possibility of fogging up the inside of the
selects outside (fresh) mode, and directs windshield by automatically sensing the
the air flow toward the face. moisture on inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
Operating conditions when the heater or air conditioning is on.
operates under the following conditions: Information
• The vehicle is turned off after operating The Auto defogging system may not
the air conditioner for a certain period. operate normally, when the outside
• The battery level is sufficient and the temperature is below 14 °F (-10 °C).
outside temperature is above a certain
level.
5-97
When the Auto Defogging System

operates, the indicator illuminates. Information
If high amount of humidity is detected in • Do not select recirculated air while the
the vehicle, the Auto defogging system is Auto defogging system is operating.
enabled. • When Auto defogging system is
The following steps are performed operating, fan speed adjustment,
automatically: temperature adjustment, and air intake
control selection are all disabled.
Step 1. Air conditioning turns on and
Outside (fresh) mode is selected.
Step 2. Defrost level is selected.
NOTICE
Step 3. Fan speed is set to the highest
level. Do not remove the sensor cover located
If the air conditioning is off or recirculated on the top of the windshield glass.
air is manually selected while Auto Damage may not be covered by your
defogging system is ON, the Auto vehicle warranty.
defogging system indicator blinks to
signal that manual operation has been
canceled. Auto dehumidify
if equipped
Turning the Auto defogging system To increase cabin air quality and reduce
on or off windshield misting, recirculation mode
switches off automatically after about 5
Climate control system to 30 minutes, depending on the outside
temperature, and the air intake changes
to fresh mode.
button for 3 seconds when the Engine
When the Auto defogging system is Turning Auto dehumidify on or off
turned off, the symbol blinks 3
times and ADS OFF appears on the Climate control system
climate control information screen. To turn the Auto dehumidify feature on or
When the Auto Defogging system is off, select Face level ( ) mode and press
turned on, the symbol blinks 6 the air intake control ( ) button at least
times without a signal. 5 times within 3 seconds while pressing
the A/C button. When Auto dehumidify is
Infotainment system turned on, the air intake control button
Auto Defogging System can be turned on indicator blinks 6 times. When turned off,
and off by selecting Setup > Vehicle > the indicator blinks 3 times.
Climate > Defog/Defrost Options > Auto
Defog from the infotainment system. Infotainment system
Auto dehumidify can be turned on and off
by selecting Setup > Vehicle > Climate >
Automatic Ventilation > Automatic
Dehumidify from the infotainment
system.
5-98
5
Sunroof inside air Recirculating air when
recirculation entering a tunnel
When the sunroof is opened, the fresh To prevent the inflow of polluted air into
mode is automatically selected. If you the vehicle when passing through a
press the air intake control button, the tunnel, the climate control system is
recirculation mode is selected but operated using the navigation map
changes back to the fresh mode after 3 information and vehicle speed as follows:
minutes. When the sunroof is closed, the To use this feature, it can be enabled from
air intake position returns to the previous the infotainment system. Select: Settings
position. > Vehicle > Climate > Recirculate Air
• Activation upon Entering a Tunnel:
Recirculating air when washer The climate control system switches to
fluid is used recirculation mode for about 7 seconds
before entering a tunnel.
if equipped
Recirculation mode automatically
activates to reduce the scent of the Operating conditions
washer fluid entering the cabin when the • The climate control system’s fresh
windshield washer is used. mode is selected.
When it is shifted to the recirculation
mode, the unpleasant scent may flow into Information
the vehicle. • The activation time for the feature may
However, in cold weather to prevent the differ because of the time gap between
windshield from fogging up, the the GPS and vehicle speed.
recirculation mode may not be selected. • The feature activates until you have
passed through continuous tunnels.
Turning Activation on a washer fluid • When entering a tunnel, recirculation
use on or off mode may cause fogging of the
windshield. Use the front windshield
Climate control system defroster button.
To turn the Activate on washer fluid use • The feature does not operate in short
feature on or off, select Floor level ( ) tunnels.
mode, and then press the air intake • The feature may not activate if the GPS
control ( ) button 5 times within 3 is not working properly.
seconds while pressing the A/C button.
When Activate on washer fluid use is after software updates. For more
turned on, the air intake control button information, refer to the user’s manual
indicator blinks 6 times. When turned off, provided in the infotainment system
the indicator blinks 3 times. and the quick reference guide.
Infotainment system
Activate on washer fluid use can be
turned on and off by selecting Setup >
Vehicle > Climate > Recirculate Air >
Activate upon Washer Fluid Use from the
5-99
Scheduled ventilation control Storage Compartment

The Scheduled Ventilation Control
releases hot air in the vehicle to lower WARNING
cabin temperature before getting in the
vehicle. Never store cigarette lighters, propane
cylinders, or other flammable/explosive
Depending on the outside ambient materials in the vehicle. These items may
temperature, the blower is operated for 5 catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is
to 15 minutes while the vehicle is parked. exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.
Turning Schedule Ventilation
Control On or Off
The Schedule Ventilation Control can be WARNING
turned on and off by selecting ‘Setup >
Vehicle > Climate > Automatic ALWAYS keep the storage compartment
Ventilation > Scheduled Ventilation covers closed securely while driving.
Control’ from the infotainment screen. Items inside your vehicle are moving as
Also, the starting time can be set within fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or
24 hours. Schedule Ventilation Control turn quickly, or if there is a collision, the
operates only once when the feature is items may fly out of the compartment and
set. may cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave
valuables in the storage compartments.
5-100
5
Center console storage Glove box
2C_CenterConsoleBox 2C_GloveBox
To open: To open:
Press the button. Pull the lever (1).
WARNING
Removable partition
ALWAYS close the glove box door after
use.
An open glove box door may cause
serious injury to a passenger in a collision,
even if the passenger is wearing a seat
belt.
Passenger seat open tray
2C_PartitionCenterConsole
The removable partition (1) can be
removed to expand the storage
compartment.
2C_OpenTray
You can use this space to store small
items etc.
WARNING
Do not put any sharp object in the open
tray. It may seriously injure you in the
event of a sudden stop or a collision.
5-101
Interior Features Rear seat armrest
Cup holder
Cups or small beverages cups can be
placed in the cup holders.
Front seat - Type A
2C_RearSeatCupHolder
Pull the armrest down to use the cup
holders.
WARNING
• Avoid abrupt starting and braking when
the cup holder is used to prevent
2C_CupHolderCenterConsole
spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills,
Front seat - Type B
you may be burned. Such a burn to the
driver may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in a collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup holders.
NOTICE
• Keep your drinks sealed while driving to
prevent spilling. If liquid spills, it may
get into the vehicle’s
2C_CupHolderCenterConsole_2 electrical/electronic system and
Push the button. The cup supporter damage electrical/electronic parts.
protrudes from the front console. • When cleaning spilled liquids do not
Push in the cup supporter after use. use hot air to blow out or dry the cup
holder. This may damage the interior.
• Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun
light and do not put them in a hot
vehicle. Otherwise, they may explode.
5-102
5
Sunvisor Power outlet
Center console storage (inside)
2C_Sunvisor
2C_PowerOutlet
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
The power outlet is designed to provide
To use the sunvisor to block the sun from
power for mobile phones or other devices
the side window, pull it rearward, release
designed to operate with vehicle
it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the
electrical systems.
side (2) toward the window.
The devices should draw less than 180 W
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
with the engine running.
sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward WARNING
(4) as needed (if equipped). Use the ticket
holder (5) to hold tickets. Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place your
fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.) into a
Close the vanity mirror cover securely and power outlet or touch the power outlet
return the sunvisor to its original position with a wet hand.
after use.
WARNING
NOTICE
Do not block your view or the roadway
when using the sunvisor. To prevent damage to the power outlets:
• Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
NOTICE accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for an extended period
The tab (5) adjacent to the vanity mirror of time with the engine off could cause
on the sunvisor can be used for toll road the battery to discharge.
tickets or self parking tickets. Use caution
• Only use 12 V electric accessories that
when inserting tickets into the ticket
are less than 180 W in electric capacity.
holder to avoid damage. Refrain from
putting several tickets in the ticket holder • Adjust the air conditioner or heater to
as this could also damage the retaining the lowest operating level when using
tab. the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not used.
• Some electronic devices may cause
electronic interference when plugged
into a vehicle’s power outlet.
5-103
• Push the plug in as far as it goes. The

plug may overheat and the fuse may Information
open. • The battery charging state may be
• Only connect devices with reverse monitored on the electronic device.
current protection or the current from • Disconnect the USB cable from the USB
the device battery may cause the port after use.
vehicle’s electrical/electronic system
• A smartphone or a tablet PC may get
to malfunction.
warmer during the recharging process.
It does not indicate any malfunction
with the charging system.
USB charger
• A smartphone or a tablet PC that does
The USB charger is designed to recharge not use a USB cable to charge should be
batteries of small size electronic devices charged using its own charger.
using a USB cable.
• Do not attempt to use the charging
Front
terminal either to turn on an audio or to
play media with the infotainment
system.
• Charging may not be possible when
using a Type-C to A converter sold by a
mobile phone manufacturer or
commercially available.
NOTICE
2C_ChargingOutlet • Use the USB charger when the engine is
Rear running. Using the USB charger for
prolonged periods of time with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the ON
position (engine off) may cause the
battery to discharge.
• To prevent damage to the USB charger:
- Do not insert foreign objects or spill
liquid into the outlet. The USB
charging terminal may be damaged.
- Do not use devices with working
current exceeding 3,000 mA (3.0 A).
2C_USBChargePortCenterConsoleBox
The USB charger is designed to recharge
batteries of small size electronic devices
using a USB cable.
Electronic devices can be charged when
the engine is running.
5-104
5
• When charging an electrical device by Charging your smartphone
using an USB converting adapter (C to A The wireless smartphone charging
type), use a genuine adapter specified system charges only the Qi-enabled
for your vehicle. A commonly used smartphones (þ). Visit your smartphone
adapter is not equipped with any manufacturer’s website to check whether
measures to prevent over current and your smartphone supports the Qi
maintain stability. technology.
Using an unspecified cable may The wireless charging process starts
damage the vehicle’s USB charger or when you put a Qi-enabled smartphone
the connected devices. Contact an on the wireless charging with the screen
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more facing up.
information on accessories for
HYUNDAI vehicles. 1. The wireless smartphone charger is
available when all doors are closed, and
• The use of non-genuine parts may when the Engine Start/Stop button is in
damage the USB port and infotainment the ON or START position.
system. Damage cannot be covered by
your vehicle warranty. 2. Turn on the wireless charging function
from the Settings menu in the
Wireless smartphone • Select: Setup > Vehicle >
Convenience > Wireless Charging
charging system System for Mobile Devices
if equipped
3. Place the smartphone on the center of
the wireless charging pad. The
indicator light is orange when the
smartphone is charging and turns blue
when phone charging is complete.
Information
• Remove other items, including the
smart key from the wireless charging
pad.
• For flip type smartphones, when using
2C_WirelessSmartPhoneChargingSystem wireless charging, place the
[A] Indicator light smartphone folded with the device’s
[B] Charging pad
back placed on the center of the
wireless charging unit.
5-105
If your smartphone is not charging: • The wireless charging process may

• Move the smartphone on the charging temporarily stop when there is any
pad. metallic item, such as a coin, between
the wireless smartphone charging
• Make sure the indicator light is orange. system and smartphone.
The indicator light blinks orange for 10 • For some manufacturer’s smart
seconds if there is a malfunction in the phones, the system may not warn you
wireless charging system. even though the smart phone is left on
The system warns you with a message on the wireless charging unit. This is due to
the cluster display if the smartphone is the particular characteristic of the
still on the wireless charging pad after the smart phone and not a malfunction of
vehicle is turned OFF and the front door is the wireless charging.
opened. • When using a smartphone application,
NOTICE such as Android Auto, while charging,
the charging process may be delayed or
• The wireless smartphone charging interrupted due to the smartphone
system may not support certain overheating. This issue is not related to
smartphones, that do not meet the Qi the wireless charging system but rather
specification (þ). caused by the smartphone's
• When placing your smartphone on the self-heating. Therefore, disconnect the
charging pad, position the phone in the smartphone from the charging pad.
middle of the mat for optimal charging • If the smartphone has a thick case, it
performance. If your smartphone is off may not charge.
to the side, the charging rate may be • Some magnetic items such as credit
less and in some cases the smartphone cards, phone cards, or transit cards may
may experience higher heat be damaged if left with the smartphone
conduction. during the charging process.
• Wireless charging may stop temporarily • If the smartphone is not completely
when the smart key is used, either contacting the charging pad, wireless
when starting the vehicle or charging may not operate properly.
locking/unlocking the doors, etc.
• If the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
• When charging certain smartphones, OFF position, the charging also stops.
the charging indicator may not change
• When any smartphone without a
to blue when the smartphone is fully
wireless charging function or a metallic
charged.
object is placed on the charging pad, a
• The wireless charging process may small noise may sound. This small
temporarily stop, when temperature sound because the vehicle discerns
abnormally increases inside the compatibility of the object placed on
wireless smartphone charging system. the charging pad. It does not affect
The wireless charging process does not your vehicle or the smartphone.
restart, until the temperature falls.
5-106
5
• Some smartphones may not be able to Coat hook
charge depending on the internal Rear
structure of the smartphone. If this
occurs, try charging the smartphone by
moving it to the left or right side of the
wireless charging pad. However, for
some fold-able smartphones that have
magnets inside the smartphone, try
charging the smartphone while holding
it close to the left side of the wireless
charging pad.
NOTICE 2C_CoatHook
This hook is not designed to hold large or
Some magnetic items like credit cards, heavy items.
phone cards or rail tickets may be
damaged if left with the smartphone WARNING
during the charging process.
Only hang soft clothing without heavy,
sharp or breakable objects in the clothes
pockets. In a collision or when the curtain
Information airbag is inflated, the objects could move
This device complies with Part 15 of the and cause serious injury.
FCC rules.
conditions:
interference.
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for 2C_CoatHookWarning
compliance could void the user’s
Clock
The clock can be set from the
WARNING
Do not attempt to adjust the clock while
driving.
5-107
Floor mat anchor(s) Cargo net holder

ALWAYS use the floor mat anchors to if equipped
attach the front floor mats to the vehicle.
The anchors on the front floor carpet keep
the floor mats from sliding forward.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death from a
floor mat interfering with the brake or
accelerator pedals:
• Remove any protective film on the
carpet before installing a floor mat.
• Check floor mats are securely attached 2C_CargoFixingNet
to the vehicle’s floor mat anchors To keep items from shifting in the cargo
before driving. area, use the 4 holders located in the
• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot cargo area side trim to attach the cargo
be firmly attached to the vehicle’s floor net.
mat anchors. Make sure the cargo net is securely
• Do not stack floor mats on top of one attached to the holders in the cargo
another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on board.
top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a If necessary, contact your authorized
single floor mat must be installed in HYUNDAI dealer to purchase a genuine
each position. accessory cargo net.
WARNING
WARNING • Avoid eye injury. Do not overstretch the
To avoid any interference with pedal cargo net. Always keep your face and
operation, install the HYUNDAI floor mat body out of the cargo net’s recoil path.
designed for your vehicle. Do not use the cargo net when the strap
has visible signs of wear or damage.
• Use the cargo net to keep only light
items from shifting in the cargo area.
5-108
5
Cargo area cover Increasing cargo area volume
To increase cargo area volume:
1. Open the liftgate and remove the cover
according to "Removing cargo area
cover".
2. Push the cargo area cover in to reach
the lower fixing part (A).
• Be careful not to get the cover caught
in the cargo.
2C_CargoShelf
Use the cargo area cover to hide items
stored in the cargo area.
• If the cargo area cover is connected to
the liftgate, the cover lifts with the
liftgate when opening the liftgate.
• If you do not want the cargo area cover
to lift with the liftgate, disconnect the
strap (1) from the strap holder of the 2C_CargoShelf_Volume1
liftgate. 3. Insert the cargo area cover to the lower
fixing part (A) on both sides.
Removing cargo area cover 4. Lift the rear part of the cargo area cover
To remove the cargo area cover: and secure it with the stopper (B).
1. Disconnect the strap (1) from the strap
holder of the liftgate.
2. Lift the cover diagonally and pull it out
(2).
To reinstall, follow the reverse order.
CAUTION
• When the cargo area cover is removed,
you can secure the cover to the rear
seatback not to distract you while
driving. 2C_CargoShelf_Volume2
• Since the cargo area cover also lifts • To release the cargo area cover, press
when opening the liftgate, move the the stopper (B), lower the cover, and
items placed on top of the cover to a pull out the cover diagonally.
safe place so they do not fall.
• Do not put excessive pressure or
CAUTION
weight on the cargo area cover. The When securing cover, be careful not to
cargo area cover may be damaged. get the cover caught on the upper fixing
part. The cargo area cover may be
damaged.
5-109
Cargo tray Increasing cargo area volume

if equipped
(Lower position)
To increase the cargo area volume:
1. Lift the luggage floor by its handle and
remove the cargo tray.
2C_CargoCompartment
Use the cargo tray to organize and store
small items such as tools. To use the tray,
lift the luggage floor by the handle. 2C_CargoBoard
2. Remove the luggage floor and insert
CAUTION the luggage floor into the lower
• When storing small or easily movable position. It may take a good push to
items, they may cause noise while fully seat it so it lays flat at the rear.
driving.
• Do not store fragile items in the cargo
tray.
2C_CargoBoard_2
3. Unfold the top board.
5-110
5
Exterior Features WARNING
• Loading cargo or luggage in excess of
Roof side rails the specified weight limit on the roof
side rails may damage your vehicle.
if equipped
ROOF SIDE 200 lbs. (100 kg)

RAILS EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
• Avoid sudden starts, braking, sharp

turns, abrupt maneuvers, or high
speeds that may result in loss of vehicle
control or rollover resulting in a
collision. The vehicle center of gravity is
higher when items are loaded onto the
roof side rails.
• Always drive slowly and turn corners
2C_RoofRack carefully when carrying items on the
Your vehicle may come equipped with roof side rails. Severe wind updrafts
roof side rails. If your vehicle is equipped caused by passing vehicles or natural
with roof rack rails, you can add roof rack causes, can cause sudden upward
crossbars as an accessory (not shown). pressure on items loaded on the roof
side rails. This is especially true when
Information carrying large, flat items such as wood
panels or mattresses. This may cause
• If the vehicle is equipped with a the items to fall off the roof side rails
sunroof, do not position the cargo onto and cause damage to your vehicle or
the roof side rails in such a way that it others around you.
may interfere with sunroof operation.
• To prevent damage or loss of cargo
• Always take precautions to make sure while driving, check frequently before
the cargo does not damage the roof. or while driving to make sure the items
• When carrying large objects on the roof on the roof side rails are securely
side rails, make sure they do not exceed fastened.
the overall roof length or width.
• When carrying cargo on the roof side
rails, take necessary precautions to
make sure the cargo does not damage
the roof of the vehicle.
When carrying large objects on the roof
side rails, make sure they do not exceed
the overall roof length or width.
5-111
Hitch mounted accessories Infotainment System

The maximum load for a hitch mounted
accessory, with the weight of the NOTICE
accessory and the load, is 220 lbs. (100
kg). This would include bicycle racks, • Do not install an aftermarket HID
wheel chair racks, etc. The center of the headlight. Your vehicle’s audio and
weight must be within 19 inches (0.5 m) of electronic devices may not function
the bumper. If the weight is further away, properly.
the capacity is reduced up to 10% per • Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
inch. cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner,
• The weight of the rack and load must be and air freshener from contacting the
reduced from the vehicle carrying interior parts because they may cause
capacity. For more information, refer to damage or discoloration.
the "Vehicle Load Limit" section in
chapter 6.
USB Port
2C_USBPort
Press the USB port selection button while
the engine is running. Press the upper
portion of the button (1) to charge an
electronic device. Press the lower portion
of the button (2) to charge and listen to
music with a media storage device. The
USB port can be used after either
indicator light turns on.
• You can use an USB cable to connect
audio devices to the vehicle USB port.
• After connecting a media storage
device such as a MP3 or USB to the USB
port, you can listen to music through
the vehicle's speakers or play it on the
5-112
5
• Small electronic devices can be Antenna
charged.
• Use the USB position to connect to
wired Android Auto or Apple Car Play.
Information
• Some devices may not be charged
through USB port.
• When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, and the
USB port at the same time, noise may
occur during playback. If this happens,
2C_SharkAntenna
disconnect the power cable from the
power outlet and use the portable The shark fin antenna receives
audio device's power source. transmitted data (for example, AM/FM,
SXM).
NOTICE Steering wheel remote

• When connecting a Type-A USB or a
controls
memory device to a vehicle, use a
genuine converting adapter (C to A
type) specified for your vehicle. A
commonly used adapter is not
equipped with any measures to reduce
noise, prevent overcurrent and
maintain stability. Connecting an
unspecified cable may damage the
vehicle’s USB port or the connected
devices. Contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for more information
on accessories for HYUNDAI vehicles. 2C_AudioButtonOverview
• The use of non-genuine parts may NOTICE

damage the USB port and infotainment
system. Damage cannot be covered by Do not operate multiple audio remote
your vehicle warranty. control buttons simultaneously.
5-113
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) Infotainment system

If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pushed up
or down and held for 0.8 seconds or
more, it functions in the following modes:
• RADIO mode
It functions as the AUTO SEEK select
button. It seeks until you release the
button.
• MEDIA mode
It functions as the FF/RW button.
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pushed up
or down, it functions in the following 2C_AVNOverview
modes: For more information, refer to the

• RADIO mode separately supplied infotainment system
manual.
It functions as the PRESET STATION
UP/DOWN button.
• MEDIA mode Voice recognition
It functions as the TRACK UP/ DOWN
button.
VOLUME (VOL + / VOL -)

Roll the knob up or down to adjust the
volume.
MODE
Press the MODE button to toggle through
Radio mode. 2C_SteeringWheelVoiceRecognitionButton
See additional information in supplied
MUTE ( ) Infotainment Manual.
Press the VOLUME lever to mute or
activate the sound.
5-114
5
Bluetooth® wireless
technology
2C_SteeringWheelCallButton
2C_Microphone
(1) Call/Answer/Call end button
(2) Microphone
separately supplied infotainment system
manual.
CAUTION
To prevent driver distractions, minimize
your use of these features while driving.
Distraction may cause a collision,
resulting in serious injury or death.
5-115
6. Driving Your Vehicle
Before Driving ..................................................................................................................6-3

Before entering the vehicle.........................................................................................6-4
Before starting .............................................................................................................6-4
Engine Start/Stop Button................................................................................................6-5
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off .....................................................................................................6-9
Operating conditions ...................................................................................................6-9
Deactivating conditions ..............................................................................................6-9
System operation.........................................................................................................6-9
Automatic Transmission ............................................................................................... 6-10
Automatic transmission operation ........................................................................... 6-10
Cluster display message............................................................................................ 6-14
Paddle shifter (manual shift mode) ...........................................................................6-17
Good driving practices ...............................................................................................6-17
Intelligent Variable Transmission ................................................................................. 6-18
Intelligent Variable Transmission (Shift lever type)................................................. 6-19
Intelligent Variable Transmission (Rotary gear shift dial type)................................6-21
Parking ........................................................................................................................6-28 6
Good driving practices ..............................................................................................6-28
Braking System ..............................................................................................................6-30
Power-assist brakes...................................................................................................6-30
Disc brakes wear indicator ........................................................................................6-30
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ................................................................................. 6-31
Auto hold ....................................................................................................................6-33
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)..................................................................................6-36
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) .............................................................................6-38
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)...................................................................... 6-40
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) .................................................................................. 6-41
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)................................................................................... 6-41
Brake Assistant System (BAS) ...................................................................................6-43
Good braking practices .............................................................................................6-43
All Wheel Drive (AWD)...................................................................................................6-44
All wheel drive (AWD) mode .................................................................................... 6-46
Emergency precautions ........................................................................................... 6-48
Idle Stop And Go (ISG).................................................................................................. 6-49
ISG system operation ............................................................................................... 6-49
ISG system off ............................................................................................................ 6-51
Conditions that restart the engine ............................................................................ 6-51
ISG malfunction ......................................................................................................... 6-52
Calibrating the battery sensor .................................................................................. 6-52
Smart ISG System ......................................................................................................... 6-53
Automatic restart when leading vehicle departs .................................................... 6-53
Limitations of Smart ISG ........................................................................................... 6-53
Drive Mode Integrated Control System (2WD)........................................................... 6-54
Drive mode (2WD) ..................................................................................................... 6-54
Drive Mode Integrated Control System (AWD) .......................................................... 6-56
Drive mode (AWD)..................................................................................................... 6-56
Active Air Flap.................................................................................................................6-57
Malfunction................................................................................................................ 6-58
Special Driving Conditions ........................................................................................... 6-58
Hazardous driving conditions................................................................................... 6-58
Rocking the vehicle ................................................................................................... 6-59
6 Smooth cornering...................................................................................................... 6-59
Driving at night .......................................................................................................... 6-59
Driving in the rain ...................................................................................................... 6-59
Driving in flooded areas ............................................................................................6-60
Highway driving.........................................................................................................6-60
Winter Driving ................................................................................................................6-61
Snow or icy conditions............................................................................................... 6-61
Winter precautions.................................................................................................... 6-63
Trailer Towing................................................................................................................ 6-64
Vehicle Load Limit......................................................................................................... 6-65
The loading information label................................................................................... 6-65
6
Before Driving
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO may cause unconsciousness and
death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide that cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows
immediately. Exposure to CO may cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Make sure the exhaust system does not leak.
Be sure to check the exhaust system whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or
for any other purposes. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or drive over
something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the exhaust system
inspected as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous
practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle
out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for an extended period of time with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a long time with people inside the vehicle, be sure
to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at “Fresh” and fan control set to high
so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To ensure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes
located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the liftgate open:
Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at “Fresh”, the air flow control at “Floor” or “Face”, and the fan
control set to high.
6-3
Driving Your Vehicle
WARNING Before starting

• Make sure the hood, the liftgate, and
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING the doors are securely closed and
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of locked.
automobile components including • Adjust the position of the seat and
components found in the interior steering wheel.
furnishings in a vehicle, contain or emit
harmful chemicals known to the State of • Adjust the inside and side view mirrors.
California to cause cancer and birth • Verify all the lights work.
defects and reproductive harm. In • Fasten your seat belt. Check that all
addition, certain fluids contained in passengers have fastened their seat
vehicles and certain products of belts.
components contain or emit chemicals
• Check the gauges and indicators in the
known to the State of California to cause
instrument panel and the messages on
cancer and birth defects or other
the cluster display when the Engine
reproductive harm.
• Check that any items you are carrying
Before entering the vehicle are stored properly or fastened down
securely.
• Make sure all windows, side view
mirror(s), and outside lights are clean WARNING
and unobstructed.
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
• Remove frost, snow, or ice.
DEATH, take the following precautions:
• Visually check the tires for uneven wear
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All
and damage.
passengers must be properly belted
• Check under the vehicle for any sign of whenever the vehicle is moving. For
leaks. more information, refer to the “Seat
• Make sure there are no obstacles Belts” section in chapter 3.
behind you if you intend to back up. • Always drive defensively. Do not
assume that the other drivers are
seeing your vehicle. They may not act
as you expect. Be prepared to react to
avoid a possible collision. Plan your
movements anticipating the “worst
case” scenario.
• Stay focused on driving. Driver
distraction may cause a collision.
• Leave plenty of space between you and
the vehicle in front of you.
6-4
6
WARNING WARNING
NEVER drink or take drugs while driving. To turn off the engine in an emergency:
Drinking or taking drugs while driving is Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop
dangerous and may result in a collision, button for more than 2 seconds. Or
causing serious injury or death. rapidly press and release the Engine
Drunk driving is the number one Start/Stop button 3 times (within 3
contributor to the highway death toll each seconds).
year. Even a small amount of alcohol can If the vehicle is still moving, you can
affect your reflexes, perceptions and restart the vehicle without depressing the
judgment. Just one drink may reduce brake pedal by pressing the Engine
your ability to respond to changing Start/Stop button with the gear in the N
conditions and emergencies and your (Neutral) position.
reaction time gets worse with each
additional drink.
Driving while under the influence of drugs WARNING
is as dangerous or more dangerous than
driving under the influence of alcohol. • Never press the Engine Start/Stop
You are much more likely to have a button while the vehicle is in motion
serious accident if you are drinking or except in an emergency. This may
taking drugs, never drive. Do not ride with result in the vehicle turning off and loss
a driver who has been drinking or taking of power assist for the steering and
drugs. Choose a designated driver or call brake systems. This may cause loss of
a taxi. directional control and braking
function, which could cause a collision.
• Before leaving the driver’s seat, always
make sure the gear is in the P (Park)
Engine Start/Stop Button position, apply the parking brake, press
the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF
position, and take the smart key with
you. Unexpected vehicle movement
may occur if these precautions are not
followed.
• Never reach through the steering wheel
for the Engine Start/Stop button or any
other control while the vehicle is
moving. The presence of your hand or
arm in this area may cause a loss of
vehicle control resulting in a collision.
2C_StartButton
Whenever the front door is opened, the

Engine Start/Stop button illuminates and
goes off for a few seconds after the door
is closed.
6-5
Engine Start/Stop button positions

Button Position Action Notes
To turn off the engine, press the Always stop the vehicle before
Engine Start/Stop button with pressing the Engine Start/Stop
gear in P (Park). button to the OFF position.
For rotary type shift gear vehicles,
if the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed with the vehicle shifted to
D (Drive), R (Reverse), or N
OFF (Neutral), the gear automatically
shifts to P (Park).
For lever type shift gear vehicles, if
the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed with the gear shifted to D
(Drive), R (Reverse), or N (Neutral),
the Engine Start/Stop button
changes to the ACC position.
Press the Engine Start/Stop If you leave the Engine Start/Stop

button when the button is in the button in the ACC position for more
OFF position without depressing than one hour, the battery power
ACC
the brake pedal. turns off automatically to prevent
Some electrical accessories are the battery from discharging.
usable.
Press the Engine Start/Stop Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop

button while it is in the ACC button in the ON position when the
position without depressing the engine is not running to prevent
ON
brake pedal. the battery from discharging.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started.
To start the engine, depress the If you press the Engine Start/Stop
brake pedal and press the Engine button without depressing the
Start/Stop button with the gear in brake pedal, the engine does not
the P (Park) or in the N (Neutral) start and the Engine Start/Stop
START
position. button changes as follows:
For your safety, start the engine OFF > ACC > ON > OFF or ACC
with the gear in the P (Park)
position.
6-6
6
Starting the engine 1. Always carry the smart key with you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
WARNING
3. Make sure the gear is in P(Park).
• Always wear appropriate shoes when 4. Depress the brake pedal.
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable
shoes such as high heels, ski boots, 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
sandals, and flip-flops may interfere
with your ability to use the brake,
NOTICE
accelerator, and clutch pedals. Do not • Do not wait for the engine to warm up
drive barefoot. or race the engine while the vehicle
• Do not start your vehicle with the remains stationary.
accelerator pedal depressed. Place • Start driving at moderate engine
your foot firmly on the brake pedal speeds. Do not rapidly accelerate and
while starting your vehicle. decelerate while driving.
• Wait until the engine is at normal idle
before shifting gears and releasing the
brake. Your vehicle may move suddenly
if your vehicle is shifted while the Information
engine RPM is high. It may cause To prevent damage to the vehicle:
damage to the transmission system. • Do not press the Engine Start/Stop
button for more than 10 seconds except
when the brake switch fuse is blown.
Information When the brake switch fuse is blown, a
warning message appears on the
• The vehicle starts by pressing the
instrument cluster. In this case, start
Engine Start/Stop button, only when
the engine by pressing and holding the
the smart key is in the vehicle.
Engine Start/Stop button for 10
• The vehicle may not start even if the seconds with the Engine Start/Stop
smart key is in the vehicle but it is not button in the ACC position.
near you (e.g. in the cargo area).
Replace the fuse as soon as possible.
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in For more information, refer to the
the ACC or ON position, if any door is "Fuses" section in chapter 9.
open, the system checks for the smart
• If the engine stalls while the vehicle is
key. When the smart key is not in the
moving, shift to N (Neutral) and use the
vehicle, the indicator blinks and the Engine Start/Stop button to attempt to
warning "Key not in vehicle" appears. restart the engine.
When all doors are closed, the chime
sounds for a few seconds. Keep the • Do not push or tow your vehicle to start
smart key in the vehicle. the engine.
6-7
Emergency starting Remotely starting the engine
2C_StartVehicleWithPushingSmartKey 2C_SmartKeyRemoteStartButton
If the smart key battery is weak or the You can start the vehicle using the
smart key does not work correctly, press Remote Start button ( ) on the smart key.
the Engine Start/Stop button with the To start the vehicle remotely:
smart key. 1. Press the door lock button within 32 ft.
(10 m) from the vehicle.
Turning off the engine 2. Press and hold the remote start button
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the brake ( ) for over 2 seconds within 4 seconds.
pedal fully. To turn off the engine:
2. Make sure the gear is in P (Park). Press the remote start button ( ) once.
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to Information
the OFF position. • The vehicle does not remotely start if
5. Take the key with you when you leave the hood or liftgate is open.
the vehicle. • The vehicle must be in P (Park).
• The engine turns off if you get in the
vehicle without a registered smart key
or you do not get in the vehicle within
10 minutes.
6-8
6
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off System operation
if equipped
If your vehicle is parked and the engine is

left on for a long period of time, the
engine will turn off automatically to help
reduce fuel consumption and prevent
accidents caused by carbon dioxide
poisoning.
Operating conditions
2C_AutoShutOffInfo
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off timer operates
when all the following conditions are When all the conditions are satisfied, the
satisfied: Vehicle Auto-Shut Off operates and turns
the engine off automatically after 60
• Vehicle speed is below 1.8 mph (3 minutes.
km/h), and the gear is shifted to P (Park)
A timer appears on the instrument cluster
• The brake pedal and accelerator pedal 30 minutes before vehicle shut off.
are not depressed
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened
Resetting cluster timer
• The passenger seat is empty
To reset the cluster timer, do one of
• The infotainment system is being following:
updated
• Release the accelerator pedal or brake
pedal after Vehicle Auto-Shut Off is
Deactivating conditions complete.
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off timer turns off • Press the OK button on the steering
when one of the situation occurs: wheel while the timer appears on the
instrument cluster.
• Vehicle speed is above 1.8 mph (3
km/h)
CAUTION
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse), D
(Drive) or N (Neutral) Do not leave a passenger or a pet in the
vehicle in hot weather since the air
• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is conditioning system turns off when the
depressed engine is off.
• The driver’s seat belt is fastened
• A passenger is in the passenger’s seat
6-9
Automatic Transmission The indicator on the instrument cluster

displays the shift position when the
if equipped Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
WARNING
death:
• ALWAYS check the surrounding areas
near your vehicle for people, especially
children, before shifting a vehicle into D
(Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver's seat, always
2C_ShiftButtonOverview make sure the vehicle is shifted to the P
[A] Rotary gear shift dial (Park) position, then apply the parking
[B] P button brake, then press the Engine Start/Stop
Depress the brake pedal whenever button to the OFF position. Unexpected
rotating the gear shift dial or shifting to P and sudden vehicle movement can
(Park). occur if these precautions are not
followed.
Automatic transmission • When using the paddle shifter (manual
shift mode), do not use engine braking
operation (shifting from a high gear to lower gear)
The automatic transmission has eight rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle
forward speeds and one reverse speed. may slip causing an accident.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically in the D (Drive) position.
WARNING
The automatic transmission rotary gear
shift dial or interior parts might get hot
when a vehicle is parked outside during
hot weather. Always be careful when the
vehicle is hot.
6-10
6
Transmission ranges Automatic gear shift to P (Park)
The gear is shifted to P (Park)
P (Park) automatically for safety reasons under
Always come to a complete stop before the following conditions:
shifting into P (Park). • When the engine is turned off with the
gear in R (Reverse), D (Drive) or N
(Neutral).
• When the driver’s door is open with the
engine running, the gear in R (Reverse),
D (Drive) or N (Neutral) and the vehicle
at a standstill.
gear in N (Neutral) and the vehicle is
off.
In situations in which the gear must be in
2C_PressPButton P (Park), always check if the gear is shifted
To shift the gear to P (Park), press the P to P (Park) by checking the cluster.
button while depressing the brake pedal.
R (Reverse)
If you turn the engine off in R (Reverse), N
(Neutral) or D (Drive), the gear Use this position to drive the vehicle
automatically shifts to P (Park). rearward.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is
in motion may cause you to lose control
of the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped, always
make sure the vehicle is in P (Park),
apply the parking brake, and turn the
engine off.
• When parking on an incline, shift the
gear to P (Park) and apply the parking 2C_ShiftButtonRPosition
brake to prevent the vehicle from To shift the gear R (Reverse), rotate the
rolling downhill. rotary gear shift dial to R (Reverse) while
depressing the brake pedal.
When the vehicle is stopped in the R
(Reverse) position, if you open the driver's
door with the seat belt unfastened, the
gear automatically shifts to P (Park).
However, if the vehicle is in motion, the
gear may not automatically shift to P
(Park) to prevent automatic transmission
damage.
6-11
To stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is

NOTICE OFF
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into or out of R (Reverse) to
prevent damaging the transmission.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged.
2C_ToStayNPositionInfo
2C_ShiftButtonNPosition
To shift the gear to N (Neutral), rotate the
rotary gear shift dial to N (Neutral) from R
(Reverse) or D (Drive) while depressing 2C_SteeringWheelOkButton
the brake pedal. If you want to stay in N (Neutral) after the
Always depress the brake pedal when you engine is OFF (in the ACC state), do the
are shifting from N (Neutral) to another following.
gear. 1. Turn off Auto Hold and apply the
If you turn the engine off in N (Neutral), parking brake when the engine is
the gear automatically shifts to P (Park). running.
However, if you need to stay in N 2. Rotate the shift dial to N (Neutral) while
(Neutral) with the engine off, refer to depressing the brake pedal.
“Automatic transmission operation” in 3. When you take your foot off the brake
this section. pedal, the message "Press and hold the
OK button on the steering wheel to
CAUTION stay in Neutral" appears on the cluster
The engine can be started with the gear in display.
N (Neutral), but for your safety, be sure to 4. Press and hold the OK button [A] on the
start the engine with the gear in P (Park). steering wheel for more than 1 second.
6-12
6
5. When the message "Vehicle will stay in When the vehicle is stopped in the D
(N). Change gear to cancel." appears (Drive) position, if you open the driver's
on the cluster display, turn the vehicle door with the seat belt unfastened, the
off while depressing the brake pedal. gear automatically shifts to P (Park).
If you wish to cancel, change gear to P However, if the vehicle is in motion, the
(Park), D (Drive) or R (Reverse). gear may not automatically shift to P
Otherwise, N (Neutral) will stay (Park) to prevent automatic transmission
engaged when the vehicle is Off. damage.
Also, if you open the driver's door, the
gear automatically shifts to P (Park) and
NOTICE
the Engine Start/Stop button changes Always come to a complete stop before
to the OFF position. shifting into D (Drive).
NOTICE
With the gear in N (Neutral) the Engine CAUTION
Start/Stop button is in the ACC position.
In the ACC position, the doors cannot be When you start after stopping on a steep
locked. The battery may discharge if left incline, even if the gear is in D (Drive), if
in the ACC position for a long time. you do not depress the accelerator or
brake pedal, the vehicle may roll
backwards, which can cause an accident.
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position.
Shift-lock system
The transmission automatically shifts
through an 8 gear sequence, providing For your safety, the automatic
the best fuel economy and power. transmission has a shift-lock system
which prevents shifting the transmission
For extra power when passing another from P (Park) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive)
vehicle or driving uphill, depress the unless the brake pedal is depressed.
accelerator pedal further until you feel
the transmission downshift to a lower To shift from P (Park) or N (Neutral) into R
gear. (Reverse) or D (Drive):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
3. Shift the gear while depressing the
brake pedal.
2C_ShiftButtonDPosition
To shift the gear D (Drive), rotate the
rotary gear shift dial to D (Drive) while
6-13
When the battery is discharged

WARNING
You cannot shift gears, when the battery
is discharged. • When you stay in the vehicle with the
In emergencies, do the following to shift engine running, be careful not to
the gear to N (Neutral) on a level ground. depress the accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. The engine or exhaust
1. Connect the battery cables from system may overheat and start a fire.
another vehicle or from another battery
to the jump-starting terminals inside • The exhaust gas and the exhaust
the engine compartment. system are very hot. Keep away from
the exhaust system components.
“Jump Starting” section in chapter 8. • Do not stop or park over flammable
materials, such as dry grass, paper or
2. Apply the parking brake with the Engine leaves. They may ignite and cause a
Start/Stop button in the ON position. fire.
3. Shift the gear to the N (Neutral)
position. Refer to the “Automatic
transmission operation” in this chapter. Cluster display message
Information
Press brake pedal to change gear
In situations when the gear needs to be
shifted from P (Park) to N (Neutral) when
the vehicle off, refer to the “To stay in N
(Neutral) when vehicle is OFF” in this
chapter.
Parking
Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal.
Shift the gear to P (Park), apply the 2C_PressureBreakPadalToChangeGearInfo
parking brake, and press the Engine
This message appears when the brake
Start/Stop button to turn the vehicle off.
pedal is not depressed while shifting the
Take the smart key with you when leaving gear.
the vehicle.
Depress the brake pedal and then shift
the gear.
6-14
6
Shift to P after stopping Check shifter dial
2C_ShiftToPAfterStoppingInfo 2C_CheckShiftButtonInfo
This message appears when the gear is This message appears when there is a
shifted to P (Park) while the vehicle is malfunction with the rotary gear shift dial.
moving. Have your vehicle inspected by an
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(Park).
Check P button
Shifter system malfunction
2C_CheckShiftPButtonInfo
2C_ShiftSystemMalfuncitonoInfo This message appears when there is a
This message appears when the problem with the P button.
transmission or the shift dial does not Have your vehicle inspected by an
properly operate in the P (Park) position. authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
6-15
Rotary shifter stuck Vehicle Power limited due to high

transmission temperature
2C_RotaryShifterStuckInfo
This message appears when the rotary 2C_ShiftOverheatPowerLimittedInfo
gear shift dial does not return back to its If you continue to drive with overheated
normal position after rotating it. transmission, the above warning
Have your vehicle inspected by an message appears and self-protection
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. mode restricts the power output of the
vehicle.
• Move the vehicle to a safe location and
Transmission overheated warning shift the gear to P (Park), and stop the
vehicle with the engine on. Wait until
Transmission Hot! Park with engine on the transmission is sufficiently cooled
down.
• If the above message is continuously
displayed, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Trans cooled. Resume driving
2C_ShiftOverheatStopVehicleInfo
Repeated sudden acceleration and quick
start may overheat the transmission. If
the transmission is overheated, the self
protection mode alarms the driver with an
audible sound warning message.
Move the vehicle to a safe location and 2C_ShiftOverheatCanDriveInfo
shift the gear to P (Park), and stop the This message appears when the vehicle is
vehicle with the engine on. Wait until the safe to drive.
transmission is sufficiently cooled down.
6-16
6
Paddle shifter (manual shift Good driving practices
mode) • Never shift the gear from P (Park) or N
(Neutral) to any other position with the
accelerator pedal depressed.
• Never shift the gear into P (Park) when
the vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not shift the gear to N (Neutral)
when driving. If the gear is shifted to N
(Neutral) while driving, the vehicle
loses the ability to provide engine
2C_PaddleShift
braking. Doing so may increase the risk
The paddle shifter is available when the of an accident.
gear is in the D (Drive) position.
Also, shifting the gear back to D (Drive)
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to while the vehicle is moving may
shift up or down one gear and the system severely damage the transmission.
changes from automatic shift mode to
manual shift mode. • When driving uphill or downhill, always
shift to D (Drive) for driving forward or
To change back to automatic shift mode shift to R (Reverse) for driving
from manual shift mode, do one of the rearwards. After selecting D (Drive) or R
followings: (Reverse), check the gear position
• Pull and hold the [+] paddle shifter. indicated on the cluster before driving.
• Shift the gear to D (Drive). If the vehicle moves in the opposite
direction of the selected gear, the
The manual shift mode also changes back
engine may turn off and a serious
to automatic shift mode in one of
accident might occur due to degraded
following situations:
brake performance.
• When the accelerator pedal is gently
• Do not drive with your foot resting on
depressed for more than 6 seconds
the brake pedal. Even light, but
while driving.
consistent pedal pressure can result in
• When the vehicle speed decreases the brakes overheating, brake wear and
below 4 mph (7 km/h). possibly even brake failure.
For more information on SPORT mode • When driving in sport mode, slow down
paddle shifter operation, refer to the before shifting to a lower gear.
"SPORT mode" section in this chapter. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be
engaged if the engine RPMs are outside
Information of the allowable range.
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled • Always apply the parking brake when
at the same time, gear shift may not leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on
occur. placing the transmission in P (Park) to
keep the vehicle from moving.
6-17
• Exercise extreme caution when driving

on a slippery surface. Be especially
Intelligent Variable
careful when braking, accelerating or Transmission
shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an
abrupt change in vehicle speed can The Intelligent variable transmission has
cause the drive wheels to lose traction no actual fixed gears. The varying gear
and may cause loss of vehicle control ratios are selected automatically,
resulting in an accident. depending on the position of the shift
lever, vehicle's speed and position of the
• Optimum vehicle performance and accelerator pedal.
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the WARNING
accelerator.
WARNING death:
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or • ALWAYS check the surrounding areas
DEATH: near your vehicle for people, especially
children, before shifting a vehicle into D
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a (Drive) or R (Reverse).
collision, an unbelted occupant is
significantly more likely to be seriously • Before leaving the driver's seat, always
injured or killed than a properly belted make sure the vehicle is shifted to the P
occupant. (Park) position, then apply the parking
brake, then press the Engine Start/Stop
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or button to the OFF position. Unexpected
turning. and sudden vehicle movement can
• Do not make quick steering wheel occur if these precautions are not
movements, such as sharp lane followed.
changes or fast, sharp turns. • Do not use engine braking (shifting
• The risk of rollover is greatly increased from a high gear to lower gear) rapidly
if you lose control of your vehicle at on slippery roads. The vehicle may slip
highway speeds. causing an accident.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway and
the driver over steers to reenter the
roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves the
roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead,
slow down before pulling back into the
travel lanes.
• HYUNDAI recommends you follow all
posted speed limits.
6-18
6
Intelligent Variable Transmission (Shift lever type)
1C_ShiftLeverOverview
• : Depress the brake pedal, press the shift button ahead of the shift lever, and then
move shift lever.
• : Press the shift button, then move shift lever.
• : Move shift lever.
6-19
Intelligent Variable Transmission N (Neutral)

(Shift lever type) operation The wheels and transmission are not
The indicator in the cluster displays the engaged.
shift lever position when the Engine Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart a
Start/Stop button is in the ON position. stalled engine, or if it is necessary to stop
with the engine running. Shift into P (Park)
P (Park) if you need to leave your vehicle for any
Always come to a complete stop before reason.
shifting into P (Park). Always depress the brake pedal when you
The shift lever must be in P (Park) before are shifting from N (Neutral) to another
turning the engine off. gear.
WARNING WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is Do not shift into gear unless your foot is
in motion may cause you to lose control firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into
of the vehicle. gear when the engine is running at high
• After the vehicle has stopped, always speed can cause the vehicle to move very
make sure the shift lever is in P (Park), rapidly. You could lose control of the
apply the parking brake, and turn the vehicle and hit people or objects.
engine off.
• Do not use the P (Park) position in place D (Drive)
of the parking brake.
This is the normal forward driving
position. The transmission automatically
shifts to the optimal gear ratio, providing
Information better fuel efficiency and a smoother ride.
The engine RPM may increase or For extra power when passing another
decrease when performing the IVT vehicle or driving uphill, depress the
self-diagnosis. accelerator further until you feel the
transmission downshift to a lower gear.
The DRIVE MODE switch, located on the
R (Reverse) shift lever console or center fascia, allows
Use this position to drive the vehicle the driver to switch from NORMAL mode
backward. to SPORT mode.
For more information, refer to the "Drive
NOTICE Mode Integrated Control System (2WD)"
Always come to a complete stop before section later in this chapter.
shifting into or out of R (Reverse). You
may damage the transmission if you shift
into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion.
6-20
6
Manual shift mode Shift-lock system
For your safety, the intelligent variable
transmission has a shift-lock system
from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the
brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P (Park)
into R (Reverse):
2. Start the engine or press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON position.
2C_ShiftLeverManualShiftMode 3. Move the shift lever.
[A] Push the lever forwards once to shift up one gear.
[B] Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one
gear.
Whether the vehicle is stationary or in
Intelligent Variable
motion, manual shift mode is selected by Transmission (Rotary gear
pulling the shift lever from the D (Drive) shift dial type)
position into the manual gate. To return to
D (Drive) range operation, push the shift
lever back into the main gate.
In Manual shift mode, moving the shift
lever backwards and forwards allow you
to select the desired range of gears for the
current driving conditions.
Information
• Only the eight forward gears can be
selected in Manual shift mode. To
2C_ShiftButtonOverview
reverse or park the vehicle, move the [A] Rotary gear shift dial
shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) [B] P button
position as required.
• Downshifts are made automatically
when the vehicle slows down. When
the vehicle stops, 1st gear is
automatically selected.
• When the engine RPM approaches the
red zone the transmission upshifts
automatically.
6-21
Intelligent Variable Transmission

(Rotary gear shift dial type) Information
operation The engine RPM may increase or
The indicator in the cluster displays the decrease when performing the IVT
rotary gear shift dial position when the self-diagnosis.
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position.
Automatic gear shift to P (Park)
P (Park) The gear is shifted to P (Park)
automatically for safety reasons under
the following conditions:
• When the engine is turned off with the
gear in R (Reverse), D (Drive) or N
(Neutral).
engine running, the gear in R (Reverse),
D (Drive) or N (Neutral) and the vehicle
at a standstill.
2C_PressPButton
gear in N (Neutral) and the vehicle is
off.
shifting into P (Park). In situations the gear must be in P (Park),
always check if the gear is shifted to P
To shift the gear to P (Park), press the P
(Park) by checking the cluster.
button while depressing the brake pedal.
If you turn the engine off in R (Reverse), N
(Neutral) or D (Drive), the gear
automatically shifts to P (Park).
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is
in motion may cause you to lose control
of the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped, always
make sure the vehicle is in P (Park),
apply the parking brake, and turn the
engine off.
• When parking on an incline, shift the
gear to P (Park) and apply the parking
brake to prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill.
6-22
6
R (Reverse) N (Neutral)
2C_ShiftButtonRPosition 2C_ShiftButtonNPosition
Use this position to drive the vehicle The wheels and transmission are not
backward. engaged.
To shift the gear R (Reverse), rotate the To shift the gear to N (Neutral), rotate the
rotary gear shift dial to R (Reverse) while rotary gear shift dial to N (Neutral) from R
depressing the brake pedal. (Reverse) or D (Drive) while depressing
When the vehicle is stopped in the R the brake pedal.
(Reverse) position, if you open the driver's Always depress the brake pedal when you
door, the gear automatically shifts to P are shifting from N (Neutral) to another
(Park). gear.
However, if the vehicle is in motion, the If you turn the engine off in N (Neutral),
gear may not automatically shift to P the gear automatically shifts to P (Park).
(Park) to prevent intelligent variable However, if you need to stay in N
transmission damage. (Neutral) with the engine off, refer to the
“To stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is
NOTICE OFF” section in this chapter.
shifting into or out of R (Reverse). You WARNING
may damage the transmission if you shift The engine can be started with the gear in
into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in N (Neutral), but for you safety, be sure to
motion. start the engine with the gear in P (Park).
6-23
To stay in N (Neutral) when vehicle is

OFF
NOTICE
With the gear in N (Neutral), the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ACC position.
In the ACC position, the doors cannot be
locked. The battery may discharge if left
in the ACC position for a long time.
D (Drive)
2C_ToStayNPositionInfo
2C_ShiftButtonDPosition
This is the normal forward driving
position. The transmission automatically
2C_SteeringWheelOkButton shifts to the optimal gear ratio, providing
If you want to stay in N (Neutral) after the better fuel efficiency and a smoother ride.
engine is OFF (in the ACC state), do the For extra power when passing another
following. vehicle or driving uphill, depress the
1. Turn off Auto Hold and apply the accelerator further until you feel the
parking brake when the engine is transmission downshift to a lower gear.
running. To shift the gear D (Drive), rotate the
2. Rotate the shift dial to N (Neutral) while rotary gear shift dial to D (Drive) while
depressing the brake pedal. depressing the brake pedal.
3. When you take your foot off the brake When the vehicle is stopped in the D
pedal, the message “Press and hold (Drive) position, if you open the driver's
the OK button on the steering wheel to door with the seat belt unfastened, the
stay in Neutral” appears on the cluster gear automatically shifts to P (Park).
display.
CAUTION
4. Press and hold the OK button [A] on the
steering wheel for more than 1 second. When you start after stopping on a steep
incline, even if the gear is in D (Drive), if
5. When the message “Vehicle will stay in
you do not depress the accelerator or
(N). Change gear to cancel.” appears
brake pedal, the vehicle may roll
on the cluster display, turn the vehicle
backwards, which can cause an accident.
off while depressing the brake pedal.
If you want to turn off the engine, press
the P button while the Engine
6-24
6
Shift-lock system Cluster display message
For your safety, the intelligent variable
transmission has a shift-lock system Press brake pedal to change gear
from P (Park) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P (Park)
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive):
2. Start the engine or press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON position.
3. Shift the gear while depressing the
brake pedal. 2C_PressureBreakPadalToChangeGearInfo
This message appears when the brake
When the battery is discharged pedal is not depressed while shifting the
You cannot shift gears, when the battery gear.
is discharged. Depress the brake pedal and then shift
In emergencies, do the following to shift the gear.
the gear to N (Neutral) on a level ground.
1. Connect the battery cables from Shift to P after stopping
another vehicle or from another battery
to the jump-starting terminals inside
the engine compartment.
“Jump Starting” section in chapter 8.
2. Apply the parking brake with the Engine
Start/Stop button in the ON position.
3. Shift the gear to the N (Neutral)
position. Refer to the “To stay in N
(Neutral) when vehicle is OFF” in this 2C_ShiftToPAfterStoppingInfo
chapter. This message appears when the gear is
shifted to P (Park) while the vehicle is
Information moving.
In situations when the gear needs to be Stop the vehicle before shifting to P
shifted from P (Park) to N (Neutral) when (Park).
the vehicle off, refer to the “To stay in N
(Neutral) when vehicle is OFF” in this
chapter.
6-25
Check P button Check shifter dial
2C_CheckShiftPButtonInfo 2C_CheckShiftButtonInfo
This message appears when there is a This message appears when there is a
problem with the P button. malfunction with the rotary gear shift dial.
Have your vehicle inspected by an Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Shifter system malfunction PARK malfunction. Engage parking brake

when parking vehicle.
2C_ShiftSystemMalfuncitonoInfo
This message appears when the 2C_UnableToChangePInfo
transmission or the shift dial does not This message appears when there is a
properly operate in the P (Park) position. problem with the P button.
Have your vehicle inspected by an Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6-26
6
Transmission Hot! Park with engine on Avoid shifting for a few seconds
2C_ShiftOverheatStopVehicleInfo 2C_ShiftOverheatWaitShiftInfo
Repeated sudden acceleration and quick Repeated sudden acceleration and quick
start may overheat the transmission. If start may temporarily overheat the
the transmission is overheated, the transmission. Wait until the system to
self-protection mode alarms the driver cool before operating the rotary gear shift
with an audible sound warning message. dial.
Move the vehicle to a safe location and
shift the gear to P (Park), and stop the Trans cooled. Resume driving
vehicle with the engine on. Wait until the
transmission is sufficiently cooled down.
Vehicle Power limited due to high

transmission temperature
2C_ShiftOverheatCanDriveInfo
This message appears when the vehicle is
safe to drive.
2C_ShiftOverheatPowerLimittedInfo
If you continue to drive with overheated
transmission, the above warning
message appears and self-protection
mode restricts the power output of the
vehicle.
• Move the vehicle to a safe location and
shift the gear to P (Park), and stop the
vehicle with the engine on. Wait until
the transmission is sufficiently cooled
down.
• If the above message is continuously
displayed, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
6-27
Paddle shifter (manual shift mode) Parking

Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift
the gear into the P (Park) position, apply
the parking brake, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
Take the key with you when exiting the
vehicle.
WARNING
When you stay in the vehicle with the
engine running, be careful not to depress
2C_PaddleShift
the accelerator pedal for a long period of
The paddle shifter is available when the time. The engine or exhaust system may
gear is in the D (Drive) position. overheat and start a fire.
Pull the + or - paddle shifter once to shift The exhaust gas and the exhaust system
up or down one gear and the system are very hot. Keep away from the exhaust
changes from automatic shift mode to system components.
manual shift mode.
Do not stop or park over flammable
To change back to automatic shift mode materials, such as dry grass, paper or
from manual shift mode, do one of the leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire.
followings:
• Pull and hold the + paddle shifter.
• Shift the gear to D (Drive). Good driving practices
The manual shift mode also changes back • Never shift the gear from P (Park) or N
to automatic shift mode in one of (Neutral) to any other position with the
following situations: accelerator pedal depressed.
• When the accelerator pedal is gently • Never shift the gear into P (Park) when
depressed for more than 6 seconds the vehicle is in motion.
while driving. Make sure the vehicle is completely
• When the vehicle speed decreases stopped before you attempt to shift
below 4 mph (7 km/h). into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
For more information on SPORT mode • Do not shift the gear to N (Neutral)
paddle shifter operation, refer to the when driving. Doing so may result in an
"SPORT mode" section in this chapter. accident because of a loss of engine
braking and the transmission could be
Information damaged.
If the + and - paddle shifters are pulled at
the same time, gear shift may not occur.
6-28
6
• Driving uphill or downhill, always shift
to D (Drive) when driving forward or to WARNING
R (Reverse) when driving backwards, To reduce the risk of serious injury or
and check the gear position indicated death:
on the cluster before driving. If you
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a
drive in the opposite direction of the
collision, an unbelted occupant is
selected gear, the engine turns off and
significantly more likely to be seriously
a serious accident might be occurred
injured or killed than a properly belted
due to the degraded brake
occupant.
performance.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or
• Do not drive with your foot resting on
turning.
the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can result in • Do not make quick steering wheel
the brakes overheating, brake wear and movements, such as sharp lane
possibly even brake failure. changes or fast, sharp turns.
• Depressing both accelerator and brake • The risk of rollover is greatly increased
pedals at the same time can trigger if you lose control of your vehicle at
logic for engine power reduction to highway speeds.
assure vehicle deceleration. Vehicle • Loss of control often occurs if two or
acceleration resumes after the brake more wheels drop off the roadway and
pedal is released. the driver over steers to reenter the
• When driving in Manual shift mode, roadway.
slow down before shifting to a lower • In the event your vehicle leaves the
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead,
not be engaged if the engine RPMs are slow down before pulling back into the
outside of the allowable range. travel lanes.
• Always apply the parking brake when
leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on
placing the transmission in P (Park) to
keep the vehicle from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when driving
on a slippery surface. Be especially
careful when braking, accelerating or
shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an
abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
6-29
Braking System WARNING

Take the following precautions:
Power-assist brakes • Do not drive with your foot resting on
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes the brake pedal. This will create
that adjust automatically through normal abnormal high brake temperatures,
usage. excessive brake lining and pad wear,
and increased stopping distances.
If the engine is not running or is turned off
while driving, the power assist for the • When descending down a long or steep
brakes does not work. You can still stop hill, use the paddle shifter and manually
your vehicle by applying greater force to downshift to a lower gear in order to
the brake pedal than typical. The stopping control your speed without using the
distance, however, may be longer than brake pedal excessively. Applying the
with power brakes. brakes continuously will cause the
brakes to overheat and may result in a
When the engine is not running, the temporary loss of braking performance.
reserve brake power is partially depleted
each time the brake pedal is applied. Do • Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's
not pump the brake pedal when the ability to safely slow down and the
power assist has been interrupted. vehicle may also pull to one side when
the brakes are applied. Applying the
Information brakes lightly indicates whether they
have been affected in this way. Always
• When the brake pedal is depressed test your brakes in this fashion after
under certain driving conditions or driving through deep water. To dry the
weather conditions, you may brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to
temporarily hear a noise. This is normal heat up the brakes while maintaining a
and does not indicate a problem with safe forward speed until brake
your brakes. performance returns to normal. Avoid
• While driving on a road with deicing driving at high speeds until the brakes
chemicals, brake noise or abnormal tire function correctly.
wear may occur due to deicing
chemicals. In a safe traffic condition,
additionally apply the brakes to remove Disc brakes wear indicator
deicing chemicals on the brake discs When your brake pads are worn and new
and pads. pads are required, you may hear a high
pitched warning sound from your front or
rear brakes. You may hear this sound
come and go or it may occur whenever
you depress the brake pedal.
Information
Always replace both the left and right
brake pads on the front and rear axles at
the same time.
6-30
6
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Information
During emergency braking, the Parking
Applying the parking brake Brake warning light illuminates and you
may hear a clicking noise.
To apply EPB (Electronic Parking Brake):
NOTICE
If you notice a noise or burning smell
when the EPB is used for emergency
braking, have your vehicle inspected by
Releasing the parking brake

2C_EPBEngage To release EPB (Electronic Parking
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. Brake):
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Brake warning light
comes on.
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be

automatically applied when:
• Requested by other systems
• The driver turns the vehicle off while
Auto Hold is operating.
Emergency braking 2C_EPBRelease

If there is a problem with the brake pedal 1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
while driving, emergency braking is ON or START position.
possible by pulling up and holding the 2. Press the EPB switch while depressing
EPB switch. Braking is possible only while the brake pedal.
you are holding the EPB switch. However,
braking distance may be longer than Make sure the Parking Brake warning light
normal. goes off.
WARNING
death, do not operate the EPB while the
vehicle is moving except in an emergency
situation. It may damage the brake
system and cause a collision.
6-31
To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) Warning messages

automatically:
• Gear in P (Park) or in N (Neutral) To release EPB, fasten seatbelt and close
door, hood and liftgate
With the engine running, depress the
brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
Make sure the doors, hood, and liftgate
are closed and the seat belt is fastened.
Information
• You can engage EPB even though the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF
position (only if battery power is
available), but you cannot release it.
2C_EPBEnableToReleaseInfo
• Depress the brake pedal and release If the driver's seat belt is unfastened, or
the parking brake manually with the the hood, liftgate, doors are open, and
EPB switch before you drive downhill or you try to drive with EPB applied, a
when backing up. warning sounds and a message appears.
WARNING
NOTICE To prevent serious injury or death from
• If the Parking Brake warning light is still unintended vehicle movement:
on even though the EPB has been • Always come to a complete stop and
released, have your vehicle inspected continue to depress the brake pedal
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. before parking, shift the gear into P
• Do not drive your vehicle with EPB (Park), pull up the EPB switch, and press
applied. It may cause excessive brake the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF
pad and brake rotor wear. position. Take the key with you when
leaving the vehicle.
• Never allow anyone who is unfamiliar
with the vehicle to touch the EPB
switch.
• Only release EPB when you are seated
inside the vehicle with your foot firmly
on the brake pedal.
NOTICE
Driving with the parking brake on may
overheat the braking system and cause
premature wear or damage to brake
parts.
6-32
6
Parking brake warning light
Information
• A clicking sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB. These
conditions are normal and indicate that
EPB is functioning properly.
• When leaving your keys with a parking
attendant or assistant, make sure to
inform him/her how to operate the EPB. WL_BreakWarningLamp
This light illuminates when the Parking
Brake is applied with the Engine
EPB malfunction Start/Stop button in the START or ON
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning position.
light illuminates if the Engine Start/Stop Before driving, make sure the Parking
button is in the ON position and goes off Brake is released and the Parking Brake
in about 3 seconds if the system is warning light is OFF.
operating normally. If the Parking Brake warning light remains
If the EPB warning light remains on, on after the Parking Brake is released
comes on while driving, or does not come while the engine is running, there may be
on when the Engine Start/Stop button is a malfunction in the brake system.
ON, the EPB may have malfunctioned. If possible, stop driving the vehicle
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected immediately. If that is not possible, use
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. extreme caution while operating the
The EPB warning light may illuminate vehicle and only continue to drive the
when the ESC indicator comes on to vehicle until you can reach a safe
indicate that ESC is not working properly, location.
but it does not indicate a malfunction of
EPB.
Auto hold
Information Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a
standstill even though the brake pedal is
• If the Parking Brake warning light does not depressed after the driver brings the
not illuminate or blinks after the EPB vehicle to a complete stop by depressing
switch has been pulled, the EPB may the brake pedal.
not be applied.
• If the EPB warning light is still on or the Information
Parking Brake warning light blinks
When the vehicle is restarted, the last
when the EPB warning light is on, press
setting for Auto Hold is applied.
the switch, and then pull it up. Repeat
this one more time. If the EPB warning
does not go off, have your vehicle
dealer.
6-33
To apply: To release:
Type A If you depress the accelerator pedal with
the gear in D (Drive) or manual shift mode
or R (Reverse) (vehicle equipped with
shift button), the Auto Hold is released
automatically and the vehicle starts to
move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes
from green to white.
WARNING
Always look around your vehicle before
depressing the accelerator pedal to
release Auto Hold.
2C_AutoHoldButtonOn
Type B
To cancel:
Type A
2C_AutoHoldButtonOn_2
[A] White
1. With the driver's door, hood, and
liftgate closed, press the AUTO HOLD 2C_AutoHoldButtonOff
switch. The white AUTO HOLD indicator Type B

comes on and the system is in standby.
2. When you stop the vehicle completely
by depressing the brake pedal, Auto
Hold maintains the brake pressure to
hold the vehicle stationary. The
indicator changes from white to green.
The vehicle remains stationary even if
you release the brake pedal.
2C_AutoHoldButtonOff_2
[A] Light off
2. Press the AUTO HOLD switch.
The AUTO HOLD indicator turns off.
6-34
6
WARNING NOTICE
To prevent unintended vehicle If the AUTO HOLD indicator changes to
movement, always depress your foot on yellow, or the driver's door, hood, or
the brake pedal to cancel the Auto Hold liftgate open detection system
before you: malfunctions, Auto Hold does not work
• Drive downhill. properly. Contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse).
• Park the vehicle.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the driver's
Information door or engine hood open detection
The Auto Hold does not operate when: system, Auto Hold may not work properly.
• The driver's door or hood is opened. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• The liftgate is opened.
• The gear is in P (Park) or R (reverse).
Warning messages
• EPB is applied.
• The Auto Hold automatically switches Parking brake automatically engaged
to EPB when:
- The driver's door or hood is opened.
- The vehicle is in a standstill for more
than 10 minutes.
- The vehicle is on a steep slope.
- The vehicle moves several times.
- The liftgate is opened. (for rotary gear
shift dial type)
The Parking Brake warning light comes
on, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes 2C_AutoHoldAutoEngageEPBInfo
from green to white, and a warning When EPB is applied while Auto Hold is
sounds and a message appears to activated, a warning sounds and a
inform you that EPB has been message appears.
automatically engaged. Before driving,
depress the brake pedal, check the
surrounding area, and release the
parking brake manually with the EPB
switch.
6-35
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
pedal
WARNING
Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system
does not prevent accidents due to
improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehicle control
is improved during emergency braking,
always maintain a safe distance between
you and objects ahead of you. Always
reduce the vehicle speed in extreme road
2C_AutoHoldPressureBreakInfo conditions.
When the conversion from Auto Hold to The braking distance for vehicles
EPB is not working properly, a warning equipped with ABS or ESC may be longer
sounds and a message appears. than for those without these systems in
the following road conditions:
Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO
HOLD • Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.
• On roads where the road surface is
pitted or has different surface height.
• Tire chains are installed on your vehicle.
Never test the safety features of an ABS or
ESC equipped vehicle by high speed
driving or cornering. It may cause a
collision and endanger the safety of
yourself or others.
2C_ReleaseAutoHoldPressBreakInfo ABS is an electronic braking system that

If you did not apply the brake pedal when helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows
you release Auto Hold by pressing the the driver to steer and brake at the same
AUTO HOLD switch, a warning sounds time.
and a message appears.
6-36
6
Using ABS
WARNING
To obtain the maximum benefit from your
ABS in an emergency situation, do not If the ABS ( ) warning light is on and stays
attempt to modulate your brake pressure on you may have a problem with the ABS.
and do not try to pump your brakes. Your power brakes work normally. To
Depress your brake pedal as hard as reduce the risk of serious injury or death it
possible. is contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
When you apply your brakes under as soon as possible.
conditions that may lock the wheels, you
may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel
a corresponding sensation in the brake NOTICE
pedal. This is normal and it means your
ABS is active. When you drive on a road having poor
traction, such as an icy road, and apply
ABS does not reduce the time or distance
your brakes continuously, ABS is active
it takes to stop the vehicle.
continuously and the ABS ( ) warning
Always maintain a safe distance from the light may illuminate. Pull your vehicle
vehicle in front of you. over to a safe place and turn off the
ABS does not prevent a skid that results vehicle.
from sudden changes in direction, such Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning
as trying to take a corner too fast or light is off, then your ABS system is
making a sudden lane change. Always normal.
drive at a safe speed for the road and
If not, contact an authorized HYUNDAI
weather conditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability.
Always steer moderately when braking
hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel
movement can still cause your vehicle to Information
veer into oncoming traffic or off the road. When you jump start your vehicle
On loose or uneven road surfaces, because of a drained battery, the ABS ( )
operation of the anti-lock brake system warning light may turn on at the same
may result in a longer stopping distance time. It does not mean your ABS is
than for vehicles equipped with a malfunctioning. Have the battery
conventional brake system. recharged before driving the vehicle.
The ABS ( ) warning light stays on for
several seconds after the Engine
During that time, ABS goes through
self-diagnosis and the light goes off if
everything is normal. If the light stays on,
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
6-37
Electronic Stability Control ESC operation

(ESC) ESC ON condition
When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position, the ESC and the ESC OFF
indicator lights illuminate for about 3
seconds. After both lights go off, ESC is
enabled.
When operating
2C_ESCOffButtion
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering maneuvers.
WL_ESCOperatingLamp
ESC checks where you are steering and When the ESC is operating, the ESC
where the vehicle is actually going. ESC indicator light blinks:
applies braking pressure to any one of the
vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the • When you apply your brakes under
engine management system to assist the conditions that may lock the wheels,
driver with keeping the vehicle on the you may hear sounds from the brakes,
intended path. It is not a substitute for or feel a corresponding sensation in the
safe driving practices. Always adjust your brake pedal.
speed and driving to the road conditions. • If Cruise Control has been used when
ESC activates, Cruise Control
WARNING automatically disengages. Refer to the
"Cruise Control (CC)" section in
Never drive too fast for the road Chapter 7.
conditions or too quickly when cornering.
The ESC system does not prevent a • When moving out of the mud or driving
collision. on a slippery road, the engine RPM
(revolutions per minute) may not
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt increase even if you depress the
maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet accelerator pedal all the way. This is to
surfaces may result in severe collisions. maintain the stability and traction of
the vehicle and does not indicate a
problem.
6-38
6
ESC OFF condition Indicator lights
ESC indicator light (blinks)
WL_ESCWarningLamp
WL_ESCOperatingLamp
To cancel ESC operation:
ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
• State 1
Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC
OFF indicator light and the message,
"Traction control disabled" illuminate.
The traction control function of ESC
(engine management) is disabled, but the
brake control function of ESC (braking
WL_ESCWarningLamp
management) still operates.
When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
• State 2 the ON position, the ESC indicator light
Press and hold the ESC OFF button illuminates, then goes off if the ESC
continuously for more than 3 seconds. system is operating normally.
The ESC OFF indicator light and/or The ESC indicator light blinks whenever
message "Traction and Stability Control ESC is operating.
disabled" illuminates and a warning
chime sounds. Both the traction control If the ESC indicator light stays on, have
function of ESC (engine management) your vehicle inspected by an authorized
and the brake control function of ESC HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
(braking management) are disabled. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on
If the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed when ESC is turned off.
to the OFF position when ESC is off, ESC
remains off. Upon restarting the vehicle, WARNING
ESC automatically turns on again. When ESC is blinking, this indicates ESC is
active:
• Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to
accelerate.
• Never turn off ESC while the ESC
indicator light is blinking. You may lose
control of the vehicle and collide.
6-39
NOTICE Vehicle Stability Management

(VSM)
Driving with wheels and tires with
Vehicle Stability Management is a
different sizes may cause the ESC system
function of the Electronic Stability
to malfunction. Before replacing tires,
Control (ESC) system. It helps the vehicle
make sure all four tires and wheels are the
stay stable when accelerating or braking
appropriate size for your vehicle. Never
suddenly on wet, slippery and rough
drive the vehicle with different sized
roads where traction over the four tires
wheels and tires installed.
can suddenly become uneven.
ESC OFF usage

WARNING
VSM is not a substitute for safe driving
When Driving practices. To prevent serious injury or
The ESC OFF mode should only be used death:
briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in • Always monitor the speed and the
snow or mud, by temporarily stopping distance to the vehicle ahead of you.
operation of ESC, to maintain wheel • Never drive too fast for the road
torque. conditions. Excessive speed in bad
To turn off ESC while driving, press the weather or on slippery and uneven
ESC OFF button while driving on a flat roads may result in severe collisions.
road surface.
NOTICE VSM operation

To prevent damage to the transmission:
When operating
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to
When you apply your brakes under
spin excessively while the ESC, ABS,
conditions that can activate ESC, you may
and Parking Brake warning lights
hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a
appear. The repairs would not be
corresponding sensation in the brake
covered by the vehicle warranty.
pedal. This is normal and it means your
Reduce engine power and do not spin
VSM is active.
the wheel(s) excessively while these
lights appear.
Information
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, make sure ESC is turned VSM does not operate when:
off (ESC OFF light illuminated). • Driving on a banked road such as
gradient or incline.
• Driving in reverse.
Information • The ESC OFF indicator light is on.
Turning ESC off does not affect ABS or • The MDPS (Motor Driven Power
standard brake system operation. Steering) warning light ( ) is on or
blinks.
6-40
6
VSM OFF condition Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
To cancel VSM operation, press the ESC
OFF button. ESC OFF ( ) indicator light
illuminates.
To turn on VSM again, press the ESC OFF
button again. The ESC OFF indicator light
goes out.
WARNING
If the ESC ( ) indicator light or MDPS ( )
warning light stays illuminated or blinks,
your vehicle may have a malfunction with 2C_DownhillBrakeControl
the VSM system. When the warning light Downhill Brake Control assists when
illuminates, have your vehicle inspected descending down a steep hill without
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon having to depress the brake pedal.
as possible.
The system automatically applies the
brakes to maintain vehicle speed below a
certain speed and allows the driver to
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) concentrate on steering the vehicle down
Hill-Start Assist Control helps prevent the hill.
vehicle from rolling backwards when
The system is turned off whenever the
starting from a stop on a hill.
engine is turned off.
WARNING Press the button to turn on the system
and press the button again to turn it off.
Always be ready to depress the
accelerator pedal when starting from a
stop on an uphill slope. Hill-Start Assist
Control activates only for about 2
seconds.
Information
• Hill-Start Assist Control does not
operate when the gear is shifted to P
(Park) or N (Neutral).
• Hill-Start Assist Control activates even
when the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is off. It does not activate, if the
ESC is not operating normally.
6-41
System operation
Mode Indicator Description
Green light on
Press the Downhill Brake Control button when vehicle
speed is under 37 mph (60 km/h). Downhill Brake Control
Standby
turns on and enters the standby mode. The system does not
turn on if vehicle speed is over 37 mph (60 km/h).
In the standby mode, Downhill Brake Control activates

Green light under the following conditions:
blink • The hill is steep enough.
Activated • The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is not depressed.
• Vehicle speed is within 2-25 mph (4-40 km/h) range.
Within the activation speed range 2-25 mph (4-40 km/h),
the driver can control the vehicle speed by depressing the
brake pedal or accelerator pedal.
Green light off

Downhill Brake Control will turns off under the following
conditions:
• The Downhill Brake Control button is pressed again.
• Vehicle speed is over 37 mph (60 km/h).
Deactivated
Green light on
Downhill Brake Control is deactivated but maintains the
standby mode under the following conditions:
• The hill is not steep enough.
• Vehicle speed is between 25-37 mph (40-60 km/h).
Yellow light on The yellow warning light illuminates when the system may
have malfunctioned or may not work properly during
System
activation. If this occurs, Downhill Brake Control is
malfunction
deactivated. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
6-42
6
Downhill Brake Control disabled. Control Brake Assistant System (BAS)
vehicle speed.
The Brake Assistant System provides
additional pressure when the brake pedal
is pressed quickly with firm pressure in a
situation sudden braking is required while
driving.
The Brake Assistant System reduces the
time for ABS (Anti-Lock Brake System)
control to enter and consequently
reduces the braking distance, by
providing additional pressure up to the
point of ABS intervention.
2C_DBCDisabledInfo
If Downhill Brake Control is not working WARNING
properly, this warning message appears
on the cluster display and you may hear a The system may not operate depending
warning sound. If this occurs, control the on driver's driving habit, driving speed the
vehicle speed by depressing the brake degree to which the brake pedal is
pedal. depressed and the road surface
condition.
WARNING
Always turn off Downhill Brake Control on Good braking practices
normal roads. The system might activate
inadvertently from the standby mode WARNING
when driving through speed bumps or
making sharp curves. Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking,
always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift
the gear to the P (Park) position, then
Information apply the EPB, and press the Engine
• Downhill Brake Control may not Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
deactivate on steep inclines even Vehicles parked with the EPB not applied
though the brake pedal or accelerator or not fully engaged may roll
pedal is depressed. inadvertently and may cause injury to the
• Downhill Brake Control may not always driver and others. ALWAYS apply the
maintain vehicle speed at a certain parking brake before exiting the vehicle.
speed.
• Downhill Brake Control does not Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes
operate when: may get wet if the vehicle is driven
- The gear is in P (Park). through standing water or if it is washed.
- ESC is activated. Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the
brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the
• Noise or vibration may occur from the vehicle to pull to one side.
brakes when Downhill Brake Control is
activated.
• The rear stop light comes on when
Downhill Brake Control is activated.
6-43
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes

slightly until the braking action returns to
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
normal If the braking action does not if equipped
return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe Type A
to do so. Have your vehicle inspected by
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. Even light, but constant
pedal pressure can result in the brakes
overheating, brake wear, and possibly
even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
vehicle pointed straight ahead while you
slow down. When you are moving slowly
2C_4WDLockButton
enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off
Type B
the road and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal
when the vehicle is stopped to prevent
the vehicle from rolling forward.
2C_4WDLockButton_2
The All wheel drive (AWD) system delivers
engine power to all front and rear wheels
for maximum traction. AWD is useful
when extra traction is required on roads
such as slippery, muddy, wet, or
snow-covered roads.
AWD may also be used for occasional
off-road use such as established unpaved
roads and trails. Always reduce the speed
to a level that is appropriate for those
conditions.
6-44
6
WARNING
death:
• Do not drive in conditions that exceed
the vehicle's intended design such as
challenging off-road conditions.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
• Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of a rollover is greatly increased
if you lose control of your vehicle at
highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway and
the driver over steers to reenter the
roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves the
roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead,
slow down before pulling back into the
travel lanes.
Information
• Do not drive in water if the water level is
higher than the bottom of the vehicle.
• Check your brake condition once you
are out of mud or water. Depress the
brake pedal several times as you move
slowly until you feel normal braking
condition return.
• Shorten your scheduled maintenance
interval if you drive in off-road
conditions such as sand, mud, or water
(refer to the "Maintenance under
severe usage and low mileage
conditions" section in Chapter 9).
• Always wash your vehicle thoroughly
after off-road use, especially the
bottom of the vehicle.
• Make sure that a full time AWD vehicle
is towed by a flat-bed tow truck.
6-45
All wheel drive (AWD) mode
All wheel drive (AWD) mode selection

Transfer
Selection button Indicator light Description
mode
• AWD Auto is used when driving
on roads in normal conditions,
roads in urban areas, and on
highways.
• All wheels are in operation
when your vehicle travels at a
AWD AUTO constant speed. Required
(AWD LOCK traction forces on front and rear
is wheels may differ depending
deactivated) on road conditions and driving
conditions, which are
automatically controlled by the
system.
• The cluster displays how the
four wheels’ traction forces are
distributed.
• AWD Lock mode maximizes the
vehicle’s traction under
extreme driving conditions
such as unpaved off-road,
sandy roads, and muddy roads.
• AWD Lock mode operates only
when travelling at 37 mph (60
km/h) or less. When traveling
over 37 mph (60 km/h), the
AWD LOCK mode switches to AWD Auto.
• When AWD Lock mode
illuminates, the cluster does not
display the front/rear wheel
traction force distribution
status.
• Press the AWD Lock mode
switch again to switch back to
AWD Auto.
WARNING
If the AWD ( ) warning light stays illuminated on the instrument cluster, your vehicle may
have a malfunction with the AWD system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
6-46
6
Driving in sand or mud
NOTICE
• Maintain slow and constant speeds.
• Maintain the AWD Auto mode when • Use tire chains when driving in mud if
driving on roads in normal conditions. necessary.
• Driving on normal roads with the AWD • Keep a sufficient distance between
Lock mode on, especially when your vehicle and the vehicle in front.
cornering may cause mechanical noise
or vibration. Driving in this mode for • Reduce the vehicle speed and always
prolonged periods may damage parts check the road condition.
of the power train. The noise and • Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
vibration disappear when the AWD sudden brake applications, and sharp
Lock mode is deactivated. turns to prevent getting stuck.
Information
Information When the vehicle is stuck in snow, sand,
or mud, place a non-slip material under
When the AWD Lock mode is deactivated, the drive wheels to provide traction or
a sensation may be felt as the driving slowly spin the wheels in forward and
power is delivered entirely to the front reverse causing a rocking motion that
wheels. may free the vehicle. Avoid running the
engine continuously at high RPM to
prevent damage to the AWD system.
Auto AWD mode (Normal driving)
If the AWD system determines there is a
need for all wheel drive, the engine's Driving up or down hills
driving power is distributes to all four • Driving uphill
wheels automatically.
- Before starting off, check if it is
possible to drive uphill.
For safe AWD operation - Drive as straight as possible.
Before driving • Driving downhill
Make sure all passengers always wear - Do not change gears while driving
their seat belts. downhill. Select a gear before driving
downhill.
Driving on snow-covered or icy roads - Drive slowly when using engine
• Start off slowly by applying the braking while driving downhill.
accelerator pedal gently. - Drive straight as possible.
• Use snow tires or tire chains.
• Keep a sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front.
• Use engine braking during
deceleration.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and sharp
turns to prevent skids.
6-47
WARNING WARNING
• Exercise extreme caution driving up or Do not grab the inside of the steering
down steep hills. The vehicle may roll wheel when you are driving off-road. You
over in the grade, terrain, and water/ may hurt your arm by a sudden steering
mud conditions. maneuver or from steering wheel
• Do not drive across steep hills. A slight rebound due to an impact with objects on
change in the wheel angle may the ground. You may lose control of the
destabilize the vehicle. A stable vehicle steering wheel that may lead to serious
may lose stability if the vehicle stops its injury or death.
forward motion. Your vehicle may roll
over, resulting in a serious injury or
death. Emergency precautions
Tires
Driving through water
Do not use tires or wheels with different
• Try to avoid driving in deep standing size and type from the one installed on
water. It may stall your engine and clog your vehicle. It may affect the safety and
your exhaust pipes. performance of your vehicle, which could
• If you need to drive in water, stop your cause steering failure or rollover causing
vehicle, set the vehicle in AWD Lock serious injury.
mode, and drive under 5 mph (8 km/h). When replacing the tires, be sure to equip
• Do not change gears while driving in all four tires with the same size, type,
water. tread, brand, and load carrying capacity.
If you equip your vehicle with any
Additional driving conditions tire/wheel combination not
• Become familiar with the off-road recommended by HYUNDAI for off-road
conditions before driving. driving, do not use these tires for highway
driving.
• Always pay attention when driving
off-road and avoid dangerous areas.
WARNING
• Drive slowly when driving in heavy
wind. Never start or run the engine while a
full-time AWD vehicle is raised on a jack.
• Reduce vehicle speed when cornering. The vehicle may slip or roll off of a jack
The center of gravity of AWD vehicles is causing serious injury or death.
higher than conventional 2WD vehicles.
The vehicle is more likely to roll over if
you turn the steering wheel too quickly. Towing
• Always hold the steering wheel firmly AWD vehicles must be towed with all the
when you are driving off-road. wheels off the ground. For more
information, refer to the "Towing" section
in Chapter 8.
6-48
6
Dynamometer testing Idle Stop And Go (ISG)
A full time AWD vehicle must be tested on if equipped
a special four wheel chassis
dynamometer. Idle Stop and Go helps reduce fuel
consumption by automatically shutting
down the engine, when the vehicle is at a
standstill (i.e. red stop light, stop sign, and
traffic jam). ISG system is always active,
when the engine is running.
Information
When the engine is automatically started
by the ISG system, warning lights (e.g.
ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, MDPS, and parking
brake warning light) may illuminate for a
2C_4WDTestCautionLabel few seconds if the battery voltage is low
[A] Roll tester (Speedometer) and does not indicate a malfunction with
[B] Temporary free roller
the ISG system.
If a 2WD roll tester must be used:
1. Check the tire pressures recommended
for your vehicle. ISG system operation
2. Place the front wheels on the roll tester
for a speedometer test as shown in the Prerequisite for activation
illustration.
• The driver's seatbelt is fastened.
3. Release the parking brake.
• The driver's door and hood are closed.
4. Place the rear wheels on the temporary
free roller as shown in the illustration. • The brake vacuum pressure is
adequate.
NOTICE • The battery sensor is activated and the
battery is sufficiently charged.
• Never engage the parking brake while
performing the test. • Outside temperature is not too low or
too high.
• When the vehicle is lifted up, do not
operate the front and rear wheel • The vehicle is driven over a constant
separately. All four wheels should be speed and stops.
operated. • The climate control system satisfies the
conditions.
• The vehicle is sufficiently warmed up.
WARNING • ISG related parts are working properly.
Keep away from the front of the vehicle • The incline is gradual.
while the vehicle is in gear on the • The steering wheel is turned less than
dynamometer. The vehicle may jump 180 degrees before the vehicle stops.
forward and cause serious injury or death.
6-49
Auto start
Information When ISG stops the engine automatically,
If the Auto Stop ( ) indicator is white on the engine restarts if:
the instrument cluster, the ISG system • The brake pedal is released.
does not meet the prerequisites above
• You take your foot off the brake pedal
and is not active. If the Auto Stop ( ) and then depress the accelerator pedal
indicator is yellow, have your vehicle when Auto Hold is activated.
dealer. • You shift the gear from N (Neutral) or D
(Drive) to R (Reverse) or P (Park) while
Auto stop • You shift the gear from N (Neutral) to D
When ISG is on, the engine stops (Drive) while depressing the brake
automatically when both of the following pedal.
occur: The Auto Stop ( ) indicator goes to
1. Vehicle speed decreases to 0 mph (0 white on the instrument cluster, when the
km/h) (full stop condition). engine is restarted.
2. Brake pedal is depressed and gear is in
D (Drive) or N (Neutral). Warning messages
The Auto Stop ( ) indicator illuminates in
green on the instrument cluster, when the Auto stop is Off. Shift to P or N and start
engine stops. engine manually.
Information
Idle stop cannot occur again until the
vehicle speed goes above 3 mph (5 km/h)
and then comes to a full stop again.
In Auto Stop mode, if the hood is opened,

ISG system is deactivated.
When the system is deactivated, the ISG
2C_ISGReleaseInfo
OFF button indicator illuminates and the
message, "Auto stop is Off. Shift to P or N When the system is deactivated, the ISG
and start engine manually" appears on off button indicator illuminates and a
the cluster display with a warning sound. message appears on the cluster display
with a warning sound if:
If this occurs, depress the brake pedal and
restart the engine manually. • The hood is opened.
• ISG system is not working normally.
If this occurs, depress the brake pedal and
restart the engine manually. For your
safety, restart the vehicle in the P (Park)
position.
6-50
6
Press brake pedal for Auto Start • When Since Reset is selected, the AUTO
STOP elapsed time resets whenever
Since Reset is reset.
• When link is not selected, the AUTO
STOP elapsed time is not linked with
other information. Press and hold the
OK button on the steering wheel to
reset the elapsed time.
For more information, refer to the "Utility
view" section in chapter 4.
2C_ISGPressBrakeInfo
When the gear is shifted from N (Neutral) ISG system off
to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or Manual shift
mode without the brake pedal depressed,
a message appears on the cluster display.
To activate auto start, depress the brake
pedal.
AUTO STOP elapsed time reset
2C_ISGOffButton
Press the ISG OFF button to turn off the
ISG system. The ISG OFF button indicator
illuminates. To use the system, press the
ISG OFF button again.
2C_ISGAcuumResetInfo
Conditions that restart the
You can view the AUTO STOP elapsed
time in the utility view. To view the
engine
elapsed time for AUTO STOP since the last The engine is automatically restarted if:
reset, select Setup > Cluster > AUTO • The brake vacuum pressure is low.
STOP elapsed time in the infotainment • The engine has stopped for about 5
system. minutes.
The AUTO STOP elapsed time reset • The air conditioning is ON with the fan
depends on which utility view mode is speed set to a certain high level.
linked.
• The front defroster is ON.
• When Current Trip is selected, the
AUTO STOP elapsed time resets • The battery is weak.
whenever Current Trip is reset. • The cooling and heating performance
• When Since Refueling is selected, the of the climate control system is
AUTO STOP elapsed time resets unsatisfactory.
whenever Since Refueling is reset. • The vehicle is shifted to P (Park) or R
(Reverse) when Auto Hold is activated.
6-51
• The door is opened or the seatbelt is If the AGM battery is reconnected or

unfastened when Auto Hold is replaced, the ISG system does not
activated. operate immediately. If you want to use
• The EPB switch is pressed when Auto the system, the battery sensor needs to
Hold is activated. be calibrated following the procedure.
The Auto Stop ( ) indicator blinks in 1. Turn off the engine.
green for 5 seconds on the instrument 2. Disconnect all electronic devices that
cluster when the engine is restarted. were additionally installed after the
vehicle was delivered, such as
WARNING navigation, dashcam, etc.
When the engine is in Idle Stop mode, the 3. After 4 hours with the engine off, turn
engine may restart without the driver the engine on and off 3 to 4 times.
taking any action. Before leaving the
vehicle or working in the engine Information
compartment, turn off the engine by The ISG system may not operate in the
pressing the Engine Start/Stop button to following situations.
the OFF position, shifting to P (Park),
• There is a malfunction with the ISG
applying the parking brake, and taking
system.
the key with you when you leave the
vehicle. • The battery is weak.
• The brake vacuum pressure is low.
ISG malfunction by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ISG system may not operate if:
• The Auto Stop ( ) indicator illuminates
in yellow on the instrument cluster. NOTICE
• The ISG OFF button illuminates. • Use only a genuine HYUNDAI AGM
Have your vehicle inspected by an battery for replacement. If not, the ISG
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. system may not operate properly.
• Do not recharge the AGM battery with a
general battery charger. It may damage
Calibrating the battery sensor or explode the AGM battery.
• Do not remove the battery cap. The
battery electrolyte, which is harmful to
the human body may leak out.
2C_ISGBatterySensor
[A] Battery sensor
6-52
6
Smart ISG System Limitations of Smart ISG
if equipped Smart ISG may not operate normally or
may operate unexpectedly if:
• The front view camera is blocked,
Automatic restart when covered, or damaged by snow, water,
leading vehicle departs or dirt.
If the engine is turned off by ISG when the • The temperature near the front view
vehicle is at a standstill. Then, the engine camera is very hot or cold.
starts automatically when the front view • The camera lens is covered or blocked
camera detects a movement of the by windshield tint, the windshield is
leading vehicle. damaged, or a sticky material (sticker,
bug, etc.) is on the glass.
• Moisture is not removed or is frozen on
the windshield.
• Washer fluid is sprayed continuously, or
the wiper is on.
• Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog.
• The front view camera’s field of view is
obstructed by glare from the sun.
2C_SMARTISG • Sunlight, streetlight, or light from an
If the engine restarts automatically by the oncoming vehicle is reflected on the
Smart ISG system, AUTO STOP is wet road surface such as a puddle on
displayed in the utility view mode on the the road.
instrument cluster. • An object is placed on the dashboard.
• Your vehicle is being towed.
Information
• The surrounding is very bright or very
• Even when the leading vehicle drives dark (nighttime, tunnel, etc.).
away, the Smart ISG system may not
restart the engine because of • The brightness changes suddenly, for
limitations of the front view camera example when entering or exiting a
that detects the leading vehicle’s tunnel.
movement. For more information, refer • The brightness outside is low, and the
to the "Limitations of Smart ISG" headlights of the front vehicle are
section in this chapter. turned off or are not bright.
• If the engine is turned off by ISG, it can • A front vehicle is partially visible.
be restarted anytime by releasing the • The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy
brake pedal, regardless of the Smart truck, truck with an unusual shape,
ISG system. trailer, etc.
6-53
• The vehicle in front has no tail lights or

tail lights are located in an unusual
Drive Mode Integrated
location. Control System (2WD)
• In low light conditions, the tail lights of if equipped
the front vehicle are turned off or not
bright.
• The rear of the front vehicle is small, or Drive mode (2WD)
the vehicle does not look normal, such Type A
as when your vehicle is tilted,
overturned, or the side of your vehicle
is visible.
• The front vehicle’s ground clearance is
too low or high.
• A vehicle, pedestrian, or cyclist
suddenly cuts in front.
• The vehicle in front is detected late.
• The vehicle in front is suddenly blocked
by an obstacle.
2C_DriveModeButton
• The vehicle in front suddenly changes
Type B
lanes or reduces the speed.
• The shape of the front vehicle is
damaged.
• Speed of the front vehicle is fast or
slow.
• The vehicle in front steers to the
opposite direction of a lane to avoid a
collision.
• There is a car in front after changing a
lane at a low speed.
• The vehicle in front is covered with 2C_DriveModeButton_2
snow. The drive mode may be selected
• Your vehicle moves unstably. according to the driver's preference or
• You are on a curve or roundabout and road conditions.
the vehicle in front is not detected. The system resets to NORMAL mode,
• You are continuously driving in a circle. when the engine is restarted.
• The vehicle in front has an unusual Information
shape.
If there is a problem with the instrument
• The vehicle in front is driving uphill or
cluster, the drive mode is in NORMAL
downhill.
mode and may not change to SPORT
mode.
6-54
6
• When the SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine RPM tends to remain
raised over a certain time even after
releasing the accelerator pedal.
- Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating.
- In sport mode, manual shifts with the
paddle shifter are held until the RPM
is too high for the gear, or too low for
the gear. Cancel the manual gear
2C_DriveModeInfo_2 selection and return to automatic
The mode changes, as the following, SPORT mode by holding the right
whenever the DRIVE MODE knob is paddle shifter.
turned to the right or left or the drive
mode switch is pushed up or down.
• NORMAL SPORT
Drive mode features

NORMAL mode
NORMAL mode provides smooth driving
and comfortable riding.
NORMAL mode is selected, it does not
appear on the instrument cluster.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode provides sporty driving.
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may
decrease.
• When the SPORT mode is selected, the
SPORT indicator illuminates on the
instrument cluster.
• The drive mode resets to NORMAL
mode when the engine is restarted.
6-55
Drive Mode Integrated

Control System (AWD)
Drive mode (AWD)

Type A
2C_DriveModeInfo
The mode changes, as the following,
whenever the DRIVE MODE knob is
turned to the right or left or the drive
mode switch is pushed up or down.
• NORMAL SPORT SNOW
2C_LockModeButton Drive mode features

Type B
NORMAL mode
NORMAL mode provides smooth driving
and comfortable riding.
NORMAL mode is selected, it does not
appear on the instrument cluster.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode provides sporty driving.
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may
decrease.
2C_DriveModeButton_2
• When the SPORT mode is selected, the
The drive mode may be selected
SPORT indicator illuminates on the
according to the driver's preference or
instrument cluster.
road conditions.
• The drive mode resets to NORMAL
The system resets to NORMAL mode,
mode when the engine is restarted.
when the engine is restarted.
• When the SPORT mode is activated:
Information - The engine RPM tends to remain
If there is a problem with the instrument raised over a certain time even after
cluster, the drive mode is in NORMAL releasing the accelerator pedal.
mode and may not change to SPORT - Upshifts are delayed when
mode. accelerating.
6-56
6
• In sport mode, manual shifts with the
paddle shifter are held until the RPM is
Active Air Flap
too high for the gear, or too low for the
gear. Cancel the manual gear selection
and return to automatic SPORT mode
by holding the right paddle shifter.
SNOW mode
SNOW mode offers special traction
tuning for snow optimizing available
traction in adverse conditions. Snow
mode adjusts the left and right wheel slip
control, engine torque, and shift patterns
according to available traction levels. 2C_ActiveAirFlapOverview
• When the SNOW mode is selected, the Active air flap system controls the air flap
SNOW indicator illuminates on the below the front bumper to cool the
instrument cluster. vehicle parts and improve energy
efficiency.
Information
Active air flap system could be activate
regardless of the vehicle condition.
(Parking, driving, etc.)
6-57
Malfunction Special Driving

Conditions
Hazardous driving conditions

When hazardous driving conditions are
encountered such as water, snow, ice,
mud, and sand:
• Drive cautiously and allow for longer
braking distances.
2C_ActiveAirFlapWarning • Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
The active air flap system may not
• If your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, or
operate normally if the air flap is
sand, use the second gear. Accelerate
temporarily opened due to foreign factors
slowly to avoid unnecessary wheel spin.
or if the controller is contaminated by
snow or rain, etc. • Put sand, rock salt, tire chains, or other
non-slip materials under the wheels to
When “Check Active Air Flap system” is
provide additional traction, if stuck in
popped up on display, stop the vehicle in
ice, snow, or mud.
a safe place and check the status of the air
flap.
WARNING
Start the vehicle after performing the
necessary work like foreign matter Downshifting with an automatic
removal and waiting 10 minutes. If the transmission while driving on slippery
pop-up remains up, contact an surfaces may cause a collision. The
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. sudden change in tire speed may cause
the tires to skid. Be careful when
CAUTION downshifting on slippery surfaces.
• Regardless of the pop-up, if the air flaps

aren't in the same position, stop the
vehicle and wait for 10 minutes and
start the vehicle and inspect the air flap.
• The active air flap system is actuated by
motors. Do not disturb actuation or
apply force excessively. It may cause
failure.
6-58
6
Rocking the vehicle Smooth cornering
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free Avoid braking or gear changing in
it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the corners, especially when roads are wet.
steering wheel right and left to clear the Ideally, corners should be taken under
area around your front wheels. Then, shift gentle acceleration.
back and forth between R (Reverse) and a
forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do
Driving at night
not race the engine. Night driving presents more hazards than
driving in the daylight. Here are some
To prevent transmission wear, wait until
important tips to remember:
the wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator pedal • Slow down and keep more distance
while shifting, and press lightly on the between you and other vehicles,
accelerator pedal while the transmission because it may be more difficult to see
is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in at night, especially in areas where there
forward and reverse directions causes a are no street lights.
rocking motion that may free the vehicle. • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare
from other drivers’ headlights.
WARNING • Keep your headlights clean and
Always turn off the ESC system before properly aimed. Dirty or improperly
rocking the vehicle. If the vehicle is stuck aimed headlights can make it much
and excessive wheel spin occurs, the more difficult to see at night.
temperature in the tires may increase • Avoid staring directly at the headlights
very quickly. If the tires become of oncoming vehicles. You may be
damaged, a tire blow out or tire explosion temporarily blinded, and it takes
may occur - you and others may be several seconds for your eyes to
injured. Do not attempt this procedure if readjust to the darkness.
people or objects are near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle, the
vehicle may overheat quickly, possibly Driving in the rain
causing an engine compartment fire or Rain and wet roads can make driving
other damage. Try to avoid spinning the dangerous. When driving in the rain or on
wheels as much as possible to prevent slick pavement:
overheating of the tires or the engine. DO • Slow down and allow extra following
NOT allow the vehicle to spin the wheels distance. A heavy rainfall makes it
above 35 mph (56 km/h). harder to see and increases the
If you are still stuck after rocking the distance needed to stop your vehicle.
vehicle a few times, have the vehicle • Turn OFF your Cruise Control.
pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid
engine overheating, possible damage to • Replace your windshield wiper blades
the transmission, and tire damage. Refer when they show signs of streaking or
to the “Towing” section in Chapter 8. missing areas on the windshield.
6-59
• Make sure your tires have enough Highway driving

tread. If your tires do not have enough
tread, making a quick stop on wet
pavement may cause a skid and Tires
possibly lead to a collision. Refer to the Adjust the tire inflation, as specified.
“Tires And Wheels” section in Chapter Under-inflation may overheat or damage
9. the tires.
• Turn on your headlights to make it Do not install worn-out or damaged tires,
easier for others to see you. Using your which may reduce traction or fail.
headlights when using your windshield
wipers is required in some jurisdictions. Information
• Driving too fast through large puddles Never over-inflate your tires above the
may affect your brakes. If you must go maximum inflation pressure, as specified
through puddles, try to drive through on your tires.
them slowly.
• If you believe your brakes are wet,
apply them several times while the Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
vehicle is moving slowly. Driving at higher speeds on the highway
consumes more fuel and is less efficient
Hydroplaning than driving at a slower, more moderate
speed. Maintain a moderate speed to
If the road is wet enough and you are conserve fuel when driving on the
driving fast enough, your vehicle may highway.
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the water. Check both the engine coolant level and
The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the the engine oil before driving.
road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as the Drive belt
depth of tire tread decreases, refer to the A loose or damaged drive belt may
“Tires And Wheels” section in chapter 9. overheat the engine.
Driving in flooded areas Reducing the risk of rollover

Avoid driving through flooded areas Your multi-purpose passenger vehicle is
unless you are sure the water is not defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV).
deeper than the bottom of the wheel hub. Some SUVs have higher ground clearance
If you are not sure, turn around and find a and a narrower track to make them
different route. capable of performing in a wide variety of
Drive through any water slowly. Allow off-road applications. The specific design
adequate stopping distance because the characteristics can give them a higher
brake performance can be reduced. center of gravity than ordinary passenger
vehicles making them more likely to roll
After driving through water, dry the over if you make abrupt turns. SUVs have
brakes by gently applying them several a significantly higher rollover rate than
times while the vehicle is moving slowly. other types of vehicles. Always make sure
you and your passengers wear your seat
belts properly and securely. In a rollover
crash, an unbelted person is significantly
6-60
6
more likely to be seriously injured or killed
than a person wearing a seat belt.
Winter Driving
There are steps that a driver can make to
reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all Snow or icy conditions
possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt
You need to keep sufficient distance
maneuvers, do not load your vehicle with
between your vehicle and the vehicle in
heavy cargo on the roof, and never
front of you.
modify your vehicle in any way.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid
WARNING acceleration, sudden brake applications,
and sharp turns are very hazardous
Some Sports Utility Vehicles (SUVs) can practices. When decelerating, use engine
have a significantly higher rollover rate braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
than other types of vehicles. To prevent brake applications on snowy or icy roads
rollovers or loss of control: may cause the vehicle to skid.
• Take corners at slower speeds than you To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may
would with a passenger vehicle. be necessary to use snow tires or to install
• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt tire chains on your tires.
maneuvers. Always carry emergency equipment. You
• Do not modify your vehicle in any way may want to carry tire chains, tow straps
that you would raise the center of or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares,
gravity. sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window
• Keep tires properly inflated. scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a
blanket, etc.
• Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof.
Snow tires
WARNING WARNING
Fasten your seat belt properly. In a Snow tires should be equivalent in size
rollover crash, an unbelted person is and type to the vehicle’s standard tires.
significantly more likely to be seriously Otherwise, the safety and handling of
injured or killed than a person wearing a your vehicle may be adversely affected.
seat belt.
Use snow tires when the road

temperature is below 45 °F (7 °C). If you
mount snow tires on your vehicle, be sure
to use the same inflation pressure as the
original tires. Mount snow tires on all four
wheels to balance your vehicle’s handling
in all weather conditions.
The traction provided by snow tires on dry
roads may not be as high as your vehicle’s
original equipment tires. Check with the
tire dealer for maximum speed
recommendations.
6-61
Tire chains
Information
Do not install studded tires without first
checking local and municipal regulations
for possible restrictions against their use.
Chain Installation
When installing tire chains, follow the
manufacturer’s instructions and mount
them as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less
than 20 mph (30 km/h) or the chain
2C_TireChain manufacturer's recommended speed
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are limit) with chains installed. If you hear the
thinner than other types of tires, they may chains contacting the body or chassis,
be damaged by mounting some types of stop and tighten them. If they still make
tire chains on them. Therefore, the use of contact, slow down until the noise stops.
snow tires is recommended instead of tire Remove the tire chains as soon as you
chains. If tire chains must be used, install begin driving on cleared roads.
the tire chains after reviewing the When mounting snow chains, park the
instructions provided with the tire chains. vehicle on level ground away from traffic.
Damage to your vehicle caused by Turn on the vehicle's Hazard Warning
improper tire chain use is not covered by Flasher and place a triangular emergency
your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty. warning device behind the vehicle (if
available). Always place the vehicle in P
WARNING (Park), apply the EPB, and turn off the
The use of tire chains may adversely engine before installing snow chains.
affect vehicle handling: NOTICE
• Drive less than 20 mph (30 km/h) or the
chain manufacturer’s recommended When using tire chains:
speed limit, whichever is lower. • Wrong size chains or improperly
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, installed chains may damage your
sharp turns, and other road hazards, vehicle’s brake lines, suspension, body,
which may cause the vehicle to and wheels.
bounce. • Use SAE “S” class wire chains.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel • If you hear noise caused by chains
braking. contacting the body, retighten the
• Install tire chains only in pairs and on chains to prevent contact with the
the front tires. Installing tire chains on vehicle body.
the tires provides a greater driving • To prevent body damage, retighten the
force, but does not prevent side skids. chains after driving 0.3-0.6 miles
(0.5-1.0 km).
6-62
6
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles To prevent locks from freezing
equipped with aluminum wheels. If Spray approved de-icing fluid or glycerin
unavoidable, use a wire type chain. into key holes. When a lock opening is
• Use wire chains less than 0.47 inches already covered with ice, spray approved
(12 mm) thick to prevent damage to the de-icing fluid over the ice to remove it.
chain’s connection. When an internal part of a lock freezes, try
to thaw it with a heated key. Carefully use
the heated key to avoid an injury.
Winter precautions
Use approved window washer
Use high quality ethylene glycol antifreeze solution
coolant Add window washer anti-freeze solution,
Your vehicle is delivered with high quality as specified on the window washer
ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling container. Window washer anti-freeze
system. It is the only type of coolant that solution is available from an authorized
should be used because it helps prevent HYUNDAI dealer, and most vehicle
corrosion in the cooling system, accessory outlets.
lubricates the water pump, and prevents
freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish Information
your coolant in accordance with the Do not use engine coolant or other types
maintenance schedule in Chapter 9. of anti-freeze solution, to prevent any
Before winter, have your coolant tested to damage to the vehicle paint.
make sure that its freezing point is
sufficient for the temperatures
anticipated during the winter. Do not let your parking brake freeze
Under some conditions, your parking
Check battery and cables brake may freeze in the engaged position.
Winter temperatures may affect the This is most likely to happen when there is
battery performance. Inspect the battery an accumulation of snow or ice around or
and cables, as specified in Chapter 9. The near the rear brakes or the brakes are wet.
battery charging level can be checked by When there is the risk that your parking
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or in a brake may freeze: temporarily apply the
service station. parking brake with the gear in P (Park),
then block the rear wheels, and then
release the parking brake.
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Inspect the spark plugs, as specified in
Chapter 9. If necessary, replace them.
Also check all ignition wirings and
components for any cracks, wear, and
damage.
6-63
Do not let ice and snow accumulate Trailer Towing

underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice We do not recommend using this vehicle
may build up under the fenders and for trailer towing.
interfere with the steering. When driving
in such conditions during the severe
winter, check underneath the vehicle on a
regular basis, to make sure that the front
wheels and the steering components are
not blocked.
Carry emergency equipment

In accordance with weather conditions,
carry appropriate emergency equipment,
while driving. Some of the items you may
want to carry include tire chains, tow
straps or chains, flashlight, emergency
flares, sand, shovel, jumper cables,
window scraper, gloves, ground cloth,
coveralls, blanket, etc.
Do not place objects or materials in

the engine compartment
Putting objects or materials in the engine
compartment may cause an engine
failure or a fire, because they may block
the engine cooling. Such damage is not
covered by the manufacturer’s warranty.
Drive your vehicle when water vapor

condenses and accumulates inside
the exhaust pipes
When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter while the engine is running,
water vapor may condense and
accumulate inside the exhaust pipes.
Water in the exhaust pipes may cause
noise, etc., but it is drained driving at
medium to high speed.
6-64
6
Vehicle Load Limit GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
Two labels on your driver’s door sill
actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
show how much weight your vehicle
was designed to carry: the Tire and GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
Loading Information Label and the
Certification Label. This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
Before loading your vehicle, (including all options, equipment,
familiarize yourself with the following passengers and cargo). The GVWR is
terms for determining your vehicle’s shown on the Certification Label
weight ratings, from the vehicle’s located on the driver’s door sill.
specifications and the Certification
Label:
The loading information label
Base Curb Weight
This is the weight of the vehicle With spare tire
including a full tank of fuel and all Type A
standard equipment. It does not

include passengers, cargo, or
optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight

This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your
dealer plus any aftermarket
equipment.
Cargo Weight 2C_TireLabel_1

Type B
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)

This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)

This is the maximum allowable 2C_TireLabel_2
weight that can be carried by a single

axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the Certification Label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
6-65
Type C Type C
2C_TireLabel_3 2C_TireLabel_6
With Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) Vehicle capacity weight

Type A
5 persons: 860 lbs. (390 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the
maximum combined weight of
occupants and cargo. If your vehicle
is equipped with a trailer, the
combined weight includes the
tongue load.
Seating capacity
Total : 5 persons (Front seat : 2
2C_TireLabel_4
persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)
Type B
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
2C_TireLabel_5 the vehicle can carry.
6-66
6
Cargo capacity
WARNING
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending Do not overload the vehicle as there
on the weight and the number of is a limit to the total weight, or load
occupants and the tongue load, if limit, including occupants and cargo,
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer. the vehicle can carry. Overloading
can shorten the life of the vehicle. If
the GVWR or the GAWR is exceeded,
Steps for determining correct load parts on the vehicle can break, and it
limit
can change the handling of your
1. Locate the statement "The vehicle. These could cause you to
combined weight of occupants and lose control and result in an accident.
cargo should never exceed XXX kg
or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's
placard.
2.Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3.Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from XXX
kg or XXX lbs.
4.The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For
example, if the "XXX" amount
equals 1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lbs. passengers in your
vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650
lbs.)
5.Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded on
the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6.If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
6-67
TM_PassengerWeig
TM_VehicleCapacit ht TM_Weight
y Passenger Cargo
Example 1 Maximum ≥ Weight + Weight
Load (580 lbs.)
(150 lbs. × 2
(880 lbs.) = 300 lbs.) (264 kg)
(400 kg) (68 kg × 2 =
136 kg)
TM_VehicleCapacit TM_Weight
y TM_PassengerWeig Cargo
Maximum ht_2
Weight
Example 2 Load ≥ Passenger +
Weight (130 lbs.)
(880 lbs.) (60 kg)
(400 kg) (150 lbs. × 5
= 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 =
340 kg)
TM_VehicleCapacit TM_Weight
y TM_PassengerWeig Cargo
Maximum ht_2
Weight
Example 3 Load ≥ Passenger +
Weight (20 lbs.)
(880 lbs.) (10 kg)
(400 kg) (172 lbs. × 5
= 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 =
390 kg)
6-68
6
Certification label handling and braking ability, and
cause an accident.
• Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can cause
heat buildup in your vehicle's tires
and possible tire failure, increased
stopping distances and poor
vehicle handling-all of which may
result in a collision.
2C_CertificationLabel NOTICE
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center Overloading your vehicle may cause
pillar and shows the maximum damage. Repairs would not be
allowable weight of the fully loaded covered by your warranty. Do not
vehicle. This is called the GVWR overload your vehicle.
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo. WARNING
This label also tells you the maximum If you carry items inside your vehicle
weight that can be supported by the (for example, suitcases, tools,
front and rear axles, called Gross Axle packages, or anything else), they are
Weight Rating (GAWR). moving as fast as the vehicle. If you
The total weight of the vehicle, have to stop or turn quickly, or if there
including all occupants, accessories, is a crash, the items will keep going
cargo, and trailer tongue load must and can cause an injury if they strike
not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight the driver or a passenger.
Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle • Put items in the cargo area of your
Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out vehicle. Try to spread the weight
the actual loads on your front and evenly.
rear axles, you need to go to a weigh • Do not stack items, like suitcases,
station and weigh your vehicle. Be inside the vehicle above the tops of
sure to spread out your load equally the seats.
on both sides of the centerline.
• Do not leave an unsecured child
WARNING restraint in your vehicle.
Overloading • When you carry something inside
the vehicle, secure it.
• Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, the GAWR for either the
front or rear axle and vehicle
capacity weight. Exceeding these
ratings can affect your vehicle's
6-69
7. Driver Assistance System
Driver Assistance System Notice ................................................................................... 7-4

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front View Camera Only)........................ 7-4
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist settings............................................................. 7-5
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist operation.......................................................... 7-7
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations............................ 7-9
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion) ........................................7-16
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist settings............................................................7-18
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist operation........................................................ 7-20
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations.......................... 7-25
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)............................................................................................. 7-33
Lane Keeping Assist settings..................................................................................... 7-33
Lane Keeping Assist operation.................................................................................. 7-34
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction and limitations ................................................... 7-37
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) .............................................................. 7-39
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist settings........................................................7-41
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist operation.................................................... 7-42
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations...................... 7-45
Safe Exit Warning (SEW) ............................................................................................... 7-49
Safe Exit Warning settings ........................................................................................ 7-49
Safe Exit Warning operation...................................................................................... 7-50
Safe Exit Warning malfunction and limitations ........................................................7-51
7
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)............................................................................... 7-53
Manual Speed Limit Assist settings .......................................................................... 7-53
Manual Speed Limit Assist operation ....................................................................... 7-54
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA) ............................................................................ 7-56
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist settings ..................................................................... 7-57
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist operation .................................................................. 7-57
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist malfunction and limitations .................................... 7-59
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) .................................................................................. 7-62
Driver Attention Warning settings ............................................................................ 7-62
Driver Attention Warning operation ......................................................................... 7-63
Driver Attention Warning malfunction and limitations ...........................................7-64
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) ................................................................................... 7-67
Blind-Spot View Monitor settings.............................................................................7-68
Blind-Spot View Monitor operation..........................................................................7-68
Blind-Spot View Monitor malfunction ..................................................................... 7-69
Cruise Control (CC) ....................................................................................................... 7-69
Cruise Control operation .......................................................................................... 7-69
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)........................................................................................... 7-73
Smart Cruise Control settings ................................................................................... 7-73
Smart Cruise Control operation ................................................................................ 7-74
Smart Cruise Control malfunction and limitations .................................................. 7-81
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC).........................................................7-87
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control settings ................................................... 7-88
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control operation ................................................ 7-88
Limitations of Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control ......................................... 7-89
Lane Following Assist (LFA)...........................................................................................7-93
Lane Following Assist settings ..................................................................................7-93
Lane Following Assist operation .............................................................................. 7-94
Lane Following Assist malfunction and limitations ................................................ 7-96
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)....................................................................................... 7-97
Highway Driving Assist settings ............................................................................... 7-98
Highway Driving Assist operation ............................................................................ 7-99
Highway Driving Assist malfunction and limitations ..............................................7-101
7 Rear View Monitor (RVM) ............................................................................................ 7-103
Rear View Monitor settings ..................................................................................... 7-104
Rear View Monitor operation .................................................................................. 7-105
Rear View Monitor malfunction and limitations .................................................... 7-106
Surround View Monitor (SVM) .................................................................................... 7-107
Surround View Monitor settings ............................................................................. 7-107
Surround view monitor operation........................................................................... 7-109
Surround View Monitor malfunction and limitations ..............................................7-111
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) .............................................. 7-112
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist settings.......................................... 7-113
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist operation....................................... 7-114
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations ........ 7-117
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) .................................................. 7-121
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning settings............................................7-122
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation.........................................7-122
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction and limitations.......... 7-124
7. Driver Assistance System
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW).........................................7-126

Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning settings .................................. 7-127
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation................................ 7-127
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction and limitations .7-130
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA) ....................................................7-133
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist settings ............................................7-133
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist operation..........................................7-134
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations ...........7-135
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) ..........................................................................7-139
Remote Smart Parking Assist settings ................................................................... 7-140
Remote Smart Parking Assist operation.................................................................. 7-141
Remote Smart Parking Assist malfunction and limitations ...................................7-146
Declaration Of Conformity...........................................................................................7-150
Front radar.................................................................................................................7-150
Rear corner radar .......................................................................................................7-151
7
Driver Assistance System
Driver Assistance System Forward

Notice Collision-Avoidance
Due to the infotainment software version, Assist (FCA) (Front View
the description of each function of the
driver assistance system may differ from Camera Only)
the owner's manual. In this case, for if equipped
detailed information on updates, scan the
QR code in the separately supplied simple Basic function
manual.
2C_FCABasicFunction_Frontcamera
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist helps
detect a vehicle, a powered two-wheeler,
a pedestrian, or a cyclist ahead on the
road and may warn you of a possible
collision with a warning message on the
instrument cluster and a warning sound.
Also, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may assist with braking your vehicle to
help reduce collision speed or avoid a
collision.
Detecting sensor
2C_FrontViewCamera
See the illustration above for the detailed
7-4
7
CAUTION Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist settings
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensor: Forward Safety
• Never disassemble the detecting
sensor or sensor assembly, or cause
any damage to it.
• If the detecting sensors have been
replaced or repaired, have the vehicle
dealer.
• Never install any accessories or stickers
on the front windshield near the front
view camera, or tint the front
2C_ForwardSafetySetInfo
windshield.
With the engine on, select Setup >
• Avoid exposing the front view camera Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving
to moisture. Safety from the settings menu in the
• Never place any reflective objects (for infotainment system to set whether to
example, white paper, mirror) over the use each function.
dashboard. • If "Forward Safety" is selected,
• Do not place any objects near the front Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
windshield or install any accessories on warn the driver with a warning
the front windshield. It can affect the message, an audible warning
performance of the defogging and depending on the collision risk levels.
defrosting function of the climate Braking assist will be applied
control system, which may prevent the depending on the collision risk levels. If
Driver Assistance systems from "Forward Safety" is deselected,
operating. Forward Safety will turn off. The ( )
• If a trailer or hitch mounted carrier is warning light illuminates on the
attached, it may adversely affect the instrument cluster.
performance of the Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist. WARNING
When the engine is restarted, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will always
turn on. However, if "Forward Safety" is
deselected, the driver should always be
aware of the surroundings and drive
safely.
7-5
Forward Safety Warning Timing Warning Methods
2C_ForwardSafetyWarningTimingSetInfo 2C_WarningTypeSetInfo
With the engine on, select Setup > The Warning Methods can be set with the
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving vehicle on.
Safety > Forward Safety Warning Timing • Warning Volume: Select Setup >
settings menu in the infotainment system Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
to change the initial warning activation Methods > Warning Volume from the
time for Forward Collision-Avoidance settings menu in the infotainment
Assist. The warning time can be set to system to change the warning volume.
either "Standard" or "Late".
If you turn off the Warning Volume, for
• Use "Standard" in normal driving your safety, the function may warn you
conditions. If the Warning Timing with a low volume.
seems sensitive, change it to "Late".
• Haptic Warning: Select Setup >
- If "Late" is selected, Forward Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Collision-Avoidance Assist, warns the Methods > Haptic Warning from the
driver more slowly. settings menu in the infotainment
system to set haptic warning.
CAUTION
• Driving Safety Priority: Select Setup >
• Even though "Standard" is selected for Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Warning Timing, if the front vehicle Methods > Driving Safety Priority from
suddenly stops, the warning may seem the settings menu in the infotainment
late. system.
• Select "Late" for Warning Timing when If "Driving Safety Priority" is selected,
traffic is light and when driving speed is the vehicle lowers all other audio
slow. volumes when the warning sounds for
safe driving.
Information
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods,
• When the engine is restarted, Forward the Warning Methods of other Driver
Safety Warning Timing maintains the Assistance systems may change.
last setting.
• The Warning Volume and Haptic
Warning cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warning is
turned off the other is activated.
7-6
7
• If the engine is restarted, Warning Emergency Braking
Methods will maintain the last setting.
• The setting menu may not exist based
on vehicle specification.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation
Basic function
The basic function for Forward 2C_FCABasicEmergencyBrakingInfo
Collision-Avoidance Assist is to warn and To warn the driver that emergency
help control the vehicle depending on the braking will be assisted, the "Emergency
collision risk level: ‘Collision Warning’, Braking" warning message appears and
‘Emergency Braking’ and ‘Stopping the ( ) warning light blinks on the
vehicle and ending brake control’. instrument cluster with a warning sound
and the steering wheel vibrates.
Collision Warning
Emergency braking will operate under the
following conditions.
• Vehicle or powered two-wheeler:
The function will operate when your
vehicle speed is about 6-37 mph (10-60
km/h).
• Pedestrian or cyclist:
km/h).
2C_SCCCollisionWarningInfo
To warn the driver of a collision, the WARNING
"Collision Warning" warning message
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
appears and the ( ) warning light blinks
may turn off or may not operate
on the instrument cluster with a warning
properly or may operate unnecessarily
sound and the steering wheel vibrates.
depending on the surroundings.
• If a vehicle or powered two-wheeler is
• During night driving, detection of
detected in front, the function will
powered two-wheelers may degrade
operate when your vehicle speed is
and Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
about 6-112 mph (10-180 km/h).
may not operate properly or be
• If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected in temporarily limited.
front, the function will operate when
your vehicle speed is about 6-49 mph
(10-80 km/h).
7-7
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control • Never deliberately operate Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist on people,
objects, etc. It may cause serious injury
or death.
may not operate if the driver depresses
the brake pedal to avoid collision.
• During Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation, the vehicle may stop
suddenly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Always have the
2C_DriveCarefullyInfo seat belt on and keep loose objects
When the vehicle is stopped due to secured.
emergency braking, the "Drive carefully" • If any other system’s warning message
warning message will appear on the appears or audible warning is
instrument cluster. generated, Forward
For your safety, the driver should depress Collision-Avoidance Assist warning
the brake pedal immediately and check message may not be displayed and
the surroundings. audible warning may not be generated.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle • You may not hear the warning sound of
is stopped by emergency braking for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist if
about 2 seconds. the surrounding is noisy.
Information may turn off or may not operate
The audible warning can be turned off properly or may operate unnecessarily
while collision warning or emergency depending on the road conditions and
braking is operating by pressing the the surroundings.
hazard warning flasher button. • Even if there is a problem with Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist, the
vehicle’s basic braking performance
will operate properly.
WARNING
• During emergency braking, braking
• For your safety, only change the control by Forward Collision-Avoidance
Settings after parking the vehicle at a Assist will automatically cancel when
safe location. the driver excessively depresses the
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist accelerator pedal or sharply steers the
does not operate in all situations and vehicle.
cannot avoid all collisions.
• The driver has the responsibility to
control the vehicle. Do not solely
depend on Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Rather,
maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
7-8
7
CAUTION Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction and
• Depending on the condition of the limitations
vehicle, powered two-wheeler,
pedestrian, or cyclist in front and the
surroundings, the speed range to Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
operate Forward Collision-Avoidance malfunction
Assist may reduce. Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may only
warn the driver, or it may not operate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate under certain conditions by
judging the risk level based on the
condition of the oncoming vehicle,
powered two-wheeler, driving
direction, speed and surroundings.
• Only Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist warning and collision mitigation 2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
are possible depending on the When Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
detectable distance. is not working properly, the "Check Driver
Assistance system." warning message
will appear, and the , warning light
will illuminate on the instrument cluster.
Information Have the vehicle inspected by an
• In a situation where collision is authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
imminent, braking may be assisted by
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
when braking is insufficient by the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
driver. disabled
• The images and colors in the
instrument cluster may differ
depending on the instrument cluster
type or theme selected from the
settings menu.
2C_DriverAssistanceLimitedCamera
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located or the sensor
is covered with foreign material, such as
snow or rain, or when severe weather
conditions are present such as fog or
heavy rainfall, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
7-9
If this occurs the "Driver Assistance Limitations of Forward

system limited. Camera obscured." Collision-Avoidance Assist
warning message, and the and Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
warning lights will illuminate on the not operate properly, or it may operate
instrument cluster. unexpectedly under the following
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will circumstances:
operate properly when snow, rain or • The detecting sensor or the
foreign material is removed. surroundings are contaminated or
If Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist damaged
does not operate properly after • The temperature around the front view
obstruction (snow, rain, or foreign camera is high or low due to
material) is removed, have the vehicle surrounding environment
• The camera lens is contaminated due to
dealer.
tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or sticky foreign
WARNING material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
• Even though the warning message or • Moisture is not removed or frozen on
warning light does not appear on the the windshield
instrument cluster, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not • Washer fluid is continuously sprayed, or
properly operate. the wiper is on
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist • Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
may not properly operate in an area (for fog
example, open terrain), where any • The field of view of the front view
objects are not detected after turning camera is obstructed by sun glare
ON the engine. • Street light or light from an oncoming
• If the vehicle is restarted when the traffic is reflected on the wet road
sensors are disabled or malfunctioned, surface, such as a puddle on the road
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist • An object is placed on the dashboard
may not operate properly.
• Your vehicle is being towed
• The surrounding is very bright
• The surrounding is very dark, such as in
a tunnel, etc.
• The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
• The brightness outside is low, and the
headlights are not on or are not bright
• Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
7-10
7
• Only part of the vehicle, powered • The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in
two-wheeler, pedestrian, or cyclist is front has an unusual shape
detected • The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in
• The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy front is driving uphill or downhill
truck, truck with an unusually shaped • The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully
cargo, trailer, etc. detected, for example, if the pedestrian
• The vehicle, powered two-wheeler, in is leaning over or is not fully walking
front has no tail lights, tail lights are upright
located unusually, etc. • The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
• The brightness outside is low, and the clothing or equipment that makes it
tail lights are not on or are not bright difficult to detect
• The rear of the front vehicle is small or
the vehicle does not look normal, such
as when the vehicle is tilted,
overturned, or the side of the vehicle is
visible, etc.
low or high
• A vehicle, powered two-wheeler,
pedestrian, or cyclist suddenly cuts in
front
2C_FrontViewImage
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in
The illustration above shows the image
front is detected late
the front view camera is capable of
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in detecting as a vehicle, powered
front is suddenly blocked by an two-wheeler, pedestrian, or cyclist.
obstacle
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in moving very quickly
front suddenly changes lane or
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is short
suddenly reduces speed
or is posing a low posture
• The vehicle in front is bent out of shape
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front has
• The front vehicle or powered impaired mobility
two-wheeler speed is fast or slow
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in moving intersected with the driving
front is covered with snow direction
• You are departing or returning to the • There is a group of pedestrians, cyclists
lane or a large crowd in front
• Unstable driving • The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
• You are on a roundabout and the clothing that easily blends into the
vehicle in front is not detected background, making it difficult to
• You are continuously driving in a circle detect
7-11
• The pedestrian or cyclist is difficult to

distinguish from the similarly shaped WARNING
structure in the surroundings • Driving on a curved road
• You are driving by a pedestrian, cyclist,
traffic signs, structures, etc., near the
intersection
• Driving in a parking lot
• Driving through a tollgate, construction
area, unpaved road, partial paved road,
uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
• Driving on an incline road, curved road,
etc.
• Driving through a roadside with trees or
streetlights 2C_FCADrivingOnCurveLoad_Frontcamera
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• Your vehicle height is low or high due to
heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.
• Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
• There is interference by
electromagnetic waves, such as driving
in an area with strong radio waves or 2C_FCADrivingOnCurveLoad_2
electrical noise
• The adverse road conditions cause may not detect a vehicle, a powered
excessive vehicle vibrations while two-wheeler, a pedestrian or a cyclists
driving in front of you when driving on curved
• Your vehicle height is low or high due to roads adversely affecting the
heavy performance of the sensors. This may
• The vehicle is installed with a snow result in no warning, braking assist
chain, spare tire or different size wheel when necessary.
When driving on a curve, you must
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
7-12
7
• Driving on an inclined road
2C_FCADrivingOnCurveLoad_3
2C_FCADrivingOnInclinedLoad_Frontcamera
2C_FCADrivingOnCurveLoad_4
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist 2C_FCADrivingOnInclinedLoad_2_Frontcamera
may detect a vehicle, powered
two-wheeler pedestrian or cyclist in the
next lane or outside the lane when
driving on a curved road.
If this occurs, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may
unnecessarily warn the driver and
control the brake. Always check the
traffic conditions around the vehicle.
2C_FCADrivingOnInclinedLoad_3_Frontcamera
7-13
• Changing lanes
2C_FCADrivingOnInclinedLoad_4_Frontcamera
may not detect a vehicle, a powered
two-wheeler, a pedestrian or a cyclists
in front of you while driving uphill or
downhill, adversely affecting the
performance of the sensors.
This may result in unnecessary warning,
braking assist or no warning, braking
assist when necessary.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when a vehicle, powered
2C_FCAChangingLane
two-wheeler, pedestrian, or cyclist [A] Your vehicle
ahead is suddenly detected. [B] Lane changing vehicle
Always have your eyes on the road When a vehicle moves into your lane
while driving uphill or downhill and if from an adjacent lane, it cannot be
necessary, steer your vehicle and detected by the sensor until it is in the
depress the brake pedal to reduce your sensor's detection range. Forward
driving speed in order to maintain a Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
safe distance. immediately detect the vehicle when
the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In
this case, you must maintain a safe
braking distance, and if necessary,
steer your vehicle and depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.
7-14
7
• Detecting vehicle
2C_FCADetectingVehicle_2
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab, or
when the vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance, additional
special attention is required. Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be
able to detect the cargo extending from
the vehicle. In these instances, you
must maintain a safe braking distance
2C_FCAChangingLane_2 from the rearmost object, and if
[A] Your vehicle necessary, steer your vehicle and
[B] Lane changing vehicle depress the brake pedal to reduce your
[C] Same lane vehicle
driving speed in order to maintain
When a vehicle in front of you merges
distance.
out of the lane, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
immediately detect the vehicle that is
now in front of you. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking distance,
and if necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
7-15
WARNING Forward
• When you are towing a trailer or Collision-Avoidance
another vehicle, turn off Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist for safety
Assist (FCA) (Sensor
reasons. Fusion)
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist if equipped
may operate if objects that are similar
in shape or characteristics to vehicle,
Basic function
powered two-wheeler, pedestrians or
cyclists are detected.
does not operate on bicycles, or smaller
wheeled objects, such as luggage bags,
shopping carts, or strollers.
may not operate properly if interfered
by strong electromagnetic waves.
may not operate for about 15 seconds 2C_FCABasicFunction
after the vehicle is started, or the front Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist helps
view camera is initialized. detect a vehicle, a powered two-wheeler,
a pedestrian, or a cyclist ahead on the
road and may warn you of a possible
collision with a warning message on the
instrument cluster and a warning sound.
Also, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may assist with braking your vehicle to
help reduce collision speed or avoid a
collision.
7-16
7
Junction Turning function Detecting sensor
2C_FCAJunctionTurningFunction
Junction Turning function can help avoid 2C_FrontRadar
a collision with an oncoming vehicle, [A] Front view camera
[B] Front radar
powered two-wheeler in an adjacent lane
when turning left at a crossroad with the
location of the detecting sensors.
turn signal on by applying emergency
braking.
CAUTION
Direct Oncoming function Take the following precautions to
detecting sensor:
any damage to it.
• If the detecting sensors have been
replaced or repaired, have the vehicle
dealer.
• Never install any accessories or stickers
2C_FCALaneChangeOncomingFunction on the front windshield, or tint the front
[A] Oncoming vehicle
windshield.
Direct Oncoming function helps reduce
the speed at the collision when a vehicle • Avoid exposing the front view camera
approaching from the opposite side is to moisture.
detected. • Never place any reflective objects (for
example, white paper, mirror) over the
dashboard.
• Do not place any objects near the front
windshield or install any accessories on
the front windshield. It can affect the
performance of the defogging and
defrosting function of the climate
control system, which may prevent the
Driver Assistance systems from
operating.
7-17
• Do not apply license plate frame or Forward Collision-Avoidance

objects, such as a bumper sticker, film Assist settings
or a bumper guard, near the front radar
cover.
• Do not change the position of the Forward Safety
license plate. The front radar’s
detection and control performance
may be affected.
• Always keep the front radar and cover
clean and free of dirt and debris.
Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water
directly on the sensor or sensor cover.
• If the radar or around the radar has
been damaged or impacted in any way,
2C_ForwardSafetySetInfo
may not properly operate even though With the engine on, select Setup >
a warning message does not appear on Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving
the instrument cluster. Have the Safety from the settings menu in the
vehicle inspected by an authorized infotainment system to set whether to
HYUNDAI dealer. use each function.
• Use only genuine parts to repair or • If "Forward Safety" is selected,
replace a damaged front radar cover. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
Do not apply paint to the front radar warn the driver with a warning
cover. message, an audible warning
depending on the collision risk levels.
• If a trailer or hitch mounted carrier is Braking assist will be applied
attached, it may adversely affect the depending on the collision risk levels. If
performance of the Forward "Forward Safety" is deselected,
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Forward Safety will turn off. The
warning light ( ) will illuminate on the
instrument cluster.
WARNING
When the engine is restarted, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will always
turn on. However, if "Forward Safety" is
deselected, the driver should always be
aware of the surroundings and drive
safely.
CAUTION
The setting for Forward Safety includes
‘Basic function’, ‘Junction Turning’, and
'Direct Oncoming'.
7-18
7
Forward Safety Warning Timing Warning Methods
2C_ForwardSafetyWarningTimingSetInfo 2C_WarningTypeSetInfo
With the engine on, select Setup > The Warning Methods can be set with the
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving vehicle on.
Safety > Forward Safety Warning Timing • Warning Volume: Select Setup >
settings menu in the infotainment system Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
to change the initial warning activation Methods > Warning Volume from the
time for Forward Collision-Avoidance settings menu in the infotainment
Assist. The warning time can be set to system to change the warning volume.
either Standard or Late
• Use Standard in normal driving your safety, the function may warn you
conditions. If the Warning Timing with a low volume.
seems sensitive, change it to Late.
- If Late is selected, Forward Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Collision-Avoidance Assist, warns the Methods > Haptic Warning from the
driver more slowly. settings menu in the infotainment
CAUTION
• Even though Standard is selected for Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Warning Timing, if the front vehicle Methods > Driving Safety Priority from
suddenly stops, the warning may seem the settings menu in the infotainment
late. system.
• Select Late for Warning Timing when If Driving Safety Priority is selected,
traffic is light and when driving speed is the vehicle lowers all other audio
slow. volumes when the warning sounds for
safe driving.
Information
• When the engine is restarted, Forward
Safety Warning Timing maintains the
last setting.
7-19
• If a vehicle, powered two-wheeler is

Information detected in front, the function will
• If you change the Warning Methods, operate when your vehicle speed is
the Warning Methods of other Driver about 6-124 mph (10-200 km/h).
Assistance systems may change. • If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected in
• The Warning Volume and Haptic front, the function will operate when
Warning cannot be turned off at the your vehicle speed is about 6-53 mph
same time. When one of the warning is (10-85 km/h).
Emergency Braking
• If the engine is restarted, Warning
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation
Basic function
2C_FCABasicEmergencyBrakingInfo
The basic function for Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist is to warn and To warn the driver that emergency
help control the vehicle depending on the braking will be assisted, the "Emergency
collision risk level: ‘Collision Warning’, Braking" warning message appears and
‘Emergency Braking’ and ‘Stopping the ( ) warning light blinks on the
vehicle and ending brake control’. instrument cluster with a warning sound
Collision Warning Emergency braking will operate under the
• Vehicle or powered two-wheeler:
Driving Stopped
vehicle vehicle
Light
brake About 6-124 mph
applica (10-200 km/h)
tion
2C_SCCCollisionWarningInfo Strong
About About
To warn the driver of a collision, the brake
6-80 mph 6-47 mph
"Collision Warning" warning message applica
(10-130 km/h) (10-75 km/h)
appears and the ( ) warning light blinks tion
• Pedestrian or cyclist:
km/h).
7-20
7
Junction Turning function
WARNING
Junction Turning function will warn and
• The operating speed range may be help control the vehicle depending on the
limited depending on the state of the collision risk level: ‘Collision Warning’,
vehicle in front or the surroundings. ‘Emergency Braking’ and ‘Stopping
• During night driving, detection of vehicle and ending brake control’
powered two-wheelers may degrade
and Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Collision Warning
may not operate properly or be
temporarily limited.
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control
2C_FCABasicCollisionWarningInfo_3
To warn the driver of a collision, the
2C_DriveCarefullyInfo sound and the steering wheel vibrates.
When the vehicle is stopped due to • The function will operate when your
emergency braking, the "Drive carefully" vehicle speed is about 6-19 mph (10-30
warning message will appear on the km/h) and the oncoming vehicle,
instrument cluster. powered two-wheeler speed is about
For your safety, the driver should depress 19-44 mph (30-70 km/h).
the brake pedal immediately and check
the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
about 2 seconds.
Information
The audible warning can be turned off
while collision warning or emergency
braking is operating by pressing the
hazard warning flasher button.
7-21
Emergency Braking • Brake control will end after the vehicle

about 2 seconds.
Information
The audible warning can be turned off
while collision warning or emergency
braking is operating by pressing the
hazard warning flasher button.
2C_FCAJunctionTurningEmergencyBrakingInfo Direct Oncoming function

To warn the driver that emergency Direct Oncoming function will warn and
braking will be assisted, the "Emergency control the vehicle depending on the
Braking" warning message appears and collision risk level: 'Collision Warning',
the ( ) warning light blinks on the 'Emergency Braking', and 'Stopping
instrument cluster with a warning sound vehicle and ending brake control'.
In emergency braking situation, braking is Collision Warning
assisted with strong braking power to
help prevent collision with the oncoming
vehicle.
• The function will operate when your
km/h) and the oncoming vehicle,
powered two-wheeler speed is about
19-44 mph (30-70 km/h).
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control

To warn the driver of a collision, the
vehicle speed is between about 19-80
mph (30-130 km/h) and the crossing
vehicle or powered two-wheeler speed
2C_DriveCarefullyInfo is between about 6 mph (10 km/h).
• When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the "Drive
carefully" warning message will appear
on the instrument cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
7-22
7
Emergency Braking • Brake control will end after the vehicle
about 2 seconds.
CAUTION
• If your vehicle or the oncoming vehicle
is not driving straight, Direct Oncoming
function warning and control may be
late or may not operate.
• When driving at night, the powered
two-wheeler recognition performance
2C_FCAJunctionTurningEmergencyBrakingInfo_2 is degraded, so Forward
To warn the driver that emergency Collision-Avoidance Assist may be
braking will be assisted, the "Emergency temporarily limited or may not work.
Braking" warning message appears and
the ( ) warning light blinks on the
instrument cluster with a warning sound
and the steering wheel vibrates. Information
In emergency braking situation, braking is The audible warning can be turned off
assisted with strong braking power to while collision warning or emergency
help prevent collision with the oncoming braking is operating by pressing the
vehicle. hazard warning flasher button.
vehicle speed is between about 19-80
mph (30-130 km/h) and the crossing WARNING
vehicle or powered two-wheeler speed
is between about 6 mph (10 km/h). • For your safety, only change the
Settings after parking the vehicle at a
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control safe location.
does not operate in all situations and
cannot avoid all collisions.
control the vehicle. Do not solely
depend on Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Rather,
reduce driving speed or to stop the
2C_DriveCarefullyInfo
vehicle.
• When the vehicle is stopped due to • Never deliberately operate Forward
emergency braking, the "Drive Collision-Avoidance Assist on people,
carefully" warning message will appear objects, etc. It may cause serious injury
on the instrument cluster. or death.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
7-23

may not operate if the driver depresses CAUTION
the brake pedal to avoid collision. • Depending on the condition of the
• During Forward Collision-Avoidance vehicle, powered two-wheeler,
Assist operation, the vehicle may stop pedestrian, or cyclist in front and the
suddenly injuring passengers and surroundings, the speed range to
shifting loose objects. Always have the operate Forward Collision-Avoidance
seat belt on and keep loose objects Assist may reduce. Forward
secured. Collision-Avoidance Assist may only
• If any other system’s warning message warn the driver, or it may not operate.
appears or audible warning is • Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
generated, Forward operate under certain conditions by
Collision-Avoidance Assist warning judging the risk level based on the
message may not be displayed and condition of the oncoming vehicle,
audible warning may not be generated. driving direction, speed and
• You may not hear the warning sound of surroundings.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist if • Only Forward Collision-Avoidance
the surrounding is noisy. Assist warning and collision mitigation
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist are possible depending on the
may turn off or may not operate detectable distance.
properly or may operate unnecessarily
depending on the road conditions and
the surroundings. Information
• Even if there is a problem with Forward
• In a situation where collision is
Collision-Avoidance Assist, the
imminent, braking may be assisted by
vehicle’s basic braking performance
will operate properly.
when braking is insufficient by the
• During emergency braking, braking driver.
control by Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will automatically cancel when
the driver excessively depresses the
accelerator pedal or sharply steers the
vehicle.
settings menu.
7-24
7
Forward Collision-Avoidance Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
Assist malfunction and disabled
limitations

malfunction
When Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
is not working properly, the "Check Driver
Assistance system." warning message
will appear, and the , warning light
will illuminate on the instrument cluster.
Have the vehicle inspected by an 2C_DriverAssistanceDisabledRadar
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located, front radar
cover, or sensor is covered with foreign
material, such as snow or rain, it can
reduce the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs the "Driver Assistance
system limited. Camera obscured." or
the "Driver Assistance system limited.
Radar blocked." warning message, and
the and warning lights will illuminate
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate properly when snow, rain or
foreign material is removed.
7-25
If Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist • Washer fluid is continuously sprayed, or

does not operate properly after the wiper is on
obstruction (snow, rain, or foreign • Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
material) is removed (including trailer, fog
carrier, etc., from the rear bumper), have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized • The field of view of the front view
HYUNDAI dealer. camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Street light or light from an oncoming
WARNING traffic is reflected on the wet road
surface, such as a puddle on the road
• Even though the warning message or
warning light does not appear on the • An object is placed on the dashboard
instrument cluster, Forward • Your vehicle is being towed
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not • The surrounding is very bright
properly operate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist a tunnel, etc.
may not properly operate in an area (for
example, open terrain), where any • The brightness changes suddenly, for
objects are not detected after turning example when entering or exiting a
ON the engine. tunnel
• If the vehicle is restarted when the • The brightness outside is low, and the
sensors are disabled or malfunctioned, headlights are not on or are not bright
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist • Driving through steam, smoke or
may not operate properly. shadow
• Only part of the vehicle, powered
two-wheeler, pedestrian, or cyclist is
Limitations of Forward detected
Collision-Avoidance Assist • The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may truck, truck with an unusually shaped
not operate properly, or it may operate cargo, trailer, etc.
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in
circumstances:
front has no tail lights, tail lights are
• The detecting sensor or the located unusually, etc.
surroundings are contaminated or
damaged
tail lights are not on or are not bright
• The temperature around the front view
• The rear of the front vehicle or powered
camera is high or low due to
two-wheeler is small or the vehicle or
surrounding environment
powered two-wheeler does not look
• The camera lens is contaminated due to normal, such as when the vehicle is
tinted, filmed or coated windshield, tilted, overturned, or the side of the
damaged glass, or sticky foreign vehicle is visible, etc.
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
• Moisture is not removed or frozen on low or high
the windshield
• A vehicle, powered two-wheeler,
pedestrian, or cyclist suddenly cuts in
front
7-26
7
• The bumper around the front radar is • The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully
impacted, damaged or the front radar is detected, for example, if the pedestrian
out of position is leaning over or is not fully walking
• The temperature around the front radar upright
is high or low • The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
• Driving through a tunnel or iron bridge clothing or equipment that makes it
difficult to detect
• Driving in vast areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (for example,
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
• Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
• A material is near that reflects very well
on the front radar, such as a guardrail,
nearby vehicle, etc.
• The cyclist in front is on a bicycle made
of material that does not reflect on the 2C_FrontViewImage
front radar The illustration above shows the image
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in the front view camera and front radar are
front is detected late capable of detecting as a vehicle,
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in powered two-wheeler, pedestrian, or
front is suddenly blocked by an cyclist.
obstacle • The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in moving very quickly
front suddenly changes lane or • The pedestrian or cyclist in front is short
suddenly reduces speed or is posing a low posture
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in • The pedestrian or cyclist in front has
front is bent out of shape impaired mobility
• The front vehicle or powered • The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
two-wheeler speed is fast or slow moving intersected with the driving
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in direction
front is covered with snow • There is a group of pedestrians, cyclists
• You are departing or returning to the or a large crowd in front
lane • The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
• Unstable driving clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
• You are on a roundabout and the detect
vehicle in front is not detected
• The pedestrian or cyclist is difficult to
• You are continuously driving in a circle distinguish from the similarly shaped
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in structure in the surroundings
front has an unusual shape • You are driving by a pedestrian, cyclist,
• The vehicle or powered two-wheeler in traffic signs, structures, etc., near the
front is driving uphill or downhill intersection
7-27

WARNING
• Driving through a tollgate, construction
area, unpaved road, partial paved road, • Driving on a curved road
uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
• Driving on an incline road, curved road,
etc.
• Driving through a roadside with trees or
streetlights
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure,
etc. 2C_FCADrivingOnCurveLoad_1
• Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
• There is interference by
electromagnetic waves, such as driving
in an area with strong radio waves or
electrical noise
• The vehicle is installed with a snow
chain, spare tire or different size wheel.
2C_FCADrivingOnCurveLoad_2-1
two-wheeler, a pedestrian, or a cyclist
in front of you when driving on curved
roads adversely affecting the
performance of the sensors. This may
result in no warning, braking assist
when necessary.
When driving on a curve, you must
7-28
7
• Driving on an inclined road
2C_FCADrivingOnInclinedLoad
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist 2C_FCADrivingOnInclinedLoad_2
may detect a vehicle, powered
two-wheeler, pedestrian, or cyclist in
the next lane or outside the lane when
driving on a curved road.
If this occurs, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may
unnecessarily warn the driver and
control the brake. Always check the
traffic conditions around the vehicle.
2C_FCADrivingOnInclinedLoad_3
7-29
• Changing lanes
2C_FCADrivingOnInclinedLoad_4
two-wheeler, a pedestrian, or a cyclist
in front of you while driving uphill or
downhill, adversely affecting the
performance of the sensors.
This may result in unnecessary warning,
braking assist or no warning, braking
assist when necessary.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when vehicle, powered
2C_FCAChangingLane
two-wheeler, pedestrian, or cyclist [A] Your vehicle
ahead is suddenly detected. [B] Lane changing vehicle
Always have your eyes on the road When a vehicle moves into your lane
while driving uphill or downhill and if from an adjacent lane, it cannot be
necessary, steer your vehicle and detected by the sensor until it is in the
depress the brake pedal to reduce your sensor's detection range. Forward
driving speed in order to maintain a Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
safe distance. immediately detect the vehicle when
the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In
this case, you must maintain a safe
braking distance, and if necessary,
steer your vehicle and depress the
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.
7-30
7
• Detecting vehicle
2C_FCADetectingVehicle
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab, or
when the vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance, additional
special attention is required. Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be
able to detect the cargo extending from
the vehicle. In these instances, you
must maintain a safe braking distance
2C_FCAChangingLane_2 from the rearmost object, and if
[A] Your vehicle necessary, steer your vehicle and
[B] Lane changing vehicle depress the brake pedal to reduce your
[C] Same lane vehicle
driving speed in order to maintain
When a vehicle in front of you merges
distance.
out of the lane, Forward
immediately detect the vehicle that is
now in front of you. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking distance,
and if necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
7-31
WARNING Information
• When you are towing a trailer or Radio frequency radiation exposure
another vehicle, turn off Forward information:
Collision-Avoidance Assist for safety This equipment complies with FCC
reasons. radiation exposure limits set forth for an
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist uncontrolled environment.
may operate if objects that are similar This equipment should be installed and
in shape or characteristics to vehicles, operated with minimum distance of 8
powered two-wheeler, pedestrians or inches (20 cm) between the radiator
cyclists are detected. (antenna) and your body.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist This transmitter must not be co-located
does not operate on bicycles, or smaller or operating in conjunction with any other
wheeled objects, such as luggage bags, antenna or transmitter.
shopping carts, or strollers.
may not operate properly if interfered
may not operate for about 15 seconds
after the vehicle is started, or the front
view camera is initialized.
Information
FCC rules.
conditions:
interference, and
operation.
compliance could void the user's
7-32
7
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) Lane Keeping Assist settings
While driving over a certain speed, Lane
Keeping Assist helps detect lane Lane Safety
markings (or road edges) and may warn
you if your vehicle leaves the lane without
using the turn signal and may assist with
steering to prevent your vehicle departing
from its travel lane.
Detecting sensor
2C_LaneSafetySetInfo
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving
Safety > Lane Safety from the settings
menu in the infotainment system to set
whether to use each function.
If Lane Safety is selected, Lane Keeping
2C_FrontViewCamera
Assist automatically assists the driver’s
[A] Front view camera steering when lane departure is detected
The front view camera is used as a to help prevent the vehicle from moving
detecting sensor to detect lane markings out of its lane. If Lane Safety is
(or road edges). deselected, Lane Keeping Assist turns off
and the indicator light turns off on the
instrument cluster.
CAUTION WARNING
• Lane Keeping Assist does not control
For more information on the precautions
the steering wheel when the vehicle is
of the front view camera, refer to the
driven in the middle of the lane.
(FCA) (Front View Camera Only)" section • The driver should always be aware of
in this chapter. the surroundings. If Lane Safety is
deselected, Lane Keeping Assist cannot
assist you.
7-33
Warning Methods
Information
the Warning Methods of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• The Lane Safety Audible Warning Off
can be set when both the Warning
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo_5 Volume and the Haptic Warning are on.
The Warning Methods can be set with the • If the engine is restarted, Warning
vehicle on. Methods will maintain the last setting.
• Warning Volume: Select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Methods > Warning Volume from the Lane Keeping Assist operation
settings menu in the infotainment
system to change the warning volume.
Turning Lane Keeping Assist On/Off
Type A
Methods > Haptic Warning from the
• Lane Safety Audible Warning Off:
Select Setup > Vehicle > Driver
Assistance > Warning Methods > Lane
Safety Audible Warning Off from the
system.
If Lane Safety Audible Warning Off is
selected, the vehicle turns off the Lane 2C_LKAButton
Safety Audible Warning when both Type B
Warning Volume and Haptic Warning
are on.
Methods > Driving Safety Priority from
the settings menu in the infotainment
system.
If Driving Safety Priority is selected,
the vehicle lowers all other audio
volumes when the warning sounds for
safe driving.
2C_LKAButton_2
7-34
7
• With the engine on, press and hold the Lane Departure Warning
Lane Driving Assist ( ) button located • To warn the driver that the vehicle is
on the steering wheel to turn on and off. departing from the projected lane in
When Lane Keeping Assist is on, the front, the green indicator light blinks
indicator is on. on the instrument cluster, the lane line
blinks on the instrument cluster
Information depending on which direction the
• If the engine is restarted, Lane Keeping vehicle is veering, and an audible
Assist maintains the last setting. warning sounds. Also the steering
wheel vibrates if haptic warning is
• A short press of the Lane Driving Assist enabled.
button turns on and off the Lane
Following Assist. For more information, • Lane Keeping Assist operates when
refer to the "Lane Following Assist your vehicle speed is about 40-120 mph
(LFA)" section in this chapter. (60-200 km/h).
Lane Keeping Assist

Warning and control • To warn the driver that the vehicle is
Lane Keeping Assist will warn and control departing from the projected lane in
the vehicle with Lane Departure Warning front, the green indicator light blinks
and Lane Keeping Assist. on the instrument cluster, and the
Left steering wheel makes adjustments to
keep vehicle inside the lane.
• Lane Keeping Assist operates when
your vehicle speed is about 40-120 mph
(60-200 km/h).
Hands-off warning
2C_LaneDepartureWarningInfo
Right
2C_HandOffWarningInfo
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, the
"Keep hands on steering wheel" warning
message appears on the instrument
cluster, and an audible warning sounds in
2C_LaneDepartureWarningInfo_2 stages.
7-35
WARNING Information
• The steering wheel may not be assisted • For more information on instrument
if the steering wheel is held very tight or cluster settings, refer to the "Cluster
the steering wheel is steered over a display control" section in chapter 4.
certain degree. • When lane markings (or road edges) are
• Lane Keeping Assist does not operate detected, the lane lines on the
at all times. It is the responsibility of the instrument cluster changes from grey
driver to safely steer the vehicle and to to white.
maintain the vehicle in its lane. Lane undetected
• The hands-off warning message may
appear late depending on road
conditions. Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
• If the steering wheel is held very lightly,
the hands-off warning message may
appear because Lane Keeping Assist
may not recognize that the driver has
their hands on the steering wheel.
• If you attach objects to the steering
2C_LaneDetectionInfo
wheel, the hands-off warning may not
Lane detected
work properly.
2C_LaneDetectionInfo_2
• The images and colors in the cluster
may differ depending on the
instrument cluster type or theme
selected from the cluster.
• Even though the steering is assisted by
Lane Keeping Assist, the driver may
control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier or
lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Keeping Assist than
when it is not.
7-36
7
Lane Keeping Assist If this occurs, the "Driver Assistance
malfunction and limitations system limited. Camera obscured."
warning message and the master ( )
warning light or Lane Keeping Assist ( )
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction warning light appears on the instrument
cluster.
Lane Keeping Assist operates properly
when snow, rain or foreign material is
removed.
If Lane Keeping Assist does not operate
properly after it is removed, have the
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
When Lane Keeping Assist is not working • Even though the warning message
properly, the "Check Driver Assistance does not appear on the instrument
system." warning message and yellow cluster, Lane Keeping Assist may not
properly operate.
Lane Keeping Assist ( ) warning light
appears on the instrument cluster. If this • If the vehicle is turned off and restarted
occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an while the camera is obscured or
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. malfunctioned, the condition is
maintained. Therefore, Lane Keeping
Assist may not operate properly.
Lane Keeping Assist disabled
Limitations of Lane Keeping Assist

Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
properly or may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
• The lane is contaminated or difficult to
detect because:
- The lane markings (or road edge) are
covered with rain, snow, dirt, oil, etc.
- The color of the lane marking (or road
When the front windshield where the edge) is not distinguishable from the
front view camera is located, or sensor is road
covered with foreign material, such as - There are markings (or road edges)
snow or rain, it can reduce the detecting on the road near the lane or the
performance and temporarily limit or markings (or road edges) on the road
disable Lane Keeping Assist. look similar to the lane markings (or
road edge)
7-37
- The lane marking (or road edge) is not

distinguishable or is damaged WARNING
- The shadow is on the lane marking (or Take the following precautions when
road edge) by a median strip, trees, using Lane Keeping Assist:
guardrail, noise barriers, etc. • The driver has the responsibility to
• The lane number increases or safely drive and control the vehicle. Do
decreases, or the lane markings (or not solely rely on Lane Keeping Assist to
road edges) are crossing drive in a safe and controlled manner.
• There are more than two lane markings • The operation of Lane Keeping Assist
(or road edges) on the road can be canceled or not work properly
• The lane markings (or road edges) are depending on road conditions and
complicated or a structure substitutes surroundings. Always be cautious while
for the lines, such as a construction driving.
area • Refer to the “Limitations of Lane
• There are road markings, such as zigzag Keeping Assist” if the lane is not
lanes, crosswalk markings and road detected properly.
signs • When you are towing a trailer or
• The lane suddenly disappears, such as another vehicle, turn off Lane Keeping
at the intersection Assist for safety reasons.
• The lane (or road width) is very wide or • If the vehicle is driven at high speed,
narrow the steering wheel will not be
controlled. The driver must always
• There is a road edge without a lane follow the speed limit when using Lane
• There is a boundary structure in the Keeping Assist.
roadway, such as a tollgate, sidewalk, • If any other system’s warning message
curb, etc. appears or audible warning is
• The distance to the front vehicle is generated, Lane Keeping Assist
extremely short or the vehicle in front is warning message may not be displayed
covering the lane marking (or road and audible warning may not be
edge) generated.
• You may not hear the warning sound of
Information Lane Keeping Assist if the surrounding
For more information on the limitations of is noisy.
the front view camera, refer to the
(FCA) (Front View Camera Only)" section
in this chapter.
7-38
7
• If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, steering may not be assisted
Blind-Spot
properly. Collision-Avoidance
• Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
for about 15 seconds after the vehicle is
Assist (BCA)
started, or the front view camera is Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
initialized. helps detect approaching vehicles in the
• Lane Keeping Assist will not operate driver’s blind spot areas and warn you of a
when: possible collision with a warning light and
a warning sound.
- Within a certain period of time after
turning on or off the turn signal or If there is a collision risk when exiting a
hazard warning flasher. parallel space, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist may assist
- The vehicle is not driven in the center
with braking your vehicle to help avoid a
of the lane when Lane Keeping Assist
collision.
is turned on or right after changing a
lane.
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
VSM (Vehicle Stability Management)
is activated.
- The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.
- Vehicle speed is below 35 mph (55
km/h) or above 130 mph (210 km/h).
- The vehicle makes sudden lane
changes.
2C_BCAOperation
- The vehicle brakes suddenly.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
• Loading freight exceeding the helps detect and informs the driver that a
maximum load or placing freight vehicle is in the blind spot.
unevenly may undermine driving
safety. This may also prevent Lane CAUTION
Keeping Assist from operating properly.
The detecting range may vary depending
on the speed of your vehicle. Even if there
is a vehicle in the blind spot area,
may not warn you when you pass by at
high speeds.
7-39
Detecting sensor
2C_BCAOperation_2
helps detect and informs the driver that a 2C_RearRadar
vehicle is approaching at high speed from [A] Rear corner radar
the blind spot area. See the illustration above for the detailed
CAUTION
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of the vehicle approaching at Take the following precautions to
high speed. maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensor:
sensor assembly, or cause any damage
to it.
• If the rear corner radar or near the radar
has been damaged or impacted in any
way, even though the warning message
does not appear on the instrument
cluster, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly. Have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
2C_BCAOperation_3 • If the rear corner radars have been
When you are driving forward out of a replaced or repaired, have the vehicle
parking space, if Blind-Spot inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
Collision-Avoidance Assist judges that dealer.
there is a collision risk with an • Use only genuine parts to repair the
approaching vehicle in the blind spot, it rear bumper where the rear corner
can help avoid collision by applying the radar is located.
brake.
7-40
7
• Rear bumper genuine parts with rear • If “Blind-Spot Safety” is selected,
corner radars have proven their Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
performance. Replacing or painting the warns the driver with a warning
rear bumper may result in poor message, an audible warning
performance of Blind-Spot depending on the collision risk levels.
Collision-Avoidance Assist. When the Braking assist is applied for parking exit
parts need to be replaced or modified, depending on the collision risk levels.
make sure to use qualified products.
• Do not apply license plate frame or
objects, such as a bumper sticker, film
or a bumper guard near the rear corner
radar.
may not work properly if the bumper
has been replaced, or the surroundings
of the rear corner radar have been
damaged or paint has been applied.
2C_BlindSpotSafetyOffInfo
• If a trailer, carrier, etc., is installed, it
may adversely affect the performance When the vehicle is restarted with
of the rear corner radar or Blind-Spot Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist off,
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not the “Blind-Spot Safety System is Off”
operate. message will appear on the instrument
cluster.
If you select “Blind-Spot Safety”,
Blind-Spot warning light on the side view mirror will
Collision-Avoidance Assist blink for three seconds. In addition, if the
vehicle is turned on, when “Blind-Spot
settings Safety” is selected, the warning light on
the side view mirror blinks for three
Blind-Spot Safety seconds.
WARNING
The driver should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely. If
“Blind-Spot Safety” is deselected,
Blind-spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
cannot assist you.
2C_BlindSpotSafetySetInfo
Information
With the engine on, select Setup > If the vehicle is restarted, Blind-Spot
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving Collision-Avoidance Assist maintains the
Safety > Blind-Spot Safety from the last setting.
settings menu to set whether to use each
function.
7-41
Warning Methods
Information
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo
The Warning Methods can be set with the
vehicle on. Blind-Spot
• Warning Volume: Select Setup > Collision-Avoidance Assist
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning operation
Methods > Warning Volume from the
system to change the warning volume. Collision warning
your safety, the function may warn you
with a low volume.
Methods > Driving Safety Priority from 2C_BCAVehicleDetection
To warn the driver a vehicle is detected,
system.
the warning light on the side view mirror
If Driving Safety Priority is selected, illuminates.
Vehicle detection operates under
safe driving.
• Your vehicle speed: above 12 mph (20
km/h)
• Vehicle in the blind spot area: above 6
mph (10 km/h)
7-42
7
Collision warning operates when the turn
signal is turned on in the direction of the Information
detected vehicle. If the driver's seat is on the left side, the
• To warn the driver of a collision, the collision warning may occur when you
warning light on the side view mirror turn left. Maintain a proper distance with
blinks. At the same time, an audible the vehicles in the left lane. If the driver’s
warning sounds and the steering wheel seat is on the right side, the collision
vibrates. warning may occur when you turn right.
• When the turn signal is turned off, the Maintain a proper distance with the
collision warning is canceled and vehicles in the right lane.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist The images and colors in the instrument
returns to vehicle detection state. cluster may differ depending on the
Collision warning operates under instrument cluster type or theme selected
following conditions. from the settings menu.
• Your vehicle speed: above 25 mph (40
km/h) Collision-avoidance assist (while
• Vehicle in the blind spot area: above 6 parallel parking exit)
mph (10 km/h)
WARNING
• The detecting range of the rear corner
radar is determined by a standard road
width, therefore, on a narrow road,
may detect other vehicles two lanes
over and warn you. In contrast, on a
wide road, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be 2C_BCABrakingControl
able to detect a vehicle driving in the • To warn the driver of a collision, the
next lane and may not warn you. warning light on the side view mirror
• When the hazard warning flasher is on, will blink and a warning message will
the collision warning by the turn signal appear on the instrument cluster. At the
will not operate. same time, an audible warning sounds
• Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with the vehicle
in the blind spot area.
7-43
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist • When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance

will operate when your vehicle speed is Assist is operating, braking control by
below 2 mph (3 km/h) and the speed of the function will automatically cancel
the vehicle in the blind spot area is when the driver excessively depresses
above 3 mph (5 km/h). the accelerator pedal or sharply steers
the vehicle.
• During Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation, the vehicle may stop
suddenly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Always have the
seat belt on and keep loose objects
secured.
• Even if there is a problem with Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist, the
vehicle's basic steering and braking
2C_DriveCarefullyInfo performance will operate properly.
• When the vehicle is stopped due to • Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
emergency braking, the ‘Drive does not operate in all situations and
carefully’ warning message will appear cannot avoid all collisions.
For your safety, the driver should may warn the driver late or may not
depress the brake pedal immediately warn the driver depending on the road
and check the surroundings. and driving conditions.
• Brake control will end after the vehicle • Driver should maintain control of the
is stopped by emergency braking for vehicle at all times. Do not depend on
about 2 seconds. Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist.
Maintain a safe braking distance, and if
WARNING necessary, depress the brake pedal to
Take the following precautions when reduce driving speed or to stop the
using Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance vehicle.
Assist: • Never operate Blind-Spot
• For your safety, only change the Collision-Avoidance Assist on people,
Settings after parking the vehicle at a animal, objects, etc. It may cause
safe location. serious injury or death.
• If any other system’s warning message
appears or audible warning is
generated, Blind-Spot WARNING
Collision-Avoidance Assist’s warning
message may not be displayed and The brake control may not operate
audible warning may not be generated. properly depending on the status of ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist if There will only be a warning when:
the surrounding is noisy. • The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist warning light is on
may not operate if the driver applies the • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
brake pedal to avoid a collision. engaged in a different function
7-44
7
Blind-Spot Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Collision-Avoidance Assist Assist disabled
malfunction and limitations
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
2C_DriverAssistanceDisabledRadar
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, or
installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce
2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction the detecting performance and
When Blind-Spot Collision Warning is not temporarily limit or disable Blind-Spot
working properly, the "Check Driver Collision-Avoidance Assist.
Assistance system.” warning message If this occurs, the "Driver Assistance
will appear on the instrument cluster for system limited. Radar blocked." warning
several seconds, and the master ( ) message will appear on the instrument
warning light will appear on the cluster.
instrument cluster. If this occurs, have the Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist will
vehicle inspected by an authorized operate properly when such foreign
HYUNDAI dealer. material or trailer, etc., is removed, and
then the vehicle is restarted.
If Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate properly after it is
removed, have the vehicle inspected by
WARNING
• Even though the warning message
does not appear on the instrument
cluster, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
2C_CheckSideViewMirrorWarningLightInfo
Assist may not properly operate.
When the side view mirror warning light is
not working properly, the "Check side • Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
view mirror warning light" warning may not properly operate in an area (for
message will appear on the instrument example, open terrain) where any
cluster for several seconds, and the objects are not detected right after the
master ( ) warning light will appear on vehicle is turned on, or when the
the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have detecting sensor is blocked with
the vehicle inspected by an authorized foreign material right after the vehicle
HYUNDAI dealer. is turned on.
7-45
• The speed of the other vehicle is very

CAUTION fast that it passes by your vehicle in a
Turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance short time
Assist to install or remove a trailer, carrier, • Your vehicle passes by the other vehicle
or another attachment. Turn on • Your vehicle changes lane
when finished. • Your vehicle has started at the same
time as the vehicle next to you and has
accelerated
Limitations of Blind-Spot • The vehicle in the next lane moves two
Collision-Avoidance Assist lanes away from you, or when the
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist vehicle two lanes away moves to the
may not operate properly, or it may next lane from you
operate unexpectedly under the • A trailer, carrier or other attachment is
following circumstances: installed around the rear corner radar
• There is inclement weather, such as • The bumper around the rear corner
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc. radar is covered with objects, such as a
• The rear corner radar is covered with bumper sticker, bumper guard, bike
snow, rain, dirt, etc. rack, etc.
• The temperature around the rear corner • The bumper around the rear corner
radar is high or low radar is impacted, damaged or the
radar is out of position
• Driving on a highway ramp
• The road pavement (or the peripheral heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure,
ground) abnormally contains metallic etc.
components (for example, possibly due
to subway construction) Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly, or it may
• There is a fixed object near the vehicle, operate unexpectedly when the following
such as sound barriers, guardrails, objects are detected:
central dividers, entry barriers, street
lamps, signs, tunnels, walls, etc. • A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
(including double structures) • A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
• Driving in vast areas where there are detected
few vehicles or structures (for example, • A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.) detected
• Driving through a narrow road where • A moving obstacle such as a
trees or grass are overgrown pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a
• Driving on a wet road surface, such as a baby stroller is detected
puddle on the road • A vehicle with low height such as a
• The other vehicle drives very close sports car is detected
behind your vehicle, or the other
vehicle passes by your vehicle in close
proximity
7-46
7
Braking control may not work, driver’s • Driving on an inclined road
attention is required in the following
circumstances:
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven road
or concrete patch
• Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
• The braking system has been modified
• The vehicle makes abrupt lane changes 2C_BCADrivingRoadMerging
WARNING may not operate properly when driving
• Driving on a curved road on a slope. The function may not detect
the vehicle in the next lane or may
incorrectly detect the ground or
structure. Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while driving.
• Driving where the road is
merging/dividing
2C_BCADrivingOnCurveLoad_2
may not operate properly when driving
on a curved road. The function may not
detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and
2C_BCADrivingOnInclinedLoad
driving conditions while driving.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not operate properly when driving
may not operate properly when driving where the road merges or divides. The
on a curved road. The function may function may not detect the vehicle in
recognize a vehicle in the same lane. the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving. driving conditions while driving.
7-47
• Driving where the heights of the lanes

are different Information
FCC rules.
conditions:
interference, and
operation.
2C_BCADrivingLoadHeightDifferent 3. Changes or modifications not expressly
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist approved by the party responsible for
may not operate properly when driving compliance could void the user's
where the heights of the lanes are authority to operate the device.
different. The function may not detect
the vehicle on a road with different lane
heights (underpass joining section,
grade separated intersections, etc.). Information
Always pay attention to road and Radio frequency radiation exposure
driving conditions while driving. information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
WARNING
This equipment should be installed and
• When you are towing a trailer or operated with minimum distance of 8
another vehicle, make sure that you inches (20 cm) between the radiator
turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance (antenna) and your body.
Assist. This transmitter must not be co-located
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist or operating in conjunction with any other
may not operate properly if interfered antenna or transmitter.
may not operate for about 3 seconds
after the vehicle is started, or the front
view camera or rear corner radars are
initialized.
7-48
7
Safe Exit Warning (SEW) Safe Exit Warning settings
Safe Exit Warning
2C_SEWOperation
While your vehicle is stopped, and if Safe
Exit Warning detects a vehicle 2C_ExitSafetySetInfo
approaching the rear corner of your With the engine on, select Setup >
vehicle and a passenger opens a door, Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving
Safe Exit Warning may warn you with a Safety > Safe Exit from the Settings menu
warning message and a warning sound to to turn on Safe Exit Warning and deselect
help avoid a collision. to turn off the function.
CAUTION WARNING
Warning timing may vary depending on The driver should always be aware of his
the speed of the approaching vehicle. or her surroundings. If "Safe Exit" is
deselected, Safe Exit Warning cannot
assist you.
Detecting sensor
Information
If the engine is restarted, Safe Exit
Warning will maintain the last setting.
2C_RearRadar
[A] Rear corner radar
CAUTION
of the rear corner radars, refer to the
“Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
(BCA)” section in this chapter.
7-49
Warning Methods Safe Exit Warning operation
Safe Exit Warning

Collision warning when exiting vehicle
2C_WarningTypeSetInfo_2
vehicle on.
Methods > Warning Volume from the 2C_BCAVehicleDetection
with a low volume.
system.
2C_SEACollisionWarningInfo
the vehicle lowers all other audio • When an approaching vehicle from the
volumes when the warning sounds for rear is detected at the moment a door is
safe driving. opened, the "Watch for traffic"
warning message will appear on the
Information instrument cluster, and an audible
warning will sound.
• Safe Exit Warning will warn the driver
when your vehicle speed is below 2
mph (3 km/h), and the speed of the
• If the engine is restarted, Warning approaching vehicle from the rear is
Methods will maintain the last setting. above 4 mph (6 km/h).
7-50
7
WARNING Safe Exit Warning malfunction
and limitations
using Safe Exit Warning:
Safe Exit Warning malfunction
• For your safety, only change the
safe location.
generated, Safe Exit Warning's warning
message may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be generated.
Safe Exit Warning if the surrounding is
noisy.
• Safe Exit Warning may not operate in all When Safe Exit Warning is not working
situations. properly, the "Check Driver Assistance
• Safe Exit Warning may warn the driver system." warning message will appear on
late or may not warn the driver the instrument cluster for several
depending on the road and driving seconds, and the master warning light ( )
conditions. Always check vehicle will appear on the instrument cluster. If
surroundings. this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by
• The driver and passengers are an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
responsible for accidents that occurs
while exiting the vehicle. Always check
the surroundings before you exit the
vehicle.
Information
• After the vehicle is turned off, Safe Exit
Warning operates for about 3 minutes,
but turns off immediately if the doors 2C_CheckSideViewMirrorWarningLightInfo
are locked. When the side view mirror warning light is
• The images and colors in the not working properly, the "Check side
instrument cluster may differ view mirror warning light" warning
depending on the instrument cluster message will appear on the instrument
type or theme selected from the cluster for several seconds, and the
instrument cluster. master warning light ( ) will appear on
the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
7-51
Safe Exit Warning disabled

CAUTION
Turn off Safe Exit Warning to install or
remove a trailer, carrier, or another
attachment. Turn on Safe Exit Warning
when finished.
Limitations of Safe Exit Warning

Safe Exit Warning may not operate
properly, or it may operate unexpectedly
2C_DriverAssistanceDisabledRadar under the following circumstances:
When the rear bumper around the rear • Getting out of the vehicle where trees
corner radar or sensor is covered with or grass are overgrown
foreign material, such as snow or rain, or • Getting out of the vehicle where the
installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce road is wet
the detecting performance and
• The approaching vehicle is very fast or
temporarily limit or disable Safe Exit
very slow
Warning.
If this occurs, the "Driver Assistance Information
system limited. Radar blocked." warning
message will appear on the instrument For more information on the limitations of
cluster. the rear corner radar, refer to the
“Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
Safe Exit Warning will operate properly (BCA)” section in this chapter.
when such foreign material or trailer, etc.,
is removed, and then the vehicle is
restarted.
If Safe Exit Warning does not operate WARNING
properly after it is removed, have the • Safe Exit Warning may not operate
vehicle inspected by an authorized properly if interfered by strong
HYUNDAI dealer. electromagnetic waves.
WARNING • Safe Exit Warning may not operate for
about 3 seconds after the vehicle is
• Even though the warning message started, or the rear corner radars are
does not appear on the instrument initialized.
cluster, Safe Exit Warning may not • If the vehicle is turned off and restarted
properly operate. while the radar is blocked or
• Safe Exit Warning may not properly malfunctioned, the condition is
operate in an area (for example, open maintained. Therefore, Safe Exit
terrain) where any objects are not Warning may not operate properly.
detected right after the vehicle is
turned on, or when the detecting
sensor is blocked with foreign material
right after the vehicle is turned on.
7-52
7
Manual Speed Limit Manual Speed Limit Assist
settings
Assist (MSLA)
Warning Methods
2C_MSLAOverviewInfo
(1) Speed Limit indicator
(2) Set speed
You can set the speed limit when you do vehicle on.
not want to drive over a specific speed.
If you drive over the preset speed limit, Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
Manual Speed Limit Assist will operate Methods > Warning Volume from the
(set speed limit will blink and chime will settings menu in the infotainment
sound) until the vehicle speed returns system to change the warning volume.
within the speed limit.
with a low volume.
Information
7-53
Manual Speed Limit Assist 3. The set speed limit will be displayed on
operation the instrument cluster.
If you would like to drive over the preset
speed limit, depress the accelerator
Setting speed limit pedal beyond the pressure point to
1. Press and hold the Driving Assist ( ) activate the kickdown function.
button at the desired speed. The Speed The set speed limit will blink and chime
Limit ( ) indicator will appear on the will sound until you return the vehicle
instrument cluster. speed within the set speed limit.
2C_MSLASpeedLimitInfo
2C_SpeedControlButton
2. Push the + switch up or - switch down, Information
and release it at the desired speed.
• When the accelerator pedal is not
Push the + switch up or - switch down depressed beyond the pressure point,
and hold it. The speed will increase or vehicle speed will maintain within the
decrease to the nearest multiple of 5 speed limit.
(multiple of 10 in km/h) at first, and then
• The set speed may differ depending on
increase or decrease by 5 mph (10
the vehicle specifications. You may not
km/h).
increase the set speed above the
maximum set speed.
2C_SpeedControlSwitch
7-54
7
Temporarily pausing Manual Speed Turning off Manual Speed Limit
Limit Assist Assist
2C_MSLATemporarilyPausing 2C_SpeedControlButton
Press the switch to temporarily pause Press the Driving Assist ( ) button to
the set speed limit. The set speed limit will turn Manual Speed Limit Assist off. The
turn off but the Speed Limit ( ) Speed Limit ( ) indicator will go off.
indicator will stay on. Always press the Driving Assist ( )
button to turn Manual Speed Limit Assist
Resuming Manual Speed Limit Assist off when not in use.
WARNING
using Manual Speed Limit Assist:
• Always set the vehicle speed to the
speed limit in your area.
• Keep Manual Speed Limit Assist off
when the function is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed. Check
that the Speed Limit ( ) indicator is
off.
2C_SpeedControlResuming
To resume Manual Speed Limit Assist • Manual Speed Limit Assist does not
after the function was paused, operate substitute for proper and safe driving. It
the +, -, or switch. is the responsibility of the driver to
always drive safely and be aware of
If you push the + switch up [A] or - switch unexpected and sudden situations. Pay
down [B], vehicle speed will be set to the attention to the road conditions at all
current speed on the instrument cluster. times.
If you press the switch [C], vehicle
speed will resume to the preset speed.
7-55
Intelligent Speed Limit Detecting sensor

Assist (ISLA)
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist uses
information from the detected road signs
and uses the navigation system data to
inform you of the speed limit and to help
maintain within the speed limit on the
road.
CAUTION
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not 2C_FrontViewCamera
operate properly if the function is used [A] Front view camera
in other countries. See the illustration above for the detailed
• If your vehicle is equipped with a location of the detecting sensor.
navigation system, the navigation
software needs to be regularly updated CAUTION
for Intelligent Speed Limit Assist to
operate properly.
of the front view camera, refer to the
• The infotainment system may change “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
after software updates. For more (FCA) (Front View Camera Only)” section
information, refer to the manual in this chapter.
7-56
7
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist WARNING
settings
• For your safety, only change the
Speed Limit safe location.
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist does not
substitute for proper and safe driving. It
is the responsibility of the driver to
always drive safely and be aware of
unexpected and sudden situations. Pay
attention to the road conditions at all
times.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist

2C_SpeedLimitSetInfo operation
With the engine on, select or deselect
Setup > Vehicle > Driver Assistance >
Speed Limit from the Settings menu to Warning and control
set whether to use each function. Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will warn
• Country Selection : When the and control the vehicle by “Displaying
navigation system is not available, you speed limit”, “Warning overspeed”,
can manually select the country to set “Changing set speed” and “Set Speed
the speed limit. Auto Change”.
• Speed Limit Offset: The Speed Limit Information
Offset can be changed. Speed Limit
Warning and Speed Limit Assist will The warning and control of Intelligent
operate by applying the Speed Limit Speed Limit Assist explained below is
Offset setting to the detected speed based on the Speed Limit Offset setting in
limit. ‘0’. For more information on Speed Limit
Offset settings, refer to the “Intelligent
• Speed Limit Assist: Intelligent Speed
Speed Limit Assist settings section.
Limit Assist will inform the driver of
speed limit and additional road signs. In
addition, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
Displaying speed limit
will inform the driver to change set
speed of Manual Speed Limit Assist
and/or Smart Cruise Control to help the
driver stay within the speed limit.
• Speed Limit Warning: Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist will inform the driver of
speed limit. In addition, Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist will warn the driver
when the vehicle is driven faster than
the speed limit.
• Off: Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will
2C_ISLASpeedLimitInfo
turn off. The warning light is
Speed limit information is displayed on
displayed.
the instrument cluster.
7-57
Changing set speed

Information
• If speed limit information of the road
cannot be recognized, '---' sign will be
displayed. Please refer to the
“Limitations of Intelligent Speed Limit
Assist” section, if the road signs are
difficult to recognize.
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist provides
additional road sign information in
addition to speed limit. The additional
road sign information provided may 2C_ISLAChangeSetSpeedInfo
vary according to your country. If the speed limit of the road changes
• The images and colors in the during the operation of Manual Speed
instrument cluster may differ Limit Assist or Smart Cruise Control, an
depending on the instrument cluster arrow in the direction of up or down is
type or theme selected from the displayed to inform the driver that the set
instrument cluster. speed needs to be changed. At this time,
the driver can change the set speed
according to the speed limit by using the
Warning overspeed + or - switch on the steering wheel.
Set Speed Auto Change (Navigation

equipped)
2C_ISLAOverSpeedWarningInfo
When driving at a speed higher than the
displayed speed limit, the speed limit is
displayed in red. 2C_ISLASetSpeedAutoChangeInfo
Manual Speed Limit Assist or Smart
Cruise Control assists the vehicle to
adjust its speed according to the speed
limit. When the cruising speed is set as
same as the speed limit, the vehicle
automatically adjusts its speed if the
speed limit changes. The function
operates on the road which has a speed
limit of 45 mph (70 km/h) or higher. When
the function is active, the cruising speed
on the instrument cluster appears in
green.
7-58
7
WARNING Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
• If you want to drive below the speed
limit, adjust the Speed Limit Offset
below '0' or use the - switch on the Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
steering wheel to lower the set speed. malfunction
• Even after changing the set speed
according to the speed limit of the road,
the vehicle can still be driven over the
speed limit. If necessary, depress the
speed.
• If the speed limit of the road is under 20
mph (30 km/h), the set speed change
function will not work.
• Intelligent Speed Limit Assist operates
using the speed units in the instrument
cluster set by the driver. If the speed When Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is not
unit is not set to the speed unit used in working properly, the "Check Driver
your area, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Assistance system." warning message
may not operate properly. will appear on the instrument cluster for
several seconds, and the master ( )
warning light and speed limit ( ) warning
light will appear on the instrument
Information cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle
• For more information on Manual Speed inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
Limit Assist operation, refer to the dealer.
“Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)”
section in this chapter.
• For more information on Smart Cruise
Control operation, refer to the “Smart
Cruise Control (SCC)” section in this
chapter.
7-59
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Limitations of Intelligent Speed

disabled Limit Assist
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly, or it may operate
circumstances:
• The road sign is contaminated or
indistinguishable
• The road sign is difficult to see due to
bad weather, such as rain, snow, fog,
etc.
• The road sign is not clear or damaged
When the front windshield where the • The road sign is partially obscured by
front view camera is located is covered surrounding objects or shadow
with foreign material, such as snow or • The road signs do not conform to the
rain, it can reduce the detecting standard
performance and temporarily limit or • The text or illustration on the road sign
disable Intelligent Speed Limit Assist. If is different from the standard
this occurs, the "Driver Assistance
• The road sign is installed between the
system limited. Camera obscured."
main line and the exit road or between
warning message and the speed limit ( ) diverging roads
warning light will appear on the
instrument cluster. • There is no conditional road signs on
the road sign located on the exit road
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will operate
properly when snow, rain or foreign • A sign is attached to another vehicle
material is removed. • The distance between the vehicle and
If Intelligent Speed Limit Assist does not the road signs is too far
operate properly after it is removed, have • The vehicle encounters illuminant road
the vehicle inspected by an authorized signs
HYUNDAI dealer. • Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
incorrectly recognizes numbers or
WARNING illustrations in the street signs or other
• Even though the warning message or signs as the speed limit
warning light does not appear on the • A road sign near the road you are
instrument cluster, Intelligent Speed driving is detected
Limit Assist may not properly operate. • The other traffic sign or signboards are
• If the vehicle is turned off and restarted alongside the road sign
while the camera is obscured or • Multiple signs are installed close
malfunctioned, the condition is together
maintained. Therefore, Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist may not operate
properly.
7-60
7
• The minimum speed limit sign is
misrecognized WARNING
• The minimum speed limit sign is on the • Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is a
road supplemental function that helps the
• The brightness changes suddenly, for driver to comply with the speed limit on
example when entering or exiting a the road, and may not display the
tunnel or passing under a bridge correct speed limit or control the
driving speed properly.
• Headlights are not used or the
brightness of the headlights are weak at • Always set the vehicle speed to the
night or in the tunnel speed limit in your area.
• Road signs are difficult to recognize • Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
due to the reflection of sunlight, street operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle
lights, or oncoming vehicles is started, or the front camera is
initialized.
• The navigation information or GPS
information contain errors.
• The driver does not follow the guide of
the navigation. Information
• The driver is driving on a new road that For more information on the limitations of
is not in the navigation system yet. the front view camera, refer to the
• The field of view of the front view “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
camera is obstructed by sun glare (FCA) (Front View Camera Only)” section
in this chapter.
• Driving on a road that is sharply curved
or continuously curved
• Driving through speed bumps, or
driving up and down or left to right on
steep inclines
• The vehicle is shaking heavily
• Driving on a newly opened road
• The navigation software is being
updated while driving
• The navigation is restarted while driving
7-61
Driver Attention Warning CAUTION

(DAW) • Always keep the front view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal
performance of Driver Attention
Basic function Warning.
Driver Attention Warning monitors your • For more information on the
driving pattern while driving. When the precautions of the front view camera,
driver's attention level is below a certain refer to the “Forward
level, Driver Attention Warning Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front
recommends a break to help with safe View Camera Only)” section in this
driving. chapter.
Leading vehicle departure alert

function Driver Attention Warning
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function settings
will inform the driver when a detected
vehicle in front departs. Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
Detecting sensor Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driver
Attention Warning and then enable
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert in the
infotainment system to use the function.
2C_FrontViewCamera
The front view camera is used as a 2C_ExitLeadingVehicleDepartureSetInfo
detecting sensor to help detect driving If Leading Vehicle Departure Alert is
patterns and front vehicle departure enabled, the function informs the driver
while vehicle is being driven. when a detected vehicle in front departs
See the illustration above for the detailed from a stop.
7-62
7
Driver Attention Warning CAUTION
operation
• Driver Attention Warning may suggest
a break depending on the driver’s
Basic function driving pattern or habits, even if the
The basic function of Driver Attention driver doesn’t feel fatigue.
Warning is to warn the driver "Consider • Driver Attention Warning is a
taking a break". supplemental function and may not be
able to determine whether the driver is
Taking a break inattentive.
• A driver who feels fatigued should take
a break at a safe location, even though
there is no break suggestion by Driver
Attention Warning.
Information
For more information on instrument
cluster settings, refer to the “Cluster
2C_ConsiderTakingABreakInfo Display” section in chapter 4.
The "Consider taking a break" message
will appear and the inattentive driving ( )
warning light will blink on the instrument Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
cluster with a warning sound to suggest function
that the driver take a break, when the
driver’s attention level is below a certain
level.
• Driver Attention Warning will not
suggest a break when the total driving
time is shorter than 4 minutes or 4
minutes has not passed after the last
break was suggested.
• The "Taking a break" will operate when
your vehicle speed is above 0 mph (0
km/h). 2C_LeadingVehicleDepartureInfo
When a detected vehicle in front departs
WARNING from a stop, Leading Vehicle Departure
For your safety, only change the Settings Alert will inform the driver by displaying
after parking the vehicle at a safe the "Leading vehicle is driving away"
location. message on the instrument cluster and an
audible warning will sound.
7-63
WARNING Driver Attention Warning

generated, Leading Vehicle Departure Driver Attention Warning
Alert's warning message may not be malfunction
displayed and audible warning may not
be generated.
safely drive and control the vehicle.
CAUTION
• Leading Vehicle Departure Alert is a
supplemental function and may not
alert the driver whenever the front 2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
vehicle departs from a stop. When Driver Attention Warning is not
• Always check the front of the vehicle working properly, the "Check Driver
and road conditions before departure. Assistance system." warning message
will appear on the instrument cluster for
several seconds, and the master ( )
warning light and the driver’s attention
Information ( ) warning light will appear on the
The images and colors in the instrument instrument cluster. If this occurs, have the
cluster may differ depending on the vehicle inspected by an authorized
instrument cluster type or theme selected HYUNDAI dealer.
from the settings menu.
Driver Attention Warning disabled
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located is covered
with foreign material, such as snow or
rain, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Driver Attention Warning. If this
occurs, the "Driver Assistance system
limited. Camera obscured." warning
7-64
7
message, the master ( ) warning light, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
and the inattentive driving ( ) warning • When the vehicle cuts in
light will appear on the instrument
cluster. Driver Attention Warning will
operate properly when snow, rain or
foreign material is removed. If Driver
Attention Warning does not operate
properly after it is removed, have the
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• Driver Attention Warning may not 2C_DAWVehicleCutsIn
properly operate in an area (for
example, open terrain) where any
objects are not detected right after
turning ON the vehicle.
• If the vehicle is turned off and restarted
while the camera is obscured or
malfunctioned, the condition is
maintained. Therefore, Driver Attention
Warning may not operate properly.
2C_DAWVehicleCutsIn_2
Limitations of Driver Attention [A] Your vehicle
Warning [B] Front vehicle
Driver Attention Warning may not work If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehicle,
properly in the following situations: Leading Departure Alert may not
operate properly.
• The vehicle is driven violently
• The vehicle intentionally crosses over
lanes frequently
• The vehicle is controlled by Driver
Assistance system, such as Lane
Keeping Assist
• Lanes are blurred or erased
7-65
• When the vehicle ahead sharply steers • When a pedestrian or bicycle is

between you and the vehicle ahead
2C_DAWVehicleAheadSharplySteer
[A] Your vehicle 2C_DAWThereIsPedestrianBetweenVehicles
[B] Front vehicle
If there is a pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s) in
If the vehicle in front makes a sharp
between you and the vehicle in front,
turn, such as to turn left or right or make
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may
a U- turn, etc., Leading Vehicle
not operate properly.
Departure Alert may not operate
properly. • When in a parking lot
• When the vehicle ahead abruptly
departs
2C_DAWInParkingLot
If a vehicle parked in front drives away
2C_DAWVehicleAheadAbruptlyDeparture
from you, Leading Vehicle Departure
If the vehicle in front abruptly departs, Alert may alert you that the parked
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may vehicle is driving away.
7-66
7
• When driving at a tollgate or
intersection, etc.
Blind-Spot View Monitor
(BVM)
if equipped
Left
2C_DAWInTollgate
If you pass a tollgate or intersection
with lots of vehicles or you drive where 2C_BVMLeftSideInfo
lanes are merged or divided frequently, Right
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may
WARNING
Driver Attention Warning may not operate
for about 15 seconds after the vehicle is
started, or the front view camera is
initialized.
2C_BVMRightSideInfo
Information Blind-Spot View Monitor uses the
For more information on the precautions wide-side view cameras to display the
of the front view camera, refer to the rear blind spot areas of your vehicle on
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist the instrument cluster when the turn
(FCA) (Front View Camera Only)” section signal is turned on to help with safe lane
in this chapter. changes.
7-67
Detecting sensor Blind-Spot View Monitor

operation
Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn on and
off when the turn signal is turned on and
off.
2C_SurroundViewCamera
[A] Wide-side view camera (camera located at
bottom of the mirror)
[B] Wide-side view camera (camera located at
bottom of the mirror)
2C_TurnSignalSwitchWithoutCallout
Blind-Spot View Monitor When the left or right side turn signal
settings turns on, the image in that direction is
displayed on the instrument cluster.
Setting features
With the engine on, select Setup > Off conditions
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving • When the turn signal turns off, the
Safety and then enable Blind-Spot View image on the instrument cluster will
Monitor in the infotainment system to turn off.
turn on the Blind-Spot View Monitor • When the hazard warning flasher is on,
feature. Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn off,
regardless of the turn signal status.
• When other important warning is
displayed on the instrument cluster,
Blind-Spot View Monitor may turn off.
7-68
7
Blind-Spot View Monitor Cruise Control (CC)
malfunction if equipped
When Blind-Spot View Monitor is not
working properly, or the instrument
cluster display flickers, or the camera
image does not display properly, have the
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• The image shown on the instrument
cluster may differ from the actual
distance of the object. Make sure to 2C_CCOverviewInfo
directly check the vehicle's (1) Cruise indicator
surroundings for safety. (2) Set speed
• Always keep the camera lens clean. If Cruise Control will allow you to drive at
the lens is covered with foreign speeds above 20 mph (30 km/h) without
material, it may adversely affect depressing the accelerator pedal.
camera performance and Blind- Spot
View Monitor may not operate
properly. Cruise Control operation
Setting speed
1. Accelerate to the desired speed, which
must be more than 20 mph (30 km/h).
2. Press the Driving Assist button at the
desired speed. The set speed and
Cruise ( ) indicator will illuminate
• A long press turns on MSLA, not
Cruise Control. Use a short press to
turn on Cruise Control.
7-69
3. Release the accelerator pedal. Decreasing set speed

Vehicle speed will maintain the set • Push the - switch down and release it
speed even when the accelerator pedal immediately. The set speed will
is not depressed. decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
Information • Push the - switch down and hold it
• The vehicle may slightly slow down or while monitoring the set speed on the
speed up while driving uphill or instrument cluster. The set speed will
downhill. decrease to the nearest multiple of five
(multiple of ten in km/h) at first, and
• The Driving Assist button symbol may
then decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h) each
vary depending on your vehicle option.
time the switch is operated in this
manner.
Increasing set speed Release the switch at the speed you
want to maintain.
Accelerating temporarily
If you want to speed up temporarily when
Cruise Control is on, depress the
accelerator pedal.
To return to the set speed, take your foot
off the accelerator pedal.
If you push the + switch up or - switch
down at increased speed, the set speed
2C_SpeedControlSwitch_2
will be set to the current increased speed.
• Push the + switch up and release it
immediately. The set speed will
increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
• Push the + switch up and hold it while
monitoring the set speed on the
instrument cluster. The set speed will
increase to the nearest multiple of five
(multiple of ten in km/h) at first, and
then increase by 5 mph (10 km/h) each
time the switch is operated in this
manner.
Release the switch when the desired
speed is shown and the vehicle will
accelerate to that speed.
Information
The set speed may differ depending on
the vehicle specifications. You may not
increase the set speed above the
maximum set speed.
7-70
7
Temporarily pausing Cruise Control Resuming Cruise Control
2C_CCTemporarilyPausing 2C_SpeedControlResuming
Cruise Control will be paused when: Operate the +, - or switch.
• Depressing the brake pedal. If you push the + switch up [A] or - switch
• Pressing the switch. down [B], vehicle speed will be set to the
current speed on the instrument cluster.
• Shifting the gear to N (Neutral).
If you press the switch [C], vehicle
• Decreasing vehicle speed to less than
about 20mph (30 km/h).
The vehicle speed must be above 20 mph
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
(30 km/h) for Cruise Control to resume.
operating.
• Downshifting to 2nd gear when in WARNING
Manual Shift mode.
Check the driving condition before using
The set speed will turn off but the Cruise
the switch. Driving speed may sharply
( ) indicator will stay on. increase or decrease when you press the
NOTICE switch.
If Cruise Control pauses during a situation

that is not mentioned, have the vehicle
dealer.
7-71
Turning off Cruise Control

WARNING
using Cruise Control:
• Always set the vehicle speed under the
speed limit in your area.
• Keep Cruise Control off when the
system is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed. Check
that the Cruise ( ) indicator is off.
• Cruise Control does not substitute for
proper and safe driving. It is the
responsibility of the driver to always
Press the Driving Assist button to turn
drive safely and should always be
Cruise Control off. The Cruise ( ) aware of unexpected and sudden
indicator will go off. situations from occurring.
Always press the Driving Assist button to • Always drive cautiously to prevent
turn Cruise Control off when not in use. unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring. Pay attention to the
Information road conditions at all times.
If your vehicle is equipped with Manual • Do not use Cruise Control when it may
Speed Limit Assist, press and hold the be unsafe to keep the vehicle at a
Driving Assist button to turn off Cruise constant speed:
Control. However, Manual Speed Limit
- When driving in heavy traffic, or
Assist will turn on.
when traffic conditions make it
difficult to drive at a constant speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or
snow-covered roads
- When driving on hilly or windy roads
- When driving in windy areas
- When driving with limited view
(possibly due to bad weather, such as
fog, snow, rain and sandstorm)
• Do not use Cruise Control when towing
a trailer.
7-72
7
Smart Cruise Control Smart Cruise Control settings
(SCC)
Smart Cruise Control
if equipped
Smart Cruise Control detects a vehicle

ahead and helps maintain the distance
from the vehicle ahead and the set speed.
Overtaking Acceleration Assist

When Smart Cruise Control judges you
are attempting to overtake a vehicle in
front, Smart Cruise Control helps with
accelerating.
2C_SCCBasedOnDrivingStyleInfo
Detecting sensor With the engine on, select Setup >
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving
Convenience > Smart Cruise Control
from the settings menu in the
infotainment system to change Distance,
Acceleration, Reaction Speed manually.
Warning Methods
2C_FrontRadar
[B] Front radar
The front view camera and front radar are
used as a detecting sensor to detect front
vehicles.
location of the detecting sensors. 2C_WarningTypeSetInfo
CAUTION vehicle on.
Always keep the front view camera and • Warning Volume: Select Setup >
front radar in good condition to maintain Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
optimal performance of Smart Cruise Methods > Warning Volume from the
Control. settings menu in the infotainment
For more information on the precautions system to change the warning volume.
of the front view camera and front radar, If you turn off the Warning Volume, for
refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance your safety, the function may warn you
Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)" section in with a low volume.
this chapter.
7-73
• Haptic Warning: Select Setup > • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or

Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) is on
Methods > Haptic Warning from the Smart Cruise Control does not operate in
settings menu in the infotainment the following conditions.
• The driver's door is opened
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning • Engine RPM is high
Methods > Driving Safety Priority from • Parking brake is applied
the settings menu in the infotainment • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
system. ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) is
If Driving Safety Priority is selected, controlling the vehicle
the vehicle lowers all other audio • Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
volumes when the warning sounds for brake control is operating
safe driving.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist brake
control is operating (if equipped)
Information
• If you change the Warning Methods, Information
When stopped behind another vehicle,
the driver can turn on Smart Cruise
• The Warning Volume and Haptic Control while the brake pedal is
Warning cannot be turned off at the depressed.
• If the engine is restarted, Warning Operating conditions for Acceleration
Methods will maintain the last setting. Assist
Overtaking Acceleration Assist operates
when the turn signal indicator is turned on
Smart Cruise Control to the left while Smart Cruise Control is
operation operating, and the following conditions
are satisfied:
• Your vehicle speed is above 40 mph (60
km/h)
Basic function • A vehicle is detected in front of your
Smart Cruise Control operates when the vehicle
following conditions are satisfied.
• The gear is in D (Drive)
• Your vehicle speed is within the
operating speed range
- 5-120 mph (10-200 km/h): when
there is no vehicle in front
- 0-120 mph (0-200 km/h): when there
is a vehicle in front
7-74
7
Overtaking Acceleration Assist does not • If there is no vehicle in front of you, the
operate in the following conditions. set speed will be maintained, but if
• The hazard warning flasher is on there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may decrease to maintain the
• Vehicle speed is reduced to maintain distance to the vehicle ahead. If the
distance with the vehicle in front vehicle ahead accelerates, your vehicle
will travel at a steady cruising speed
WARNING after accelerating to the set speed.
• When the turn signal indicator is turned
on to the left while there is a vehicle Information
ahead, the vehicle may accelerate If your vehicle speed is between 0-20
temporarily. Pay attention to the road mph (0-30 km/h) when you press the
conditions at all times. Driving Assist button, Smart Cruise
• Regardless of the driving direction in Control speed will be set to 20 mph (30
your country, Overtaking Acceleration km/h).
Assist will operate when the conditions
are satisfied. When using the function
in countries with different driving Setting vehicle distance
direction, always check the road
conditions at all times.
Turning on Smart Cruise Control
2C_SCCDistanceButton
Press the button repeatedly to cycle
through the headway settings from
Distance 4 → Distance 3 → Distance 2 →
Distance 1 → Distance 4.
If you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the
• Press the Driving Assist button to turn distance is maintained as follows:
on Smart Cruise Control. The speed will
be set to the current speed on the • Distance 4: about 172 ft. (52.5 m)
instrument cluster. • Distance 3: about 130 ft. (40 m)
- A long press turns on MSLA, not • Distance 2: about 106 ft. (32.5 m)
Smart Cruise Control. Use a short • Distance 1: about 82 ft. (25 m)
press to turn on Smart Cruise Control.
Information
The distance is set to the last set distance
when the vehicle is restarted, or when
Smart Cruise Control was temporarily
canceled.
7-75
Increasing set speed Decreasing set speed
2C_SCCSpeedUpSwitch 2C_SpeedControlSwitch_3
• Push the + switch up and release it • Push the - switch down and release it
immediately. The set speed will immediately. The set speed will
increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner. the switch is operated in this manner.
• Push the + switch up and hold it while • Push the - switch down and hold it
monitoring the set speed on the while monitoring the set speed on the
instrument cluster. The set speed will instrument cluster. The set speed will
increase by 5 mph (10 km/h) each time decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner. the switch is operated in this manner.
Release the switch when the desired Release the switch at the speed you
speed is shown, and the vehicle will want to maintain. You can decrease the
accelerate to that speed. You can set speed to 20 mph (30 km/h).
increase the set speed up to 120 mph
(200 km/h).
WARNING
the + switch. Driving speed may sharply
increase when you push up and hold the +
switch.
7-76
7
Temporarily canceling Smart Cruise Turning off Smart Cruise Control
Control
2C_SCCTemporaryPausing To turn Smart Cruise Control off, press the
Press the switch or depress the brake Driving Assist ( ) button.
pedal to temporarily cancel Smart Cruise
Control. Information
If your vehicle is equipped with Manual
Resuming Smart Cruise Control Speed Limit Assist, press and hold the
Driving Assist ( ) button to turn off
Smart Cruise Control. However Manual
Speed Limit Assist will turn on.
CAUTION
Do not use the switches and buttons at
the same time. Smart Cruise Control may
2C_SpeedControlResuming
To resume Smart Cruise Control after the Display and Control
function was canceled, operate the +, - or You can see the status of the Smart Cruise
switch. Control operation in the Driving Assist
view on the instrument cluster. Refer to
If you push the + switch up [A] or - switch the "Cluster Display" section in chapter 4.
down [B], vehicle speed will be set to the
current speed on the instrument cluster. Smart Cruise Control will be displayed as
below depending on the status of the
If you press the switch [C], vehicle function.
WARNING
the switch. Driving speed may sharply
increase or decrease when you press the
switch.
7-77
Operating • The images and colors in the

settings menu.
Accelerating temporarily
2C_SCCOperatingIndicatorInfo
Temporarily canceled
2C_SCCAcceleratingTemporarilyInfo
If you want to speed up temporarily
without altering the set speed while
Smart Cruise Control is operating,
depress the accelerator pedal. While the
2C_SCCTemporaryCancelIndicatorInfo
accelerator pedal is depressed, the set
• When operating speed, distance level and target distance
(1) Whether there is a vehicle ahead and will blink on the instrument cluster.
the selected distance level However, if the accelerator pedal is
(2) Set speed depressed insufficiently, the vehicle may
(3) Whether there is a vehicle ahead and decelerate.
the target vehicle distance
• When temporarily canceled
WARNING
(1) Your vehicle (grey) Be careful when accelerating temporarily,
because the speed and distance is not
(2) Previous set speed (grey) controlled automatically even if there is a
vehicle in front of you.
Information
• The distance of the front vehicle on the
instrument cluster is displayed
according to the actual distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead.
• The target distance may vary according
to the vehicle speed and the set
distance level. If the vehicle speed is
low, even though the vehicle distance
have changed, the change of the target
vehicle distance may be small.
7-78
7
Temporarily canceling Smart Cruise Smart Cruise Control conditions not
Control satisfied
2C_SCCAutoTemporaryCancelingInfo 2C_SCCOpeartingConditionNotMetInfo
Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily If the Driving Assist button, + switch, -
canceled automatically when: switch or switch is operated when
• The vehicle speed is above 130 mph Smart Cruise Control operating
(210 km/h) conditions are not satisfied, the “Smart
Cruise Control conditions not met” will
• The vehicle is stopped for a certain
appear on the instrument cluster, and an
period of time
audible warning will sound.
• The accelerator pedal is continuously
depressed for a certain period of time
In traffic situation
• The conditions for the Smart Cruise
Control to operate is not satisfied
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled automatically, the “Smart
Cruise Control deactivated” warning
message will appear on the instrument
cluster, and an audible warning will sound
to warn the driver.
Information
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily 2C_SCCReStartInfo
canceled while the vehicle is at a
In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
standstill with the function activated, EPB
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the
(Electronic Parking Brake) maybe applied.
vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your
vehicle will start as well. In addition, after
the vehicle has stopped and a certain
WARNING time have passed, the “Use switch or
pedal to accelerate” message will appear
When Smart Cruise Control is temporarily on the instrument cluster. Depress the
canceled, distance with the front vehicle accelerator pedal or operate the + switch,
will not be maintained. Always have your - switch or switch to start driving.
eyes on the road while driving, and if
7-79
Warning road conditions ahead Always have your eyes on the road while
driving, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving speed
in order to maintain a safe distance.
WARNING
In the following situations, Smart Cruise
Control may not warn the driver of a
collision.
• The distance from the front vehicle is
near, or the vehicle speed of the front
2C_SCCRoadConditionWarningInfo vehicle is faster or similar with your
In the following situation, the “Watch for vehicle
surrounding vehicles” warning message • The speed of the front vehicle is very
will appear on the instrument cluster, and slow or is at a standstill
an audible warning will sound to warn the
• The accelerator pedal is depressed
driver of road conditions ahead.
right after Smart Cruise Control is
• The vehicle in front disappears when turned on
Smart Cruise Control is maintaining the
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
distance with the vehicle ahead while
(FCA) is off
driving below a certain speed.
WARNING
Always pay attention to vehicles or WARNING
objects that may suddenly appear in front Take the following precautions when
of you, and if necessary, depress the using Smart Cruise Control:
brake pedal to reduce your driving speed
• Smart Cruise Control does not
in order to maintain a safe distance.
substitute for proper and safe driving. It
is the responsibility of the driver to
always check the speed and distance to
Collision Warning the vehicle ahead.
• Smart Cruise Control may not
recognize unexpected and sudden
situations or complex driving
situations, so always pay attention to
driving conditions and control your
vehicle speed.
• Keep Smart Cruise Control off when the
function is not in use to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
• Do not open the door or leave the
While Smart Cruise Control is operating, vehicle when Smart Cruise Control is
when the collision risk with the vehicle operating, even if the vehicle is
ahead is high, the “Collision Warning” stopped.
warning message will appear on the • Always be aware of the selected speed
instrument cluster, and an audible and headway distance.
warning will sound to warn the driver.
7-80
7
• Keep a safe distance according to road • You may not hear the warning sound of
conditions and vehicle speed. If the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist if
headway distance is too close during the surrounding is noisy.
high-speed driving, a serious collision • The vehicle manufacturer is not
may result. responsible for any traffic violation or
• When maintaining distance with the accidents caused by the driver.
vehicle ahead, if the front vehicle • Always set the vehicle speed under the
disappears, Smart Cruise Control may speed limit in your area.
suddenly accelerate to the set speed.
Always be aware of unexpected and
sudden situations from occurring.
• Vehicle speed may decrease on an Information
upward slope and increase on a • Smart Cruise Control may not operate
downward slope. for few seconds after the vehicle is
• Always be aware of situations such as started or the front view camera or
when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. front radar is initialized.
• When you are towing a trailer or • You may hear a sound when the brake is
another vehicle, turn off Smart Cruise controlled by Smart Cruise Control.
Control for safety reasons.
• Turn off Smart Cruise Control when
your vehicle is being towed. Smart Cruise Control
• Smart Cruise Control may not operate malfunction and limitations
properly if interfered by strong
electromagnetic waves. Smart Cruise Control malfunction
• Smart Cruise Control may not detect an
obstacle in front and lead to a collision.
Always look ahead cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring.
• Vehicles moving in front of you with a
frequent lane change may cause a
delay in Smart Cruise Control reaction
or may cause Smart Cruise Control to
react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent
lane. Always drive cautiously to prevent 2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
unexpected and sudden situations When Smart Cruise Control is not working
from occurring. properly, the "Check Driver Assistance
• Always be aware of the surroundings system." warning message and the
and drive safely, even though a warning master ( ) warning light will appear on
message does not appear or an audible the instrument cluster. Have the vehicle
warning does not sound. inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
• If any other system’s warning message dealer.
appears or warning sound is generated,
Smart Cruise Control warning message
may not be displayed and warning
sound may not be generated.
7-81
Smart Cruise Control disabled Limitations of Smart Cruise Control

Smart Cruise Control may not operate
properly, or it may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
• The detecting sensor or the
surroundings are contaminated or
damaged
• Washer fluid is continuously sprayed, or
the wiper is on
• The camera lens is contaminated due to
tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or sticky foreign
When the front radar cover or sensor is material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
covered with snow, rain, or foreign
material, it can reduce the detecting • Moisture is not removed or frozen on
performance and temporarily limit or the windshield
disable Smart Cruise Control. • The field of view of the front view
If this occurs the "Driver Assistance camera is obstructed by sun glare
system limited. Radar blocked." warning • Street light or light from an oncoming
message will appear for a certain period vehicle is reflected on the wet road
of time on the instrument cluster. surface, such as a puddle on the road
Smart Cruise Control will operate • The temperature around the front view
properly when snow, rain or foreign camera is high or low
material is removed. • An object is placed on the dashboard
• The surrounding is very bright
WARNING
Even though the warning message does a tunnel, etc.
not appear on the instrument cluster,
Smart Cruise Control may not properly • The brightness changes suddenly, for
operate. example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
headlights are not on or are not bright
CAUTION
• Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
Smart Cruise Control may not properly fog
operate in an area (for example, open • Driving through steam, smoke or
terrain), where there is nothing to detect shadow
after turning ON the vehicle.
• Only part of the vehicle is detected
• The vehicle in front has no tail lights, tail
lights are located unusually, etc.
7-82
7
• The brightness outside is low, and the • The vehicle in front is covered with
tail lights are not on or are not bright snow
• The rear of the front vehicle is small or • Unstable driving
does not look normal (for example, • You are on a roundabout and the
tilted, overturned, etc.) vehicle in front is not detected
• The front vehicle’s ground clearance is • You are continuously driving in a circle
low or high
• A vehicle suddenly cuts in front
• Driving through a construction area,
• Your vehicle is being towed unpaved road, partial paved road,
• Driving through a tunnel or iron bridge uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
• Driving near areas containing metal • Driving on an incline road, curved road,
substances, such as a construction etc.
zone, railroad, etc. • Driving through a roadside with trees or
• An object reflecting off the front radar streetlights
such as a guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc. • The adverse road conditions cause
• The bumper around the front radar is excessive vehicle vibrations while
impacted, damaged or the front radar is driving
out of position • Your vehicle height is low or high due to
• The temperature around the front radar heavy loads, abnormal tire pressure,
is high or low etc.
• Driving in vast areas where there are • Driving through a narrow road where
few vehicles or structures (for example, trees or grass are overgrown
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.) • There is interference by
• The vehicle in front is made of material electromagnetic waves, such as driving
that does not reflect on the front radar in an area with strong radio waves or
• Driving near a highway (or motorway) electrical noise
interchange or tollgate
• Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• Driving on a curved road
• The vehicle in front is detected late
• The vehicle in front is suddenly blocked
by an obstacle
• The vehicle in front suddenly changes
lane or suddenly reduces speed
• The vehicle in front is bent out of shape
• The front vehicle’s speed is fast or slow
• With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
changes lane at low speed
7-83
• Driving on a curved road • Driving on an inclined road
2C_FCADrivingOnCurveLoad 2C_FCADrivingOnInclinedLoad
On curves, Smart Cruise Control may During uphill or downhill driving, the
not detect a vehicle in the same lane, Smart Cruise Control may not detect a
and may accelerate to the set speed. moving vehicle in your lane, and cause
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly your vehicle to accelerate to the set
decrease when the vehicle ahead is speed. Also, vehicle speed will rapidly
detected suddenly. decrease when the vehicle ahead is
Select the appropriate set speed on detected suddenly.
curves and apply the brake pedal or Select the appropriate set speed on
accelerator pedal according to the road inclines and apply the brake pedal or
and driving conditions ahead. accelerator pedal according to the road
and driving conditions ahead.
2C_SCCDrivingOnCurveLoad_3
Your vehicle speed can be reduced due
to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and select
the appropriate set speed. Check to be
sure that the road conditions permit
safe operation of the Smart Cruise
Control.
7-84
7
• Changing lanes • Situations when detecting are limited
2C_SCCDetectingVehicle
2C_FCAChangingLane 2C_FCADetectingVehicle
[A] Your vehicle
[B] Lane changing vehicle In the following cases, some vehicles,
When a vehicle moves into your lane pedestrians or animals in your lane
from an adjacent lane, it cannot be cannot be detected by the sensor:
detected by the sensor until it is in the - Vehicles offset to one side
sensor's detection range. Smart Cruise - Slow-moving vehicles or sudden
Control may not immediately detect decelerating vehicles
the vehicle when the vehicle changes
lanes abruptly. In this case, you must - Vehicles with higher ground
maintain a safe braking distance, and if clearance or vehicles carrying loads
necessary, depress the brake pedal to that stick out of the back of the
reduce your driving speed in order to vehicle
maintain a safe distance. - Vehicles that has the front lifted due
to heavy loads
- Vehicles within about 6 ft. (2 m) from
your vehicle
- Oncoming vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile, such
as trailers
- Narrow vehicles, such as
motorcycles or bicycles
7-85
- Special vehicles • When a vehicle in front of you merges

- Animals and pedestrians out of the lane, Smart Cruise Control
may not immediately detect the new
- Adjust your vehicle speed by vehicle that is now in front of you.
depressing the brake pedal
according to the road and driving Always pay attention to road and
conditions ahead. driving conditions while driving.
• Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal according
to the road and driving conditions
ahead.
In the following cases, the vehicle in
front cannot be detected by the sensor:
- You are steering your vehicle
- Driving on narrow or sharply curved
roads
• When a vehicle ahead disappears at an 2C_SCCVehicleAheadDisappears
intersection, your vehicle may • Always look out for pedestrians when
accelerate. your vehicle is maintaining a distance
Always pay attention to road and with the vehicle ahead.
driving conditions while driving.
2C_SCCPedestrianCaution
2C_SCCDrivingNarrowRoad
7-86
7
Information Navigation-based Smart
This device complies with Part 15 of the Cruise Control (NSCC)
FCC rules. if equipped
Operation is subject to the following three Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
conditions: helps maintain appropriate speed
1. This device may not cause harmful depending on the road conditions by
interference, and using information from the navigation
2. This device must accept any system when driving on highways while
interference received, including Smart Cruise Control is operating.
operation. Information
3. Changes or modifications not expressly • Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
approved by the party responsible for is available only on controlled access
compliance could void the user's roads.
authority to operate the device. - Controlled access roads are roads
with limited entrances and exits that
allow uninterrupted high speed
traffic flow.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure Available highway
information: (Controlled access road)
Select Interstate
Highway and U.S.
uncontrolled environment. USA
(Federal) and State
This equipment should be installed and Highways
operated with minimum distance of 8
inches (20 cm) between the radiator Select Provincial and
Canada
(antenna) and your body. Territorial Highways
This transmitter must not be co-located - Additional highways may be available
or operating in conjunction with any other in future navigation system updates.
antenna or transmitter.
- Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control does not operate on
interchanges or junctions
7-87
Highway Auto Curve Slowdown Navigation-based Smart

If vehicle speed is high, Highway Auto Cruise Control operation
Curve Slowdown function will
temporarily decelerate your vehicle or
limit acceleration to help you drive safely Operating conditions
on a curve based on the curve Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control is
information from the navigation. ready to operate if all of the following
conditions are satisfied:
• Smart Cruise Control is operating
Navigation-based Smart
• Driving on main roads of highways (or
Cruise Control settings motorways)
Information
For more information on how to operate
Smart Cruise Control, refer to the “Smart
Cruise Control (SCC)” section in this
chapter.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise

Control display and control
2C_NSCCSetInfo
With the engine on, select Setup > When Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Driving Control operates, it will be displayed on
Convenience > Auto Highway Speed the instrument cluster as follows:
Change from the Settings menu to turn
on Navigation-based Smart Cruise Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
Control and deselect to turn off the standby
function.
Information
When there is a problem with
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control,
the function cannot be set from the
Settings menu.
2C_NSCCOperatingInfo
If the operating conditions are satisfied,
the green indicator light illuminates.
7-88
7
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operating Information
The images and colors in the instrument
cluster may differ depending on the
instrument cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
Highway Auto Curve Slowdown

Depending on the curve ahead on the
highway (or motorway), the vehicle
decelerates, and after passing the curve,
2C_NSCCOperatingInfo the vehicle accelerates to Smart Cruise
While the speed is being controlled, the Control set speed.
green indicator light blinks. • Vehicle deceleration time may differ
depending on the vehicle speed and
Temporarily canceled or interrupted by the degree of the curve on the road. The
the driver higher the driving speed, deceleration
If Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control will start faster.
cannot control the vehicle, such as when
Smart Cruise Control is temporarily Limitations of
canceled or the navigation system is
searching for a route, the gray
Navigation-based Smart
indicator light illuminates. Cruise Control
When the driver depresses the Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
accelerator pedal, the white indicator may not operate properly under the
light blinks. following circumstances:
• The navigation is not working properly
WARNING • Map information is not transmitted due
to infotainment system's abnormal
operation
• Speed limit and road information in the
navigation is not updated
• The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
• The navigation searches for a route
while driving
2C_NSCCDriveCarefullyInfo
• GPS signals are blocked in areas such as
a tunnel
“Drive carefully” warning message will
appear in the following circumstances: • A road that divides into two or more
roads and joins again
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is not able to slow down your vehicle to • The driver goes off course the route set
a safe speed in the navigation
7-89
• The route to the destination is changed • When there is a difference between the
or canceled by resetting the navigation navigation set route (branch line) and
• The vehicle enters a service station or the driving route (main road), Highway
rest area Auto Curve Slowdown function may not
operate until the driving route is
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating recognized as the main road.
• The navigation cannot detect the • When the vehicle's driving route is
current vehicle position (for example, recognized as the main road by
elevated roads including overpass maintaining the main road instead of
adjacent to general roads or nearby the navigation set route, Highway Auto
roads exist in a parallel way) Curve Slowdown function will operate.
• The navigation is being updated while Depending on the distance to the curve
driving and the current vehicle speed, vehicle
• The navigation is being restarted while deceleration may not be sufficient or
driving may decelerate rapidly.
• The speed limit of some sections
changes according to the road
situations
• Driving on a road under construction
• Driving on a road that is controlled
• There is bad weather, such as heavy
rain, heavy snow, etc.
• Driving on a road that is sharply curved
2C_NSCCLimitation_2
(1) Set route
(2) Branch line
(3) Driving route
(4) Main road
(5) Curved road section
• When there is a difference between the
navigation route (main road) and the
driving route (branch line), Highway
2C_NSCCLimitation Auto Curve Slowdown function will
(1) Set route operate based on the curve information
(2) Branch line on the main road.
(3) Driving route
(4) Main road
(5) Curved road section
7-90
7
• When it is judged that you are driving
out of the route by entering the WARNING
highway interchange or junction, • Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
Highway Auto Curve Slowdown is not a substitute for safe driving
function will not operate. practices, but a convenience function.
Always keep your eyes on the road, and
it is the responsibility of the driver to
avoid violating traffic laws.
• The navigation’s speed limit
information may differ from the actual
speed limit information on the road. It is
the driver's responsibility to check the
speed limit on the actual driving road or
lane.
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
2C_NSCCLimitation_3 will automatically be canceled when
(1) Driving route you leave the highway (or motorway)
(2) Branch line main road. Always pay attention to road
(3) Curved road section and driving conditions while driving.
(4) Main road • Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
• If there is no destination set on the may not operate due to the existence of
navigation, Highway Auto Curve leading vehicles and the driving
Slowdown function will operate based conditions of the vehicle. Always pay
on the curve information on the main attention to road and driving conditions
road. while driving.
• Even if you depart from the main road, • When you are towing a trailer or
Highway Auto Curve Slowdown another vehicle, turn off
function may temporarily operate due Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
to navigation information of the for safety reasons.
highway curve section. • After you pass through a tollgate on a
highway (or motorway),
will operate based on the first lane. If
you enter one of the other lanes,
might not operate properly.
7-91
• The vehicle will accelerate if the driver

depresses the accelerator pedal while Information
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control This device complies with Part 15 of the
is operating, and the function will not FCC rules.
decelerate the vehicle. However, if the
accelerator pedal is depressed
conditions:
insufficiently, the vehicle may
decelerate. 1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
• If the driver accelerates and releases
the accelerator pedal while 2. This device must accept any
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control interference received, including
is operating, the vehicle may not interference that may cause undesired
decelerate sufficiently or may rapidly operation.
decelerate to a safe speed. 3. Changes or modifications not expressly
• If the curve is too large or too small, approved by the party responsible for
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control compliance could void the user's
may not operate. authority to operate the device.
• A time gap could occur between the Radio frequency radiation exposure
navigation’s guidance and when information:
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control This equipment complies with FCC
operation starts and ends. radiation exposure limits set forth for an
• The speed information on the uncontrolled environment.
instrument cluster and navigation may This equipment should be installed and
differ. operated with minimum distance of 8
• Even if you are driving at a speed lower inches (20 cm) between the radiator
than Smart Cruise Control set speed, (antenna) and your body.
acceleration may be limited by the This transmitter must not be co-located
curve sections ahead. or operating in conjunction with any other
• If Navigation-based Smart Cruise antenna or transmitter.
Control is operating while leaving the
main road to enter an interchange,
junction, rest area, etc., the function
may operate for a certain period of
time.
• Deceleration by Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control may feel it is not
sufficient due to road conditions such
as uneven road surfaces, narrow lanes,
etc.
7-92
7
Lane Following Assist Lane Following Assist settings
(LFA)
Warning Methods
Lane Following Assist helps detect lane
markings and/or a vehicle ahead on the
road, and helps center your vehicle in the
lane.
Detecting sensor
vehicle on.
2C_FrontViewCamera system to change the warning volume.
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane markings
with a low volume.
and front vehicles.
CAUTION system.
For more information on the precautions If Driving Safety Priority is selected,
of the front view camera, refer to the the vehicle lowers all other audio
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist volumes when the warning sounds for
(FCA) (Front View Camera Only)” section safe driving.
in this chapter.
Information
7-93
Lane Following Assist Lane Following Assist

operation
Turning Lane Following Assist

On/Off
2C_LKALaneDetectInfo
If the vehicle ahead and/or both lane
markings are detected and your vehicle
speed is below 120 mph (200 km/h), the
green ( ) indicator light appears on the
instrument cluster, and Lane Following
2C_LKAButton
Assist helps center the vehicle in the lane
With the engine on, shortly press the Lane by assisting the steering wheel.
Driving Assist button located on the
steering wheel to turn on Lane Following CAUTION
Assist. The grey or green ( ) indicator
light will appear on the instrument When the steering wheel is not assisted,
cluster. the white ( ) indicator light blinks and
Press the button again to turn off the changes to grey.
function.
Information
A long press of the Lane Driving Assist
button turns Lane Keeping Assist on and
off. For more information, refer to the
"Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" section in this
chapter.
7-94
7
Hands-off warning
WARNING
• The steering wheel may not be assisted
if the steering wheel is held very tight or
the steering wheel is steered over a
certain degree.
• Lane Following Assist does not operate
at all times. It is the responsibility of the
driver to safely steer the vehicle and to
maintain the vehicle in its lane.
• The hands-off warning message may
2C_HandOffWarningInfo appear late depending on road
If the driver takes their hands off the conditions. Always have your hands on
steering wheel for several seconds, the the steering wheel while driving.
Keep hands on steering wheel warning • If the steering wheel is held very lightly
message will appear with a warning the hands-off warning message may
sound in stages. appear because Lane Following Assist
First stage: Warning message may not recognize that the driver has
Second stage: Warning message (red their hands on the steering wheel.
steering wheel) with a warning sound • If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the hands-off warning may not
work properly.
Information
• For more information on instrument
cluster settings, refer to the “Cluster
Display” section in chapter 4.
• When both lane markings are detected,
2C_DisableLFAInfo the lane lines on the instrument cluster
If the driver still does not have their hands will change from grey to white.
on the steering wheel after the hands-off Lane undetected
warning, the "Lane Following Assist
deactivated" warning message will
appear and Lane Following Assist will be
automatically canceled.
2C_LaneDetectionInfo
7-95
Lane detected Lane Following Assist

Lane Following Assist malfunction
2C_LKALaneDetectInfo
settings menu.
When Lane Following Assist is not
• If lane markings are not detected, working properly, the Check Driver
steering wheel control by Lane Assistance system. warning message will
Following Assist can be limited appear on the instrument cluster for
depending on whether a vehicle is in several seconds, and the master ( )
front or the driving conditions of the warning light appears on the instrument
vehicle. cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle
• Even though the steering is assisted by inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
Lane Following Assist, the driver may dealer.
control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier or Limitations of Lane Following Assist
lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Following Assist than For more information on Lane Following
when it is not. Assist limitations, refer to the “Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA)” section in this
chapter.
Information
For more information on Lane Following
Assist precautions, refer to the “Lane
Keeping Assist malfunction and
limitations” section in this chapter.
WARNING
Loading freight exceeding the maximum
load or placing freight unevenly may
undermine driving safety. This may also
prevent Lane Following Assist from
operating properly.
7-96
7
Highway Driving Assist Detecting sensor
(HDA)
if equipped
Highway Driving Assist helps maintain a

set distance and speed from the vehicle
ahead while driving on a highway main
section and helps center the vehicle in the
lane.
2C_FrontRadar
[B] Front radar
CAUTION
2C_HDABasicFuntion of the detecting sensors, refer to the
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
Information (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)” section in this
• Highway Driving Assist is available only chapter.
on controlled access roads.
- Controlled access roads are roads
with limited entrances and exits that
allow uninterrupted high speed
traffic flow.
Available highway
(Controlled access road)
Select Interstate
Highway and U.S.
USA
(Federal) and State
Highways
Select Provincial and

Canada
Territorial Highways
- Additional highways may be available

in future navigation system updates.
- Highway Driving Assist does not
operate on interchanges or junctions.
7-97
Highway Driving Assist Warning Methods

settings
Highway Driving Assist
2C_HDASetInfo settings menu in the infotainment
With the engine on, select or deselect system to change the warning volume.
Setup > Vehicle > Driver Assistance > If you turn off the Warning Volume, for
Driving Convenience from the Settings your safety, the function may warn you
menu to set whether to use each with a low volume.
function.
If “Highway Driving Assist” is selected, it Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
helps maintain distance from the vehicle Methods > Driving Safety Priority from
ahead, maintain the set speed, and helps the settings menu in the infotainment
center the vehicle in the lane. system.
safe driving.
Information
7-98
7
Highway Driving Assist 1. Highway Driving Assist indicator,
operation whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the selected distance level are
displayed.
Basic function • Highway Driving Assist indicator
( )
Displaying operating status
- Green HDA: Operating state
You can see the status of the Highway
Driving Assist operation in the Driving - Grey HDA: Standby state
Assist view on the instrument cluster. - White HDA blink: Accelerator
Refer to the “View modes” section in depressed state
chapter 4. - Not displayed : Off
Highway Driving Assist will be displayed 2. Set speed
as below depending on the status of the
function. 3. Lane Following Assist indicator
Operating state 4. Whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the selected headway
5. Whether the lane is detected or not
Information
• For more information on the display,
refer to the “Smart Cruise Control
(SCC)” and “Lane Following Assist
(LFA)” sections in this chapter.
2C_HDAActiveIndicatorInfo
Standby state depending on the instrument cluster
settings menu.
Highway Driving Assist operation

Highway Driving Assist operates when:
• Driving on the main road of highways,
and turning on Highway Driving Assist
by pressing the Driving Assist button
• Entering the main road of highways
2C_HDAReadyIndicatorInfo
while Lane Following assist and Smart
Cruise Control are operating
7-99
Restarting after stopping

When Highway Driving Assist is
operating, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the
vehicle ahead of you starts moving within
30 seconds after the stop, your vehicle
will start as well. In addition, after the
vehicle has stopped and 30 seconds have
passed, the "Use switch or pedal to
accelerate" message will appear on the
instrument cluster. Depress the 2C_HDADeactivatedInfo
accelerator pedal or operate the + switch, If the driver still does not have their hands
- switch or switch to start driving. on the steering wheel after the hands-off
warning, "Highway Driving Assist
deactivated" warning message will
appear and Highway Driving Assist and
Lane Change Assist will be automatically
canceled.
Driving speed limit
2C_SCCReStartInfo
Hands-off warning
2C_HDADeactivatedDuetoHandOffInfo
When Highway Driving Assist is canceled
by the hands-off warning, The driving
speed will be limited.
While Driving Speed Limit function is
operating, the "Driver's grasp not
2C_HandOffWarningInfo
detected. Driving speed will be limited"
If the driver takes their hands off the warning message will appear on the
steering wheel for several seconds, the instrument cluster, and an audible
"Keep hands on steering wheel" warning warning will sound continuously.
message will appear and an audible
warning will sound in stages.
First stage: Warning message
Second stage: Warning message (red
steering wheel) and audible warning
7-100
7
Highway Driving Assist standby Highway Driving Assist
When the Smart Cruise Control is malfunction and limitations
temporarily canceled while Highway
Driving Assist is operating, Highway
Driving Assist will be in the standby state. Highway Driving Assist malfunction
At this time, Lane Following Assist will
operate properly.
Information
• Driving Speed Limit helps you drive
below 40 mph (60 km/h). At this time,
the vehicle decelerates due to the
vehicle ahead. After the vehicle has
decelerated, it cannot automatically
accelerate.
• Driving Speed Limit will cancel in the
following circumstances: When Highway Driving Assist is not
working properly, the "Check Driver
- When the driver grabs the steering Assistance system." warning message
wheel again
and yellow Lane Keeping Assist ( )
- When the driver turns on Lane warning light appears on the instrument
Following Assist by pressing the Lane cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle
Driving Assist button ( ) inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
- When +, -, switch or button is dealer.
operated, or the accelerator pedal or
the brake pedal is depressed WARNING
• The driver is responsible for controlling
the vehicle for safe driving.
• Always have your hands on the steering
wheel while driving.
• Highway Driving Assist is a
supplemental function that assists the
driver in driving the vehicle and is not a
complete autonomous driving system.
Always check road conditions, and if
necessary, take appropriate actions to
drive safely.
• Always have your eyes on the road, and
it is the responsibility of the driver to
avoid violating traffic laws. The vehicle
manufacturer is not responsible for any
traffic violation or accidents caused by
the driver.
7-101
• Highway Driving Assist may not be able • For your safety, please read the owner's
to recognize all traffic situations. manual before using the Highway
Highway Driving Assist may not detect Driving Assist.
possible collisions due to limitations of • Highway Driving Assist will not operate
the function. Always be aware of the when the vehicle is started, or when the
limitations of the function. Obstacles detecting sensors or navigation is being
such as vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles, initialized.
pedestrians, or unspecified objects or
structures such as guardrails, tollgate,
etc., that may collide with the vehicle Limitation of Highway Driving Assist
may not be detected.
Highway Driving Assist may not operate
• Highway Driving Assist will turn off properly, or may not operate under the
automatically under the following following circumstances:
situations:
• The map information and the actual
- Driving on roads that Highway road is different because the navigation
Driving Assist does not operate, such is not updated
as a rest area, intersection, junction,
etc. • The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
- The navigation does not operate GPS data or map information error
properly such as when the navigation
is being updated or restarted • The infotainment system is overloaded
by simultaneously performing
• Highway Driving Assist may functions such as route search, video
inadvertently operate or turn off playback, voice recognition, etc.
depending on road conditions
(navigation information) and • GPS signals are blocked in areas such as
surroundings. a tunnel
• Lane Following Assist function may be • The driver goes off course or the route
temporarily disabled when the front to the destination is changed or
view camera cannot detect lanes canceled by resetting the navigation
properly or the hands-off warning is on. • The vehicle enters a service station or
• You may not hear the warning sound of rest area
Highway Driving Assist if the • Android Auto or Car Play is operating
surrounding is noisy. • The navigation cannot detect the
• If the vehicle is driven at high speed current vehicle position (for example,
above a certain speed at a curve, your elevated roads including overpass
vehicle may drive to one side or may adjacent to general roads or nearby
depart from the driving lane. roads exist in a parallel way)
• When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Highway Information
Driving Assist for safety reasons. For more information on the limitations of
• The hands-off warning message may the front view camera, front radar, front
appear early or late depending on how corner radar and rear corner radar, refer
the steering wheel is held or road to the “Forward Collision-Avoidance
conditions. Always have your hands on Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)” section in
the steering wheel while driving. this chapter.
7-102
7
Information Rear View Monitor (RVM)
if equipped
FCC rules. Rear View Monitor displays the area
Operation is subject to the following three behind your vehicle to help with parking.
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful Detecting sensor
interference, and
operation.
2C_WideRearViewCamera
Information [A] Wide-rear view camera
Radio frequency radiation exposure See the illustration above for the detailed
information: location of the detecting sensor.
inches (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
7-103
Rear View Monitor settings Camera Settings
Warning Methods
2C_RVMParkingDistanceWarningInfo
You can change Rear View Monitor
Display Contents by touching the setup
2C_WarningVolumnParkingSafetySetInfo
icon ( ) on the screen while Rear View
The Warning Methods can be set with the Monitor is operating, or selecting Setup >
vehicle on. Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Parking
• Parking Safety Priority: Select Setup > Safety > Camera Settings from the
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning Settings menu in the infotainment system
Methods > Parking Safety Priority in while the engine is on.
the infotainment system. In the Display Contents, you can change
If Parking Safety Priority is enabled, settings for Extended Rear View Monitor
the vehicle lowers all other audio and Rear View Parking Lines.
volumes when a parking assist view is
active. Extended Rear View Monitor
Keeps displaying the rear view when
Information shifting from R (Reverse) to N (Neutral) or
• If you change the Warning Methods, D (Drive). When exceeding a certain
the Warning Methods of other Driver speed, the rear view stops displaying.
• If the engine is restarted, Warning Rear View Parking Lines
Methods will maintain the last setting. If Rear View Parking Lines is selected, the
• The setting menu may not exist based rear view parking guide lines and rear top
on vehicle specification. view guide lines will be displayed at the
left side of the infotainment system .
Information
• The horizontal guideline of the Rear
View Parking Guidance shows the
distance of 20 in. (0.5 m), 40 in. (1 m)
and 91 in. (2.3 m) from the vehicle.
• The horizontal guideline of the Rear Top
View Parking Guidance shows the
liftgate opening distance and the
distance of 60 in. (1.5 m) from the
vehicle.
7-104
7
Rear View Monitor operation Rear view
Parking/View button
Type A
2C_RearViewInfo
2C_ParkingViewButton • The gear is shifted to R (Reverse).
Type B • The Parking/View button (1) is pressed
while the gear is in P (Park), N (Neutral)
or D (Drive), and vehicle speed is 6 mph
(10 km/h) or less.
Touch the Change View button (2) to
select rear view or rear top view.
Off conditions
• The gear is shifted to P (Park).
• The Parking/View button (1) or the
Infotainment system button (3) is
2C_ParkingViewButton_2 Pressed.
Press the Parking/View button (1) while • The gear is in N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
the gear is in P (Park), D (Drive) or N and the vehicle speed is above 6 mph
(Neutral) to turn on the Rear View (10 km/h).
Monitor. • The previous button (4) is selected on
the rear view menu.
Information
When the gear is in R (Reverse), the rear
view does not turn off.
7-105
Extended Rear View Monitor Rear View Monitor

The rear view will maintain showing on malfunction and limitations
the screen to help you when parking.
Operating conditions Rear View Monitor malfunction

The gear is shifted from R (Reverse) to N When Rear View Monitor is not working
(Neutral) or D (Drive), and vehicle speed is properly, or the screen flickers, or the
6 mph (10 km/h) or less. camera image does not display properly,
have the vehicle inspected by an
Off conditions authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• When vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10
km/h), the rear view will turn off. Limitations of Rear View Monitor
• Shift the gear to P (Park), the rear view When the vehicle is stopped for a long
will turn off. time in winter or when the vehicle is
parked in an indoor parking lot, the
• Press the Parking/View button (1), the
exhaust fumes may temporarily blur the
rear view will turn off.
image.
Information WARNING
• The rear view does not turn off
• The rear view camera does not cover
regardless of the mode when the gear is
the complete area behind the vehicle.
in R (Reverse).
The driver should always check the rear
• The rear view is always displayed when area directly through the inside and
the gear is in R (Reverse). side view mirror before parking or
• The rear parking guidelines are backing up.
displayed in rear view and rear top view • The distance to the object shown on the
mode. (When selected in Setup > screen may differ from the actual
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Parking distance. This is because the image
Safety > Camera Settings > Display shown on Rear View Monitor is
Contents > Rear View Parking Lines displayed by calibrating the image from
from the Settings menu in the the wide-rear view camera. When the
infotainment system). vehicle is tilted by cargo loading, rear
parking guidelines may not be correct.
Make sure to directly check the
vehicle's surroundings for safety.
• Always keep the rear view camera lens
clean. If the lens is covered with foreign
material, it may adversely affect
camera performance and Rear View
Monitor may not operate properly.
However, do not use chemical solvents
such as strong detergents containing
high alkaline or volatile organic
solvents (gasoline, acetone, etc.). This
may damage the camera lens.
7-106
7
Surround View Monitor Surround View Monitor
settings
(SVM)
if equipped
Warning Methods
Surround View Monitor uses the wide
view cameras and displays images
around your vehicle through the
infotainment system to help with parking.
Detecting sensor
2C_WarningVolumnParkingSafetySetInfo
vehicle on.
• Parking Safety Priority: Select Setup >
Methods > Parking Safety Priority in
the infotainment system.
2C_WideFrontSideViewCamera
If Parking Safety Priority is enabled,
volumes when a parking assist view is
active.
Information
2C_WideRearCamera • The setting menu may not exist based
[A] Wide-front view camera on vehicle specification.
[B] Wide-side view camera (Below the side view
mirror)
[C] Wide-side view camera (Below the side view
mirror)
[D] Wide-rear view camera
7-107
Camera Settings Rear View Parking Lines

When the Rear View Parking Lines is
selected, parking guidance appears in the
rear view.
Information
The horizontal guideline shows the
distance of 1.6 ft. (0.5 m), 3.3 ft. (1 m) and
7.6 ft. (2.3 m).
2C_SVMParkingDistanceWarningInfo Surround View Monitor Auto On

• You can change Surround View Monitor
Display Contents by touching the
setup icon ( ) on the screen while
Surround View Monitor is operating, or
selecting Setup > Vehicle > Driver
Assistance > Parking Safety > Camera
Settings from the Settings menu in the
infotainment system while the engine is
on.
• In the Display Contents, you can
change settings for Parking Distance 2C_SVMAutoOnInfo
Warning, Top View Parking Lines and With the engine on, select Driver
Rear View Parking Lines. Assistance > Parking Safety > Surround
View Monitor Auto On from the Settings
Parking Distance Warning menu in the infotainment system to use
When the Parking Distance Warning is the function.
selected, parking distance warning
appears on the right side of the Surround Information
View Monitor screen.
For more information on Surround view
monitor auto On, refer to the "Surround
Top View Parking Lines
view monitor operation" in this chapter.
When the Top View Parking Lines is
selected, parking guidance appears on
the right side of the Surround View
Monitor screen.
Information
The horizontal guideline of the Rear Top
View Parking Guidance shows the liftgate
opening distance of 6.6 ft. (2 m) from the
vehicle.
7-108
7
Surround view monitor Front view
operation
Parking/View button
Type A
2C_SVMFrontViewInfo
The front view appears on the screen
when the gear is in N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
to assist in parking.
2C_ParkingViewButton You may select top view, front view, side
Type B view and 3D view using the change view
button (2).
• The gear is shifted to N (Neutral) or D
(Drive) from R (Reverse) and the vehicle
speed is 6 mph (10 km/h) or less.
• The Parking/View button (1) is pressed
or D (Drive), and vehicle speed is 6 mph
(10 km/h) or less.
2C_ParkingViewButton_2
• Surround View Monitor Auto On
function is operated.
Press the Parking/View button (1) to turn
on Surround View Monitor. When Driver Assistance > Parking
Safety > Surround View Monitor Auto
Press the button again to turn off the
On is selected from the Settings menu,
function.
the front view while parking appears.
Information
When the front view is activated, the
latest used view mode is displayed.
7-109
Off conditions 3D view

• The gear is shifted from N (Neutral) or D The 3D view shows the image around the
(Drive) to P (Park) or R (Reverse). vehicle from various angles.
• The Parking/View button (1) or the You can change angles by tapping the
Infotainment system button (3) is screen. Press the 3D view button again to
Pressed. return to the initial angle.
• Vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10
km/h). Operating conditions
When the 3D view is selected by pressing
Information the change view button (2):
Surround View Monitor may turn off when • The gear is in P (Park), N (Neutral) or D
vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h). (Drive) when vehicle speed is below 6
However, Surround View Monitor may mph (10 km/h).
not turn on again although vehicle speed • The Surround View Monitor is turned on
drops below 6 mph (10 km/h). when the gear is in R (Reverse).
Off conditions
Rear view When the gear is in P (Park), N (Neutral) or
The rear view appears on the screen to D (Drive):
assist in parking. • The gear is shifted to P (Park) from N
You may select top view, rear view, side (Neutral) or D (Drive).
view and 3D view using the change view • The Parking/View button (1) or the
button (2) . Infotainment system button (3) is
Pressed.
• Vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse). km/h).
• The rear view is selected by pressing When the gear is in R (Reverse):
the change view button (2) after
pressing the Parking/View button (1), • The gear is shifted to P (Park)
or D (Drive), and vehicle speed is 6 mph Information
(10 km/h) or less. 3D view does not display guidelines.
Off conditions
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse).
• The Parking/View button (1) is pressed,
while the gear is in P (Park).
Information
When the gear is in R (Reverse), the rear
view does not turn off even if the
infotainment system button (3) is
Pressed.
7-110
7
Surround View Monitor • Surround View Monitor is designed to
malfunction and limitations be used on a flat surface. Therefore, if
used on roads with different heights
such as curbs and speed bumps, the
Surround View Monitor malfunction image in the screen my not look
When Surround View Monitor is not correct.
working properly, or the screen flickers, • Always keep the camera lens clean. If
or the camera image does not display the lens is covered with foreign
properly, have the vehicle inspected by material, it may adversely affect
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. camera performance and Surround
View Monitor may not operate
properly. However, do not use
Limitations of Surround View
chemical solvents such as strong
Monitor
detergents containing high alkaline or
• When the vehicle is stopped for a long volatile organic solvents (gasoline,
time in winter or when the vehicle is acetone, etc.). This may damage the
parked in an indoor parking lot, the camera lens.
exhaust fumes may temporarily blur
the image.
• The screen may be displayed
abnormally, and an icon may appear at Information
the top left side of the screen under the Surround View Monitor uses the cameras
following circumstances: installed on the vehicle to show images
- The liftgate is opened around the vehicle through the
- The driver or front passenger door is infotainment system. The image shown
opened on the screen may look unnatural
depending on the surroundings.
- The side view mirror is folded
WARNING
• ALWAYS look around your vehicle to
make sure there are no objects or
obstacles before moving the vehicle.
What you see on the screen may differ
from the actual vehicle’s location.
• The distance to the object shown on the
screen may differ from the actual
distance. This is because the image
shown on Surround View Monitor is
displayed by calibrating the image from
the wide-rear view camera. When the
vehicle is tilted by cargo loading, rear
parking guidelines may not be correct.
Make sure to directly check the
vehicle's surroundings for safety.
7-111
Rear Cross-Traffic Detecting sensor

Collision-Avoidance
Assist (RCCA)
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist helps detect vehicles approaching
from the rear left or right while your
vehicle is reversing and warns you of a
possible collision with a warning message
and a warning sound. Also, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
may assist with braking your vehicle to 2C_RearRadar
help avoid a collision. [A] Rear corner radar
Information
of the rear corner radar, refer to the
“Detecting sensor” section in this
chapter.
2C_RCCAOpeartionOverview
[A] Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning operating
range
[B] Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
operating range
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of the approaching vehicle.
7-112
7
Rear Cross-Traffic Warning Methods
Collision-Avoidance Assist
settings
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
vehicle on.
2C_RCCASetInfo Methods > Warning Volume from the
With the engine on, select Setup > Settings menu in the infotainment
Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Parking system to change the warning volume.
Safety > Rear Cross-Traffic Safety from
system to turn on Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist and deselect
to turn off the function.
WARNING
Information
When the engine is restarted, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
always turn on. However, if ‘Off’ is
selected after the engine is restarted, the
driver should always be aware of the • The Warning Volume and Haptic
surroundings and drive safely. Warning cannot be turned off at the
7-113
Rear Cross-Traffic • Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance

Collision-Avoidance Assist Assist operates when all the following
operation
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
Assist warns and helps control the vehicle - Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
depending on collision risk level: km/h)
‘Collision Warning’, ‘Emergency Braking’ - The approaching vehicle is within
and ‘Stopping vehicle and ending brake about 82 ft. (25 m) from the left and
control’. right side of your vehicle
- The speed of the vehicle approaching
Collision Warning from the left and right is above 3 mph
(5 km/h)
Information
• If the operating conditions are satisfied,
there may be a warning whenever the
vehicle approaches from the left or
right side even though your vehicle
speed is 0 mph (0 km/h).
2C_RCCACollisionWarningInfo depending on the instrument cluster
instrument cluster.
2C_RCCACollisionWarningInfo_2
• To warn the driver of an approaching
vehicle from the rear left/right side of
your vehicle, the warning light on the
side view mirror blinks and a warning
message appears on the instrument
cluster. At the same time, an audible
warning sounds and the steering wheel
vibrates. A warning also appears on the
7-114
7
Emergency Braking • Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist operates when all the following
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
- The approaching vehicle is within
about 5 ft. (1.5 m) from the left and
right side of your vehicle
- The speed of the vehicle approaching
from the left and right is above 3 mph
2C_RCCAEmergencyBrakingInfo
(5 km/h)
- Emergency braking is assisted to help
prevent collision with approaching
vehicles from the left and right.
WARNING
Brake control will end when:
• The approaching vehicle is out of the
detecting range
• The approaching vehicle passes behind
your vehicle
2C_RCCACollisionWarningInfo_2
• To warn the driver of an approaching • The approaching vehicle does not drive
vehicle from the rear left/right side of toward your vehicle
your vehicle, the warning light on the • The approaching vehicle speed slows
side view mirror blinks and a warning down
message appears on the instrument • The driver depresses the brake pedal
cluster. At the same time, an audible with sufficient power
warning sounds and the steering wheel
vibrates. A warning also appears on the
7-115
Stopping vehicle and ending brake • You may not hear the warning sound of
control Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist if the surrounding is noisy.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate if the driver
applies the brake pedal to avoid
collision.
• During Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist operation,
the vehicle may stop suddenly injuring
passengers and shifting loose objects.
Always have the seat belt on and keep
loose objects secured.
2C_RCCADriveCarefullyInfo • Even if there is a problem with Rear
• When the vehicle is stopped due to Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
emergency braking, the "Drive Assist, the vehicle’s basic braking
carefully" warning message will appear performance will operate properly.
• When Rear Cross-Traffic
• For your safety, the driver should Collision-Avoidance Assist is operating,
depress the brake pedal immediately braking control by the function will
and check the surroundings. automatically cancel when the driver
• Brake control will end after the vehicle excessively depresses the accelerator
is stopped by emergency braking for pedal.
about 2 seconds. • Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
• During emergency braking, braking Assist does not operate in all situations
control by Rear Cross-Traffic or cannot avoid all collisions.
Collision-Avoidance Assist will • Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
automatically cancel when the driver Assist may warn the driver late or may
excessively depresses the brake pedal. not warn the driver depending on the
road and driving conditions.
WARNING • The driver has the responsibility to
Take the following precautions when control the vehicle. Do not solely
using Rear Cross-Traffic depend on Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist: Collision-Avoidance Assist. Rather,
• For your safety, only change the maintain a safe braking distance, and if
Settings after parking the vehicle at a necessary, depress the brake pedal to
safe location. reduce driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
appears or audible warning is • Never deliberately operate Rear
generated, Rear Cross-Traffic Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Collision-Avoidance Assist warning Assist on people, animal, objects, etc. It
message may not be displayed and may cause serious injury or death.
audible warning may not be generated.
7-116
7
CAUTION Rear Cross-Traffic
The brake control may not operate malfunction and limitations
properly depending on the status of ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when: Rear Cross-Traffic
• The ESC (Electronic Stability Control) malfunction
warning light is on
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
Information
If braking is assisted by Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist, the driver
must immediately depress the brake
pedal and check vehicle surroundings.
• Brake control will end when the driver When Rear Cross-Traffic
depresses the brake pedal with Collision-Avoidance Assist is not working
sufficient power. properly, the "Check Driver Assistance
• After shifting the gear to R (Reverse), system." warning message appears on
braking control will operate once for the instrument cluster for several
left and right vehicle approach. seconds, and the master ( ) warning light
illuminates on the instrument cluster. If
this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by
2C_CheckSideViewMirrorWarningLightInfo
7-117
When the side view mirror warning light is

not working properly, the "Check side WARNING
view mirror warning light" warning • Even though the warning message
message appears on the instrument does not appear on the instrument
cluster for several seconds, and the cluster, Rear Cross-Traffic
master ( ) warning light illuminates on Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
the instrument cluster. If this occurs, have operate properly.
the vehicle inspected by an authorized • Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
HYUNDAI dealer. Assist may not operate properly in an
area (for example, open terrain), where
Rear Cross-Traffic any objects are not detected after
Collision-Avoidance Assist disabled turning ON the engine.
CAUTION
Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist to install or
remove a trailer, carrier, or another
attachment. Turn on Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist when finished.
Limitations of Rear Cross-Traffic
When the rear bumper around the Collision-Avoidance Assist
rear-side radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, or
Assist may not operate properly, or it may
installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce
operate unexpectedly under the
the detecting performance and
following circumstances:
temporarily limit or disable Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist. • Departing from where trees or grass are
overgrown
If this occurs, the "Driver Assistance
System limited. Radar blocked." warning • Departing from where roads are wet
message appears on the instrument • Speed of the approaching vehicle is fast
cluster. or slow
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Braking control may not work, driver’s
Assist operates properly when such attention is required in the following
foreign material or trailer, etc., is circumstances:
removed. • The vehicle severely vibrates while
If Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance driving over a bumpy road, uneven road
Assist does not operate properly after it is or concrete patch
removed, have the vehicle inspected by • Driving on a slippery surface due to
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
7-118
7
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is • When the vehicle is in a complex
damaged parking environment
• The braking system has been modified
• Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating (if equipped)
Information
For more information on the limitations of
the rear corner radar, refer to the
“Detecting sensor” section in this
chapter.
2C_RCCAVehicleInParkingLot
WARNING Assist may detect vehicles which are
parking or pulling out near your vehicle
• Driving near a vehicle or structure
(for example, a vehicle leaving beside
your vehicle, a vehicle parking or
pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle
approaching your vehicle making a
turn, etc.). If this occurs, the function
may unnecessarily warn the driver and
control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
• When the vehicle is parked diagonally
2C_RCCADrivingNearVehicle
[A] Structure
Assist may be limited when driving near
a vehicle or structure, and may not
detect the vehicle approaching from
the left or right. If this occurs, the
function may not warn the driver or
control the brakes when necessary.
backing up. 2C_RCCAParkDiagonally
Assist may be limited when backing up
diagonally, and may not detect the
vehicle approaching from the left or
right. If this occurs, the function may
not warn the driver or control the
brakes when necessary.
backing up.
7-119
• When the vehicle is on or near a slope • When the vehicle is parked rearward
2C_RCCAParkRearward
2C_RCCANearSlope Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may detect vehicles passing by
Assist may be limited when the vehicle behind you when parking in reverse
is on an uphill or downhill slope, or near into a parking space. If this occurs, the
it, and may not detect the vehicle function may unnecessarily warn the
approaching from the left or right. If driver and control the brake.
this occurs, the function may not warn
the driver or control the brakes when
backing up.
necessary.
backing up.
• Pulling into the parking space where WARNING
there is a structure • When you are towing a trailer or turn off
Assist for safety reasons.
Assist may not operate properly if
interfered by strong electromagnetic
waves.
Assist may not operate for about 3
seconds after the vehicle is started, or
the rear corner radars are initialized.
2C_RCCAThereIsStructure
[A] Structure
[B] Wall
Assist may detect vehicles passing by in
front of you when parking in reverse
into a parking space with a wall or
structure in the rear or side area. If this
occurs, the function may unnecessarily
warn the driver and control the brake.
backing up.
7-120
7
Information Forward/Reverse Parking
This device complies with Part 15 of the Distance Warning (PDW)
FCC rules. if equipped
Operation is subject to the following three Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
conditions: Warning uses the front and rear ultrasonic
1. This device may not cause harmful sensors to help detect a person, animal,
interference, and or object and warns you if within a certain
2. This device must accept any distance when your vehicle is stopped or
interference received, including driving at low speed.
operation. Detecting sensor
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
radiation exposure limits set forth for an 2C_FrontUltrasonicSensor
inches (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
2C_RearUltrasonicSensor
[A] Front ultrasonic sensors
[B] Rear ultrasonic sensors
7-121
Forward/Reverse Parking Information

Distance Warning settings
When "Parking Distance Warning Auto
On" is selected, the Parking Safety button
Warning Methods indicator ( ) stays on.
Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning operation
Parking Safety button

Type A
engine on.
If you turn off the Warning Volume, for 2C_ParkingSafetyButton
your safety, the function may warn you Type B
with a low volume.
Information
• If you change the Warning methods,
the Warning methods of other Driver
methods maintains the last setting.
• The Setting menu may not exist based
2C_ParkingSafetyButton_2
Press the Parking Safety ( ) button to

Parking Distance Warning Auto On turn on Forward/Reverse Parking
To use Parking Distance Warning Auto Distance Warning. Press the button again
On function, select Setup > Vehicle> to turn off the function.
Driver Assistance > Parking Safety > • When the gear is shift to R (Reverse),
Parking Distance Warning Auto On from Parking Distance Warning
the infotainment system settings menu. automatically turns on (Parking Safety
button indicator on).
7-122
7
Forward Parking Distance Warning
Forward Parking Distance Warning Warning
Distance indicator
operates when one of the condition is Warning
from
satisfied. sound
object Cluster Infotai
• The gear is shifted from R (Reverse) to nment
D (Drive) with Reverse Parking Distance
Warning on. 24-48 Buzzer
inches beeps
• The gear is in D (Drive) and the Parking
(60-120 intermitte
Safety button indicator light is on.
cm) ntly
• Shift to D (Drive) when the function is
off (Only when Setup > Vehicle > Driver 12-24
Beeps
Assistance > Parking Safety > Parking inches
more
Distance Warning Auto On is selected (30-60
frequently
from the infotainment system settings cm)
menu.)
within 12 Beeps
inches continuou
Information (30 cm) sly
• Forward Parking Distance Warning
operates only when the vehicle’s • The corresponding indicator
forward speed is below 6 mph (10 illuminates whenever each ultrasonic
km/h). sensor detects a person or object in its
sensing range. Also an audible warning
• Forward Parking Distance Warning is sounds.
deactivated if the vehicle speed
reaches above 18 mph (30 km/h). It may • When more than two objects are
not reactivate although the vehicle detected at the same time, the closest
speed drops below 6 mph (10 km/h). one is warned with an audible warning.
(Only when Setup > Vehicle > Driver • The shape of the indicator in the
Assistance > Parking Safety > Parking illustration may differ from the actual
Distance Warning Auto On is not vehicle.
selected from the infotainment system
settings menu.)
7-123
Reverse Parking Distance Warning Forward/Reverse Parking

Reverse Parking Distance Warning Distance Warning
operates under the following conditions. malfunction and limitations
Warning Parking Distance Warning

Distance indicator malfunction
Warning
from After starting the vehicle, a beep may
sound
object Cluster Infotai sound when the gear is shifted to R
nment (Reverse) to indicate Parking Distance
Warning is operating properly.
24-48
inches Buzzer beeps However, if one or more of the following
(60-120 intermittently occurs, first check whether the ultrasonic
cm) sensor is damaged or blocked with
foreign material, If it still does not work
12-24 properly, have the vehicle inspected by
inches Beeps more an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(30-60 frequently • The audible warning does not sound.
cm)
• The buzzer sounds intermittently.
within • The "Check Driver Assistance system."
12 Beeps warning message appears on the
inches continuously instrument cluster.
(30 cm)
• The corresponding indicator

illuminates whenever each ultrasonic
sensor detects a person or object in its
sounds.
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one is warned with an audible warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual 2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
vehicle.
7-124
7
Parking Distance Warning disabled Limitations of Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning
• Parking Distance Warning may not
operate properly when:
- Moisture is frozen to the sensor
- Sensor is covered with substance,
such as snow or water
(Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning operates properly when
such substance is removed.)
- The weather is extremely hot or cold
2C_DriverAssistanceLimitedUltrasonic
If this occurs the "Driver Assistance - The sensor or sensor assembly is
system limited. Ultrasonic sensor disassembled
blocked." warning message appears on - The surface of the sensor is pressed
the instrument cluster. Parking Distance hard or hit with a hard object
Warning operates properly when snow, - The surface of the sensor is scratched
rain or foreign material is removed. with a sharp object
If Parking Distance Warning does not - The sensors or its surrounding area is
operate properly after obstruction (snow, directly sprayed with high pressure
rain, or foreign material) is removed washer
(including trailer, carrier, etc., from the
• Parking Distance Warning may
rear bumper), have the vehicle inspected
malfunction when:
- Heavy rain or water spray is present
Information - Water flows on the surface of the
sensor
- Affected by another vehicle’s sensors
- The sensor is covered with snow or
ice
- Driving on uneven road, gravel roads
or bushes
- Objects that generates ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
- License plate is installed in a different
2C_CheckUltrasonicSensorInfo spot from the original location
When the Parking Distance Warning is - The vehicle bumper height or
operating, if the function is not working ultrasonic sensor installation has
normally or the ultrasonic sensor is been modified
blocked, the master warning light ( ) - Attaching equipment or accessories
appears in the direction of the next to the ultrasonic sensors
corresponding sensor. You can check the
warning in the Utility view on the
instrument cluster.
7-125
• The following objects may not be

detected:
Forward/Side/Reverse
- Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes, Parking Distance Warning
chains or small poles. (PDW)
- Narrow objects, such as corners of a
if equipped
square column
- Objects, which tend to absorb sensor Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance
frequency, such as clothes, spongy Warning uses the front, side, and rear
material or snow. ultrasonic sensors to help detect a
person, animal, or object and warns you if
- Objects smaller than 40 inches (100 within a certain distance when your
cm) in length and narrower than 6 vehicle is stopped or driving at low speed.
inches (14 cm) in diameter.
- Pedestrians, animals or objects that
are very close to the ultrasonic Detecting sensor
sensors
WARNING
• Parking Distance Warning is a
supplemental function. The operation
of Parking Distance Warning can be
affected by several factors (including
environmental conditions). It is the
responsibility of the driver to always
check the front and rear views before
and while parking.
2C_WideFrontUltrasonicSensor
• Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to the
vehicle due to the malfunction of
Parking Distance Warning.
• Pay close attention when driving near
objects, pedestrians, and especially
children. Some objects may not be
detected by the ultrasonic sensors, due
to the objects distance, size or material,
all of which can limit the effectiveness
of the sensor.
• Parking Distance Warning does not 2C_WideRearUltrasonicSensor
warn you in the order of detection. It [A] Front ultrasonic sensors
[B] Front side ultrasonic sensors
varies depending on the speed of the [C] Rear side ultrasonic sensors
vehicle or the shape of a person, [D] Rear ultrasonic sensors
animal, or object. See the illustration above for the detailed
• If the Parking Distance Warning does location of the detecting sensors.
not operate properly, have your vehicle
dealer.
7-126
7
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Auto On
Parking Distance Warning To use Parking Distance Warning Auto
settings On function, select Setup > Vehicle>
Driver Assistance > Parking Safety >
Parking Distance Warning Auto On from
Warning methods the infotainment system settings menu.
Information
When "Parking Distance Warning Auto
On" is selected, the Parking Safety button
indicator ( ) stays on.
Forward/Side/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning
operation
engine on. Parking Safety button
• Warning Volume: Select Setup > Type A
with a low volume.
Information
• If you change the Warning methods,
the Warning methods of other Driver 2C_ParkingSafetyButton
Assistance systems may change. Type B
• The Setting menu may not exist based
7-127
Press the Parking Safety ( ) button to

turn on Parking Distance Warning. Press Warning Warning
the button again to turn off the function. indicator sound
Distance
• When the gear is shift to R (Reverse), Buzzer
from
Parking Distance Warning beeps
object Cluster Infotain
automatically turns on (Parking Safety ment intermitt
button indicator on). ently
24-48 Buzzer
Forward Parking Distance Warning inches beeps
Forward Parking Distance Warning (60-120 intermitt
cm) ently
operates under the following conditions.
• The gear is shifted from R (Reverse) to 12-24 Beeps
D (Drive) with Reverse Parking Distance inches more
Warning on. (30-60 frequent
cm) ly
• The gear is in D (Drive) and the Parking
Safety ( ) button indicator light is on. within
Beeps
• Shift to D (Drive) when the function is 12
continu
off (Only when Setup > Vehicle > Driver inches
ously
Assistance > Parking Safety > Parking (30 cm)
Distance Warning Auto On is selected
from the infotainment system settings
menu.)
Information sounds.
• Forward Parking Distance Warning • When more than two objects are
operates only when the vehicle’s detected at the same time, the closest
forward speed is below 6 mph (10 one is warned with an audible warning.
km/h).
• Forward Parking Distance Warning is illustration may differ from the actual
deactivated if the vehicle speed vehicle.
reaches above 18 mph (30 km/h). It may
not reactivate although the vehicle
speed drops below 6 mph (10 km/h).
(Only when Setup > Vehicle > Driver
Assistance > Parking Safety > Parking
Distance Warning Auto On is not
selected from the infotainment system
settings menu.)
7-128
7
Side Parking Distance Warning
Side Parking Distance Warning operates Warning
Distance indicator
under the following conditions. Warning
from
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse). sound
object Cluster Infotai
• The gear is shifted from R (Reverse) to nment
D (Drive).
24-48
• The gear is in D (Drive) and the Parking inches
Safety ( ) button indicator light is on. -
(60-120
• Shift to D (Drive) when the function is cm)
off.
12-24
(Only when Setup > Vehicle > Driver inches
Assistance > Parking Safety > Parking -
(30-60
Distance Warning Auto On is selected cm)
from the infotainment system settings
menu.) within 12 Beeps
inches continu
Information (30 cm) ously
• Side Parking Distance Warning • The corresponding indicator

operates when the vehicle’s forward illuminates whenever each ultrasonic
speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h). sensor detects a person or object in its
• Side Parking Distance Warning sensing range.
operated only when Forward or • If an object located within 12 inches (30
Rearward Parking Distance Warning is cm) from the side of the vehicle's path
on. is detected, an audible warning sounds.
• If an object outside the side of the
vehicle's path is detected, the warning
indicator is displayed.
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
7-129
Reverse Parking Distance Warning Forward/Side/Reverse

Reverse Parking Distance Warning Parking Distance Warning
operates under the following conditions. malfunction and limitations
Warning Forward/Side/Reverse Parking

Distance indicator Distance Warning malfunction
Warning
from After starting the vehicle, a beep sounds
sound
object Cluster Infotain when the gear is shifted to R (Reverse) to
ment indicate Parking Distance Warning is
operating properly.
24-48 Buzzer
inches beeps However, if one or more of the following
(60-120 intermitten occurs, first check whether the ultrasonic
cm) tly sensor is damaged or blocked with
foreign material. If it still does not work
12-24 properly, have your vehicle inspected by
Beeps
inches
more
(30-60 • The audible warning does not sound.
frequently
cm)
• The buzzer sounds intermittently.
within 12 Beeps • The “Check Driver Assistance system.”
inches continuous warning message appears on the
(30 cm) ly instrument cluster.
sounds.
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one is warned with an audible warning.
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
7-130
7
Parking Distance Warning disabled Limitations of Parking Distance
Warning
• Parking Distance Warning may not
operate properly when:
- There is excessive moisture or frost
on the sensor
- Sensor is covered with foreign
substance, such as snow or water
(Parking Distance Warning operates
properly when such substance is
removed.)
2C_DriverAssistanceLimitedUltrasonic
- The weather is extremely hot or cold
If this occurs the “Driver assistance
system limited. Ultrasonic sensor - The sensor or sensor assembly is
blocked” warning message appears on disassembled
the instrument cluster. Parking Distance - The surface of the sensor is pressed
Warning operates properly when snow, hard or hit with a hard object
rain or foreign material is removed. If - The surface of the sensor is scratched
Parking Distance Warning does not with a sharp object
operate properly after obstruction (snow,
- The sensors or its surrounding area is
rain, or foreign material) is removed
directly sprayed with high pressure
(including trailer, carrier, etc., from the
washer
rear bumper), have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI • Parking Distance Warning may
dealer. malfunction when:
- Heavy rain or water spray is present
Information - Water flows on the surface of the
sensor
- Affected by another vehicle’s sensors
- The sensor is covered with snow or
ice
- Driving on uneven road, gravel roads
or bushes
- Objects that generates ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
- License plate is installed in a different
2C_CheckUltrasonicSensorInfo_2 spot from the original location
When the Parking Distance Warning is - The vehicle bumper height or
operating, if the function is not working ultrasonic sensor installation has
normally or the ultrasonic sensor is been modified
blocked, the master warning light ( )
- Attaching equipment or accessories
appears in the direction of the
next to the ultrasonic sensors
corresponding sensor. You can check the
warning in the Utility view on the cluster.
7-131
• The following objects may not be

detected: WARNING
- Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes, • Parking Distance Warning is a
chains or small poles. supplemental function. The operation
- Narrow objects, such as corners of a of Parking Distance Warning can be
square column affected by several factors (including
environmental conditions). It is the
- Objects, which tend to absorb sensor responsibility of the driver to always
frequency, such as clothes, spongy check the front and rear views before
material or snow. and while parking.
- Objects smaller than 40 inches (100 • Your new vehicle warranty does not
cm) in length and narrower than 6 cover any accidents or damage to the
inches (14 cm) in diameter. vehicle due to the malfunction of
- Pedestrians, animals or objects that Parking Distance Warning.
are very close to the ultrasonic • Pay close attention when driving near
sensors objects, pedestrians, and especially
- An object in the Side space between children. Some objects may not be
the front corner ultrasonic sensor and detected by the ultrasonic sensors, due
the rear corner ultrasonic sensor or to the objects distance, size or material,
an object approaching the Side space all of which can limit the effectiveness
of the sensor.
• Parking Distance Warning does not
warn you in the order of detection. It
varies depending on the speed of the
vehicle or the shape of a person,
animal, or object.
• If the Parking Distance Warning does
not operate properly, have your vehicle
dealer.
7-132
7
Reverse Parking Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance settings
Assist (PCA)
if equipped Warning Methods
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist helps detect pedestrians or objects
behind the vehicle and may warn you or
assist you with braking to help avoid a
collision while your vehicle is reversing.
Detecting sensor
engine on.
2C_WideRearViewCamera If you turn off the Warning Volume, for
with a low volume.
Information
2C_RearUltrasonicSensor
[A] Wide-rear view camera
[B] Rear ultrasonic sensors • The Warning Volume and Haptic
See the illustration above for the detailed Warning cannot be turned off at the
location of the detecting sensors. same time. When one of the warning is
7-133
Parking Safety Operating conditions

With the engine on, select or deselect If Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Setup > Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Assist detects a risk of collision behind the
Parking Safety from the settings menu in vehicle with a pedestrian or an object,
the infotainment system to set whether to Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
use each function. Assist warns the driver with an audible
• If "Rear Safety" is selected, Parking warning and warning message on the
Collision-Avoidance Assist warns the instrument cluster. If Surround View
driver and assists with braking when a Monitor is operating, a warning appears
collision with a pedestrian or an object on the infotainment screen.
is imminent from behind. If collision is imminent, Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist assists you
with braking.
Reverse Parking Select "Rear Safety" from the "Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist Safety" menu of the infotainment system.
operation Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist is
enabled when the following conditions
Turning Parking Collision Avoidance are satisfied:
Assist On/Off • The liftgate and door are closed
Type A
• The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is
released
• A trailer is not connected
• The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
• Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h)
(detecting pedestrians)
• Vehicle speed is below 2.4 mph (4
km/h) (detecting objects)
• Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
components such as the rear view
2C_ParkingSafetyButton camera and the rear ultrasonic sensors
Type B are in normal conditions
Press and hold the Parking Safety ( )

button more than 2 seconds, to turn the
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist on or
off.
7-134
7
When Reverse Parking Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist activates, a Collision-Avoidance Assist
line appears behind the vehicle image in
the instrument cluster. malfunction and limitations
Reverse Parking Collision-

Avoidance Assist malfunction
2C_PCAOnInfo
Information
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance 2C_DriverAssistanceMalfunction
Assist operates only once after shifting When Reverse Parking
the gear to R (Reverse). To reactivate Collision-Avoidance Assist or other
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist, shift related functions are not working
the gear from another gear to R (Reverse). properly, the "Check Driver Assistance
system." warning message appears on
the instrument cluster, and Reverse
Off conditions Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist turns
If collision is imminent, Reverse Parking off automatically. Have the vehicle
Collision-Avoidance Assist assists you inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
with braking. Braking assist is released dealer.
after 5 minutes. Immediately depress the
brake pedal and check vehicle
surroundings. Braking assist is also
released in the following conditions
when:
• The gear is shifted to P (Park) or D
(Drive)
• The brake pedal is depressed with
sufficient power
Information
When Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
is activated while reversing, braking
control will be released after 5 minutes
and the Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
will be engaged.
7-135
Reverse Parking Limitations of Reverse Parking

Collision-Avoidance Assist disabled Collision-Avoidance Assist
Assist may not assist braking or warn the
driver even if there are pedestrians or
objects under the following
circumstances:
• Problems with vehicle
- Any non-factory equipment or
accessory is installed
- Your vehicle is unstable due to an
accident or other causes
- Bumper height or rear ultrasonic
sensor installation has been modified
- Wide-rear view camera(s) or
ultrasonic sensor(s) is damaged
- Wide-rear view camera(s) or the
ultrasonic sensor(s) is stained with
foreign material, such as snow, dirt,
etc.
- Wide-rear view camera(s) is
obscured by a light source or by
2C_DriverAssistanceLimitedUltrasonic inclement weather, such as heavy
The "Driver Assistance system limited. rain, fog, snow, etc.
Camera obscured." or "Driver Assistance • Problems with the surroundings
system limited. Ultrasonic sensor
blocked." warning message appears on - The surrounding is very bright or very
the instrument cluster if the following dark
situations occur: - Outside temperature is very high or
• The rear view camera or rear ultrasonic very low
sensor(s) is covered with foreign - The wind is either strong (above 12
material, such as snow or rain, etc. mph (20 km/h)) or blowing
• There is inclement weather, such as perpendicular to the rear bumper
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc. - Objects generating excessive noise,
If this occurs, Reverse Parking such as vehicle horns, loud
Collision-Avoidance Assist may turn off or motorcycle vehicles or truck air
may not operate properly. Check whether brakes, are near your vehicle
the rear view camera and rear ultrasonic - An ultrasonic sensor with similar
sensors are clean. frequency is near your vehicle
- The road is slippery or inclined
- The image of the pedestrian in the
front view camera is
indistinguishable from the
background
7-136
7
• Problems with pedestrian or object
WARNING
- The pedestrians are difficult to detect
- There is ground height difference Take the following precautions when
between the vehicle and the using Reverse Parking
pedestrian Collision-Avoidance Assist:
- The pedestrian is near the rear edge • Always exercise extreme caution while
of the vehicle driving. The driver is responsible for
braking and safe driving.
- The pedestrian is not standing
upright • Always pay attention to road and traffic
conditions while driving, whether or not
- The pedestrian is either very short or there is a warning.
very tall to detect
• Always look around your vehicle to
- The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing make sure there are no pedestrians or
clothing that easily blends into the objects before moving the vehicle.
background, making it difficult to
detect • The performance of Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist may vary
- The pedestrian is wearing clothing under certain conditions. If vehicle
that does not reflect ultrasonic waves speed is above 2 mph (4 km/h)),
well Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
- Size, thickness, height, or shape of Assist will provide collision avoidance
the object does not reflect ultrasonic assist only when pedestrians are
waves well (for example, low object, detected. Always look around and pay
narrow object, circular pillar, small attention when driving your vehicle.
pillar, corners of a square pillar, bush, • Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
curbs, carts, edge of a wall, etc.) Assist may operate differently under
- The pedestrian or the object is certain conditions. If the vehicle moves
moving forward and backward repeatedly,
- The pedestrian or the object is very Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
close to the rear of the vehicle Assist may fail to assist braking or to
warn the driver. Always pay attention
- There is a large object such as a wall when driving your vehicle.
is behind the pedestrian or the object
• Some objects may not be detected by
- The object is not located at the front the rear ultrasonic sensors due to the
or rear center of your vehicle objects distance, size or material, all of
- The object is not parallel to the rear which can limit the effectiveness of the
bumper sensor.
- The sensors cannot detect the • Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
pedestrians and objects Assist may not operate properly or may
• Problems with driving condition operate unnecessarily depending on
the road conditions and the
- The driver drives the vehicle
surroundings.
immediately after shifting to R
(Reverse) or D (Drive) • Do not solely rely on Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Doing so
- The driver accelerates or circles the
may lead to vehicle damage or injuries.
vehicle
- The vehicle is driven immediately
after starting the vehicle
7-137
• Do not use any cleanser containing acid

CAUTION or alkaline detergents when cleaning
• Noise may be heard when sudden the camera lens. Use only a mild soap or
braking occurs to avoid a collision. neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water.
• If any other warning sound such as the
seat belt warning chime is already • Do not spray the wide-rear view
generated, Parking cameras or the rear ultrasonic sensors
Collision-Avoidance Assist warning or their surrounding area directly with a
may not sound. high pressure washer. It may cause the
wide angle cameras or the ultrasonic
• Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may
sensors to malfunction.
not work properly if the bumper has
been damaged, replaced or repaired. • Do not apply objects, such as a bumper
sticker or a bumper guard, near the
• Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may
wide angle cameras or ultrasonic
not operate properly if interfered by
sensors or apply paint to the bumper.
strong electromagnetic waves.
Doing so may adversely affect the
• Playing the vehicle audio system at performance of Parking
high volume may prevent passengers Collision-Avoidance Assist.
from hearing Parking
• Never disassemble or apply impact on
Collision-Avoidance Assist warning
the wide angle cameras or the
sounds.
ultrasonic sensors components.
• Turn off Parking Collision-Avoidance
• Do not apply unnecessary force on the
Assist when towing a trailer. If towing
wide-rear view cameras or the
and moving in reverse, Parking
ultrasonic sensors. Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist will activate
as it detects the trailer.
operate properly if the wide angle
• The brake control may not operate cameras or the ultrasonic sensor(s) is
properly depending on the status of forcibly moved out of proper
ESC (Electronic Stability Control). alignment. Have the vehicle inspected
There will only be a warning when: by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is Information
engaged in a different function
Assist can detect a pedestrian or an
object when:
CAUTION • A pedestrian is standing behind the
Take the following precautions to vehicle
maintain optimal performance of the • A large obstacle, such as a vehicle, is
detecting sensors: parked in the rear center of your vehicle
• Always keep the wide-rear view
cameras and ultrasonic sensors clean.
7-138
7
Remote Smart Parking Detecting sensors
Assist (RSPA)
if equipped
Remote Smart Parking Assist uses the

front, front side, rear side, and rear
ultrasonic sensors to detect parking
spaces and control vehicle steering,
speed, gear shifts, and help enter and exit
parking spaces remotely from outside
your vehicle.
Function Description 2C_CheckPDWSideInfo_2
Remotely moving forward

or backward
Remote
Operation
• Remote Smart Parking and Remote 2C_WideRearUltrasonicSensor

Operation function may be operated [A] Front ultrasonic sensors
[B] Front side ultrasonic sensors
from outside the vehicle using the [C] Rear side ultrasonic sensors
smart key. [D] Rear ultrasonic sensors
• When Remote Smart Parking Assist See the illustration above for the detailed
operates, Parking Distance Warning location of the detecting sensors.
and Surround View Monitor will also
operate. For more information, refer to
the “Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning (PDW)” and “Surround View
Monitor (SVM)” sections in this chapter.
7-139
CAUTION Remote Smart Parking Assist

settings
Take the following precautions to
detecting sensors: Warning Methods
any damage to it.
• If the detecting sensors need repair,
have the vehicle inspected by an
• Remote Smart Parking Assist may
malfunction if the vehicle bumper
height or ultrasonic sensor installation
has been modified or damaged. Any
non-factory installed equipment or
accessories may also interfere with the The Warning Methods can be set with the
sensor performance. engine on.
• When the ultrasonic sensor is frozen or • Warning Volume: Select Setup >
stained with snow, dirt, or water, the Vehicle > Driver Assistance > Warning
sensor may not operate until the stains Methods > Warning Volume from the
are removed using a soft cloth. settings menu in the infotainment
• Do not push, scratch, or strike the
ultrasonic sensor. Sensor damage If you turn off the Warning Volume, for
could occur. your safety, the function may warn you
with a low volume.
• Do not spray the ultrasonic sensors or
its surrounding area directly with a high Information
pressure washer.
7-140
7
Remote Smart Parking Assist operation
Remote Smart Parking Assist button

Parking/View button Smart key
Location Name Symbol Description
Press and hold the Parking/View button to turn on

Inside Parking/
Remote Smart Parking Assist. Also, Forward/Reverse
vehicle View button
Parking Distance warning will automatically turn on.
Press the Remote Start button after the door is locked

with the engine off to start the engine remotely. Press
Remote
the Remote Start button while Remote Smart Parking
Start button
or Remote Operation function is operating to end
function operation.
Smart
key Forward
button When using the Remote Operation function, the
vehicle moves in the direction of the button while the
Backward button is pressed.
button
7-141
Remote Operation
Operating order
Remote Operation operates in the
following order:
1. Getting ready to remotely move
forward and backward
2. Remotely moving forward and
backward
1. Getting ready to remotely move forward 2C_RSPARemoteForwardRewardPrecedure_2
and backward 1. Park the vehicle in front of the space

where you want to use Remote
There are two ways to operate Remote
Operation function, and shift the gear
Operation function.
to P (Park).
Method (1): Using the function with
engine off 2. Press and hold the Parking/View ( )
button to turn on Smart Parking Assist.
1. Within a certain range from the vehicle A message "Under Remote Control"
press the door lock ( ) button on the will appear on the infotainment system.
smart key and lock all doors.
3. Get out of the vehicle with the smart
key and close all doors.
Information
“Agree” must be selected on the
infotainment system and the
infotainment system has to operate
properly to use Remote Operation
function.
2C_RSPARemoteForwardRewardPrecedure
2. Press and hold the Remote Start button
( ) within 4 seconds until the engine
starts.
For more information on remotely
starting the engine, refer to the “Engine
Start/Stop Button” section in chapter 6.
Method (2): Using the function with
engine on
7-142
7
2. Remotely moving forward and 6. Remote Operation can control the
backward vehicle remotely using the smart key
outside the vehicle.
Information
• Check that all smart keys are outside
the vehicle when using Remote
Operation function.
• Remote Operation function will operate
only when the smart key is within 13 ft.
(4 m) from the vehicle. If there is no
vehicle movement even when the
2C_RSPARemoteForwardRewardPrecedure_3 Forward or Backward button is pressed
[A] Forward
[B] Backward on the smart key, check the distance to
the vehicle and press the button again.
1. Press and hold one of the Forward ( )
or Backward ( ) button on the smart • The detecting range of the smart key
key. may vary depending on the
surroundings that are affected by radio
• Remote Smart Parking Assist will waves such as transmission tower,
automatically control the steering broadcast station, etc.
wheel, vehicle speed and gearshift.
The vehicle will move in the direction • When remotely moving forward using
of the button pressed. method (1), it is recognized as an exit
situation, and the vehicle moves 13 ft. (4
• While Remote Operation function is m) to check for pedestrians, animals or
operating, if you let go of the button, objects around the vehicle. After
the vehicle will stop and function confirmation, the steering wheel is
control will pause. The function will controlled according to the condition
start operating again when the ahead.
button is pressed and held again.
• When remotely moving forward using
2. Hold down the Forward ( ) or method (2), it is recognized as a parking
Backward ( ) button until the vehicle situation, and will immediately control
reaches the target location. the steering wheel according to the
3. When Remote Operation is done, get in condition ahead to assist with entering
the vehicle with the smart key or press the parking space and aligning the
the Remote Start ( ) button on the vehicle. However, performance may
smart key from outside the vehicle. reduce depending on the pedestrians,
animals, shape of objects, location,
4. The message will appear on the etc., around the vehicle.
infotainment system. The vehicle will
automatically shift to P (Park) and • For moving remotely backward, both
engage the parking brake. method (1) and (2) aligns the steering
wheel first, and then will only move the
5. When the Remote Start ( ) button is vehicle straight.
pressed, the vehicle will turn off. If the
driver is in the vehicle, the vehicle will
retain ON position.
7-143
Remote Operation function operation

WARNING status
• When using Remote Operation
function, make sure that all passengers Hazard
Operation
have gotten out of the vehicle. Smart key LED warning
status
light
• If the vehicle's battery is discharged or
Remote Smart Parking Assist Green LED
malfunctions when parked in a narrow Under
continuously -
parking space, Remote Operation control
blinks
function will not operate. Always park
your vehicle in a space wide enough for Red LED
you to get in or out of your vehicle. Pause continuously Blinks
blinks
• Please note that depending on the
parking space, you may not be able to Red LED
exit from the space you have entered Blinks 3
illuminates for
by using Remote Operation function. Off times and
4 seconds and
turns off
• After parking, the surrounding may then turns off
change due to the movement of
surrounding vehicles. If this occurs, Green LED
Blinks 1
illuminates for
Remote Operation function may not Complete time and
4 seconds and
operate. then turns off
turns off
• Before leaving the vehicle, close
windows and sunroofs, and make sure
the engine is off before locking the
doors. Information
• Operation status by the hazard warning
light may not be applicable based on
the regulation of your country.
• If the smart key is not within the
operating range from the vehicle
(about 13 ft. (4 m)), the smart key LED
will not illuminate or blink. Use the
smart key within the operating range.
7-144
7
How to turn off Remote Operation function The function will cancel in the following
while operating conditions when:
• Press the Parking/View ( ) button When Remote Operation function is
while the infotainment system guides canceled, the vehicle will automatically
the driver using method (2). stop, shift the gear to P (Park) and engage
• Shift the gear from P (Park) to any other EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).
position while the infotainment system • The steering wheel is turned
guides the driver using method (2). • The gear is shifted while the vehicle is
• Press the Parking Safety ( ) button or moving
select "Cancel" on the infotainment • Operating EPB while the vehicle is
system. moving
• Press the Remote Start ( ) button on • The engine hood is open
the smart key while the vehicle is being • The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is
controlled by Remote Operation depressed when all the doors are
function. Remote Operation function closed
will turn off. At this time, the engine will
• The smart key is outside the vehicle
turn off.
when the brake pedal is depressed
• Get in the vehicle with the smart key. while the driver's door is open
Remote Operation function will turn
• Rapid acceleration occurs
off. At this time, the engine will remain
on. • Vehicle skid occurs
• The wheel is stuck by an obstacle and
The function will pause in the following cannot move
conditions when: • About 3 minutes and 50 seconds has
• There is a pedestrian, animal or object passed after Remote Operation
in the direction the vehicle is moving function has started to operate
• The door or liftgate is open • The slope of the road exceeds the
• The Forward ( ) or Backward ( ) operational range
button is not continuously pressed • The function is paused for more than 1
• Simultaneously pressing multiple minute
buttons on a smart key • The total travel distance of the vehicle
• The smart key is not operated within 13 has exceeded 45 ft. (14 m) after Remote
ft. (4 m) from the vehicle Operation function operation
• Button of another smart key is pressed • The steering wheel, gearshift, braking,
in addition to the operating smart key and drive controls are not working
properly
• Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist or
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance • There is a problem with the smart key or
Assist operates while the vehicle is the smart key battery is low
being controlled in the reverse • ABS, TCS or ESC system operates due
direction. to slippery road conditions
• The vehicle moves 22 ft. (7 m) while the • The alarm of the Theft Alarm System
smart key is pressed with Remote sounds
Operation function (maximum travel
distance per button press)
7-145
Remote Smart Parking Assist Always look around and pay attention
malfunction and limitations when using Remote Smart Parking Assist.
Remote Smart Parking Assist standby

Remote Smart Parking Assist
malfunction
Remote Smart Parking Assist check
2C_CheckRSPAStandbyInfo
When "Parking Assist Conditions Not
Met" message appears when
Parking/View ( ) button has been
2C_CheckRSPAInfo
pressed and held while Remote Smart
When Remote Smart Parking Assist is not Parking Assist is in standby. After a while,
working properly, the "Check Parking press and hold the Parking/View ( )
Assist" warning message will appear on button again to see if Remote Smart
the infotainment system. If the message Parking Assist works.
appears, stop using Remote Smart
Parking Assist, and have the vehicle The message appears even when the
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI smart key's battery is low. Check the
dealer. smart key battery level.
Remote Smart Parking Assist canceled Limitations of Remote Smart Parking

Assist
In the following circumstances, Remote
Smart Parking Assist performance to park
or exit the vehicle may be limited, there
may be a risk of collision, or Remote
Smart Parking Assist may turn off. Park or
exit the vehicle manually if necessary.
• Accessories are attached to the
steering wheel, or steering
components are modified
2C_CheckRSPACancelledInfo
• The vehicle is installed with a snow
When Remote Parking Assist is operating, chain, spare tire or different size wheel
the function can be canceled, and the
"Parking Assist Canceled" warning • Tire pressure is lower or higher than the
message may appear regardless of the standard tire pressure
parking order. Other messages may • Your vehicle is loaded with cargo longer
appear depending on the situations. or wider than your vehicle or a trailer is
Follow the instructions provided on the connected to your vehicle
infotainment system while parking your
vehicle with Remote Parking Assist.
7-146
7
• Wheel alignment has problems or • An object that generates ultrasonic
suspension components are modified waves is nearby
• Braking system components such as • A wireless device with a transmission
brake discs, calipers, etc., are modified function operates near the ultrasonic
• Drive unit components such as the sensors
engine (motor), transmission, etc., are • Your vehicle is affected by another
modified vehicle's Parking Distance Warning
• Your vehicle is leaning severely to one • The sensor is mounted or positioned
side incorrectly by an impact to the bumper
• Your vehicle is equipped with a trailer • When the ultrasonic sensor cannot
hitch detect the following objects:
• The license plate is installed differently - Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
from the original location chains or small poles
• There is a person, animal or object - Objects smaller than 40 inches (100
above or below the ultrasonic sensor cm) in length and narrower than 6
when Remote Smart Parking Assist is inches (14 cm) in diameter
activated - Objects which tend to absorb sensor
• The parking space is curved or diagonal frequency, such as clothes, spongy
• There is an obstacle such as a person, material or snow
animal or object (trash can, bicycle, - A narrow object such as a corner of a
motorcycle, shopping cart, narrow square pillar
pillar, etc.) near the parking space - Person, animal or object near the
• There is a circular pillar or narrow pillar, ultrasonic sensor
or a pillar surrounded by objects such Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
as fire extinguisher, etc., near the operate properly under the following
parking space circumstances:
• The road surface is bumpy (curbstone,
speed bump, etc.)
• The road is slippery
• The parking space is near a vehicle with
higher ground clearance or big, such as
a truck, etc.
• The parking space is Inclined
• There is heavy wind
• Operating Remote Smart Parking Assist
on uneven roads, gravel roads, bushes,
etc.
• The performance of the ultrasonic
sensor is affected by extremely hot or
cold weather
• The ultrasonic sensor is covered with
snow or water
7-147
• Parking on inclines • Parking behind a truck
2C_RSPAParkingInclineInfo 2C_RSPAParkingBehindTruckInfo
Park manually when parking on Do not use Remote Smart Parking
inclines. Assist around vehicles with higher
• Parking on uneven road ground clearance, such as a bus, truck,
etc. It may lead to an accident.
• Parking near a pillar
2C_RSPAParkingUnevenRoadInfo
Remote Smart Parking Assist may
cancel when the vehicle slips, or the 2C_RSPAParkingNeerPillarInfo
vehicle cannot move due to road Remote Smart Parking Assist
conditions such as pebbles or performance may reduce or collision
fragmented stones. with an obstacle may occur when there
is a narrow object, circular pillar, square
pillar, or a pillar surrounded by objects
such as a fire extinguisher, etc., near
the parking space. The driver should
park the vehicle manually.
7-148
7
• Parking in a parking space with a • Parking in snow
vehicle on one side only
2C_RSPAParkingWithSideVehicleInfo 2C_RSPAParkingInSnowInfo
If Remote Smart Parking Assist is used, Snow may interfere with sensor
when parking in a parking space with a operation, or Remote Smart Parking
vehicle only on one side, your vehicle Assist may cancel if the road is slippery
may cross the parking line to avoid the while parking.
parked vehicle.
• Parking diagonal WARNING
using Remote Smart Parking Assist:
• The driver is responsible for safe
parking and exit when using Remote
Smart Parking Assist.
• When using Remote Smart Parking
Assist, stay out of the way in the
direction the vehicle moves for your
safety.
• Always check surroundings when using
2C_RSPAParkingDiagonalInfo
Remote Smart Parking Assist. You may
Remote Operation may not operate collide with pedestrians, animals, or
provide properly in a diagonal parking objects if they are near the sensor or are
space. in the sensor's blind spot area.
• A collision may occur if a pedestrian,
animal, or object suddenly appears
while Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating.
• Do not use Remote Smart Parking
Assist when under the influence of
alcohol.
• Do not let children or other people to
use the smart key.
7-149
• If Remote Smart Parking Assist is used

continuously for a long period, it may
Declaration Of
adversely affect Remote Smart Parking Conformity
Assist performance.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
operate properly if the vehicle needs Front radar
wheel alignment adjustment such as if equipped
when the vehicle tilts to one side. Have The radio frequency components
the vehicle inspected by an authorized complies:
HYUNDAI dealer.
• For USA
• Noise may be heard when braking
occurs by Remote Smart Parking Assist
or when the brake pedal is depressed
by the driver.
• Remote Smart Parking Assist may
suddenly apply the brake to avoid
collision.
• Use Remote Smart Parking Assist only
in a parking space that is large enough
for the vehicle to move safely.
NOTICE
• If the 3rd stage warning (continuous
beep) of the Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning sounds while
Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating, it means the obstacle
detected is close to your vehicle. At this
time, Remote Smart Parking Assist will
temporarily stop operating. Make sure 2C_DeclarationOfConformityFrontRadar_USA
there are no pedestrians, animals, or
objects around your vehicle.
• Depending on brake operation, the
stop lights may come on while the
vehicle is moving.
• If the vehicle is remotely started that
has been parked in cold weather for a
long time, the operation of Remote
Smart Parking function may be delayed
or canceled depending on vehicle
condition.
7-150
7
• For Canada Rear corner radar
The radio frequency components
complies:
• For USA
2C_DeclarationOfConformityFrontRadar_CAN
2C_DeclarationOfConformityRearRadar_USA
7-151
• For Canada
2C_DeclarationOfConformityRearRadar_CAN
7-152
8. Emergency Situations
Hazard Warning Flasher ..................................................................................................8-2

In Case Of An Emergency While Driving........................................................................ 8-2
If the engine stalls while driving ................................................................................. 8-2
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing............................................................8-2
If you have a flat tire while driving..............................................................................8-3
If The Engine Does Not Start ..........................................................................................8-3
Jump Starting ..................................................................................................................8-4
If The Engine Overheats.................................................................................................. 8-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ......................................................................8-8
Check tire pressure ......................................................................................................8-9
Tire Pressure Monitoring System................................................................................8-9
Low tire pressure indicator ....................................................................................... 8-10
Low tire pressure position and tire pressure telltale ............................................... 8-10
TPMS malfunction indicator....................................................................................... 8-11
Changing a tire with TPMS .........................................................................................8-12
If You Have A Flat Tire (With Spare Tire)...................................................................... 8-13
Jack and tools ............................................................................................................ 8-13
Changing tires ............................................................................................................ 8-14
Jack label.................................................................................................................... 8-19
If You Have A Flat Tire (with Tire Mobility Kit) .............................................................8-20
Introduction................................................................................................................8-20
Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit...........................................................8-21
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit ........................................................................ 8-22
Using the Tire Mobility Kit when a tire is flat ...........................................................8-23
8
How to adjust tire pressure .......................................................................................8-26
Towing............................................................................................................................ 8-27
Towing service ........................................................................................................... 8-27
Removable towing hook............................................................................................8-28
Emergency towing.....................................................................................................8-28
Emergency Situations
Hazard Warning Flasher In Case Of An Emergency

While Driving
If the engine stalls while

driving
• Reduce the vehicle speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously
off the road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
• Try to start the engine again. If your
2C_HazardWarningLamp vehicle does not start, contact an
The hazard warning flasher warns other authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
drivers to exercise extreme caution when
approaching, overtaking, or passing your
vehicle. If the engine stalls at a
It should be used whenever making crossroad or crossing
emergency repairs or when stopped near If the engine stalls at a crossroads or
the edge of a roadway. crossing, if safe to do so, shift the gear to
To turn on or off the hazard warning N (Neutral) and then push the vehicle to a
flasher, press the hazard warning flasher safe location.
button with the Engine Start/Stop button To stay N (Neutral) while the vehicle is off,
in any position. The hazard warning refer to the "To stay in N (Neutral) when
flasher button is located in the center vehicle is OFF" section in chapter 6.
fascia panel. All turn signal lights flash
simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher operates
regardless of whether your vehicle is
running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.
8-2
8
If you have a flat tire while If The Engine Does Not
driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
Start
• Take your foot off the accelerator pedal • Be sure the gear to N (Neutral) or P
and let the vehicle slow down while (Park). The engine starts only when the
driving straight ahead. Do not apply the gear is in N (Neutral) or P (Park).
brakes immediately or attempt to pull • Turn on the interior light. If the light
off the road because this may cause dims or goes out when you operate the
loss of vehicle control resulting in a starter, the battery is drained.
collision. When the vehicle has slowed Refer to the instructions in the “Jump
to such a speed that it is safe to do so, Starting” section in this chapter.
brake carefully and pull off the road.
Drive off the road as far as possible and • Check the fuel level and add fuel if
park on a firm, level ground. If you are necessary.
on a divided highway, do not park in the If the vehicle still does not start, contact
median area between the two traffic for assistance.
lanes.
NOTICE
• When the vehicle is stopped, press the
hazard warning flasher button, shift the Starting the vehicle by pushing or pulling
gear to P (Park), apply the parking may cause the catalytic converter to
brake, and press the Engine Start/Stop overload and damage the emission
button OFF position. control system.
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Make sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away from
traffic.
• When changing or inflating a flat tire,
follow the instructions provided later in
this chapter.
8-3
Jump Starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if done
incorrectly. Follow the jump starting
procedure in this section to avoid serious
injury or damage to your vehicle. If in
doubt about how to properly jump start
your vehicle, have a service technician or WL_TakingCareOfBatteryWarning_3
towing service do it for you. Hydrogen gas is always present in battery
cells, is highly combustible, and may
WARNING explode if ignited.
To prevent serious injury or death to you
or bystanders, always follow these
precautions when working near or
handling the battery:
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
WL_TakingCareOfBatteryWarning
Always read and follow instructions
carefully when handling a battery.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid that is
highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to
contact your eyes, skin, or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes
WL_TakingCareOfBatteryWarning_6 with clean water for at least 15 minutes
Wear eye protection designed to protect and get immediate medical attention. If
the eyes from acid splashes. acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash
the area. If you feel pain or a burning
sensation, get medical attention
immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
WL_TakingCareOfBatteryWarning_2 opposite corners.
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking
materials away from the battery.
8-4
8
• Do not attempt to jump start your 5. Remove the engine compartment fuse
vehicle if your battery is frozen. box cover.
• Never attempt to recharge the battery
when the vehicle’s battery cables are CAUTION
connected to the battery. Before jump starting, make sure to
• The electrical ignition system works correctly identify the positive (+) and
with high voltage. negative (-) terminals to avoid reverse
polarity connections.
Never touch these components with
the engine running or when the Engine
• Do not allow the positive (+) and
negative (-) jumper cables to touch. It
may cause sparks.
Jump starting procedure

1. Position the vehicles close enough that
the jumper cables can reach. Do not
allow the vehicles to touch. 2C_JumpStartOverview
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the
engine compartment at all times, even
when the vehicles are turned off. 6. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
3. Turn off all electrical devices such as sequence shown in the illustration. First
radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put connect one jumper cable to the red,
the vehicles in P (Park) and apply the positive (+) battery terminal of your
parking brake. Turn both vehicles OFF. vehicle (1).
4. Open the engine hood. 7. Connect the other end of the jumper
cable to the red, positive (+)
battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
8.Connect the second jumper cable to
the black, negative (-) battery/jumper
terminal of the assisting vehicle (3).
9. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery or jumper terminals or the
correct ground. Do not lean over the
battery when making connections.
8-5
WARNING Information
Do not connect the jumper cable to the
negative (-) jumper terminal of the
discharged battery. A spark could
cause the battery to explode and lead
to a personal injury or vehicle damage.
10.Start the engine of the assisting vehicle WL_TakingCareOfBatteryWarning_7

and let it run at about 2,000 RPM for a An inappropriately disposed battery may
few minutes. Then start your vehicle. be harmful to the environment and
11.Keep your vehicle operating for at least human health. Always dispose of a used
30 minutes at idle or driving to make battery according to your local law(s) or
sure your battery receives enough regulations.
charge to be able to start on its own
after the vehicle is shut off. A
completely discharged battery may NOTICE
require as long as 60 minutes runtime
to fully recharge it. If the vehicle has run To prevent damage to your vehicle:
for less, the vehicle may not restart. • Only use a 12 V power supply (battery or
If your vehicle does not start after a few jumper system) to jump start your
attempts, it probably requires service. In vehicle.
this event please seek qualified • Do not attempt to jump start your
assistance. Have your vehicle inspected vehicle by push-starting.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact
reverse order you connected them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the
chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper
cable from the black, negative (-)
3. Disconnect the second jumper cable
from the red, positive (+)
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper
cable from the red, positive (+) jumper
terminal of your vehicle (1).
8-6
8
If The Engine Overheats 5. If engine coolant is leaking out, stop the
engine immediately and call the
If your temperature gauge indicates nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
overheating, you experience a loss of assistance.
power, hear loud pinging or knocking, or
the engine may be overheating. If this WARNING
happens, you must:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is
safe to do so.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park) and apply the
parking brake. If the air conditioning is
ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out under WL_RadiatorHotWarning
the vehicle or steam is coming out from Never remove the engine coolant cap
the hood, stop the engine. Do not open or the drain plug while the engine and
the hood until the coolant has stopped radiator are hot.
running or the steaming has stopped. If
there is no visible loss of engine coolant Hot coolant and steam may blow out
and no steam, leave the engine running under pressure, causing serious injury.
and check to make sure the engine Turn off the engine and wait until the
cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not engine cools down. Use extreme care
running, turn off the engine. when removing the coolant cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it, and turn it
WARNING counterclockwise slowly to the first
stop. Step back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system.
When you are sure all the pressure has
been released, press down on the cap,
using a thick towel, and continue
turning counterclockwise to remove it.
WL_RadiatorFANWarning
6. If you cannot find the cause of the
While the engine is running, keep
overheating, wait until the engine
hands, clothing, and tools away from
temperature has returned to normal.
the moving parts such as the cooling
fan and drive belt to prevent serious Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully
injury. add coolant to the reservoir to bring the
fluid level in the reservoir up to the
halfway mark.
4. Check for coolant leaking from the 7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for
radiator, hoses, or under the vehicle. (If further signs of overheating. If
the air conditioning has been in use, it is overheating happens again, contact an
normal for cold water to be draining authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
from it when you stop.) assistance.
8-7
CAUTION Tire Pressure Monitoring

• Serious loss of coolant indicates a leak System (TPMS)
in the cooling system. Have your
HYUNDAI dealer.
• When the engine overheats from low
engine coolant, suddenly adding
engine coolant may cause cracks in the
engine. To prevent damage, add engine
coolant slowly in small quantities. It
may require several refilling cycles to
properly fill the engine cooling system.
If necessary, contact an authorized
2C_TPMSWarningLampOverview
HYUNDAI dealer.
2C_TireLowPressureInfo
(1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMS
Malfunction Indicator
(2) Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale and
Tire Pressure Telltale (Shown on the
cluster display)
8-8
8
Check tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitoring
System
WARNING
Over-inflation or under-inflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle
handling, and lead to sudden tire failure
that may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in a collision.
2C_TireLowPressureWarning Each tire, including the spare (if

• You can check the tire pressure in the provided), should be checked monthly
Utility view mode on the cluster. when cold and inflated to the inflation
Refer to the "Cluster display control" pressure recommended by the vehicle
section in chapter 4. manufacturer on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label. (If your
• Tire pressure appears after a few vehicle has tires of a different size than
minutes of driving. If the tire pressure the size indicated on the vehicle placard
does not appear when the vehicle is or tire inflation pressure label, you should
stopped, the message, “Drive to determine the proper tire inflation
display” appears. pressure for those tires.)
• The displayed tire pressure values may As an added safety feature, your vehicle
differ from those measured with a tire has been equipped with a Tire Pressure
pressure gauge. Monitoring System (TPMS) that
• You can change the tire pressure unit illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
from the Settings menu in the when one or more of your tires is
infotainment system. Select: significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
- Setup > General > Unit > Tire when the low tire pressure telltale
Pressure Unit > psi/kPa/bar illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
Information them to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire causes
The infotainment system may change the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
after software updates. For more failure.
information, refer to the user's manual
Under-inflation also reduces fuel
provided in the infotainment system and
efficiency and tire tread life, and may
the quick reference guide.
affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping
ability.
8-9
Please note that the TPMS is not a Low tire pressure indicator
substitute for proper tire maintenance, Low Tire Pressure Warning Light
and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if
under-inflation has not reached the level
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low
tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating
properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator
is combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for 2C_TireLowPressureWarningLamp
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated. This
sequence will continue upon subsequent Low tire pressure position and
vehicle start-ups as long as the tire pressure telltale
malfunction exists. Low Tire Pressure Position and Tire Pressure Telltale
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the 2C_TireLowPressureWarning
replacement or alternate tires and wheels When the Tire Pressure Monitoring
allow the TPMS to continue to function System warning indicator ( ) is
properly. illuminated and a warning message
appears on the cluster display, one or
NOTICE more of your tires is significantly
under-inflated. The Low Tire Pressure
Have the system inspected by an
Position Telltale will indicate which tire is
authorized HYUNDAI dealer if:
significantly under inflated by
• The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMS illuminating the corresponding parking
Malfunction Indicator does not light.
illuminate for 3 seconds when the
If either telltale illuminates, immediately
Engine Start/Stop button is set to the
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering
ON position or the engine is running.
and anticipate increased stopping
• The TPMS Malfunction Indicator distances. You should stop and check
remains illuminated after blinking for your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the
about 1 minute. tires to the proper pressure as indicated
• The Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale on the vehicle’s placard or tire inflation
remains illuminated. pressure label located on the driver’s side
center pillar outer panel.
8-10
8
If you cannot reach a service station or if TPMS malfunction indicator
the tire cannot hold the newly added air,
replace the low pressure tire with the
spare tire.
The Low Tire Pressure position indicator
will remain on and the TPMS Malfunction
Indicator may blink for one minute and
then remain illuminated until you have
the low pressure tire repaired and
replaced on the vehicle.
CAUTION 2C_TPMSMalfunctionOverview
In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire The TPMS Malfunction Indicator ( )
Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if the illuminates after it blinks for about one
tire pressure was adjusted to the minute when there is a problem with the
recommended tire inflation pressure in Tire Pressure Monitoring System.
warm weather. It does not mean your
Have the system inspected by an
TPMS is malfunctioning because the
decreased temperature leads to a
possible.
proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from a warm NOTICE
area to a cold area or from a cold area to a
warm area, or the outside temperature is If there is a malfunction with the TPMS,
greatly higher or lower, check the tire the individual tire pressures on the cluster
inflation pressure and adjust the tires to display are not available. Have the system
the recommended tire inflation pressure. inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
WARNING NOTICE
Low pressure damage
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may
Significantly low tire pressure makes the illuminate after blinking for one minute if
vehicle unstable and may contribute to the vehicle is near electric power supply
loss of vehicle control and increased cables or radio transmitters such as police
braking distances. stations, government and public offices,
Continued driving on low pressure tires broadcasting stations, military
may cause the tires to overheat and fail. installations, airports, transmitting
towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction
Indicator may illuminate if snow chains
are used or if electronic devices such as
computers, chargers, remote starters,
navigation, etc. are near the vehicle. This
may interfere with normal operation of
the TPMS.
8-11
Changing a tire with TPMS You may not be able to identify a tire with
low pressure by simply looking at it.
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Always use a good quality tire pressure
Pressure and Position telltales come on.
gauge to measure. Please note that a tire
Have the flat tire repaired by an
that is hot (from being driven) has a
higher pressure measurement than a tire
possible or replace the flat tire with the
that is cold.
spare tire.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been
NOTICE sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than
1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
It is recommended that you do not use a
puncture-repairing agent not approved Allow the tire to cool before measuring
by HYUNDAI dealer or the equivalent the inflation pressure. Always make sure
specified for your vehicle to repair and/or the tire is cold before inflating to the
inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant not recommended pressure.
approved by HYUNDAI dealer or the
equivalent specified for your vehicle may WARNING
damage the tire pressure sensor. • The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors such as nails or road
The spare tire (if equipped) does not debris.
come with a tire pressure monitoring • If you feel any vehicle instability,
sensor. When the low pressure tire or the immediately take your foot off the
flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
Low Tire Pressure Telltale remains on. gradually with light force, and slowly
Also, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator move to a safe position off the road.
illuminates after blinking for one minute if
the vehicle is driven at the speed above
15.5 mph (25 km/h) for about 10 minutes.
Once the original wheel equipped with a WARNING
tire pressure monitoring sensor is Tampering with, modifying, or disabling
reinflated to the recommended pressure the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low (TPMS) components may interfere with
Tire Pressure Telltale and TPMS the system’s ability to warn the driver of
Malfunction Indicator goes off within a low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS
few minutes of driving. malfunctions and may void the warranty.
If the indicators do not turn off after a few
minutes, visit an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the tire
behind the valve stem (except for the
spare tire). You must use TPMS specific
wheels. Always have your tires serviced
8-12
8
WARNING If You Have A Flat Tire
This device complies with Part 15 of the (With Spare Tire)
FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three WARNING
conditions: Follow the instructions in this section
1. This device may not cause harmful when replacing a tire to reduce the risk of
interference. serious injury or death. Changing a tire
2. This device must accept any can be dangerous.
operation of the device. Jack and tools
compliance could void the user’s
2C_SpareTireReplacementOverview
(1) Jack handle
(2) Jack
(3) Wheel lug wrench
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug nut
wrench are stored in the cargo area under
the luggage box cover.
The jack is provided for emergency tire
changing only.
2C_SpareTireReplacementPrecedure
Turn the winged hold down bolt
counterclockwise to remove the spare
tire.
8-13
Store the spare tire in the same Changing tires

compartment by turning the winged hold
down bolt clockwise. WARNING
To prevent the spare tire and tools from Because the vehicle may slip or roll off of
"rattling", store them in their proper a jack causing serious injury or death, take
locations. the following safety precautions:
• NEVER place any portion of your body
under the vehicle that is supported by a
jack.
• NEVER attempt to change a tire in the
lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the
vehicle completely off the road on a
level, firm ground away from traffic
before trying to change a tire. If you
cannot find a level, firm place off the
road, call a towing service for
assistance.
2C_SpareTireReplacementPrecedure_2
If it is hard to loosen the tire hold down • ONLY use the jack provided with the
wing bolt by hand, you can loosen it easily vehicle.
using the wheel lug wrench. • ALWAYS place the jack on the
Turn the tire hold down wing bolt designated jacking positions on the
counterclockwise with the wheel lug vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers or
wrench. any other part of the vehicle for jacking
support.
• Do not start or run the engine while the
vehicle is on the jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain in the
vehicle while it is on the jack.
• Keep children away from the road and
the vehicle.
Keep the following steps to change your

vehicle’s tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park), apply the
3. Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
4. Remove the wheel lug wrench, jack,
jack handle, and spare tire from the
vehicle.
8-14
8
5. Block both the front and rear of the tire 7. Place the jack at the designated jacking
diagonally opposite of the tire you are position under the frame closest to the
changing. tire you are changing. The jacking
positions are plates welded to the
frame with two notches. Never jack any
other position or part of the vehicle to
prevent the vehicle slipping off of the
jack or damaging the vehicle.
[A] Block
6.Loosen the wheel nuts
counterclockwise one turn each in the
order shown below, but do not remove
any wheel nuts until the tire has been 2C_SpareTireReplacementPrecedure_5
raised off of the ground. 8.Insert the jack handle into the jack and
turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle
until the tire clears the ground. Make
sure the vehicle is stable on the jack.
8-15
9.Loosen the wheel nuts with the wheel 13.Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
lug wrench and remove them with your tighten the wheel nuts in the order
fingers. Remove the wheel from the shown. Double-check each wheel nut
studs and lay it flat on the ground out of until they are tight. After changing tires,
the way. Remove any dirt or debris from have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
the studs, mounting surfaces, and tighten the lug nuts to their proper
spare tire. torque as soon as possible.
Tighten wheel nuts to 79-94 lbf.ft (11-13
WARNING kgf.m).
Because the wheels may have sharp
edges, handle them carefully to avoid
possible severe injury. Before putting
the wheel into place, make sure that
there is nothing on the hub or wheel
(such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that
interferes with the wheel from fitting
solidly against the hub.
If there is, remove it. If there is not good
contact on the mounting surface
between the wheel and hub, the wheel
nuts may come loose and cause the 2C_SpareTireReplacementPrecedure_7
loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may Check the tire pressure after installing the
result in loss of control of the vehicle. compact spare tire. The compact spare
This may cause serious injury or death. tire should be inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
If you have a tire gauge, check the tire
10.Install the spare tire onto the studs of pressure (refer to the"Tires And Wheels"
the hub. section in chapter 2 for tire pressure
instructions). If the spare tire pressure is
11.Tighten the wheel nuts with your lower or higher than the recommended,
fingers onto the studs with the smaller drive slowly to the nearest service station
end of the wheel nuts closest to the and adjust it to the recommended
wheel. pressure.
12.Lower the vehicle to the ground by Always reinstall the valve cap after
turning the jack handle checking or adjusting the tire pressure. If
counterclockwise. the cap is not replaced, air may leak from
the tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy
another and install it as soon as possible.
After changing tires, secure the flat tire
and return the jack and tools to their
proper storage locations.
NOTICE
Check the tire pressure as soon as
possible after installing a spare tire.
Adjust it to the recommended pressure.
8-16
8
When driving with the compact spare tire
WARNING mounted to your vehicle:
Your vehicle has metric threads on the • Do not take this vehicle through an
studs and wheel nuts. During tire automatic car wash after the compact
changing, make sure that the wheel nuts spare tire has been installed.
that were removed are reinstalled. If you • Do not use the compact spare tire on
have to replace your wheel nuts, make any other vehicle because this tire has
sure they have metric threads to avoid been designed especially for your
damaging the studs and make sure the vehicle.
wheel is properly secured to the hub.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer • The compact spare tire’s tread life is
for assistance. shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your
compact spare tire regularly and
replace worn compact spare tires with
If any of the equipment such as the jack, the same size and design, mounted on
wheel nuts, studs, or other equipment is the same wheel.
damaged or in poor condition, do not • Do not use more than one compact
attempt to change the tire and call for spare tire at a time.
assistance. • Do not tow a trailer while the compact
spare tire is installed.
Use of compact spare tires
NOTICE
Compact spare tires are designed for
emergency use only. Drive carefully on When the original tire and wheel are
the compact spare tire and always follow repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle,
the safety precautions. the wheel nut torque must be set
correctly. The correct wheel nut
WARNING tightening torque is 79-94 lbf.ft (11-13
kgf.m).
To prevent compact spare tire failure and
loss of control, possibly resulting in a
collision:
• Use the compact spare tire only in an
emergency.
• NEVER operate your vehicle over 50
mph (80 km/h).
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maximum
load rating or the load carrying capacity
shown on the sidewall of the compact
spare tire.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
continuously. Repair or replace the
original tire as soon as possible to avoid
failure of the compact spare tire.
8-17
CAUTION
To prevent damaging the compact spare
tire and your vehicle:
• Drive slowly enough for the road
conditions to avoid all hazards, such as
a potholes or debris.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is smaller
than the diameter of a conventional tire
and reduces the ground clearance
about 1 inch (25 mm).
• Do not use tire chains on the compact
spare tire. Because of the smaller size, a
tire chain will not fit properly.
• Do not use the compact spare tire on
any other wheels, nor should standard
tires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim
rings be used with the compact spare
wheel.
• Do not suddenly accelerate or
decelerate (0-25 mph (0-40 km/h)) in
any driving mode. It may cause leakage
of transfer oil.
8-18
8
Jack label
1C_JackLabel
(1) Model Name
(2) Maximum allowable load
(3) Always apply the parking brake before using a jack.
(4) Always turn off the engine before using a jack.
(5) Never put any portion of your body under the vehicle supported by a jack.
(6) Only use the designated jacking locations on the frame.
(7) When supporting the vehicle, have the base plate of the jack flat on the ground under
the lifting point.
(8) Shift into R (Reverse) gear with manual transmission or shift the gear to the P (Park)
position on vehicles with automatic transmission, dual clutch transmission, and
intelligent variable transmission.
(9) Do not jack the vehicle on an incline. Only jack the vehicle on a firm level ground.
(10)Jack manufacturer
(11) Production date
(12)Representative company and address
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
8-19
If You Have A Flat Tire Introduction

With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile
(with Tire Mobility Kit) even after experiencing a tire puncture.
if equipped
The compressor and sealing compound
system effectively and comfortably seals
most punctures in a passenger car tire
caused by nails or similar objects and
reinflates the tire.
After you are ensure that the tire is
properly sealed you can drive cautiously
on the tire (distance up to 120 miles (200
km)) at a maximum speed of 50 mph (80
km/h) in order to reach a service station
or tire dealer for tire replacement.
It is possible that some tires, especially
2C_TMKOverview
with larger punctures or damage to the
(1) Compressor
sidewall, cannot be sealed completely.
(2) Sealant bottle
Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely
For safe operation, carefully read and affect tire performance.
follow the instructions in this manual
before use. For this reason, you should avoid abrupt
steering or other driving maneuvers,
The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded
the tire, have the tire replaced by an or if a trailer is in use.
possible. The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or
intended as a permanent tire repair
method and is to be used for one tire only.
CAUTION
This instruction shows you step by step
When two or more tires are flat, do not how to temporarily seal the puncture
use the Tire Mobility Kit because the simply and reliably.
sealant provided with the Tire Mobility Kit
must be used for only one flat tire. Read the section "Notes on the safe use of
the Tire Mobility Kit".
WARNING
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair
punctures in the tire walls. This can
result in an accident due to tire failure.
• Have your tire repaired as soon as
possible. The tire may lose air pressure
at any time after inflating with the Tire
Mobility Kit.
8-20
8
Notes on the safe use of the • Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit
Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used.
• Park your vehicle at the side of the road • Do not leave the compressor running
so that you can work with the Tire for more than 10 minutes at a time or it
Mobility Kit away from moving traffic. may overheat.
• To be sure your vehicle does not move, • Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the
even when you are on level ground, ambient temperature is below -22 °F
always apply your parking brake. (-30 °C).
• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for • In case of skin contact with the sealant,
sealing/inflation passenger car tires. wash the area thoroughly with plenty of
Only punctured areas located within water. If the irritation persists, seek
the tread region of the tire can be medical attention.
sealed using the tire mobility kit. • In case of eye contact with the sealant,
• Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles or flush your eyes for at least 15 minutes. If
any other type of tires. the irritation persists, seek medical
attention.
• When the tire and wheel are damaged,
do not use Tire Mobility Kit. • In case of swallowing the sealant, rinse
the mouth and drink plenty of water.
• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be However, never give anything to an
effective for tire damage larger than unconscious person and seek medical
about 0.16 inches (4 mm). attention immediately.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer • Long time exposure to the sealant may
if the tire cannot be made roadworthy cause damage to bodily tissue such as
with the Tire Mobility Kit. kidney, etc.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire
is severely damaged by driving run flat
or with insufficient air pressure.
• Only punctured areas located within
the tread region of the tire can be
sealed using the Tire Mobility Kit.
• Do not remove any foreign objects such
as nails or screws that have penetrated
the tire.
• Provided the vehicle is outdoors, leave
the vehicle running. Otherwise
operating the compressor may
eventually drain the car battery.
8-21
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit
1C_TMKPartsOverveiw
(1) Speed restriction label
(2) Sealant bottle
(3) Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel
(4) Connectors and cable for the power outlet direct connection
(5) Holder for the sealant bottle
(6) Compressor
(7) ON/OFF switch
(8) Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure
(9) Button for reducing the tire inflation pressure
Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high
pressure.
WARNING
Do not use the tire sealant after the sealant has expired (the expiration date is pasted on
the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tire failure.
8-22
8
1. Shake the sealant bottle (2).
WARNING
Sealant
• Keep out of reach of children.
• Avoid contact with eyes.
• Do not swallow.
Using the Tire Mobility Kit

when a tire is flat
CAUTION 2C_TMKPrecedure
2. Remove the sealant bottle (2) cap and
sealant bottle holder (5) cap and screw
the bottle onto the sealant bottle
holder.
2C_HowToUseTMK
Detach the speed restriction label (1) from
the sealant bottle (2), and place it in a
highly visible place inside the vehicle
such as on the steering wheel to remind
2C_TMKPrecedure_2
the driver not to drive too fast.
3. Make sure the compressor valve on the
filling hose is locked.
4. Unscrew the valve cap and screw the
CAUTION filling hose (3) onto the tire valve.
If only the tire pressure needs to be
adjusted, refer to the "How to adjust tire
pressure" section in this chapter.
Before using the Tire Mobility Kit, be fully
aware of the explanation on the sealant.
2C_TMKPrecedure_6
8-23
7. Switch off the compressor.

CAUTION
8. Detach the hoses from the sealant
Securely install the sealant filling hose bottle connector and from the tire
to the valve. If not, sealant may flow valve.
backward, possibly clogging the filling
Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its
hose.
storage location in the vehicle.
9. Immediately drive about 4-6 miles (7-10
5. Make sure the compressor is turned off km or about 10 minutes) to evenly
and plug the compressor power cord distribute the sealant in the tire.
(4) into the vehicle power outlet.
2C_TMKPrecedure_5
2C_TMKPrecedure_4 Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80
km/h). If possible, do not fall below a
WARNING speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).
Do not connect another vehicle’s Tire While driving, if you experience any
Mobility Kit to the power outlet. This unusual vibration, ride disturbance or
may cause a fire due to the difference in noise, reduce your speed and drive with
current capacity. caution until you can safely pull off of
the side of the road.
Call for road side service or towing.
6.With the engine ON, switch on the
compressor and let it run for about 5-7 10.After driving about 4-6 miles (7-10 km
minutes to fill the sealant up to proper or about 10 minutes), stop at a safety
pressure. (refer to the "Tires And location.
Wheels" section in chapter 2). The
inflation pressure of the tire after filling
is unimportant and can be
checked/corrected later.
Be careful not to overinflate the tire and
stay away from the tire when filling it.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if
the tire pressure is below 29 psi (200
kPa). This could result in an accident
due to sudden tire failure.
8-24
8
11.Connect the filling hose (3) of the
compressor directly to the tire valve. CAUTION
• If the tire inflation pressure is not
maintained, drive the vehicle a second
time, refer to step 9. Then repeat steps
10 to 13.
• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be
effective for tire damage larger than
about 0.16 inches (4 mm).
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer if
the tire cannot be made roadworthy with
the Tire Mobility Kit.
2C_TMKPrecedure_3
12.Plug the compressor power cord into
the vehicle power outlet. WARNING
13.Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the The tire inflation pressure must be
recommended tire inflation. inflated to the proper pressure, refer to
With the engine running, proceed as the "Tires And Wheels" section in chapter
follows: 2. If it is not inflated, do not continue to
drive.
• To increase the inflation pressure:
Switch on the compressor. To check Call for road side service or towing.
the current inflation pressure setting,
briefly switch off the compressor.
• To reduce the inflation pressure: CAUTION
Press the button (9) on the
compressor. Tire pressure sensor
The sealant on the tire pressure sensor
NOTICE and wheel should be removed when you
replace the tire with a new one and
Do not let the compressor run for more
inspect the tire pressure sensors. Have
than 10 minutes, otherwise the device
this done at an authorized HYUNDAI
may overheat and may be damaged.
dealer.
The pressure gauge may show higher
When reinstalling the repaired or
than actual reading when the compressor
replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle,
is running. To get an accurate tire
tighten the wheel nut to 79-94 lbf·ft (11-13
pressure, the compressor needs to be
kgf·m).
turned off.
8-25
How to adjust tire pressure Information

• The pressure gauge may show higher
than actual reading when the
compressor is running. To get an
accurate tire reading, the compressor
needs to be turned off.
• When reinstalling the repaired or
replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle,
tighten the wheel nut to 79-94 lbf·ft
(11-13kgf·m).
2C_TMKPrecedure_3
1. Park your vehicle in a safe location. CAUTION
2. Connect the filling hose (3) of the
compressor directly to the tire valve. Do not use the sealant when the tire
pressure only needs to be adjusted.
3. Plug the compressor power cord (4)
into the vehicle power outlet.
4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the
recommended tire inflation. WARNING
With the engine running, proceed as The tire inflation pressure must be
follows: inflated to the proper pressure, refer to
• To increase the inflation pressure: the "Tires And Wheels" section in chapter
Switch on the compressor. To check 2. If it is not inflated, do not continue to
the current inflation pressure setting, drive.
briefly switch off the compressor. Call for road side service or towing.
• To reduce the inflation pressure:
Press the button (9) on the
compressor.
NOTICE
Do not let the compressor run for more
than 10 minutes, otherwise the device
may overheat and may be damaged.
8-26
8
Towing NOTICE
To prevent damage when towing:
Towing service • Do not lift using the trailer hitch or body
Flatbed Towing and chassis parts.
• Do not tow the vehicle with the front
wheels on the ground.
2C_TowingBad
• Do not tow vehicles with sling-type
equipment. Only use wheel lift or
2C_TowingGood
flatbed equipment.
Wheel lift Towing
2C_TowingBad_2
When towing your vehicle without wheel

dollies:
2C_TowingGood_2 1. Release the parking brake before
(1) Dollies turning off the engine.
If towing is necessary, contact an 2. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a the OFF position.
commercial tow-truck service.
3. Change the gear to N (Neutral) while
AWD vehicles must be towed with a depressing the brake pedal.
wheel lift and dollies or flatbed with all the
wheels off the ground. 4. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ACC position.
2WD vehicles can be towed with the rear
wheels on the ground (without dollies) WARNING
and the front wheels off the ground.
If your vehicle is equipped with a rollover
The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is
sensor, Press the Engine Start/Stop
recommended. If any of the loaded
button to the OFF or ACC position when
wheels or suspension components are
the vehicle is being towed. The side
damaged or the vehicle is towed with the
impact and curtain airbag may deploy if
front wheels on the ground, use a towing
the sensor detects the situation as a
dolly under the front wheels.
rollover.
8-27
Information NOTICE
Always shift the gear to N (Neutral) to Failure to properly tighten the towing
prevent damage to the transmission hook may result in vehicle damage and
before towing. deformation of related parts.
Removable towing hook CAUTION

Front
Make sure the towing hook is tighten
properly. If not, during towing the towing
hook may be thrown off the vehicle
resulting in serious injury or accident.
Emergency towing
Front
2C_TowingHook
Rear
2C_TowingHookWithGeneralVehicle
Rear
2C_TowingHook_2
(1) Install
(2) Remove
1. Open the liftgate and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing the
lower part of the cover on the bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it 2C_TowingHookWithGeneralVehicle_2
clockwise into the hole until it is fully If emergency towing is necessary,
secured. contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or
4. Remove the towing hook and install the a commercial tow-truck service.
cover after use.
8-28
8
If tow-truck service is not available in an • Fasten the towing cable or chain
emergency, your vehicle can be securely to the hook.
temporarily towed using a cable or chain • Do not jerk the cables, chains, or
secured to the removable towing hook at removable hook. Apply steady and
the front (or rear) of the vehicle. even force.
Perform emergency towing using cables • Use a towing cable or chain less than 16
or chains on hard-surfaced roads for a ft. (5 m) long. Attach a white or red cloth
short distance and at low speeds. The (about 12 inches (30 cm) wide) in the
wheels, axles, powertrain, steering, and middle of the cable or chain for easy
brakes must all be in good working visibility.
condition.
WARNING
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver
must be in the vehicle to steer it and
operate the brakes. Passengers other
than the driver must not be in the vehicle.
Always follow these emergency towing 2C_TowingHookRange

precautions: (1) 16 ft. (5m)
• Press the Engine Start/Stop button to • Drive carefully so the towing cable or
the ACC position so the steering wheel chain remains tight during towing.
is not locked.
• Before towing, check the Automatic
• Shift the gear in N (Neutral). Transmission, and Intelligent Variable
• Release the parking brake. Transmission for fluid leaks under your
• Depress the brake pedal with more vehicle. If the transmission fluid is
force than normal because you have leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing
reduced braking performance. dolly must be used.
• More steering effort is required NOTICE
because the power steering system will
be disabled. Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a
• Use a vehicle heavier than your own to slow and gradual manner while
tow your vehicle. maintaining tension on the tow rope or
chain to start or drive the vehicle.
• The drivers of both vehicles must Otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle may
communicate with each other be damaged.
frequently.
• Before emergency towing, check that
the removable hook is not broken or
damaged.
8-29
NOTICE
To avoid damage to your vehicle and
vehicle components when towing:
• Always pull straight ahead when using
the towing hooks. Do not pull from the
side or at a vertical angle.
• Do not use the towing hooks to pull the
vehicle out of mud, sand, or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power.
• Limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph (15
km/h) and drive less than 1 mile (1.6 km)
when towing to avoid serious damage
to transmission.
8-30
9. Maintenance
Engine Compartment......................................................................................................9-4
Maintenance Services .....................................................................................................9-6
Owner’s responsibility .................................................................................................9-6
Owner maintenance precautions ...............................................................................9-6
Owner Maintenance ........................................................................................................ 9-7
Owner maintenance schedule .................................................................................... 9-7
Scheduled Maintenance Services ..................................................................................9-9
Normal maintenance schedule.................................................................................. 9-11
Maintenance under severe usage and low mileage conditions ............................. 9-15
Explanation Of Scheduled Maintenance Items ............................................................9-17
Engine oil and filter .....................................................................................................9-17
Drive belts....................................................................................................................9-17
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections......................................................................9-17
Fuel filter......................................................................................................................9-17
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap ....................................................................................9-17
Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses ........................................................................9-17
Air cleaner filter...........................................................................................................9-17
Spark plugs ..................................................................................................................9-17
Valve clearance ...........................................................................................................9-17
Cooling system........................................................................................................... 9-18
Engine coolant ........................................................................................................... 9-18
Automatic Transmission fluid ................................................................................... 9-18
Intelligent Variable Transmission fluid ..................................................................... 9-18
Brake hoses and lines ................................................................................................ 9-18
Brake fluid................................................................................................................... 9-18
Parking brake.............................................................................................................. 9-18
Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors...................................................................... 9-18
Exhaust pipe and muffler .......................................................................................... 9-19 9
Suspension mounting bolts....................................................................................... 9-19
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint......................................... 9-19
Drive shafts and related ............................................................................................ 9-19
Air conditioning refrigerant....................................................................................... 9-19
Engine Oil ....................................................................................................................... 9-19
Checking the engine oil level .................................................................................... 9-19
Checking the engine oil and filter.............................................................................9-20
Engine Coolant .............................................................................................................. 9-22
Checking the coolant level ........................................................................................9-22
Changing coolant ...................................................................................................... 9-24
Brake Fluid..................................................................................................................... 9-24
Checking the brake fluid level .................................................................................. 9-24
Washer Fluid.................................................................................................................. 9-25
Checking the washer fluid level ............................................................................... 9-25
Air Cleaner ..................................................................................................................... 9-26
Filter replacement ..................................................................................................... 9-26
Cabin Air Filter................................................................................................................9-27
Filter inspection ..........................................................................................................9-27
Filter replacement ......................................................................................................9-27
Wiper Blades ................................................................................................................. 9-28
Blade inspection ........................................................................................................ 9-28
Blade replacement .................................................................................................... 9-28
Battery ............................................................................................................................ 9-31
For best battery service ............................................................................................ 9-32
Battery capacity label ............................................................................................... 9-32
Battery recharging .................................................................................................... 9-33
Reset items ................................................................................................................ 9-34
Tires And Wheels........................................................................................................... 9-34
Tire care ..................................................................................................................... 9-35
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ........................................................... 9-35
Check tire inflation pressure..................................................................................... 9-36
Tire rotation ............................................................................................................... 9-36
Wheel alignment and tire balance ............................................................................9-37
9 Tire replacement ........................................................................................................9-37

Wheel replacement ................................................................................................... 9-38
Tire traction................................................................................................................ 9-38
Tire maintenance....................................................................................................... 9-38
Tire sidewall labeling................................................................................................. 9-38
Tire terminology and definitions ............................................................................... 9-41
All Season tires .......................................................................................................... 9-44
Summer tires ............................................................................................................. 9-44
Snow tires .................................................................................................................. 9-45
Radial-Ply Tires .......................................................................................................... 9-45
Low aspect ratio tires................................................................................................ 9-45
9. Maintenance
Fuses.............................................................................................................................. 9-46
Instrument panel fuse replacement .........................................................................9-47
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement....................................................... 9-48
Fuse/relay panel description.................................................................................... 9-49
Light Bulbs .....................................................................................................................9-58
Front light replacement.............................................................................................9-59
Side repeater light replacement .............................................................................. 9-60
Rear combination light replacement....................................................................... 9-60
High mounted stop light replacement ..................................................................... 9-61
License plate light replacement ............................................................................... 9-61
Interior light replacement .........................................................................................9-62
Appearance Care .......................................................................................................... 9-64
Exterior care .............................................................................................................. 9-64
Interior care ............................................................................................................... 9-68
Emission Control System ..............................................................................................9-70
Crankcase emission control system ..........................................................................9-71
Evaporative emission control system including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery
(ORVR) .........................................................................................................................9-71
Exhaust emission control system ..............................................................................9-71
California Perchlorate Notice ....................................................................................... 9-73
9
Maintenance
Engine Compartment
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDI
1C_EngineRoom
(1) Engine coolant reservoir/Engine coolant cap

(2) Battery
(3) Brake fluid reservoir
(4) Air cleaner
(5) Engine oil filler cap
(6) Engine oil dipstick
(7) Windshield washer fluid reservoir
(8) Fuse box
9-4
9
1C_EngineRoom_2
(1) Engine coolant reservoir/Engine coolant cap

(2) Battery
(3) Brake fluid reservoir
(4) Air cleaner
(5) Engine oil filler cap
(6) Engine oil dipstick
(7) Windshield washer fluid reservoir
(8) Fuse box
9-5
Maintenance
Maintenance Services Owner maintenance

You should exercise the utmost care to
precautions
prevent damage to your vehicle and Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient
injury to yourself whenever performing servicing may result in operational
any maintenance or inspection problems with your vehicle that could
procedures. lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or
personal injury. This chapter provides
Have the vehicle maintained and repaired instructions only for the maintenance
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An items that are easy to perform. Several
authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets maintenance procedures can only be
HYUNDAI’s high service quality standards done with special tools, therefore contact
and receives technical support from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a
high level of service satisfaction. Your vehicle should not be modified in
any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance, safety
Owner’s responsibility or durability of your vehicle and may, in
Maintenance service and record addition, violate conditions of the limited
retention are the owner’s responsibility. warranties covering the vehicle.
You should retain documents that show Certain modifications may also be in
proper maintenance has been performed violation of regulations established by the
on your vehicle in accordance with the U.S. Department of Transportation and
scheduled maintenance service charts other federal or state agencies.
shown on the following pages. You need NOTICE
this information to establish your
compliance with the servicing and Improper owner maintenance during the
maintenance requirements of your warranty period may affect warranty
vehicle warranties. coverage. For information, read the
Detailed warranty information is provided separate Owner's Handbook & Warranty
in your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet provided with the
Information booklet. vehicle. If you are unsure about any
service or maintenance procedure,
Repairs and adjustments required as a
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
result of improper maintenance or a lack
of required maintenance are not covered.
9-6
9
Owner Maintenance The following lists are vehicle checks and
inspections that should be performed by
the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI
WARNING dealer at the frequencies indicated to
Performing maintenance work on a help ensure safe and dependable
vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack operation of your vehicle.
sufficient knowledge and experience or Any adverse conditions should be
the proper tools and equipment to do the brought to the attention of your
work, have it done by an authorized authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
HYUNDAI dealer. possible.
ALWAYS follow these precautions for These Owner Maintenance vehicle
performing maintenance work: checks are generally not covered by
• Park your vehicle on level ground. Shift warranties and you may be charged for
the vehicle to P (Park), apply the labor, parts and lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
• Block the tires (front and back) to
prevent the vehicle from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry that When you stop for fuel:
can become entangled in moving parts. • Check the coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• If you must run the engine during
maintenance, do it in an outdoor area • Check the windshield washer fluid
or in an area with plenty of ventilation. level.
• Keep flames, sparks, or smoking • Check for low or under-inflated tires.
materials away from the battery and
fuel-related parts. WARNING
Be careful when checking your coolant
level when the engine is hot. This may
WARNING result in coolant being blown out of the
opening and cause serious burns and
Touching metal parts other injuries.
WL_TouchingMetalPartWarning
Do not touch metal parts (including strut
bars) while the engine is operating or hot
to prevent serious injury. Turn off the
engine and wait until the metal parts cool
down before working on the vehicle.
9-7
Maintenance
While operating your vehicle: At least twice a year: (for example,

• Note any changes in the sound of the every Spring and Autumn)
exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes • Check radiator, heater and air
in the vehicle. conditioning hoses for leaks or
• Check for vibrations in the steering damage.
wheel. Notice if there is any increased • Check windshield washer spray and
steering effort or looseness in the wiper operation. Clean wiper blades
steering wheel, or change in its with a clean cloth dampened with
straight-ahead position. washer fluid.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns • Check headlight alignment.
slightly or “pulls” to one side when • Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields
traveling on smooth, level road. and clamps.
• When stopping, listen and check for • Check the seat belts for wear and
unusual sounds, pulling to one side, function.
increased brake pedal travel or
“hard-to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the At least once a year:
operation of your transmission occurs, • Clean body and door drain holes.
check the transmission fluid level. • Lubricate door hinges and hood hinges.
• Check the transmission P (Park) • Lubricate door and hood locks and
function. latches.
• Check the parking brake. • Lubricate door rubber weather strips.
• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle • Check the air conditioning system.
(water dripping from the air • Inspect and lubricate automatic
conditioning system during or after use transmission linkage and controls.
is normal).
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
At least monthly:
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all tires
including the spare for tires that are
worn, show uneven wear, or are
damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
9-8
9
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the
following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeated driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or
less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
• Driving in heavy dust conditions
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
• Towing a trailer or using a camper, or driving with loads on the roof
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing
• Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition
• Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semi-synthetic, Lower
grade spec, etc.)
If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace or
refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule. After the periods
or distance shown in the chart, continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals.
NOTICE
After driving more than 10 years or 100,000 miles, use severe maintenance schedule.
9-9
Maintenance
Information
• As it is normal for engine oil to be consumed during driving, the engine oil level should
be checked on regular basis.
• The engine oil change interval for normal operating conditions is based on the use of
the recommended engine specification. If the recommended engine oil specification
is not used, then replace the engine oil according to the maintenance schedule under
severe operating conditions.
• The vehicle may be equipped with the Oil Life Management System that predicts
engine oil life based on the driver’s driving history and alerts the driver to change
engine oil.
- If the deterioration of the engine oil increases depending on the driver’s driving
severity, the remaining oil life alert appears on the instrument cluster before the
normal engine oil replacement interval. Have the engine oil and filter changed by an
- Oil Life Management System works when the recommended engine oil is used. So,
if recommended engine oil is not used, replace the engine oil according to the
maintenance schedule under severe usage condition. Also, check the amount of
engine oil regularly as this system assumes that the engine oil is being filled normally.
- Always reset the remaining engine oil life whenever the engine oil is changed.
Otherwise, the indication of remaining Oil life in the Oil Life Management System
may not be accurate. To reset the Oil Change Reminder, select "RESET" from the
infotainment system. Then, select "Yes" when the message “Has the engine oil been
changed? Press [Yes] to reset the oil life.” appears on the screen.
- If there is no alert until the maximum maintenance interval, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
9-10
9
Normal maintenance schedule
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R: Replace or change.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
MAINTENANCE Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156

INTERVALS Miles × 1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104
Km × 1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
MAINTENANCE ITEM
At first, inspect at 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 72

Drive belts *1 months. After that, inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000
km) or 12 months
Smartstream
Replace every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
1.6 T-GDi
Engine oil and
engine oil filter *2*3 Smartstream
2.0 Replace every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
ATKINSON
Fuel additives *4 Add every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Air cleaner filter I I R I I R I I R I I R I

*1 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.
*2 Requires <API SN PLUS (or above) Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral type,
semi- synthetic, lower grade spec, etc.) is used, replace the engine oil and engine oil filter as indicated in
maintenance under severe usage conditions.
*3 Never add any additives to the engine oil. Engine oil additives can change the properties of engine oil and may
cause serious engine failure.
*4 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available
from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
9-11
Maintenance

MAINTENANCE Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156

INTERVALS Miles × 1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104
Km × 1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Smartstream
Replace every 48,000 miles (78,000 km)
1.6 T-GDi
Spark plugs *1 Smartstream
2.0 Replace every 96,000 miles (156,000 km)
ATKINSON
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and

I I I I I I
fuel tank
Fuel tank air filter I I I I I I
At first, Inspect at 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 6 months

Intercooler, in/out hose*1 After that, Inspect every 20,000 miles (32,000 km) or 24
months
Fuel lines, hoses and

I I I I I I
connections
Fuel filter *2
*1 For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to its interval when you do maintenance of other items.
*2 Fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but the quality of fuel used may impact the frequency of
maintenance needed. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of
power, hard starting problem, etc., replace the filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule. Consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
9-12
9
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156

MAINTENANCE Miles ×
INTERVALS 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104
1,000
Km ×
13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
1,000
MAINTENANCE ITEM
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 120 months.

Engine coolant After that, replace every 24,000 miles (39,000 km) or 24
months
Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and

I I I I I I I I I I I I I
connections
Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months, Replace

Brake fluid
every 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 48 months
Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Steering gear rack,

linkage and boots
Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I
Rotate Tires (includes

tread wear inspection Rotate tires every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
and tire pressure check)
9-13
Maintenance

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156

MAINTENANCE Miles ×
INTERVALS 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104
1,000
Km ×
13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169
1,000
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Suspension mounting
bolts
Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner
compressor
Cabin air filter R R R R R R
Smarts
Automatic
tream
Transmission No check, No service required
1.6
fluid *1
T-GDi
Smarts
Intelligent
tream
Variable
2.0 No check, No service required
Transmission
ATKINS
fluid *1
ON
Transfer case oil (AWD) *1 I I I
Rear differential oil (AWD) *1 I I I
Propeller shaft (AWD) I I I I I I
Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I

*1 Automatic Transmission/Intelligent Variable Transmission fluid, transfer case oil, and rear differential oil should
be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
9-14
9
Maintenance under severe usage and low mileage conditions
The following items must be serviced more frequently on the vehicles mainly used under
severe and low mileage driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate
maintenance intervals.
R: Replace
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
Maintenance Driving
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals
operation condition
Smartstream Replace every 5,000 miles

Engine oil R D, H, I, L
1.6 T-GDi (8,000 km) or 6 months
and
engine oil Smartstream
Replace every 5,000 miles A, B, C, D, E, F,
filter 2.0 R
(8,000 km) or 6 months G, H, I, J, K, L
ATKINSON
Replace more frequently

Air cleaner filter R depending on the C, E
condition

Spark plugs R depending on the A, B, F, G, H, I, K
condition
Inspect more frequently

Steering gear rack, linkage
I depending on the C, D, E, F, G
and boots
condition

Suspension mounting
I depending on the C, D, E, F, G, H, I
bolts
condition

Disc brakes and pads,
I depending on the C, D, E, G, H
calipers and rotors
condition

Driveshaft and boots I depending on the C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
condition

Cabin air filter R depending on the C, E, G
condition
Automatic
Smartstream Replace every 60,000
Transmissi R A, C, E, F, G, I
1.6 T-GDi miles (100,000 km)
on fluid
9-15
Maintenance
Maintenance Driving
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals
operation condition
Intelligent
Smartstream
Variable Replace every 55,000 miles A, C, D, E, F, G,
2.0 R
Transmissi (90,000 km) H, I, K
ATKINSON
on fluid
Replace every 72,000 miles

Transfer case oil (AWD) R C, D, E, G, H, I, J
(120,000 km)
Replace every 72,000 miles

Rear differential oil (AWD) R C, D, E, G, H, I, J
(120,000 km)

Propeller shaft I depending on the C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
condition
Severe driving conditions

• A: Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature
or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
• B: Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
• C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
• D: Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
• E: Driving in the heavy dust conditions
• F: Driving in heavy traffic
• G: Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads
• H: Using for towing or camping, and driving with loading on the roof
• I: Driving for patrol car, taxi, or other commercial use
• J: Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration
• K: Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
• L: Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semi-synthetic, Lower
grade spec, etc.)
9-16
9
Explanation Of Scheduled Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should
Maintenance Items be inspected at those intervals specified
in the maintenance schedule. Make sure a
new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is
Engine oil and filter correctly replaced.
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in the
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is Vacuum crankcase ventilation
being driven in severe conditions, more hoses
frequent oil and filter changes are Visually check for proper installation,
required. chafing, cracks, deterioration, and any
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
damaged parts immediately.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts,
cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation. Air cleaner filter
Replace them if necessary. A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is
Check the drive belts periodically for recommended when the filter is replaced.
proper tension and adjusted as
necessary.
Spark plugs
Information Be sure to install new spark plugs of the
Always turn off the engine before correct heat range.
inspecting the drive belts. When installing new spark plugs, make
sure the ignition coils are clean and free of
any oil or debris. Clean and wipe off the
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and bottom portion of the ignition coil to
prevent any contamination with the spark
connections plug during installation.
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage. WARNING
Have any damaged or leaking parts
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI Do not remove spark plugs from the
dealer immediately. vehicle when the engine is hot. You may
damage the engine and may also risk
burn injury.
Fuel filter
The fuel filter is considered to be
maintenance free but periodic inspection Valve clearance
is recommended depending on the fuel Inspect excessive valve noise and/or
quality. If there is fuel flow restriction, engine vibration and adjust if necessary.
surging, loss of power, or hard starting, Have the system serviced by an
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
have the fuel filter replaced immediately.
9-17
Maintenance
Cooling system Intelligent Variable

Check cooling system components, such Transmission fluid
as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and if equipped
connections for leakage and damage. Intelligent variable transmission fluid
Replace any damaged parts. should not be checked under normal
usage conditions.
Engine coolant Have the intelligent variable transmission
The coolant should be changed at the fluid changed by an authorized HYUNDAY
intervals specified in the maintenance dealer according to the maintenance
schedule. schedule.
Automatic Transmission fluid Brake hoses and lines

if equipped
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any
The automatic transmission fluid level leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
does not need to be checked under damaged parts immediately.
normal usage conditions.
Have the automatic transmission fluid
changed by an authorized HYUNDAI Brake fluid
dealer according to the maintenance Check the brake/clutch fluid level in the
schedule. brake fluid reservoir. The level should be
between the MIN and the MAX marks on
Information the side of the reservoir. Use only
The color of a new automatic hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 4
transmission fluid is red. As the vehicle is specification.
driven, the automatic transmission fluid
begins to look darker.
Parking brake
This is normal and the automatic
Inspect the parking brake system
transmission fluid does not need to be
including the cables.
replaced based on the color change.
Brake discs, pads, calipers and

NOTICE rotors
Only use the automatic transmission fluid Check the pads, the disc, and the rotor for
specified in the “Recommended any excessive wear-out. Inspect calipers
Lubricants And Capacities” section in for any fluid leakage.
Chapter 2 to prevent transmission For more information on checking the
damage. pads or lining wear limit, visit
http://service.hyundai-motor.com
9-18
9
Exhaust pipe and muffler Engine Oil
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks,
deterioration, or damage. Start the Checking the engine oil level
engine and listen carefully for any exhaust Engine oil is used for lubricating, cooling,
gas leakage. Tighten connections or and operating various hydraulic
replace parts as necessary. components in the engine. Engine oil
consumption while driving is normal, and
it is necessary to check and refill the
Suspension mounting bolts engine oil regularly. Also, check and refill
Check the suspension connections for the oil level within the recommended
looseness or damage. Retighten to the maintenance schedule to prevent
specified torque. deterioration of oil performance.
Check the engine oil following the below
Steering gear box, linkage & procedure.
boots/lower arm ball joint 1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer’s
precautions.
With the vehicle stopped and the engine
off, check for excessive free-play in the 2. Make sure the vehicle is on the level
steering wheel. Check the linkage for ground in P (Park) with the parking
bends or damage. Check the dust boots brake applied.
and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or 3. Turn on the engine and warm the
damage. engine up until the coolant
Replace any damaged parts. temperature reaches a constant normal
temperature.
4. Turn off the engine, remove the oil filler
Drive shafts and related cap and pull the dipstick out. Wait for 15
Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps minutes for the oil to return to the oil
for cracks, deterioration, or damage. pan.
Replace any damaged parts and, if 5. Wipe the dipstick clean and re-insert it
necessary, repack the grease. fully.
Air conditioning refrigerant

Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
9-19
Maintenance
6.Pull the dipstick out again and check • The engine oil consumption can be
the level. The level should be between F affected by driving habits, climate
(Full) and L (Low). conditions, traffic conditions, oil
quality, etc. Therefore, it is
recommended that you inspect the
engine oil level regularly and refill it if
necessary.
Checking the engine oil and

filter
2C_EngineOilGauge
7. If the oil level is below L, add enough oil
to bring the level to F.
2C_RecommendedEngineOil
• The lubrication, rust prevention,
cooling, and cleaning effect of the
engine oil will gradually degrade during
its use.
Have the engine oil and filter be
2C_EngineOilGauge_2 changed by an authorized HYUNDAI
Use only the specified engine oil (Refer to dealer according to the Oil Life
the “Recommended Lubricants And Management System function or the
Capacities” section in chapter 2). Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
NOTICE
• If the maintenance schedule to replace
To prevent damage to your engine: engine oil is exceeded, the engine oil
• Do not spill engine oil when adding or performance may deteriorate, and the
changing engine oil. Wipe off spilled oil engine condition may be affected.
immediately. Therefore, replace the engine oil
according to the maintenance
• The engine oil consumption may schedule.
increase while you break in a new
vehicle, and it should stabilize after
driving 4,000 miles (6,000 km).
9-20
9
• To keep the engine in optimal
condition, use the recommended WARNING
engine oil and filter. If the Used engine oil may cause irritation or
recommended engine oil and filter are cancer of the skin if left in contact with
not used, replace it according to the the skin for prolonged periods of time.
maintenance schedule under severe Used engine oil contains chemicals that
usage conditions. have caused cancer in laboratory animals.
• The purpose of the maintenance Always protect your skin by washing your
schedule for engine oil replacement is hands thoroughly with soap and warm
to prevent oil deterioration and it is water as soon as possible after handling
irrelevant to oil consumption. Check used oil.
and refill engine oil regularly.
Information WARNING
When the oil pressure is low due to
insufficient engine oil, the Engine Oil CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Pressure ( ) warning light illuminates. In Engine oil contains chemicals known to
addition, the enhanced engine protection the State of California to cause cancer,
system, which limits the engine's power is birth defects and reproductive harm.
activated and the Malfunction Indicator Used engine oil may cause irritation or
Lamp ( ) illuminates when the vehicle is cancer of the skin if left in contact with
driven in this state continuously. the skin for prolonged periods of time.
(Except Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi) When Always protect your skin by washing your
the engine oil pressure is restored, the hands thoroughly with soap and warm
warning light and the enhanced engine water as soon as possible after handling
protection system turn off. used oil.
(For Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi) When the
engine oil pressure is restored, the
protection system turn off after engine is
restarted.
CAUTION
The engine oil is very hot immediately
after the vehicle has been driven and can
cause burns during replacement. Replace
the engine oil after the engine oil has
cooled down.
Never add any additives to the engine oil.
Engine oil additives can change the
properties of engine oil and may cause
serious engine failure.
9-21
Maintenance
Engine Coolant If the coolant level is low, add enough

distilled (deionized) water to bring the
The high-pressure cooling system has a level to the MAX mark, but do not overfill.
reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze If frequent additions are required, have
coolant. The reservoir is filled at the your vehicle inspected by an authorized
factory. HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system
Check the antifreeze protection and inspection.
coolant level at least once a year, at the
beginning of the winter season and WARNING
before traveling to a colder climate.
Checking the coolant level

Smartstream G1.6 T-GDI
WL_RadiatorHotWarning
Never remove the radiator cap or the
drain plug while the engine and radiator
are hot. Hot coolant and steam may blow
out under pressure, causing serious
injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until the
engine cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a
2C_EngineCoolant
thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the first stop.
Step back while the pressure is released
from the cooling system. When you are
sure all the pressure has been released,
press down on the cap, using a thick
towel, and continue turning
counterclockwise to remove it.
Information
2C_EngineCoolant_2 The coolant level is influenced by the
Check the condition and connections of engine temperature. Before checking or
all cooling system hoses and heater refilling the coolant, turn the engine off.
hoses. Replace any swollen or
deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled between
the MAX and the MIN marks on the side of
the coolant reservoir when the engine is
cool.
9-22
9
Recommended coolant
WARNING
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water, distilled water or soft
water for your vehicle and never mix
hard water in the coolant filled at the
factory.
• An incorrect coolant mixture can result
in severe malfunction or engine
damage.
WL_RadiatorFANWarning
The electric motor for the cooling fan may • The engine in your vehicle has
continue to operate or start up when the aluminum engine parts and must be
engine is not running and can cause protected by a phosphate-based
serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and ethylene glycol coolant to prevent
tools away from the rotating fan blades of corrosion and freezing.
the cooling fan. • Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant
Always turn off the vehicle unless the or mix them with the specified coolant.
vehicle has to be inspected with the • Do not use a solution that contains
engine on. Be cautious as the cooling fan more than 60 % antifreeze or less than
may operate if the negative (-) battery 35 % antifreeze, which would reduce
terminal is not disconnected. the effectiveness of the solution.
For mixing percentage, refer to the
following table:
WARNING
Mixture Percentage
Make sure the coolant cap is properly Ambient (volume)
closed after refilling coolant. Otherwise Temperature
the engine could be overheated while Antifreeze Water
driving.
5 °F (-15 °C) 35 65
1. Check if the coolant cap label is straight
in front. -13 °F (-25 °C) 40 60
-31 °F (-35 °C) 50 50
-49 °F (-45 °C) 60 40
Information
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50 %
water and 50 % antifreeze mix is the
easiest to mix together as it will be the
same quantity of each. It is suitable to use
2C_CheckCoolantCapLocked
for most temperature ranges of -31 °F (-35
2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions °C) and higher.
inside the coolant cap is securely
interlocked.
9-23
Maintenance
Changing coolant Brake Fluid

Have the coolant changed by an
the Maintenance Schedule at the Checking the brake fluid level
beginning of this chapter. Smartstream G1.6 T-GDI
WARNING
Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in
the washer fluid reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely obscure
visibility when sprayed on the windshield
and may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Engine coolant may also cause damage to
paint and body trim.
2C_BreakOilLevel
NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine parts, put a
thick towel around the engine coolant
cap before refilling the coolant to prevent
the coolant from overflowing into engine
parts, such as the alternator.
2C_BreakOilLevel_2
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the side
of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap and
adding brake fluid, clean the area around
the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent
brake fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX
level. The level will fall with accumulated
mileage. This is a normal condition
associated with the wear of the brake
linings.
If the fluid level is excessively low, have
HYUNDAI dealer.
9-24
9
WARNING Washer Fluid
If the brake system requires frequent
additions of fluid this could indicate a leak Checking the washer fluid
in the brake system. Have your vehicle
level
dealer.
WARNING
Do not let brake fluid into your eyes. If
brake fluid gets in your eyes, flush your
eyes with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate medical
attention.
2C_WasherFluid
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid
NOTICE reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain
• Do not allow brake fluid to contact the water may be used if washer fluid is not
vehicle’s body paint, as it will result in available. However, use washer solvent
paint damage. with antifreeze characteristics in cold
climates to prevent freezing.
• NEVER use brake fluid which has been
exposed to open air for an extended WARNING
time, as its quality cannot be
guaranteed. To prevent serious injury or death, take
• Do not use the wrong type of brake the following safety precautions when
fluid. A few drops of mineral based oil, using washer fluid:
such as engine oil in your brake system • Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze
can damage brake system parts. in the washer fluid reservoir. Engine
coolant can severely obscure visibility
when sprayed on the windshield and
may cause loss of vehicle control
Information resulting in an accident or damage to
Use only the specified brake fluid (Refer paint and body trim.
to the “Recommended Lubricants And • Do not allow sparks or flame to contact
Capacities” section in chapter 2). the washer fluid or the washer fluid
reservoir. Washer fluid may contain
alcohol and can be flammable.
• Do not drink washer fluid and avoid
contact with skin. Washer fluid is
harmful to humans and animals.
• Keep washer fluid away from children
and animals.
9-25
Maintenance
Air Cleaner
Filter replacement
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi
2C_AirCleanerReplacementProcedure
2. Pull up the air cleaner cover to open.
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
2C_AirCleaner
2C_AirCleanerReplacementProcedure_3
4. Reassemble the air cleaner cover in the
reverse order.
2C_AirCleaner_2 5. Check that the cover is firmly installed.
The air cleaner filter can be cleaned for
inspection using compressed air. Information
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, as If the vehicle is operated in extremely
water will damage the filter. dusty or sandy areas, replace the air
If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be cleaner filter more often than the usual
replaced. recommended intervals (Refer to the
“Maintenance under severe usage and
Replace the filter according to the low mileage conditions” section in this
Maintenance Schedule. chapter).
1. Pull down the air cleaner filter lever.
9-26
9
NOTICE Cabin Air Filter
• Do not drive with the air cleaner filter
removed. This will result in excessive Filter inspection
engine wear.
The cabin air filter should be replaced
• When removing the air cleaner filter, be according to the Maintenance Schedule.
careful that dust or dirt does not enter If the vehicle is operated in severely
the air intake, or damage may result. air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads
• Use parts for replacement from an for a long period, it should be inspected
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Use of more frequently and replaced sooner.
non-genuine parts could damage the Replace the cabin air filter by following
engine. the procedure below and be careful to
• Do not blow the inner part of the air avoid damaging other components.
filter with compressed air. Dust or dirt
may enter the air intake.
Filter replacement
• Check that the replaced filter is firmly
1. Open the glove box and remove the
fixed when reassembling the air cleaner
support rod (1).
filter, and that the levers are firmly
assembled.
2C_AirFilterReplacementProcedure
2. Press both sides of the glove box
inward to release.
2C_AirFilterReplacementProcedure_2
9-27
Maintenance
3. Press and hold the lock on the right side

of the cover.
Wiper Blades
Blade inspection
Contamination of the windshield or wiper
blades with foreign substances may
reduce the effectiveness of the
windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes. If
the blades are not wiping properly, clean
2C_AirFilterReplacementProcedure_3
both the window and the blades with
glass cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
4. Pull out the cover.
thoroughly with clean water. Replace
5. Replace the cabin air filter. blades as needed.
6.Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly. NOTICE
NOTICE To prevent damage to the wiper blades,
arms, or other components, do not:
• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner,
or other solvents on or near them.
• Attempt to move the wipers manually.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn or
cracked. Replace the wipers with new
ones.
2C_AirFilterReplacementCaution
Install a new cabin air filter in the correct NOTICE
direction with the arrow symbol (↓) facing To prevent damage:
downwards, to prevent noise and
• Never use non-specified wiper blades.
efficiency loss.
• Lift the wiper arms when in the top
wiping position.
• Always return the wiper arms to the
windshield before driving.
9-28
9
Front windshield wiper blade 4. While pushing the clip (2), pull down
replacement the wiper blade (3). Remove the wiper
This vehicle has a “hidden” wiper design blade from the wiper arm.
that cannot be lifted when in their bottom
resting position.
1. Within 20 seconds of turning off the
engine, push and hold the wiper lever
down to the MIST position for about 2
seconds until the wipers move to the top
wipe position.
2C_FontWiperReplacementProcedure_3
5. Install a new wiper blade assembly in
the reverse order of removal.
6. Gently put the wipers back down onto
the windshield.
7. With the Engine Start/Stop button in
2C_FontWiperReplacementProcedure
the ON position, turn the wiper switch to
Type A any ON position to return the wipers to
the bottom resting position.
2. Lift the wipers off the windshield.
3. Rotate wiper blade (1) to access the Type B
clip. 2. Lift the wipers off the windshield.
3. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). Then pull
down the wiper blade (2). Remove the
wiper blade from the wiper arm.
9-29
Maintenance
4. Install a new wiper blade assembly in Rear window wiper blade

the reverse order of removal. replacement
2C_FontWiperReplacementProcedure_6 2C_RearWiperReplacementProcedure_1
5. With the Engine Start/Stop button in 1. Raise the wiper arm and then rotate the
the ON position, turn the wiper switch to wiper blade assembly (1).
any ON position to return the wipers to 2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly (2).
the bottom resting position.
3. Install the new blade assembly by
NOTICE inserting the center part into the slot in
the wiper arm until it clicks into place
• Avoid the wipers from touching the (3).
windshield when the wiper blade is
disassembled to prevent windshield
damage.
• The wiper may not operate for about 10
seconds if the wiper is operated
without washer fluid or the blades are
frozen to prevent damage to the motor.
2C_RearWiperReplacementProcedure_2
4. If the replacement is complete, put
down the wiper arm onto the rear
windshield, and turn the vehicle ON
and operate the wipers to check the
blade is installed correctly.
9-30
9
Battery
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to
you or bystanders, always follow these
precautions when working near or
handling the battery: WL_TakingCareOfBatteryWarning_4
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
WL_TakingCareOfBatteryWarning
Always read and follow instructions WL_TakingCareOfBatteryWarning_5
carefully when handling a battery. Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is
highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to
contact your eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least 15 minutes
and get immediate medical attention. If
acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash
the area. If you feel pain or a burning
WL_TakingCareOfBatteryWarning_6 sensation, get medical attention
Wear eye protection designed to protect immediately.
the eyes from acid splashes. • When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle if your battery is frozen.
WL_TakingCareOfBatteryWarning_2 • NEVER attempt to recharge the battery
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking when the vehicle’s battery cables are
materials away from the battery. connected to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system works
with high voltage. NEVER touch these
components with the engine running or
when the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position.
Hydrogen is always present in battery
cells, is highly combustible, and may
explode if ignited.
9-31
Maintenance
WARNING For best battery service

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer, birth
defects and reproductive harm. Batteries
also contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause cancer.
Wash hands after handling.
2C_TakingCareOfBattery
NOTICE • Keep the battery securely mounted.

• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
Always follow these instructions when
handling your vehicle’s battery to prevent • Keep the terminals and connections
damage to your battery: clean, tight, and coated with petroleum
jelly or terminal grease.
• When you do not use the vehicle for a
long time in a low temperature area, • Rinse any spilled acid from the battery
disconnect the battery and keep it immediately with a solution of water
indoors. and baking soda.
• Always charge the battery fully to • If the vehicle is not going to be used for
prevent battery case damage in low an extended time, disconnect the
temperature areas. battery cables.
• Prevent liquid from wetting the battery
terminals. The performance of the Battery capacity label
battery may be degraded, and may
cause injury. Be cautious when loading
liquid in the liftgate.
• Do not tilt the battery.
• If you connect unauthorized electronic
devices to the battery, the battery may
be discharged. Never use unauthorized
devices.
2C_BatteryCapacityLabel_AGM
• The actual battery label in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
1. AGM70L-DIN : The HYUNDAI model
name of battery
2. 12V : The nominal voltage
3. 70Ah (20HR) : The nominal capacity (in
Ampere hours)
9-32
9
4. RC 120min : The nominal reserve • The battery must be removed from the
capacity (in min.) vehicle and placed in a well ventilated
5. CCA 5760A (SAE/EN) : The cold-test area.
current in amperes • Watch the battery during charging, and
stop or reduce the charging rate if the
Information battery cells begin boiling violently.
For vehicles with power liftgate, note that • The negative battery cable must be
the power liftgate needs to be reset after removed first and installed last when
the battery has been replaced. For more the battery is disconnected. Disconnect
information, refer to the “Power Liftgate” the battery charger in the following
section in chapter 5. order:
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
Battery recharging 2. Unhook the negative clamp from the
negative battery terminal.
By battery charger 3. Unhook the positive clamp from the
Your vehicle has a maintenance free, positive battery terminal.
calcium based battery. • Always use a genuine HYUNDAI
• If the battery becomes discharged in a approved battery or the equivalent
short time (because, for example, the specified for your vehicle when you
headlights or interior lights were left on replace the battery.
while the vehicle was not in use),
recharge it by slow charging (trickle) for
10 hours. NOTICE
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while the AGM battery
vehicle is being used, recharge it at • Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM) batteries
20-30 A for two hours are maintenance-free and have the
AGM battery serviced by an authorized
WARNING HYUNDAI dealer. For charging your
AGM battery, use only fully automatic
Always follow these instructions when battery chargers that are specially
recharging your vehicle’s battery to avoid developed for AGM batteries.
the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH
from explosions or acid burns: • When replacing the AGM battery, use
parts for replacement from an
• Before performing maintenance or authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and press the Engine • Do not open or remove the cap on top
Start/Stop button to the OFF position. of the battery. This may cause leaks of
internal electrolyte that could result in
• Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking severe injury.
materials away from the battery.
• Always work outdoors or in an area with
plenty of ventilation.
• Wear eye protection when checking the
battery during charging.
9-33
Maintenance
By jump starting Tires And Wheels

After a jump start from a good battery,
drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes WARNING
before it is shutoff. The vehicle may not
restart if you shut it off before the battery Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle
had a chance to adequately recharge. See control and result in a collision. To
"Jump Starting" in chapter 8 for more reduce risk of serious injury or death:
information on jump starting procedures.
• Inspect your tires monthly for
Information proper inflation as well as wear and
damage.
• The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the tire
label located on the driver’s side
center pillar. Always use a tire
pressure gauge to measure tire
pressure. Tires with too much or
An inappropriately disposed battery can too little pressure wear unevenly
be harmful to the environment and
causing poor handling.
human health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s) or • Check the pressure of the spare
regulation. every time you check the pressure
of the other tires on your vehicle.
• Replace tires that are worn, show
Reset items uneven wear, or are damaged.
The following items may need to be reset Worn tires can cause loss of braking
after the battery has been discharged or effectiveness, steering control, or
the battery has been removed: traction.
• Current Trip/Since Refueling/Since
Rest (refer to chapter 4)
• Always replace tires with the same
size, type, construction, and tread
• Integrated memory system (refer to pattern as each tire that was
chapter 5)
originally supplied with this vehicle.
• Power window (refer to chapter 5) Using tires and wheels other than
• Sunroof (refer to chapter 5) the recommended sizes may cause
• Climate control system (refer to unusual handling characteristics,
chapter 5) poor vehicle control, or negatively
• Power liftgate (refer to chapter 5) affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock
• Clock (refer to Infotainment system Brake System (ABS) resulting in a
manual) serious accident.
• Infotainment system (refer to
Infotainment system manual)
9-34
9
Tire care WARNING
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, always • Recommended pressures must be
maintain recommended tire inflation maintained for the best ride,
pressures and stay within the load vehicle handling, and minimum tire
limits and weight distribution wear.
recommended for your vehicle. • Over-inflation or under-inflation
can reduce tire life, adversely affect
vehicle handling, and lead to
sudden tire failure that may result
in loss of vehicle control resulting in
a collision.
• Severe under-inflation may lead to
severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation, and
other tire failures that may result in
2C_TireLabel
loss of vehicle control resulting in a
collision. This risk is much higher on
All specifications (sizes and
hot days and when driving for a
pressures) can be found on a label
long time at high speeds.
attached to the driver’s side center
pillar. • Under-inflation may cause
excessive wear, poor handling, and
reduced fuel economy. Wheel
Recommended cold tire deformation is also possible. Keep
inflation pressures your tire pressures at the proper
Check all tire pressures (including the levels. If a tire frequently needs
spare) when the tires are cold. “Cold refilling, have your vehicle
tires” mean the vehicle has not been inspected by an authorized
driven for at least three hours or HYUNDAI dealer.
driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). • Over-inflation produces a harsh
Warm tires normally exceed the ride, excessive wear at the center of
recommended cold tire pressures by the tire tread, and a greater
4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not possibility of damage from road
release air from warm tires to adjust hazards.
the pressure. The tires are
under-inflated. For recommended
inflation pressure, refer to the "Tires
And Wheels" section in chapter 2.
9-35
Maintenance
Check tire inflation pressure Tire rotation

Check your tires, including the spare To equalize tread wear, have the tires
tire(if equipped), at least once a rotated according to the
month. maintenance schedule or sooner if
irregular wear develops.
How to check During rotation, check the tires for
Use a good quality tire pressure correct balance.
gauge to check the tire pressure. You When rotating tires, check for uneven
cannot tell if your tires are properly wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
inflated simply by looking at them. usually caused by incorrect tire
Radial tires may look properly inflated pressure, improper wheel alignment,
when they are underinflated. out-of-balance wheels, severe
Remove the valve cap from the tire braking, or severe cornering. Look for
valve stem. Press the tire gauge bumps or bulges in the tread or side
firmly onto the valve to get a pressure of the tire. Replace the tire if you find
measurement. If the cold tire inflation any of these conditions. Replace the
pressure matches the recommended tire if fabric or cord is visible. After
pressure on the tire and loading rotation, be sure to bring the front
information label, no further and rear tire pressures to
adjustment is necessary. If the specification and check nut torque
pressure is low, add air until it (proper torque is 79-94 lbf·ft [11-13
reaches the recommended pressure. kgf·m]).
Be sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. Without the valve
cap, dirt or moisture may get into the
valve core and cause air leakage. If a
valve cap is missing, install a new one
as soon as possible.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be 2C_TireRotation
sure to put the valve caps back on the Disc brake pads should be inspected
valve stems. Without the valve cap, for wear whenever tires are rotated.
dirt or moisture may get into the
valve core and cause air leakage. If a Information
valve cap is missing, install a new one When installing an unsymmetrical
as soon as possible. tire, install the side marked “outside”
facing out.
9-36
9
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
WARNING indicator appears as a solid band
• Do not use the compact spare tire across the tread. This shows there is
for tire rotation. less than 1/16 inches (1.6 mm) of tread
• Do not mix bias ply and radial ply left on the tire. Replace the tire when
tires under any circumstances. This this happens.
may cause unusual handling Do not wait for the band to appear
characteristics that may cause loss across the entire tread before
of vehicle control and result in a replacing the tire.
collision.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of death or serious
Wheel alignment and tire injury:
balance • Replace tires that are worn, show
The wheels on your vehicle were uneven wear, or are damaged.
aligned and balanced carefully at the Worn tires may cause loss of
factory, and you may not need to braking effectiveness, steering
have your wheels aligned again. If control, and traction.
you notice unusual tire wear or your
vehicle pulling to one side, the • Always replace tires with the same
alignment may need to be adjusted. size as each tire that was originally
supplied with this vehicle. Using
If you notice your vehicle vibrating tires and wheels other than the
when driving on a smooth road, your recommended sizes may cause
wheels may need to be rebalanced. unusual handling characteristics,
NOTICE poor vehicle control, or negatively
affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock
Only use approved wheel weights or Brake System (ABS).
your vehicle’s aluminum wheels may • When replacing tires (or wheels), it
be damaged. is recommended to replace the two
front or two rear tires (or wheels) as
a pair. Replacing just one tire may
Tire replacement seriously affect your vehicle’s
handling.
• Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, have the
tires replaced after 6 years of
normal service.
• Driving in hot climates or excessive
loading may accelerate the tire
aging process.
2C_TireWareIndicator
[A]Tread wear indicator
9-37
Maintenance
Compact spare tire replacement Tire traction

if equipped Tire traction can be reduced if you
A compact spare tire has a shorter drive on worn tires or the tires that
tread life than a regular size tire. are improperly inflated, or on slippery
Replace it when you can see the tread road surfaces. Replace the tires when
wear indicator bars on the tire. The tread wear indicators appear. To
replacement compact spare tire reduce the possibility of losing
should be the same size and design control, slow down whenever there is
tire as the one provided with your rain, snow, or ice on the road.
vehicle and must be mounted on the
same compact spare tire wheel. The
compact spare tire is not designed to Tire maintenance
be mounted on a regular size wheel, In addition to proper inflation, correct
and the compact spare tire wheel is wheel alignment helps decrease the
not designed for mounting a regular tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
size tire. unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment. When you have
WARNING new tires installed, make sure they
The normal size tire should be are balanced. This may increase ride
repaired or replaced as soon as comfort and tire life. Additionally, a
possible to avoid failure of the spare tire must always be rebalanced if it is
and loss of vehicle control resulting in removed from the wheel.
a collision.
The compact spare tire is for Tire sidewall labeling
emergency use only. Do not operate This information identifies and
your vehicle over 50 mph (80 km/h) describes the fundamental
when using the compact spare tire. characteristics of the tire and also
provides the tire identification
number (TIN) for safety standard
Wheel replacement certification. The TIN can be used to
When replacing the metal wheels for identify the tire in case of a recall.
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width,
and offset.
2C_TireSideWallLabelling
9-38
9
1. Manufacturer or brand name 7.5J X 19
Manufacturer or brand name is 7.5: Rim width in inches.
shown. J: Rim contour designation.
19: Rim diameter in inches.
2. Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire Tire speed ratings
size designation. You need this The chart below lists many of the
information when selecting different speed ratings currently
replacement tires for your vehicle. being used for passenger vehicle
The following explains what the tires. The speed rating is part of the
letters and numbers in the tire size tire size designation on the sidewall
designation mean. of the tire. This symbol corresponds
Example tire size designation: to that tire’s designed maximum safe
(These numbers are provided as an operating speed.
example only. Your tire size
designator may vary depending on Speed Rating
Maximum Speed
your vehicle.) Symbol
S 112 mph (180 km/h)
215/60 R17 98W
215: Tire width in millimeters. T 118 mph (190 km/h)
60: Aspect ratio. The tire’s section H 130 mph (210 km/h)
height as a percentage of its width.
R: Tire construction code (Radial). V 149 mph (240 km/h)
17: Rim diameter in inches. W 168 mph (270 km/h)
98: Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum load Y 186 mph (300 km/h)
the tire can carry.
W: Speed Rating Symbol. See the 3. Checking tire life (TIN: Tire
speed rating chart in this section for Identification Number)
additional information. Any tires that are over six years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
Wheel size designation (including the spare tire) must be
Wheels are also marked with replaced by new ones. You can find
important information that you need the manufacturing date on the tire
if you ever have to replace one. sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
Example wheel size designation: wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The
DOT Code is a series of numbers on a
tire consisting of numbers and
English letters. The manufacturing
date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
9-39
Maintenance
DOT: XXXX XXXX OOOO 7. DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S.

The front part of the DOT shows a Vehicles)
plant code number, tire size and The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S.
tread pattern and the last four Federal Safety Requirements. All tires
numbers indicate week and year are also graded for treadwear,
manufactured. traction, and temperature
For example: performance according to
Department of Transportation (DOT)
DOT XXXX XXXX 1524 represents that standards.
the tire was produced in the 15th
week of 2024. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
4. Tire ply composition and material applicable on the tire sidewall
The number of layers or plies of between tread shoulder and
rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire maximum section width.
manufacturers also must indicate the For example:
materials in the tire, which include
TREADWEAR 200
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter “R” means radial ply TRACTION AA
construction. The letter “D“ means TEMPERATURE A
diagonal or bias ply construction; and
the letter “B” means belted-bias ply Tread wear
construction. The tread wear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
5. Maximum permissible inflation wear rate of the tire when tested
pressure under controlled conditions on a
This number is the greatest amount specified government test course.
of air pressure that should be put in For example, a tire graded 150 would
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as
permissible inflation pressure. Refer well on the government course as a
to the Tire and Loading Information tire graded 100.
label for recommended inflation The relative performance of tires
pressure. depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may depart
6. Maximum load rating significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
This number indicates the maximum
practices, and differences in road
load in kilograms and pounds that
characteristics and climate.
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle, These grades are molded on the
always use a tire that has the same sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.
load rating as the factory installed The tires available as standard or
tire. optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary depending on the grade.
9-40
9
Traction - AA, A, B & C
WARNING
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those The temperature grade for this tire is
grades represent the tire’s ability to established for a tire that is properly
stop on wet pavement as measured inflated and not overloaded.
under controlled conditions on Excessive speed, under-inflation,
specified government test surfaces over-inflation, or excessive loading,
of asphalt and concrete. A tire either separately or in combination,
marked C may have poor traction may cause heat build-up and
performance. possible sudden tire failure.
WARNING
Tire terminology and
The traction grade assigned to this
tire is based on straight ahead
definitions
braking traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering, Air pressure
hydroplaning, or peak traction The amount of air inside the tire
characteristics. pressing outward on the tire. Air
pressure is expressed in pounds per
square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Temperature - A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the Accessory weight
highest), B and C representing the
This means the combined weight of
tire’s resistance to the generation of
optional accessories. Some examples
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
of optional accessories are automatic
when tested under controlled
transmission, power seats, and air
conditions on a specified indoor
conditioning.
laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature may
cause the material of the tire to Aspect ratio
degenerate and reduce tire life, and The relationship of a tire’s height to
excessive temperature may lead to its width.
sudden tire failure. The grade C
corresponds to a level of Belt
performance that all passenger car A rubber coated layer of cords that is
tires must meet the Federal Motor located between the plies and the
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. tread. Cords may be made from steel
Grades A and B represent higher or other reinforcing materials.
levels of performance on the
laboratory test wheel than the
minimum required by law. Bead
The tire bead contains steel wires
wrapped by steel cords that hold the
tire onto the rim.
9-41
Maintenance
Bias ply tire Intended outboard sidewall

A pneumatic tire in which the plies The side of an asymmetrical tire, that
are laid at alternate angles less than must always face outward when
90 degrees to the centerline of the mounted on a vehicle.
tread.
Kilopascal (kPa)
Cold tire pressure The metric unit for air pressure.
The amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in pounds per square inch Light Truck (LT) tire
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire
has built up heat from driving. A tire designated by its manufacturer
as primarily intended for use on
lightweight trucks or multipurpose
Curb weight passenger vehicles.
This means the weight of a motor
vehicle with standard and optional Load ratings
equipment including the maximum
capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but The maximum load that a tire is rated
without passengers and cargo. to carry for a given inflation pressure.
DOT markings Load index

A code molded into the sidewall of a An assigned number ranging from 1 to
tire signifying that the tire is in 279 that corresponds to the load
compliance with the U.S. Department carrying capacity of a tire.
of Transportation motor vehicle
safety standards. The DOT code Maximum inflation pressure
includes the Tire Identification The maximum air pressure to which a
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric cold tire may be inflated. The
designator which can also identify maximum air pressure is molded onto
the tire manufacturer, production the sidewall.
plant, brand and date of production.
Maximum load rating
GVWR The load rating for a tire at the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
GAWR FRT
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Maximum loaded vehicle weight
Front Axle. The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
GAWR RR production options weight.
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear
axle.
9-42
9
Normal occupant weight Pneumatic options weight
The number of occupants a vehicle is The combined weight of installed
designed to seat multiplied by 150 regular production options weighing
lbs. (68 kg). over 5 lbs. (2.3 kg) in excess of the
standard items which they replace,
Occupant distribution not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight,
Designated seating positions.
including heavy duty breaks, ride
levelers, roof rack, heavy duty
Outward facing sidewall battery, and special trim.
An asymmetrical tire has a particular
side that faces outward when Recommended inflation pressure
mounted on a vehicle. The outward
Vehicle manufacturer’s
facing sidewall bears white lettering
recommended tire inflation pressure
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
as shown on the tire placard.
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall. Radial ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply
Passenger (P-Metric) tire cords that extend to the beads are
laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of
A tire used on passenger cars and
the tread.
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Rim
Ply A metal support for a tire and upon
which the tire beads are seated.
A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords.
Sidewall
Pneumatic tire The portion of a tire between the
tread and the bead.
A mechanical device made of rubber,
chemicals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted on an Speed rating
automotive wheel provides the An alphanumeric code assigned to a
traction and contains the gas or fluid tire indicating the maximum speed at
that sustains the load. which a tire can operate.
9-43
Maintenance
Traction Vehicle normal load on the tire

The friction between the tire and the Load on an individual tire that is
road surface. The amount of grip determined by distributing to each
provided. axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal
Tread occupant weight and dividing by 2.
The portion of a tire that comes into
contact with the road. Vehicle placard
A label permanently attached to a
Treadwear indicators vehicle showing the original
equipment tire size and
Narrow bands, sometimes called
recommended inflation pressure.
“wear bars”, that show across the
tread of a tire when only 1/16 inches
of tread remains. All Season tires
HYUNDAI specifies all season tires on
UTQGS some models to provide good
Uniform Tire Quality Grading performance for use all year round,
Standards is a tire information system including snowy and icy road
that provides consumers with ratings conditions. All season tires are
for a tire’s traction, temperature and identified by ALL SEASON and/or
treadwear. Ratings are determined M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
by tire manufacturers using sidewall. Snow tires have better snow
government testing procedures. The traction than all season tires and may
ratings are molded into the sidewall be more appropriate in some areas.
of the tire.
Summer tires
Vehicle capacity weight HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on
The number of designated seating some models to provide superior
positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 performance on dry roads. Summer
kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage tire performance is substantially
load. reduced in snow and ice. Summer
tires do not have the tire traction
Vehicle maximum load on the tire rating M+S (Mud and Snow) on the
tire side wall. If you plan to operate
Load on an individual tire due to curb your vehicle in snowy or icy
and accessory weight plus maximum conditions, use snow tires or all
occupant and cargo weight. season tires on all four wheels.
9-44
9
Snow tires Longer wearing tires can be more
If you equip your car with snow tires, susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
they should be the same size and is very important to follow the tire
have the same load capacity as the rotation interval in this chapter to
original tires. Snow tires should be achieve the tread life potential of
installed on all four wheels; these tires. Cuts and punctures in
otherwise, poor handling may result. radial-ply tires are repairable only in
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) the tread area, because of sidewall
more air pressure than the pressure flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
recommended for the standard tires radial-ply tire repairs.
on the tire label on the driver’s side of
WARNING
the center pillar, or up to the
maximum pressure shown on the tire Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires
sidewall, whichever is less. Do not under any circumstances. This may
drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h) cause unusual handling
when your vehicle is equipped with characteristics that may cause loss of
snow tires. vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
Radial-Ply Tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved Low aspect ratio tires
tread life, road hazard resistance and if equipped
smoother high speed ride. The The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on
radial-ply tires used on this vehicle low aspect ratio tires.
are of belted construction, and are
selected to complement the ride and Because low aspect ratio tires are
handling characteristics of your optimized for handling and braking,
vehicle. Radial-ply tires have the their sidewall is a little stiffer than a
same load carrying capacity, as standard tire. Also low aspect ratio
bias-ply or bias belted tires of the tires tend to be wider and
same size, and use the same consequently have a greater contact
recommended inflation pressure. patch with the road surface. In some
Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-ply instances they may generate more
or bias belted tires is not road noise compared with standard
recommended. Any combinations of tires.
radial-ply and bias-ply or bias belted
tires when used on the same vehicle
will seriously deteriorate vehicle
handling. The best rule to follow is:
Identical pairs of radial-ply tires
should always be used as a set for the
front tires and a set for the rear tires.
9-45
Maintenance
CAUTION Fuses
Blade type
Low aspect wheels and tires are
easily damaged. To reduce the risk of
damage:
• When driving on rough roads,
passing over a pothole, speed
bump, manhole, or curb stone,
drive the vehicle slowly not to
damage the tires and wheels.
Damage is not covered by your
vehicle warranty.
2C_FuseType
• Inspect the tire condition and Cartridge type
pressure every 3,000 km / 1,800 mi.
• It is difficult to visually inspect for
tire damage with your eyes. If any
damage is found, contact your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer to
replace the tire.
2C_FuseType_2
Multi type
2C_FuseType_3
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected
from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one
located in the driver’s side panel bolster,
the other in the engine compartment.
9-46
9
If any of your vehicle’s lights, accessories, Instrument panel fuse
or controls do not work, check the replacement
appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has
blown, the element inside the fuse is 1. Turn off the vehicle.
melted or broken. 2. Turn off all other switches.
If the electrical system does not work, 3. Open the fuse panel cover.
first check the driver’s side fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, turn off the
engine and all switches, and then
disconnect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with one of
the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and we
recommend that you contact an
2C_InstrumentPanelFuseReplacement
WARNING 4. Refer to the label on the inside of the
Never replace a fuse with anything but fuse panel cover to locate the
another fuse of the same rating. suspected fuse location.
• A higher capacity fuse may cause
damage and possibly cause a fire.
• Do not install a wire or aluminum foil
instead of the proper fuse - even as a
temporary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and possibly a
fire.
NOTICE
2C_EngineRoomFuseReplacement
Do not use a screwdriver or any other
metal object to remove fuses because it 5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
may cause a short circuit and damage the Use the removal tool (1) provided in the
system. engine compartment fuses panel
cover.
6. Check the removed fuse and replace it
if it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in
the instrument panel fuse panels (or in
the engine compartment fuse panel).
7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
If it is not tight, we recommend that you
9-47
Maintenance
In an emergency, if you do not have a 5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating Use the removal tool (1) provided in the
from a circuit you may not need for engine compartment fuses panel
operating the vehicle. cover.
If the headlights or other electrical 6. Check the removed fuse and replace it
components do not work and the fuses if it is blown. To remove or insert the
are undamaged, check the fuse panel in fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine
the engine compartment. compartment fuse panel.
7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
Engine compartment panel If it is not tight, we recommend that
fuse replacement your vehicle be inspected by an
Blade fuse / Cartridge fuse
NOTICE
1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Turn off all other switches. Always securely install the fuse panel
cover. Water may contact the fuse and
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by cause an electrical failure.
pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Refer to the label on the inside of the
fuse panel cover to locate the Multi fuse
suspected fuse location.
Blade type
2C_MultiTypeMainFuse
If the multi fuse or midi fuse is blown,
2C_EngineRoomFuseReplacement_2
Cartridge type
Information
If the multi fuse is blown, we recommend
that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
2C_EngineRoomFuseReplacement_3
9-48
9
Fuse/relay panel description
Instrument panel fuse panel
2C_InstrumentPanelFuseLabel
Inside the fuse panel cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names
and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. When
you inspect the fuse panel on your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label in your vehicle.
1C_InstrumentPanelFuseLabel_2
9-49
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse
Fuse Name Circuit Protected
Rating
SPARE As Rated Not Used
MODULE 9 10 A Rain Sensor, Data Link Connector, Hazard Switch, BDC
MODULE 10 10 A In Cabin Camera (ICC) Unit
DDM 15 A Driver door Module
P/SEAT DRV 30 A Driver Power Seat Switch
P/WINDOW
15 A E/R Junction Block (Driver Power Window #1/#2 Relay)
DRV
E-SHIFTER2 10 A SCU, Electronic ATM Shift Lever
Front Air Ventilation Control Module, Seat Heater Control

S/HEATER FRT 25 A
Module
Rear Power Window Switch RH, Passenger Power Window

P/WINDOW RH 25 A
Switch, Passenger Safety Power Window Module
Rear Power Window Switch LH, Driver Safety Power Window

P/WINDOW LH 25 A
Module
E/R Junction Block (PTC Heater 1/2 Relay), A/C Control

A/C 3 7.5 A
Module, Duct Sensor
MODULE 7 7.5 A 12 V Lithium Auxiliary Battery
WASHER 15 A Multifunction Switch
MODULE 6 7.5 A BDC
BRAKE SWITCH 7.5 A BDC, Stop Lamp Switch
CCU 10 A CCU
TAILGATE
10 A PDC (Tailgate Relay)
OPEN
AIR BAG2 10 A SRS Control Module
DOOR LOCK 20 A PDC (Door Lock/Unlock Relay, Two Turn Unlock Relay)
BDC1 10 A BDC, ATM Shift Lever
S/HEATER
25 A Seat Heater Control Module
REAR
9-50
9
Fuse
Rating
[With ISG] DC-DC Converter

AMP 25 A
[W/O ISG] AMP
Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle, Power Tailgate

MODULE 8 10 A
Module
ADAS Unit (Parking), Instrument Cluster, Cluster Unit, Mood

10 A
MEMORY 1 Lamp, Mood Lamp Unit, DC-DC Converter, A/C Control
Module, Driver/Passenger Door Mood Lamp
MEMORY 2 7.5 A DCU
MULTIMEDIA 25 A [With ISG] DC-DC Converter [W/O ISG] CCNC Head Unit
SUNROOF 20 A Sunroof Blind Motor, Sunroof Glass Motor
WIPER FRT 2 7.5 A BDC, PCB Block (Wiper LOW Relay)
[W/O SBW] Inhibitor Switch

START 7.5 A
[With SBW] BDC, E/R Junction Block (Start Relay)
A/BAG IND 7.5 A Overhead Console Keypad
BDC 2 7.5 A BDC
AMP, CCNC Head Unit, In Cabin Camera (ICC) Unit, DC-DC

Converter, A/C Control Module, Data Link Connector,
MODULE 5 10 A Electro Chromic Mirror, Overhead Console Keypad, Smart
Phone Wireless Charger Unit, ATM Shift Lever IND.,
Driver/Passenger Console Switch
Driver Door Module, Front Console Switch, Passenger

MODULE 3 10 A
Airbag IND. & Seat Belt Reminder Lamp
AIR BAG 1 10 A SRS Control Module, Occupant Detection Sensor
MODULE 4 10A AWD ECM, ADAS Unit (Parking), Rear Corner Radar LH/RH,
Front View Camera, Crash Pad Switch
E-SHIFTER 3 10 A SCU, Electronic ATM Shift Lever
MODULE 2 10 A CCU, Stop Lamp Switch
CLUSTER 7.5 A Instrument Cluster, Cluster Unit
MDPS 2 7.5 A MDPS Unit
USB CHARGER 10 A Front USB Charger Connector, Rear USB Charger Connector
ADAS Unit (Parking), Front Console Keyboard, BDC, DCU,

MODULE 1 10 A
CCU, DC-DC Converter, AMP, CCNC Head Unit
9-51
Maintenance
Fuse
Rating
CCNC Head Unit, Smart Phone Wireless Charger Unit, USB

LDC 10 A Jack, A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster, Cluster Unit,
ADAS Unit (Parking), Rear Corner Radar LH/RH
9-52
9
Engine compartment fuse panel (Engine compartment junction block)
2C_EngineFuseLabel
Inside the fuse panel cover, you can find the label describing fuse names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. When
you inspect the fuse panel on your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label in your vehicle.
1C_EngineFuseLabel_2
9-53
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel (Engine compartment junction block)
Fuse
Type Fuse Name Circuit Protected
Rating
80 A
MDPS 1 MDPS Unit
MULTI Smartstream G 1.6 T-GDi : E/R Junction Block

150 A
FUSE-1 (Fuse - 4WD, PTC HEATER2)
ALT
Smartstream G 2.0 Atkinson : E/R Junction
180 A
Block (Fuse - 4WD, PTC HEATER2)
Smartstream G 1.6 T-GDi : Cooling Fan

COOLING FAN 1 80 A
Controller
B+2 50 A PDC (IPS9 (4CH), IPS11 (2CH), IPS12 (4CH))
REAR HEATED 50 A E/R Junction Block (Rear Heated Relay)
PDC (Fuse - AMP, MODULE8, AIRBAG2,

MULTI B+5 50 A
SUNROOF)
FUSE-2
Smartstream G 2.0 Atkinson : E/R Junction
COOLING FAN 3 40 A
Block (Cooling Fan 1/2 Relay)
IG1 40 A PCB Block (ACC Relay, IG1 Relay)
E/R Junction Block (Start Relay), PCB Block (IG2

IG2 40 A
Relay)
PDC (IPS3 (4CH), IPS7 (2CH), IPS4 (1CH), IPS2

B+1 60 A
(2CH), IPS6 (2CH), IPS5 (1CH))
PCB Block (Main Relay, Wiper Front Relay, Fuse -

B+6 60 A
TCU1, ECU5, ECU3, HORN, A/C)
PDC (Fuse - MODULE9, P/SEAT DRV, S/HEATER

B+3 60 A FRT, DDM, E-SHIFTER2, MODULE10,
P/WINDOW DRV, P/WINDOW LH/RH)
MULTI ABS1 60 A ESP Module

FUSE-3
BLOWER 50 A E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)
ESP Control Module, Multipurpose Check

ABS 2 40 A
Connector
POWER
40 A Power Tailgate Module
TAILGATE
E-SHIFTER 1 40 A SCU (Shift By Wire Control Unit)
CVVD 40 A CVVD Actuator
9-54
9
Fuse
Type Fuse Name Circuit Protected
Rating
AUX BATTERY 60 A 12 V Lithium Auxiliary Battery
PDC (Fuse - BDC1, CCU, DOOR LOCK, BRAKE

B+4 60 A SWITCH, TAILGATE OPEN, S/HEATER REAR,
IPS13 (1CH))
PTC HEATER 1 50 A E/R Junction Block (PTC Heater1 Relay)
EOP 30 A Electronic Oil Pump
AMS 10 A
Battery Sensor
FUSE
HEAD LAMP LH 15 A Head Lamp LH
HEAD LAMP RH 15 A Head Lamp RH
FUEL PUMP 1 20 A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)
HEATED
15 A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, ECM
MIRROR
PTC HEATER 2 50 A E/R Junction Block (PTC Heater2 Relay)
4WD 20 A AWD ECM
9-55
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel (PCB block)
Fuse
Rating
POWER
20 A Power Outlet
OUTLET
WIPER FRT 1 30 A PCB Block (Wiper Front Low Relay), Front Wiper Motor
SENSOR 3 15 A [Smartstream G 1.6 T-GDi] Cooling Fan Controller
ECU 2 15 A ECM
ECU 1 20 A ECM/PCM
IGN COIL 20 A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4
WIPER RR 15 A E/R Junction Block (Rear Wiper Relay), Rear Wiper Motor
SENSOR 1 15 A Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)
INJECTOR 15 A [Smartstream G 2.0 Atkinson] Injector #1/#2/#3/#4
[Smartstream G 1.6 T-GDi] TCM, [Smartstream G 2.0 Atkinson]

TCU 2 15 A
Inhibitor Switch
[Smartstream G 1.6 T-GDi] ECM, CVVD Actuator, [Smartstream

ECU 4 10 A
G 2.0 Atkinson] PCM
FUEL PUMP 2 10 A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)
[Smartstream G 1.6 T-GDi] PCB Block (A/C Relay), RCV Control

Solenoid Valve, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Oil
Pump Solenoid, Oil Control Valve #1/#2, Canister Close Valve,
Oil Level Sensor
SENSOR 2 10 A [Smartstream G 2.0 Atkinson] PCB Block (A/C Relay), E/R
Junction Block (Cooling Fan 1/2 Relay), Canister Close Valve,
Oil Control Valve #1/#2, Oil Level Sensor, Purge Control
Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Oil Pressure
Solenoid Valve
SENSOR 4 10 A Electric oil pump
ABS 3 10 A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
A/C 1 10 A PCB Block (A/C Relay)
ECU 3 10 A ECM/PCM
[Smartstream G 1.6 T-GDi] TCM

TCU 1 15 A
[Smartstream G 2.0 Atkinson] PCM
ECU 5 10 A [Smartstream G 1.6 T-GDi] ECM
9-56
9
Fuse
Rating
HORN 15 A PCB Block (Horn Relay)
FCA 10 A Front Radar Unit
9-57
Maintenance
Light Bulbs Information

Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to This vehicle is equipped with desiccant to
replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is reduce fogging inside the headlight due
difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs to moisture. The desiccant is consumable
because other parts of the vehicle must and its performance may change based
be removed before you can get to the on the used period or environment. If
bulb. This is especially true for removing fogging inside the headlight due to
the headlight assembly to get to the moisture continues for a long time,
bulb(s). consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Removing/installing the headlight
assembly may result in damage to the
vehicle.
Information
WARNING The headlight and tail light lenses could
• Prior to replacing a light bulb, depress appear to have condensation inside if the
the brake pedal, shift to P (Park), apply vehicle is washed after driving or if the
the parking brake, press the Engine vehicle is driven in wet weather. This
Start/Stop button to the OFF position condition is caused by a higher
and take the key with you when leaving temperature inside the light and a cooler
the vehicle to avoid sudden movement outside temperature. Moisture that
of the vehicle and to prevent possible condenses in the light is removed after
electric shock. driving with the light on. If the moisture is
not removed, have the vehicle inspected
• Be aware the bulbs may be hot and may by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
burn your fingers.
NOTICE Information
• A normally functioning light may flicker
Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb momentarily to stabilize the vehicle’s
with one of the same wattage to prevent electrical control system. If the light
damage to the fuse or electrical wiring goes out, or continues to flicker, have
system. the system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• The parking light may not turn on when
NOTICE the parking light switch is turned on,
but the parking light and headlight
To prevent damage, do not clean the switch may turn on when the headlight
headlight lens with chemical solvents or switch is turned on. This may be caused
strong detergents. by network failure or vehicle electrical
control system malfunction. If this
occurs, have the system checked by an
9-58
9
Replacing turn signal light
Information 1. Apply the parking brake and turn off the
Adjust the headlight aim after an accident engine.
or the headlight is replaced. 2. Turn the wheel inwards and remove the
cap from the cover (on the back side of
the bumper) by using a flat-head
Front light replacement screwdriver.
Type A
2c_RepeaterLampChange1
3. Remove the cover.
2C_FrontLampOverveiw 4. Remove the socket cover by turning it
(1) Parking light/Daytime Running Light counterclockwise.
(DRL)
(2) Headlight (Low)
(3) Headlight (High)
(4) Turn signal light
(5) Front side marker
If the LED does not operate, have the
system inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED light cannot be replaced as a
single unit. A skilled technician should
check or repair the LED light, for it may 2c_RepeaterLampChange2
damage related parts of the vehicle.
9-59
Maintenance
5. Remove the bulb from the socket by Side repeater light

pressing it in and turning it replacement
counterclockwise.
2C_SideRepeaterLamp
2c_RepeaterLampChange3
If the side repeater light (1) does not
6.Install a new bulb and reinstall in the operate, have the system inspected by an
reverse order. authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Type B single unit. A skilled technician should
check or repair the LED light, for it may
Rear combination light

replacement
2C_FrontLampOverveiw
(1) Parking light/Daytime Running Light
(DRL)
(2) Headlight (Low)
(3) Headlight (High, Sub Low)
(4) Turn signal light
2C_RearLampOverview
(5) Front side marker
(1) Tail light
If the LED light does not operate, have the (2) Stop light
system inspected by an authorized (3) Turn signal light
HYUNDAI dealer.
(4) Reverse light
The LED light cannot be replaced as a (5) Rear side marker
check or repair the LED light, for it may If the LED light does not operate, have
damage related parts of the vehicle. your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
9-60
9
The LED light cannot be replaced as a License plate light
single unit. A skilled technician should replacement
License plate light (bulb type)
High mounted stop light
replacement
2C_LicensePlateLampBulb
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lens cover from the lamp
2C_HighMountedStopLamp housing.
If the LED light does not operate, have the 2. Remove the socket from the vehicle by
system inspected by an authorized turning it counterclockwise.
HYUNDAI dealer.
3. Push down the connector clip and pull
The LED light cannot be replaced as a the connector to remove it from the
single unit. A skilled technician should socket.
damage related parts of the vehicle. 4. Install a new bulb and reinstall in the
reverse order.
License plate light (LED type)

If the LED light does not operate, have the
system inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
9-61
Maintenance
Interior light replacement Glove box lamp
Map lamp, room lamp, vanity mirror

lamp, glove box lamp, mood lamp,
and luggage compartment lamp
(LED type)
Map lamp
2C_GloveBoxLampLED
Mood lamp
2C_MapLampLED
Room lamp
2C_MoodLampLED
Luggage compartment lamp
2C_RoomLampLED
Vanity mirror lamp
2C_LuggagRoomLampLED
If the LED lamp does not operate, have
HYUNDAI dealer.
2C_SunvisorLampLED
9-62
9
Map lamp, room lamp, vanity mirror Glove box lamp
lamp, and glove box lamp (bulb type)
Map lamp
2C_GloveBoxLampBulb
1. Using a flat-head screwdriver, gently
2C_MapLampBulb pry the lens from the interior light
Room lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
3. Install a new bulb into the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior light
housing notches and snap the lens into
place.
NOTICE
Be careful not to damage the cover, tab,
and plastic housing.
2C_RoomLampBulb
Vanity mirror lamp
2C_SunvisorLampBulb
9-63
Maintenance
Appearance Care WARNING

After washing the vehicle, dry the brakes
Exterior care by applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward speed.
Exterior general caution

It is very important to follow the label NOTICE
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and • Do not use strong soap, chemical
caution statements that appear on the detergents, or hot water, and do not
label. wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or
when the body of the vehicle is warm.
Finish maintenance • To prevent damage to the plastic parts,
do not clean with chemical solvents or
Washing strong detergents.
To help protect your vehicle’s finish from
rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly
and frequently at least once a month with NOTICE
lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to the
removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign materials. Make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are kept clear
and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution, and similar deposits
may damage your vehicle’s finish if not 2C_VehicleWashCaution
removed immediately. • Water washing in the engine
Even prompt washing with plain water compartment including high pressure
may not completely remove all these water washing may cause the failure of
deposits. Use a mild soap, safe for use on electrical circuits located in the engine
painted surfaces. compartment.
After washing, rinse the vehicle • Never allow water or other liquids to
thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. come in contact with electrical/
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish. electronic components inside the
vehicle to prevent damage.
NOTICE
High pressure water may damage front
and rear cameras, sensors, vehicle trim,
and boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors.
9-64
9
NOTICE NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped) Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Automatic car wash which uses rotating Do not use any polish protector such as
brushes should not be used as this can detergent, abrasive, or polish. If wax is
damage the surface of your vehicle. A applied, remove the wax immediately
steam cleaner which washes the vehicle using a silicone remover. If any tar or tar
surface at high temperature may result contaminant is on the surface, use a tar
the oil to adhere and leave stains that is remover to clean.
difficult to remove. Be careful not to apply too much pressure
Use a soft cloth (for example, microfiber on the painted area.
towel or sponge) when washing your
vehicle and dry with a microfiber towel.
When you hand wash your vehicle, you Finish damage repair
should not use a cleaner that finishes with Deep scratches or stone chips on the
wax. If the vehicle surface is too dirty painted surface must be repaired
(sand, dirt, dust, contaminant, etc.), clean promptly. Exposed metal quickly rusts
the surface with water before washing and may develop into a major repair
the car. expense.
NOTICE
Waxing
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
A good coat of wax helps protect your
any metal repair or replacement, make
paint from contaminants.
sure the body shop applies anticorrosion
Wax the vehicle when water no longer materials to the parts repaired or
beads on the paint. replaced.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste
wax, and follow the manufacturer’s NOTICE
instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect
it and to maintain its luster. Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials It is impossible to modify only repaint the
with a spot remover usually strips the wax damaged area. The whole part must be
from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these repainted as necessary. If the vehicle is
areas even if the rest of the vehicle does damaged and painting is required, have
not yet need waxing. your vehicle maintained and repaired by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Take
NOTICE extreme care, as it is difficult to restore
• Do not wipe dust or dirt off the body the quality after the repair.
with a dry cloth to prevent scratching
the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts to prevent
discoloration or paint deterioration.
9-65
Maintenance
Bright-metal maintenance Aluminum wheel maintenance

• To remove road tar and insects, use a The aluminum wheels are coated with a
tar remover, not a scraper or other clear protective finish.
sharp object. • Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing
• To protect the surfaces of bright metal compound, solvent, or wire brushes on
parts from corrosion, apply a coating of aluminum wheels.
wax or chrome preservative and rub to • Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
a high luster.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
• During winter weather or in coastal detergent, and rinse thoroughly with
areas, cover the bright metal parts with water. Also, clean the wheels after
a heavier coating of wax or driving on salted roads.
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum • Do not wash the wheels with high
jelly or other protective compound. speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any cleaners containing acid
or alkaline detergents.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and snow
removal and dust control may collect on Corrosion protection
the underbody. If these materials are not
removed, accelerated rusting may occur Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
on underbody parts such as fuel lines, By using the most advanced design and
frame, floor pan, and exhaust system, construction practices to combat
even though they have been treated with corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehicles of
rust protection. the highest quality. However, this is only
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody part of the job. To achieve the long term
and wheel openings with lukewarm or corrosion resistance your vehicle can
cold water once a month, after off-road deliver, the owner’s cooperation and
driving and at the end of each winter. Pay assistance are also required.
special attention to these areas because it
is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It Common causes of corrosion
does more harm than good to wet down The most common causes of corrosion on
the road grime without removing it. The your vehicle are:
lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
frame members have drain holes that allowed to accumulate underneath the
must not be allowed to clog with dirt. vehicle.
Trapped water in these areas may cause
• Removal of paint or protective coatings
rusting.
by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor
scrapes and dents which leave
unprotected metal exposed to
corrosion.
9-66
9
High-corrosion areas • If you live in a high-corrosion area -
If you live in an area where your vehicle is where road salts are used, near the
regularly exposed to corrosive materials, ocean, areas with industrial pollution,
corrosion protection is particularly acid rain, etc.-, you should take extra
important. Some of the common causes care to prevent corrosion. In winter,
of accelerated corrosion are road salts, hose off the underside of your vehicle
dust control chemicals, ocean air and at least once a month and be sure to
industrial pollution. clean the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
Moisture breeds corrosion • When cleaning underneath the vehicle,
Moisture creates the conditions in which pay particular attention to the
corrosion is most likely to occur. For components under the fenders and
example, corrosion is accelerated by high other areas that are hidden from view.
humidity, particularly when temperatures Do a thorough job; just dampening the
are just above freezing. In such accumulated mud rather than washing
conditions, the corrosive material is kept it away will accelerate corrosion rather
in contact with the vehicle surfaces by than prevent it. Water under high
moisture that is slow to evaporate. pressure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
Mud is particularly corrosive because it is mud and corrosive materials.
slow to dry and holds moisture in contact
with the vehicle. Although the mud • When cleaning lower door panels,
appears to be dry, it can still retain rocker panels and frame members, be
moisture and promote corrosion. sure that drain holes are kept open so
that moisture can escape and not be
High temperatures can also accelerate trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
corrosion of parts that are not properly
ventilated so the moisture can be Keep your garage dry
dispersed. For all these reasons, it is Don’t park your vehicle in a damp, poorly
particularly important to keep your ventilated garage. This creates a
vehicle clean and free of mud or favorable environment for corrosion. This
accumulations of other materials. This is particularly true if you wash your
applies not only to the visible surfaces but vehicle in the garage or drive it into the
particularly to the underside of the garage when it is still wet or covered with
vehicle. snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage
can contribute to corrosion unless it is
To help prevent corrosion well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep your vehicle clean Keep paint and trim in good condition
The best way to prevent corrosion is to Scratches or chips in the finish should be
keep your vehicle clean and free of covered with “touch-up” paint as soon as
corrosive materials. Attention to the possible to reduce the possibility of
underside of the vehicle is particularly corrosion. If bare metal is showing
important. through, the attention of a qualified body
and paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive and
may damage painted surfaces in just a
few hours. Always remove bird droppings
as soon as possible.
9-67
Maintenance
Interior care Fabric (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Interior general precautions
Clean with a mild soap solution
Prevent caustic solutions such as recommended for upholstery or carpets.
perfume and cosmetic oil, from Remove fresh spots immediately with a
contacting the interior parts because they fabric spot cleaner. If you do not pay
may cause damage or discoloration. If attention to fresh spots immediately, the
they do contact the interior parts, wipe fabric may be stained and its color may be
them off immediately. Refer to the affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties
instructions for the proper way to clean may be reduced if the material is not
vehicle interior surfaces. properly maintained.
NOTICE NOTICE
• Never allow water or other liquids to Using anything but recommended
come in contact with cleaners and procedures may affect the
electrical/electronic components fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant
inside the vehicle because this may properties.
damage them.
• When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats, etc.), use neutral Leather (if equipped)
detergents or low alcohol content • Features of seat leather
solutions. If you use high alcohol
content solutions or acid/ alkaline - Leather is made from the outer skin
detergents, the color of the leather may of an animal, which goes through a
fade or the surface may get stripped special process to be available for
off. use. Since it is a natural product, each
part differs in thickness or density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
Cleaning the upholstery and interior result of stretching and shrinking
trim depending on the temperature and
humidity.
Vehicle interior surfaces (if equipped) - The seat is made of stretchable fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from interior to improve comfort.
surfaces with a whisk broom or a vacuum - The parts contacting the body are
cleaner. curved and the side supporting area
If necessary, clean interior surfaces with a is high which provides driving
mixture of warm water and mild comfort and stability.
non-detergent cleaner (test all cleaners - Wrinkles may appear naturally from
on a concealed area before use). usage. It is not a fault of the products.
9-68
9
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
NOTICE
Apply a small amount of neutral
• Wrinkles or abrasions which appear detergent and wipe until
naturally from usage are not covered by contaminations do not smear.
warranty. - Oil
• Belts with metallic accessories, zippers Remove oil instantly with absorbable
or keys inside the back pocket may cloth and wipe with stain remover
damage the seat fabric. used only for natural leather.
• Make sure not to wet the seat. It may - Chewing gum
change the nature of natural leather.
Harden the gum with ice and remove
• Jeans or clothes which could bleach gradually.
may contaminate the surface of the
seat covering fabric.
Interior wooden trim
• Use a wooden furniture protector (for
• Caring for the leather seats example, wax, coating compound) to
- Vacuum the seat periodically to clean the interior wooden trim.
remove dust and sand on the seat. It • Often wipe the interior wooden trim
will prevent abrasion or damage of with a lint-free, clean cloth to maintain
the leather and maintain its quality. the unique wooden textures for a
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover longer period of time.
often with dry or soft cloth. • If you spill beverage (for example,
- Use of proper leather protector may water, coffee) over the interior wooden
prevent abrasion of the cover and trim, immediately wipe it with clean,
helps maintain the color. Be sure to dry cloth.
read the instructions and consult a • Sharp objects (for example, driver,
specialist when using leather coating knife), adhesive materials, or tapes may
or protective agent. damage the interior wooden trim.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige) • Any strong impacts may damage the
leather is easily contaminated and interior wooden trim.
the stain is noticeable. Clean the
• If the coating finish over the interior
seats frequently.
wooden trim is removed, moisture may
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may damage or change wood traits.
cause the surface to crack.
• If the interior wooden trim is damaged,
• Cleaning the leather seats you may get a splinter from the wood
- Remove all contaminations instantly. surface. Have the damaged interior
Refer to instructions below for wooden trim replaced by an authorized
removal of each contaminant. HYUNDAI dealer.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and
wipe the contaminated spot. Wipe
off the cream with a wet cloth and
remove water with a dry cloth.
9-69
Maintenance
Cleaning the seat belt webbing Emission Control System

Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for cleaning The emission control system of your
upholstery or carpet. Follow the vehicle is covered by a written limited
instructions provided with the soap. warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Owner's
WARNING Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet in your vehicle.
Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission
because this may weaken the seat belt.
control system to meet all applicable
emission regulations. There are three
emission control systems, as follows:
Cleaning the interior window glass
• Crankcase emission control system
If the interior glass surfaces need to be
cleaned, use a glass cleaner. Follow the • Evaporative emission control system
directions on the glass cleaner container. • Exhaust emission control system
NOTICE In order to ensure the proper function of
the emission control systems, it is
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the recommended that you have your vehicle
rear window. This may result in damage inspected and maintained by an
to the rear window defroster grid. authorized HYUNDAI dealer in
accordance with the maintenance
schedule in this manual.
NOTICE
For the Inspection and Maintenance Test
(with Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring
during dynamometer testing, turn the
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system off by pressing the ESC switch
(ESC OFF light illuminated).
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system back
on by pressing the ESC switch again.
9-70
9
Crankcase emission control Exhaust emission control
system system
The positive crankcase ventilation system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a
is employed to prevent air pollution highly effective system which controls
caused by blow-by gases being emitted exhaust emissions while maintaining
from the crankcase. This system supplies good vehicle performance.
fresh filtered air to the crankcase through When the engine starts or fails to start,
the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, excessive attempts to restart the engine
the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, may cause damage to the emission
which then pass through the PCV valve system.
into the induction system.
Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide)

Evaporative emission control precautions
system including Onboard • Carbon monoxide can be present with
Refueling Vapor Recovery other exhaust fumes. If you smell
(ORVR) exhaust fumes of any kind in your
vehicle, drive with all the windows fully
The Evaporative Emission Control System open. Have your vehicle checked and
is designed to prevent fuel vapors from repaired immediately.
escaping into the atmosphere. The ORVR
system is designed to allow the vapors • Do not operate the engine in confined
from the fuel tank to be loaded into a or closed areas (such as garages) any
canister while refueling at the gas station, more than what is necessary to move
preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the vehicle in or out of the area.
the atmosphere. • When the vehicle is stopped in an open
area for more than a short time with the
engine running, adjust the ventilation
Canister system (as needed) to draw outside air
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank into the vehicle.
are absorbed and stored in the onboard
• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle
canister. When the engine is running, the
for any extended time with the engine
fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are
running.
drawn into the surge tank through the
purge control solenoid valve. • When the engine stalls or fails to start,
excessive attempts to restart the
engine may cause damage to the
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV) emission control system.
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control Module WARNING
(ECM); when the engine coolant
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon
temperature is low during idling, the
monoxide (CO). Though colorless and
PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not
odorless, it is dangerous and could be
taken into the engine. After the engine
lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions
warms-up during ordinary driving, the
on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel
to the engine.
9-71
Maintenance
WARNING NOTICE
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING To prevent damage to the catalytic
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of converter and to your vehicle, take the
automobile components and parts, following precautions:
including components found in the • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline
interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or engines.
emit chemicals known to the State of • Do not operate the vehicle when there
California to cause cancer and birth are signs of engine malfunction, such
defects and reproductive harm. In as misfire or a noticeable loss of
addition, certain fluids contained in performance.
vehicles and certain products of
component wear contain or emit • Do not misuse or abuse the engine.
chemicals known to the State of Examples of misuse are coasting with
California to cause cancer and birth the engine off and descending steep
defects or other reproductive harm. grades in gear with the engine off.
• Do not operate the engine at high idle
speed for extended periods (5 minutes
Operating precautions for catalytic or more).
converters • Do not modify or tamper with any part
if equipped of the engine or emission control
system. Have all inspections and
WARNING adjustments made by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
The exhaust system and catalytic system
are very hot while the engine is running or • Avoid driving with an extremely low
immediately after the engine is turned off. fuel level.
To avoid serious injury or death: Running out of fuel could cause the
• Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle engine to misfire, damaging the
over or near flammable objects, such as catalytic converter.
grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. A Failure to follow these precautions may
hot exhaust system may ignite void your vehicle warranty.
flammable items under your vehicle.
• Keep away from the exhaust system
and catalytic converter or you may get
burned.
Also, do not remove the heat sink around
the exhaust system, do not seal the
bottom of the vehicle, and do not coat the
vehicle for corrosion control. It may
present a fire risk under certain
conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic

converter emission control device.
9-72
9
California Perchlorate
Notice
Perchlorate Material-special handling
may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/
hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such as
air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners
and keyless remote entry batteries, must
be disposed of according to Title 22
California Code of Regulations Section
67384.10 (a).
9-73
Index
I
Index
A
Accessing your vehicle ................................................................................................................5-5
Immobilizer system ................................................................................................................... 5-12
Smart key .....................................................................................................................................5-5
Active air flap ..............................................................................................................................6-57
Malfunction ............................................................................................................................... 6-58
Air cleaner .................................................................................................................................. 9-26
Filter replacement .................................................................................................................... 9-26
Air conditioner compressor label ............................................................................................ 2-20
Air conditioning system ............................................................................................................ 2-15
Air ventilation seats ................................................................................................................... 3-17
Airbag - Supplemental Restraint System ................................................................................3-37
Additional safety precautions ...................................................................................................3-57
Airbag warning labels ................................................................................................................3-57
How does the airbags system operate? .................................................................................. 3-43
Occupant Classification System (OCS) ................................................................................... 3-46
SRS care .................................................................................................................................... 3-56
SRS components ...................................................................................................................... 3-39
SRS warning light ..................................................................................................................... 3-46
What to expect after an airbag inflates .................................................................................. 3-45
Where are the airbags? ............................................................................................................ 3-40
Why didn’t my airbag go off in a collision? ..............................................................................3-52
All wheel drive (AWD) ............................................................................................................... 6-44
All wheel drive (AWD) mode .................................................................................................... 6-46
Emergency precautions ........................................................................................................... 6-48
Appearance care ....................................................................................................................... 9-64
Exterior care .............................................................................................................................. 9-64
Interior care ..............................................................................................................................9-68
Automatic climate control system .......................................................................................... 5-85
Automatic heating and air conditioning ................................................................................. 5-86
Manual heating and air conditioning ...................................................................................... 5-87
System maintenance ................................................................................................................ 5-92
Automatic transmission ............................................................................................................6-10
Automatic transmission operation ...........................................................................................6-10
Cluster display message ...........................................................................................................6-14
Good driving practices .............................................................................................................. 6-17
Paddle shifter (manual shift mode) .......................................................................................... 6-17
B
Battery .........................................................................................................................................9-31
Battery capacity label .............................................................................................................. 9-32
Battery recharging .................................................................................................................... 9-33
For best battery service ........................................................................................................... 9-32
Reset items ............................................................................................................................... 9-34
Before driving .............................................................................................................................. 6-3
Before entering the vehicle ....................................................................................................... 6-4
Before starting ............................................................................................................................ 6-4
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) ......................................................................... 7-39
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations .....................................7-45
I-2
I
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist operation .................................................................. 7-42
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist settings ...................................................................... 7-41
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) ................................................................................................7-67
Blind-Spot View Monitor malfunction .................................................................................... 7-69
Blind-Spot View Monitor operation ........................................................................................ 7-68
Blind-Spot View Monitor settings ........................................................................................... 7-68
Brake fluid .................................................................................................................................. 9-24
Checking the brake fluid level ................................................................................................. 9-24
Braking system ..........................................................................................................................6-30
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) .................................................................................................6-36
Auto hold ................................................................................................................................... 6-33
Brake Assistant System (BAS) ..................................................................................................6-43
Disc brakes wear indicator .......................................................................................................6-30
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) ..................................................................................................6-41
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) .................................................................................................6-31
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............................................................................................6-38
Good braking practices ............................................................................................................6-43
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ..................................................................................................6-41
Power-assist brakes .................................................................................................................6-30
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .....................................................................................6-40
Bulb wattage ............................................................................................................................... 2-12
C
Cabin air filter ............................................................................................................................ 9-27
Filter inspection ........................................................................................................................ 9-27
Filter replacement .................................................................................................................... 9-27
California Perchlorate Notice .................................................................................................. 9-73
Center console overview ............................................................................................................ 2-6
Child Restraint System (CRS) ................................................................................................... 3-28
Children always in the rear ...................................................................................................... 3-28
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ............................................................................... 3-30
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ............................................................................... 3-29
Climate control additional features ........................................................................................ 5-97
Air conditioning auto-drying .................................................................................................... 5-97
Auto defogging system ............................................................................................................ 5-97
Auto dehumidify .......................................................................................................................5-98
Recirculating air when entering a tunnel ................................................................................5-99
Recirculating air when washer fluid is used ...........................................................................5-99
Scheduled ventilation control ................................................................................................ 5-100
Sunroof inside air recirculation ................................................................................................ 5-99
Cluster display ...........................................................................................................................4-30
Cluster display control .............................................................................................................4-30
View modes ...............................................................................................................................4-30
Consumer information .............................................................................................................. 2-21
Cruise Control (CC) .................................................................................................................... 7-69
Cruise Control operation .......................................................................................................... 7-69
D
Declaration of conformity .......................................................................................................7-150
I-3
Index
Front radar ............................................................................................................................... 7-150

Rear corner radar ...................................................................................................................... 7-151
Dimensions .................................................................................................................................. 2-11
Door locks ...................................................................................................................................5-22
Auto Door Lock/Unlock features ..............................................................................................5-25
Child-protector rear door locks ................................................................................................5-25
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle .......................................................................5-22
Operating door unlocks from inside the vehicle .....................................................................5-23
Drive mode integrated control system (2WD) ....................................................................... 6-54
Drive mode (2WD) .................................................................................................................... 6-54
Drive mode integrated control system (AWD) ....................................................................... 6-56
Drive mode (AWD) .................................................................................................................... 6-56
Driver assistance system notice .................................................................................................7-4
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ..............................................................................................7-62
Driver Attention Warning malfunction and limitations ......................................................... 7-64
Driver Attention Warning operation ........................................................................................ 7-63
Driver Attention Warning settings ............................................................................................7-62
E
Emission control system .......................................................................................................... 9-70
Crankcase emission control system ........................................................................................ 9-71
Evaporative emission control system including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery
(ORVR) ........................................................................................................................................ 9-71
Exhaust emission control system ............................................................................................. 9-71
Engine .......................................................................................................................................... 2-12
Engine compartment .................................................................................................................. 9-4
Engine compartment overview ................................................................................................. 2-9
Engine coolant ........................................................................................................................... 9-22
Changing coolant ..................................................................................................................... 9-24
Checking the coolant level ...................................................................................................... 9-22
Engine number .......................................................................................................................... 2-20
Engine oil .....................................................................................................................................9-19
Checking the engine oil and filter ........................................................................................... 9-20
Checking the engine oil level ...................................................................................................9-19
Engine Start/Stop button ........................................................................................................... 6-5
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ....................................................................... 9-17
Air cleaner filter ......................................................................................................................... 9-17
Air conditioning refrigerant ......................................................................................................9-19
Automatic Transmission fluid ...................................................................................................9-18
Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors .....................................................................................9-18
Brake fluid ..................................................................................................................................9-18
Brake hoses and lines ................................................................................................................9-18
Cooling system ..........................................................................................................................9-18
Drive belts .................................................................................................................................. 9-17
Drive shafts and boots ..............................................................................................................9-19
Engine coolant ...........................................................................................................................9-18
Engine oil and filter ................................................................................................................... 9-17
Exhaust pipe and muffler ..........................................................................................................9-19
Fuel Filter ................................................................................................................................... 9-17
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections .................................................................................... 9-17
I-4
I
Intelligent variable transmission fluid ......................................................................................9-18
Parking brake .............................................................................................................................9-18
Spark plugs ................................................................................................................................. 9-17
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint ........................................................9-19
Suspension mounting bolts ......................................................................................................9-19
Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses ....................................................................................... 9-17
Valve clearance .......................................................................................................................... 9-17
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap ................................................................................................... 9-17
Exterior features ........................................................................................................................ 5-111
Hitch mounted accessories .....................................................................................................5-112
Roof side rails ............................................................................................................................ 5-111
Exterior lights ............................................................................................................................. 5-65
Battery saver function .............................................................................................................. 5-67
Daytime Running Light (DRL) ..................................................................................................5-68
Headlight delay function .......................................................................................................... 5-67
High beam operation ...............................................................................................................5-66
Interior button lights ................................................................................................................ 5-67
Lighting control ......................................................................................................................... 5-65
Turn signals and lane change signals ...................................................................................... 5-66
Welcome system ......................................................................................................................5-68
Exterior overview (Front view) .................................................................................................. 2-2
Exterior overview (Rear view) .................................................................................................... 2-3
F
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view camera only) ................................... 7-4
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations .......................................... 7-9
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist operation .........................................................................7-7
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist settings ............................................................................7-5
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion) ................................................... 7-16
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations .........................................7-25
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist operation ...................................................................... 7-20
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist settings .......................................................................... 7-18
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) .............................................................7-121
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction and limitations ......................... 7-124
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation ....................................................... 7-122
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning settings .......................................................... 7-122
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) .................................................. 7-126
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation .............................................. 7-127
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning settings ................................................. 7-127
Parking Distance Warning malfunction and limitations .......................................................7-130
Fuel filler door .............................................................................................................................5-61
Closing the fuel filler door .........................................................................................................5-61
Opening the fuel filler door .......................................................................................................5-61
Fuel requirements ........................................................................................................................1-8
Fuses ...........................................................................................................................................9-46
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement .......................................................................9-48
Fuse/relay panel description ...................................................................................................9-49
Instrument panel fuse replacement ........................................................................................ 9-47
I-5
Index
G
Guide to HYUNDAI Genuine Parts .............................................................................................. 1-4
H
Hazard warning flasher .............................................................................................................. 8-2
High Beam Assist (HBA) ............................................................................................................ 5-69
High Beam Assist malfunction and limitations ....................................................................... 5-71
High Beam Assist operation .................................................................................................... 5-70
High Beam Assist settings ....................................................................................................... 5-70
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) ...................................................................................................7-97
Highway Driving Assist Malfunction and Limitations ............................................................7-101
Highway Driving Assist operation ........................................................................................... 7-99
Highway Driving Assist settings .............................................................................................. 7-98
Hood ............................................................................................................................................ 5-51
Closing the hood .......................................................................................................................5-52
Opening the hood ...................................................................................................................... 5-51
How to use this manual ............................................................................................................... 1-6
Hyundai Digital Key 2 Touch ..................................................................................................... 5-13
Digital key (Card key) ................................................................................................................5-18
Digital key (smartphone) .......................................................................................................... 5-13
Limitations of the system ......................................................................................................... 5-21
Used vehicle/Digital key maintenance .................................................................................... 5-21
HYUNDAI Motor America ............................................................................................................ 1-3
I
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) ...............................................................................................................6-49
Calibrating the battery sensor ................................................................................................. 6-52
Conditions that restart the engine ........................................................................................... 6-51
ISG malfunction ........................................................................................................................ 6-52
ISG system off ............................................................................................................................ 6-51
ISG system operation ...............................................................................................................6-49
If the engine does not start ........................................................................................................ 8-3
If the engine overheats ................................................................................................................8-7
If you have a flat tire (With spare tire) .....................................................................................8-13
Changing tires ............................................................................................................................8-14
Jack and tools ............................................................................................................................8-13
Jack label ...................................................................................................................................8-19
If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit) .......................................................................... 8-20
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit ....................................................................................... 8-22
How to adjust tire pressure ..................................................................................................... 8-26
Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 8-20
Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility ............................................................................... 8-21
Using the Tire Mobility Kit when a tire is flat .......................................................................... 8-23
Important safety precautions .....................................................................................................3-2
Airbag hazards .............................................................................................................................3-2
Always wear your seat belt .........................................................................................................3-2
Control your speed ..................................................................................................................... 3-3
Driver distraction .........................................................................................................................3-2
Keep your vehicle in safe condition .......................................................................................... 3-3
I-6
I
Never drink or take drugs and drive .......................................................................................... 3-3
Restrain all children .................................................................................................................... 3-2
In case of an emergency while driving ..................................................................................... 8-2
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing .......................................................................... 8-2
If the engine stalls while driving ................................................................................................ 8-2
If you have a flat tire while driving ............................................................................................ 8-3
Infotainment system .................................................................................................................5-112
Antenna .....................................................................................................................................5-113
Bluetooth® wireless technology ..............................................................................................5-115
Infotainment system ............................................................................................................... 5-114
Steering wheel remote controls ..............................................................................................5-113
USB Port ....................................................................................................................................5-112
Voice recognition ..................................................................................................................... 5-114
Instrument cluster ....................................................................................................................... 4-2
Cluster display messages ......................................................................................................... 4-26
Gauges and meters ..................................................................................................................... 4-5
Instrument cluster control ......................................................................................................... 4-4
Transmission shift indicator ..................................................................................................... 4-10
Warning and indicator lights .................................................................................................... 4-10
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA) ....................................................................................... 7-56
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist malfunction and limitations ................................................... 7-59
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist operation ..................................................................................7-57
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist settings .....................................................................................7-57
Intelligent Variable Transmission .............................................................................................6-18
Good driving practices ............................................................................................................. 6-28
Intelligent Variable Transmission (Rotary gear shift dial type) ..............................................6-21
Intelligent Variable Transmission (Shift lever type) ................................................................6-19
Parking ....................................................................................................................................... 6-28
Interior features ........................................................................................................................5-102
Cargo area cover .................................................................................................................... 5-109
Cargo net holder ..................................................................................................................... 5-108
Cargo tray ................................................................................................................................. 5-110
Clock .........................................................................................................................................5-107
Coat hook .................................................................................................................................5-107
Cup holder ................................................................................................................................5-102
Floor mat anchor(s) ................................................................................................................ 5-108
Power outlet .............................................................................................................................5-103
Sunvisor ....................................................................................................................................5-103
USB charger ............................................................................................................................ 5-104
Wireless smartphone charging system ..................................................................................5-105
Interior lights ..............................................................................................................................5-72
Ambient light ............................................................................................................................. 5-74
Cargo area lamp ....................................................................................................................... 5-74
Front lamps ................................................................................................................................5-72
Glove box lamp ......................................................................................................................... 5-73
Interior lamp Auto off ................................................................................................................5-72
Rear lamps ................................................................................................................................ 5-73
Vanity mirror lamp .................................................................................................................... 5-73
Interior overview ......................................................................................................................... 2-4
Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 1-2
I-7
Index
J
Jump starting .............................................................................................................................. 8-4
L
Lane Following Assist (LFA) ..................................................................................................... 7-93
Lane Following Assist malfunction and limitations ............................................................... 7-96
Lane Following Assist operation .............................................................................................. 7-94
Lane Following Assist settings ................................................................................................ 7-93
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) .........................................................................................................7-33
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction and limitations ...................................................................7-37
Lane Keeping Assist operation .................................................................................................7-34
Lane Keeping Assist settings ....................................................................................................7-33
Liftgate ........................................................................................................................................5-52
Closing the liftgate ....................................................................................................................5-52
Emergency liftgate safety release ........................................................................................... 5-53
Opening the liftgate ..................................................................................................................5-52
Light bulbs ................................................................................................................................. 9-58
Front light replacement ........................................................................................................... 9-59
High mounted stop light replacement ....................................................................................9-61
Interior light replacement ........................................................................................................ 9-62
License plate light replacement ...............................................................................................9-61
Rear combination light replacement ......................................................................................9-60
Side repeater light replacement ..............................................................................................9-60
M
Maintenance services ................................................................................................................. 9-6
Owner maintenance precautions .............................................................................................. 9-6
Owner’s responsibility ................................................................................................................ 9-6
Manual climate control system ............................................................................................... 5-78
Heating and air conditioning ................................................................................................... 5-78
System maintenance ................................................................................................................ 5-83
System operation ..................................................................................................................... 5-82
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA) ...........................................................................................7-53
Manual Speed Limit Assist operation ......................................................................................7-54
Manual Speed Limit Assist settings .........................................................................................7-53
Mirrors ......................................................................................................................................... 5-31
Inside rearview mirror ............................................................................................................... 5-31
Reverse parking aid .................................................................................................................. 5-42
Side view mirrors ....................................................................................................................... 5-41
N
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC) ....................................................................7-87
Limitations of Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control ........................................................ 7-89
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control operation ............................................................... 7-88
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control settings .................................................................. 7-88
O
Open source software notice .................................................................................................. 2-20
I-8
I
Owner maintenance .................................................................................................................... 9-7
Owner maintenance schedule ................................................................................................... 9-7
P
Power liftgate ............................................................................................................................ 5-54
Emergency liftgate safety release ........................................................................................... 5-58
Operating the power liftgate ................................................................................................... 5-55
Power liftgate operating conditions ........................................................................................ 5-54
Resetting the power liftgate .................................................................................................... 5-58
Setting the power liftgate ........................................................................................................ 5-57
R
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) .........................................................7-112
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations ........................ 7-117
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist operation ......................................................7-114
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist settings .........................................................7-113
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) ........................................................................................................5-27
Rear View Monitor (RVM) ........................................................................................................7-103
Rear View Monitor malfunction and limitations ....................................................................7-106
Rear View Monitor operation ..................................................................................................7-105
Rear View Monitor settings .....................................................................................................7-104
Recommended lubricants and capacities ...............................................................................2-16
Recommended SAE viscosity number ..................................................................................... 2-17
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) ..................................................................................... 7-139
Remote Smart Parking Assist malfunction and limitations ..................................................7-146
Remote Smart Parking Assist operation .................................................................................7-141
Remote Smart Parking Assist settings ...................................................................................7-140
Reporting safety defects .......................................................................................................... 2-22
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA) .............................................................. 7-133
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and limitations .......................... 7-135
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist operation ........................................................ 7-134
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist settings ........................................................... 7-133
S
Safe Exit Warning (SEW) ........................................................................................................... 7-49
Safe Exit Warning malfunction and limitations ....................................................................... 7-51
Safe Exit Warning operation .................................................................................................... 7-50
Safe Exit Warning settings ....................................................................................................... 7-49
Safety messages ........................................................................................................................... 1-7
Scheduled maintenance services ..............................................................................................9-9
Maintenance under severe usage and low mileage conditions .............................................9-15
Normal maintenance schedule ................................................................................................ 9-11
Seat belts .....................................................................................................................................3-18
Additional seat belt safety precautions .................................................................................. 3-25
Care of seat belts .......................................................................................................................3-27
Seat belt restraint system ........................................................................................................ 3-20
Seat belt safety precautions .....................................................................................................3-18
Seat belt warning light ..............................................................................................................3-19
Seats .............................................................................................................................................. 3-4
I-9
Index
Front seats ...................................................................................................................................3-7

Head restraint ............................................................................................................................ 3-12
Rear seats ...................................................................................................................................3-10
Safety precautions ..................................................................................................................... 3-6
Seats warmers ............................................................................................................................3-16
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) .......................................................................................................7-73
Smart Cruise Control malfunction and limitations ................................................................. 7-81
Smart Cruise Control operation ...............................................................................................7-74
Smart Cruise Control settings ..................................................................................................7-73
Smart ISG system ...................................................................................................................... 6-53
Automatic restart when leading vehicle departs ................................................................... 6-53
Limitations of Smart ISG .......................................................................................................... 6-53
Smart liftgate ............................................................................................................................. 5-59
Deactivating smart liftgate ...................................................................................................... 5-60
Detecting area .......................................................................................................................... 5-60
Using smart liftgate .................................................................................................................. 5-59
Special driving conditions ........................................................................................................ 6-58
Driving at night ......................................................................................................................... 6-59
Driving in flooded areas ...........................................................................................................6-60
Driving in the rain ..................................................................................................................... 6-59
Hazardous driving conditions .................................................................................................. 6-58
Highway driving ........................................................................................................................6-60
Rocking the vehicle .................................................................................................................. 6-59
Smooth cornering ..................................................................................................................... 6-59
Steering wheel ........................................................................................................................... 5-28
Haptic warning/Steering wheel vibration warning ................................................................ 5-30
Horn ........................................................................................................................................... 5-30
Motor Driven Power Steering (MDPS) .................................................................................... 5-28
Steering wheel heater .............................................................................................................. 5-29
Tilt/Telescopic steering ............................................................................................................ 5-28
Steering wheel control overview .............................................................................................. 2-8
Storage compartment .............................................................................................................5-100
Center console storage ........................................................................................................... 5-101
Glove box ................................................................................................................................. 5-101
Passenger seat open tray ........................................................................................................ 5-101
Removable partition ................................................................................................................ 5-101
Surround View Monitor (SVM) ................................................................................................ 7-107
Surround View Monitor malfunction and limitations .............................................................7-111
Surround view monitor operation ..........................................................................................7-109
Surround View Monitor settings ............................................................................................. 7-107
T
Theft-alarm system ................................................................................................................... 5-26
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ................................................................................. 8-8
Changing a tire with TPMS ....................................................................................................... 8-12
Check tire pressure .................................................................................................................... 8-9
Low tire pressure indicator .......................................................................................................8-10
Low tire pressure position and tire pressure telltale ..............................................................8-10
Tire Pressure Monitoring System .............................................................................................. 8-9
TPMS malfunction indicator ......................................................................................................8-11
I-10
I
Tire specification and pressure label .......................................................................................2-19
Tires and wheels ...............................................................................................................2-14, 9-34
All Season tires ..........................................................................................................................9-44
Check tire inflation pressure ....................................................................................................9-36
Low aspect ratio tires ...............................................................................................................9-45
Radial-Ply Tires .........................................................................................................................9-45
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures .......................................................................... 9-35
Snow tires .................................................................................................................................. 9-45
Summer tires .............................................................................................................................9-44
Tire care ..................................................................................................................................... 9-35
Tire maintenance ......................................................................................................................9-38
Tire replacement ....................................................................................................................... 9-37
Tire rotation ...............................................................................................................................9-36
Tire sidewall labeling ................................................................................................................9-38
Tire terminology and definitions ..............................................................................................9-41
Tire traction ...............................................................................................................................9-38
Wheel alignment and tire balance .......................................................................................... 9-37
Wheel replacement ..................................................................................................................9-38
Towing ........................................................................................................................................ 8-27
Emergency towing ...................................................................................................................8-28
Removable towing hook .......................................................................................................... 8-28
Towing service .......................................................................................................................... 8-27
Trailer towing .............................................................................................................................6-64
V
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off ................................................................................................................. 6-9
Deactivating conditions ............................................................................................................. 6-9
Operating conditions .................................................................................................................. 6-9
System operation ........................................................................................................................6-9
Vehicle break-in process ............................................................................................................ 1-11
Vehicle certification label .........................................................................................................2-19
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ..................................................................1-12
Vehicle handling instructions ................................................................................................... 1-10
Vehicle identification number (VIN) ........................................................................................2-19
Vehicle load limit ....................................................................................................................... 6-65
The loading information label ..................................................................................................6-65
Vehicle modifications ................................................................................................................ 1-10
Vehicle settings (infotainment system) .................................................................................. 4-33
Setting your vehicle .................................................................................................................. 4-34
Vehicle system OTA update ..................................................................................................... 5-63
Approving software update ..................................................................................................... 5-63
Downloading software ............................................................................................................. 5-63
Preparing software update ...................................................................................................... 5-63
Updating software .................................................................................................................... 5-64
Vehicle weight and luggage volume ........................................................................................ 2-15
W
Washer fluid ............................................................................................................................... 9-25
Checking the washer fluid level ............................................................................................... 9-25
I-11
Index
Wide sunroof ............................................................................................................................. 5-48

Automatic reversal ................................................................................................................... 5-49
Power sunshade ....................................................................................................................... 5-48
Resetting the sunroof ............................................................................................................... 5-50
Slide open/close ....................................................................................................................... 5-49
Sunroof open warning ............................................................................................................... 5-51
Tilt open/close .......................................................................................................................... 5-49
Windows ..................................................................................................................................... 5-44
Power windows ........................................................................................................................ 5-45
Windshield defrosting and defogging .................................................................................... 5-94
Automatic climate control system .......................................................................................... 5-95
Defogging logic ........................................................................................................................ 5-96
Manual climate control system ............................................................................................... 5-94
Rear window defroster ............................................................................................................. 5-96
Winter driving .............................................................................................................................6-61
Snow or icy conditions ..............................................................................................................6-61
Winter precautions ................................................................................................................... 6-63
Wiper blades .............................................................................................................................. 9-28
Blade inspection ....................................................................................................................... 9-28
Blade replacement ................................................................................................................... 9-28
Wipers and washers ...................................................................................................................5-75
Front windshield washers .........................................................................................................5-76
Front windshield wipers ............................................................................................................5-75
Rear windshield wipers and washers ....................................................................................... 5-77
I-12
WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE
Please consult your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet for your vehicle's specific warranty coverage.
This Owner’s Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it
when it is sold for the use of the next owner.
RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE
The maintenance requirements for your new HYUNDAI are
found in Section 9. As the owner, it is your responsibility to see OWNER’S INFORMATION
that all maintenance operations specified by the manufacturer
are carried out at the appropriate intervals. When the vehicle is ORIGINAL OWNER
used in severe driving conditions, more frequent maintenance
is required for some operations. Maintenance requirements for ADDRESS
severe operating conditions are also included in Section 9. CITY STATE ZIP CODE
DELIVERY DATE
WARNING – California Proposition 65 (Date Sold to Original Retail Purchaser)
“Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger DEALER NAME DEALER NO.

vehicle or off- road vehicle can expose you to chemicals ADDRESS
including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates,
and lead, which are known to the State of California to CITY STATE ZIP CODE
cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive

harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust,
do not idle the engine except as necessary, service
your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves
or wash your hands frequently when servicing your
vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.
ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.”
KONA
KONA
USA Edition

KONA
KONA
USA Edition


2025 Kona (Sx2) Om

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2025 Kona (Sx2) Om

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2025 Kona (Sx2) Om

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2025 OWNER’S MANUAL

For clean future, Hyundai Motor Company

WARNING – California Proposition 65 (Date Sold to Original Retail Purchaser)

“Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger DEALER NAME DEALER NO.

cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive

All information in this Owner’s Manual is current at the time of

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY

Hyundai Customer Care

Driving Your Vehicle 6

Driver Assistance System 7

Guide To HYUNDAI Genuine Parts

How To Use This Manual

Gasoline containing alcohol or methanol

Gasoline containing MMT

Detergent Fuel Additives

Operation in foreign countries

Vehicle Handling Instructions

Vehicle Data Collection And Event Data Recorders

Exterior Overview (Front View)....................................................................................... 2-2

Exterior Overview (Front View)

(1) Hood .........................................................................................................................5-51

(1) Door ......................................................................................................................... 5-22

(1) Inside door handle .................................................................................................. 5-23

Center Console Overview

(1) Instrument cluster ....................................................................................................4-2

Steering Wheel Control Overview

(1) Lighting control lever .............................................................................................5-65

(1) Engine coolant reservoir ........................................................................................ 9-22

Smartstream G2.0 ATKINSON

(1) Engine coolant reservoir ........................................................................................ 9-22

Overall width 71.9 (1,825)

AWD 63.4 (1,610) / 63.6 (1,615)*1

215/60 R17 62.6 (1,590)

215/55 R18 62.6 (1,590)

215/60 R17 63.0 (1,600)

Rear tread 215/55 R18 63.0 (1,600)

235/45 R19 62.9 (1,598)

Wheelbase 104.7 (2,660)

Smartstream 2.97 x 3.50

Smartstream 3.18 x 3.81

Low LED LED

Daytime running light/Position

Side repeater light LED LED

Side marker light LED LED

Tail/Stop light LED LED

Type A PY21W 21W

Side marker light LED LED

High mounted stop light LED LED

Fog light P21W 21W

License plate light W5W 5W

Type A LED LED

Type A FESTOON 10W

Vanity mirror Type A FESTOON 5W

Glove box lamp LED LED

Tires And Wheels

215/60R17 7.0J X 17 36 (250)

Full size tire 215/55R18 7.0J X 18 33 (230)